Merge from emacs-24; up to 2013-01-02T10:15:31Z!michael.albinus@gmx.de
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / lispintro / emacs-lisp-intro.texi
CommitLineData
8cda6f8f
GM
1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment %**start of header
fb3dc846 3@setfilename ../../info/eintr
8cda6f8f
GM
4@c setfilename emacs-lisp-intro.info
5@c sethtmlfilename emacs-lisp-intro.html
6@settitle Programming in Emacs Lisp
7@syncodeindex vr cp
8@syncodeindex fn cp
8cda6f8f
GM
9@finalout
10
09b98a01
GM
11@include emacsver.texi
12
d1f7f5a0
GM
13@c ================ How to Print a Book in Various Sizes ================
14
15@c This book can be printed in any of three different sizes.
16@c Set the following @-commands appropriately.
17
18@c 7 by 9.25 inches:
19@c @smallbook
20@c @clear largebook
21
22@c 8.5 by 11 inches:
23@c @c smallbook
24@c @set largebook
25
26@c European A4 size paper:
27@c @c smallbook
28@c @afourpaper
29@c @set largebook
30
31@c (Note: if you edit the book so as to change the length of the
32@c table of contents, you may have to change the value of `pageno' below.)
33
8cda6f8f
GM
34@c <<<< For hard copy printing, this file is now
35@c set for smallbook, which works for all sizes
7877f373 36@c of paper, and with PostScript figures >>>>
d1f7f5a0 37
a9097c6d
KB
38@set smallbook
39@ifset smallbook
8cda6f8f
GM
40@smallbook
41@clear largebook
a9097c6d 42@end ifset
d1f7f5a0
GM
43
44@c ================ Included Figures ================
45
46@c If you clear this, the figures will be printed as ASCII diagrams
47@c rather than PostScript/PDF.
48@c (This is not relevant to Info, since Info only handles ASCII.)
8cda6f8f 49@set print-postscript-figures
8cda6f8f 50@c clear print-postscript-figures
8cda6f8f
GM
51
52@comment %**end of header
53
a9097c6d 54@c per rms and peterb, use 10pt fonts for the main text, mostly to
867d4bb3 55@c save on paper cost.
a9097c6d
KB
56@c Do this inside @tex for now, so current makeinfo does not complain.
57@tex
58@ifset smallbook
59@fonttextsize 10
6e3da0ae 60
a9097c6d
KB
61@end ifset
62\global\hbadness=6666 % don't worry about not-too-underfull boxes
63@end tex
64
09b98a01 65@c These refer to the printed book sold by the FSF.
6e3da0ae
RC
66@set edition-number 3.10
67@set update-date 28 October 2009
45cf6cbd 68
8cda6f8f
GM
69@c For next or subsequent edition:
70@c create function using with-output-to-temp-buffer
71@c create a major mode, with keymaps
72@c run an asynchronous process, like grep or diff
73
74@c For 8.5 by 11 inch format: do not use such a small amount of
75@c whitespace between paragraphs as smallbook format
76@ifset largebook
77@tex
78\global\parskip 6pt plus 1pt
79@end tex
80@end ifset
81
82@c For all sized formats: print within-book cross
83@c reference with ``...'' rather than [...]
84
85@c This works with the texinfo.tex file, version 2003-05-04.08,
86@c in the Texinfo version 4.6 of the 2003 Jun 13 distribution.
87
88@tex
89\if \xrefprintnodename
90 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{\unskip, ``#1''}
91 \else
92 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{ ``#1''}
93\fi
94% \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{, ``#1''}
95@end tex
96
97@c ----------------------------------------------------
98
e979a521 99@dircategory GNU Emacs Lisp
8cda6f8f
GM
100@direntry
101* Emacs Lisp Intro: (eintr).
102 A simple introduction to Emacs Lisp programming.
103@end direntry
104
105@copying
106This is an @cite{Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp}, for
107people who are not programmers.
108@sp 1
09b98a01 109@iftex
8cda6f8f 110Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date}
09b98a01
GM
111@end iftex
112@ifnottex
113Distributed with Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
114@end ifnottex
8cda6f8f 115@sp 1
ab422c4d 116Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1995, 1997, 2001--2013 Free Software
f99f1641 117Foundation, Inc.
8cda6f8f
GM
118@sp 1
119
120@iftex
121Published by the:@*
122
09b98a01 123GNU Press, @hfill @uref{http://www.fsf.org/licensing/gnu-press/}@*
aa89a0ef
GM
124a division of the @hfill email: @email{sales@@fsf.org}@*
125Free Software Foundation, Inc. @hfill Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942@*
12651 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @hfill Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652@*
72ec96fb 127Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8cda6f8f
GM
128@end iftex
129
130@ifnottex
09b98a01 131Printed copies available from @uref{http://shop.fsf.org/}. Published by:
8cda6f8f
GM
132
133@example
09b98a01 134GNU Press, http://www.fsf.org/licensing/gnu-press/
aa89a0ef
GM
135a division of the email: sales@@fsf.org
136Free Software Foundation, Inc. Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942
13751 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652
72ec96fb 138Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8cda6f8f
GM
139@end example
140@end ifnottex
141
142@sp 1
8cda6f8f
GM
143ISBN 1-882114-43-4
144
145Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
e41dfb1e 146under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
8cda6f8f
GM
147any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; there
148being no Invariant Section, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU
149Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of
150the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
151Documentation License''.
152
868a6b71
RC
153(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
154copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
155supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
8cda6f8f
GM
156@end copying
157
158@c half title; two lines here, so do not use `shorttitlepage'
159@tex
160{\begingroup%
161 \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{An Introduction to}%
162 \endgroup}%
163{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 0.25in \chaprm%
164 \centerline{Programming in Emacs Lisp}%
165 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
166@end tex
167
168@titlepage
169@sp 6
170@center @titlefont{An Introduction to}
171@sp 2
172@center @titlefont{Programming in Emacs Lisp}
173@sp 2
174@center Revised Third Edition
175@sp 4
176@center by Robert J. Chassell
177
178@page
179@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
180@insertcopying
181@end titlepage
182
183@iftex
184@headings off
185@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
186@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
187@end iftex
188
189@ifnothtml
190@c Keep T.O.C. short by tightening up for largebook
191@ifset largebook
192@tex
193\global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt
194\global\advance\baselineskip by -1pt
195@end tex
196@end ifset
197@end ifnothtml
198
199@shortcontents
200@contents
201
202@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 203@node Top
8cda6f8f
GM
204@top An Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp
205
d4aa7284
GM
206@ifset WWW_GNU_ORG
207@html
208<p>The homepage for GNU Emacs is at
209<a href="/software/emacs/">http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/</a>.<br>
210To view this manual in other formats, click
211<a href="/software/emacs/manual/eintr.html">here</a>.
212@end html
213@end ifset
214
8cda6f8f
GM
215@insertcopying
216
217This master menu first lists each chapter and index; then it lists
218every node in every chapter.
219@end ifnottex
220
221@c >>>> Set pageno appropriately <<<<
222
223@c The first page of the Preface is a roman numeral; it is the first
224@c right handed page after the Table of Contents; hence the following
225@c setting must be for an odd negative number.
226
a9097c6d
KB
227@c iftex
228@c global@pageno = -11
229@c end iftex
8cda6f8f 230
cb97cd2a
AS
231@set COUNT-WORDS count-words-example
232@c Length of variable name chosen so that things still line up when expanded.
233
8cda6f8f
GM
234@menu
235* Preface:: What to look for.
236* List Processing:: What is Lisp?
237* Practicing Evaluation:: Running several programs.
238* Writing Defuns:: How to write function definitions.
239* Buffer Walk Through:: Exploring a few buffer-related functions.
240* More Complex:: A few, even more complex functions.
241* Narrowing & Widening:: Restricting your and Emacs attention to
242 a region.
243* car cdr & cons:: Fundamental functions in Lisp.
244* Cutting & Storing Text:: Removing text and saving it.
245* List Implementation:: How lists are implemented in the computer.
246* Yanking:: Pasting stored text.
247* Loops & Recursion:: How to repeat a process.
248* Regexp Search:: Regular expression searches.
249* Counting Words:: A review of repetition and regexps.
250* Words in a defun:: Counting words in a @code{defun}.
251* Readying a Graph:: A prototype graph printing function.
252* Emacs Initialization:: How to write a @file{.emacs} file.
253* Debugging:: How to run the Emacs Lisp debuggers.
254* Conclusion:: Now you have the basics.
255* the-the:: An appendix: how to find reduplicated words.
256* Kill Ring:: An appendix: how the kill ring works.
09e80d9f 257* Full Graph:: How to create a graph with labeled axes.
8cda6f8f
GM
258* Free Software and Free Manuals::
259* GNU Free Documentation License::
260* Index::
261* About the Author::
262
263@detailmenu
264 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
265
266Preface
267
268* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
269* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
270* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
271* Lisp History::
272* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
273* Thank You::
274
275List Processing
276
277* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
278* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
279* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
280* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
281* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
282* Evaluation:: Running a program.
283* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
284* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
285* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
286* Summary:: The major points.
287* Error Message Exercises::
288
289Lisp Lists
290
291* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
292* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
293* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
294* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
295
296The Lisp Interpreter
297
298* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
299* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
300
301Evaluation
302
303* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
304* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
305
306Variables
307
308* fill-column Example::
309* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
310 without a function.
311* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
312
313Arguments
314
315* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
316* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
317 of a variable or list.
318* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
319 variable number of arguments.
320* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
321 to a function.
322* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
323
324Setting the Value of a Variable
325
326* Using set:: Setting values.
327* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
328* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
329
330Practicing Evaluation
331
332* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
333 causes evaluation.
334* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
335* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
336* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
337* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
338 the buffer.
339* Evaluation Exercise::
340
341How To Write Function Definitions
342
343* Primitive Functions::
2325c82f 344* defun:: The @code{defun} macro.
8cda6f8f
GM
345* Install:: Install a function definition.
346* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
347* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
348* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
349* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
350* if:: What if?
351* else:: If--then--else expressions.
352* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
353* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
354* Review::
355* defun Exercises::
356
357Install a Function Definition
358
359* Effect of installation::
360* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
361
362Make a Function Interactive
363
364* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
365* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
366
367@code{let}
368
369* Prevent confusion::
370* Parts of let Expression::
371* Sample let Expression::
372* Uninitialized let Variables::
373
374The @code{if} Special Form
375
376* if in more detail::
377* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
378
379Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
380
381* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
382
383@code{save-excursion}
384
385* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
386* Template for save-excursion::
387
388A Few Buffer--Related Functions
389
390* Finding More:: How to find more information.
391* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
392 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
393* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
394* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
395 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
396* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
397* Buffer Exercises::
398
399The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
400
401* mark-whole-buffer overview::
402* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
403
404The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
405
406* append-to-buffer overview::
407* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
408* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
409* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
410
411A Few More Complex Functions
412
413* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
414* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
415* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
416 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
417* Second Buffer Related Review::
418* optional Exercise::
419
420The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
421
422* insert-buffer code::
423* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
424* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
425* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
426* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
427* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
428* New insert-buffer::
429
430The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
431
432* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
433* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
434
435Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
436
437* Optional Arguments::
438* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
439* beginning-of-buffer complete::
440
441@code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
442
443* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
444* Large buffer case::
445* Small buffer case::
446
447Narrowing and Widening
448
449* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
450* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
451* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
452* narrow Exercise::
453
454@code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
455
456* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
457* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
458* cons:: Constructing a list.
459* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
460* nth::
461* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
462* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
463* cons Exercise::
464
465@code{cons}
466
467* Build a list::
468* length:: How to find the length of a list.
469
470Cutting and Storing Text
471
472* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
473* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
474* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
475* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
476* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
477* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
478* cons & search-fwd Review::
479* search Exercises::
480
481@code{zap-to-char}
482
483* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
484* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
485* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
486* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
487* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
488* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
489
490@code{kill-region}
491
492* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
493* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
494* Lisp macro::
495
496@code{copy-region-as-kill}
497
498* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
499* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
500
501The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
502
503* last-command & this-command::
504* kill-append function::
505* kill-new function::
506
507Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
508
509* See variable current value::
510* defvar and asterisk::
511
512How Lists are Implemented
513
514* Lists diagrammed::
515* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
516* List Exercise::
517
518Yanking Text Back
519
520* Kill Ring Overview::
521* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
522* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
523
524Loops and Recursion
525
526* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
527* dolist dotimes::
528* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
529* Looping exercise::
530
531@code{while}
532
533* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
534* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
535* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
536* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
537* Incrementing Loop Details::
538* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
539
540Details of an Incrementing Loop
541
542* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
543* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
544* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
545
546Loop with a Decrementing Counter
547
548* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
549* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
550* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
551
552Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
553
554* dolist::
555* dotimes::
556
557Recursion
558
559* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
560* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
561* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
562* Recursive triangle function::
563* Recursion with cond::
564* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
565* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
566* No deferment solution::
567
568Recursion in Place of a Counter
569
570* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
571* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
572
573Recursive Patterns
574
575* Every::
576* Accumulate::
577* Keep::
578
579Regular Expression Searches
580
581* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
582* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
583* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
584* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
585* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
586* Regexp Review::
587* re-search Exercises::
588
589@code{forward-sentence}
590
591* Complete forward-sentence::
592* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
593* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
594
595@code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
596
597* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
598* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
599* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
600
601Counting: Repetition and Regexps
602
603* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 604* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
605* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
606* Counting Exercise::
607
ea4f7750 608The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
8cda6f8f 609
ea4f7750
GM
610* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
611* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
612
613Counting Words in a @code{defun}
614
615* Divide and Conquer::
616* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
617* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 618* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
619* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
620* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
621* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
622* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
623* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
624* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
625
626Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
627
628* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
629* append:: Attach one list to another.
630
631Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
632
633* Data for Display in Detail::
634* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
635* Files List:: Making a list of files.
636* Counting function definitions::
637
638Readying a Graph
639
640* Columns of a graph::
641* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
642* recursive-graph-body-print::
643* Printed Axes::
644* Line Graph Exercise::
645
646Your @file{.emacs} File
647
648* Default Configuration::
649* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
650* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
f2243267 651* Beginning init File:: How to write a @file{.emacs} init file.
8cda6f8f
GM
652* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
653* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
654* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
655* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
656* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
657* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
658* Autoload:: Make functions available.
659* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
660* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
661* Miscellaneous::
662* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
663
664Debugging
665
666* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
667* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
668* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
669* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
670* Debugging Exercises::
671
672Handling the Kill Ring
673
674* What the Kill Ring Does::
675* current-kill::
676* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
677* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
678* ring file::
679
680The @code{current-kill} Function
681
45d77375 682* Code for current-kill::
8cda6f8f
GM
683* Understanding current-kill::
684
685@code{current-kill} in Outline
686
687* Body of current-kill::
688* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
689* Determining the Element::
690
09e80d9f 691A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f 692
09e80d9f 693* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
694* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
695* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
696* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
697* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
698
699The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
700
701* print-Y-axis in Detail::
702* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
703* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
704* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
705* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
706* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
707
708The @code{print-X-axis} Function
709
710* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
711* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
712
713Printing the Whole Graph
714
715* The final version:: A few changes.
716* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
717* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
718* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
719* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
720* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
721* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
722
723@end detailmenu
724@end menu
725
d6adf7e7 726@node Preface
8cda6f8f
GM
727@unnumbered Preface
728
729Most of the GNU Emacs integrated environment is written in the programming
730language called Emacs Lisp. The code written in this programming
731language is the software---the sets of instructions---that tell the
732computer what to do when you give it commands. Emacs is designed so
733that you can write new code in Emacs Lisp and easily install it as an
734extension to the editor.
735
736(GNU Emacs is sometimes called an ``extensible editor'', but it does
737much more than provide editing capabilities. It is better to refer to
738Emacs as an ``extensible computing environment''. However, that
739phrase is quite a mouthful. It is easier to refer to Emacs simply as
740an editor. Moreover, everything you do in Emacs---find the Mayan date
741and phases of the moon, simplify polynomials, debug code, manage
742files, read letters, write books---all these activities are kinds of
743editing in the most general sense of the word.)
744
745@menu
746* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
747* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
748* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
749* Lisp History::
750* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
751* Thank You::
752@end menu
753
8cda6f8f 754@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 755@node Why
8cda6f8f
GM
756@unnumberedsec Why Study Emacs Lisp?
757@end ifnottex
758
759Although Emacs Lisp is usually thought of in association only with Emacs,
760it is a full computer programming language. You can use Emacs Lisp as
761you would any other programming language.
762
763Perhaps you want to understand programming; perhaps you want to extend
764Emacs; or perhaps you want to become a programmer. This introduction to
765Emacs Lisp is designed to get you started: to guide you in learning the
766fundamentals of programming, and more importantly, to show you how you
767can teach yourself to go further.
768
d6adf7e7 769@node On Reading this Text
8cda6f8f
GM
770@unnumberedsec On Reading this Text
771
772All through this document, you will see little sample programs you can
773run inside of Emacs. If you read this document in Info inside of GNU
774Emacs, you can run the programs as they appear. (This is easy to do and
775is explained when the examples are presented.) Alternatively, you can
776read this introduction as a printed book while sitting beside a computer
777running Emacs. (This is what I like to do; I like printed books.) If
778you don't have a running Emacs beside you, you can still read this book,
779but in this case, it is best to treat it as a novel or as a travel guide
780to a country not yet visited: interesting, but not the same as being
781there.
782
40ba43b4 783Much of this introduction is dedicated to walkthroughs or guided tours
8cda6f8f
GM
784of code used in GNU Emacs. These tours are designed for two purposes:
785first, to give you familiarity with real, working code (code you use
786every day); and, second, to give you familiarity with the way Emacs
787works. It is interesting to see how a working environment is
788implemented.
789Also, I
790hope that you will pick up the habit of browsing through source code.
791You can learn from it and mine it for ideas. Having GNU Emacs is like
792having a dragon's cave of treasures.
793
794In addition to learning about Emacs as an editor and Emacs Lisp as a
795programming language, the examples and guided tours will give you an
796opportunity to get acquainted with Emacs as a Lisp programming
797environment. GNU Emacs supports programming and provides tools that
798you will want to become comfortable using, such as @kbd{M-.} (the key
799which invokes the @code{find-tag} command). You will also learn about
800buffers and other objects that are part of the environment.
801Learning about these features of Emacs is like learning new routes
802around your home town.
803
804@ignore
805In addition, I have written several programs as extended examples.
806Although these are examples, the programs are real. I use them.
807Other people use them. You may use them. Beyond the fragments of
808programs used for illustrations, there is very little in here that is
809`just for teaching purposes'; what you see is used. This is a great
810advantage of Emacs Lisp: it is easy to learn to use it for work.
811@end ignore
812
813Finally, I hope to convey some of the skills for using Emacs to
814learn aspects of programming that you don't know. You can often use
815Emacs to help you understand what puzzles you or to find out how to do
816something new. This self-reliance is not only a pleasure, but an
817advantage.
818
d6adf7e7 819@node Who You Are
8cda6f8f
GM
820@unnumberedsec For Whom This is Written
821
822This text is written as an elementary introduction for people who are
823not programmers. If you are a programmer, you may not be satisfied with
824this primer. The reason is that you may have become expert at reading
825reference manuals and be put off by the way this text is organized.
826
827An expert programmer who reviewed this text said to me:
828
829@quotation
830@i{I prefer to learn from reference manuals. I ``dive into'' each
831paragraph, and ``come up for air'' between paragraphs.}
832
833@i{When I get to the end of a paragraph, I assume that that subject is
834done, finished, that I know everything I need (with the
835possible exception of the case when the next paragraph starts talking
836about it in more detail). I expect that a well written reference manual
837will not have a lot of redundancy, and that it will have excellent
838pointers to the (one) place where the information I want is.}
839@end quotation
840
841This introduction is not written for this person!
842
843Firstly, I try to say everything at least three times: first, to
844introduce it; second, to show it in context; and third, to show it in a
845different context, or to review it.
846
847Secondly, I hardly ever put all the information about a subject in one
848place, much less in one paragraph. To my way of thinking, that imposes
849too heavy a burden on the reader. Instead I try to explain only what
850you need to know at the time. (Sometimes I include a little extra
851information so you won't be surprised later when the additional
852information is formally introduced.)
853
854When you read this text, you are not expected to learn everything the
855first time. Frequently, you need only make, as it were, a `nodding
856acquaintance' with some of the items mentioned. My hope is that I have
857structured the text and given you enough hints that you will be alert to
858what is important, and concentrate on it.
859
860You will need to ``dive into'' some paragraphs; there is no other way
861to read them. But I have tried to keep down the number of such
862paragraphs. This book is intended as an approachable hill, rather than
863as a daunting mountain.
864
865This introduction to @cite{Programming in Emacs Lisp} has a companion
866document,
867@iftex
868@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
869@end iftex
870@ifnottex
871@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
872Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
873@end ifnottex
874The reference manual has more detail than this introduction. In the
875reference manual, all the information about one topic is concentrated
876in one place. You should turn to it if you are like the programmer
877quoted above. And, of course, after you have read this
878@cite{Introduction}, you will find the @cite{Reference Manual} useful
879when you are writing your own programs.
880
d6adf7e7 881@node Lisp History
8cda6f8f
GM
882@unnumberedsec Lisp History
883@cindex Lisp history
884
885Lisp was first developed in the late 1950s at the Massachusetts
886Institute of Technology for research in artificial intelligence. The
887great power of the Lisp language makes it superior for other purposes as
888well, such as writing editor commands and integrated environments.
889
890@cindex Maclisp
891@cindex Common Lisp
892GNU Emacs Lisp is largely inspired by Maclisp, which was written at MIT
893in the 1960s. It is somewhat inspired by Common Lisp, which became a
894standard in the 1980s. However, Emacs Lisp is much simpler than Common
895Lisp. (The standard Emacs distribution contains an optional extensions
896file, @file{cl.el}, that adds many Common Lisp features to Emacs Lisp.)
897
d6adf7e7 898@node Note for Novices
8cda6f8f
GM
899@unnumberedsec A Note for Novices
900
901If you don't know GNU Emacs, you can still read this document
902profitably. However, I recommend you learn Emacs, if only to learn to
903move around your computer screen. You can teach yourself how to use
904Emacs with the on-line tutorial. To use it, type @kbd{C-h t}. (This
905means you press and release the @key{CTRL} key and the @kbd{h} at the
906same time, and then press and release @kbd{t}.)
907
44e97401 908Also, I often refer to one of Emacs's standard commands by listing the
8cda6f8f
GM
909keys which you press to invoke the command and then giving the name of
910the command in parentheses, like this: @kbd{M-C-\}
911(@code{indent-region}). What this means is that the
912@code{indent-region} command is customarily invoked by typing
913@kbd{M-C-\}. (You can, if you wish, change the keys that are typed to
914invoke the command; this is called @dfn{rebinding}. @xref{Keymaps, ,
915Keymaps}.) The abbreviation @kbd{M-C-\} means that you type your
916@key{META} key, @key{CTRL} key and @key{\} key all at the same time.
09e80d9f 917(On many modern keyboards the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
918@key{ALT}.)
919Sometimes a combination like this is called a keychord, since it is
920similar to the way you play a chord on a piano. If your keyboard does
921not have a @key{META} key, the @key{ESC} key prefix is used in place
922of it. In this case, @kbd{M-C-\} means that you press and release your
923@key{ESC} key and then type the @key{CTRL} key and the @key{\} key at
924the same time. But usually @kbd{M-C-\} means press the @key{CTRL} key
09e80d9f 925along with the key that is labeled @key{ALT} and, at the same time,
8cda6f8f
GM
926press the @key{\} key.
927
928In addition to typing a lone keychord, you can prefix what you type
929with @kbd{C-u}, which is called the `universal argument'. The
930@kbd{C-u} keychord passes an argument to the subsequent command.
931Thus, to indent a region of plain text by 6 spaces, mark the region,
932and then type @w{@kbd{C-u 6 M-C-\}}. (If you do not specify a number,
933Emacs either passes the number 4 to the command or otherwise runs the
934command differently than it would otherwise.) @xref{Arguments, ,
935Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
936
937If you are reading this in Info using GNU Emacs, you can read through
938this whole document just by pressing the space bar, @key{SPC}.
939(To learn about Info, type @kbd{C-h i} and then select Info.)
940
941A note on terminology: when I use the word Lisp alone, I often am
942referring to the various dialects of Lisp in general, but when I speak
943of Emacs Lisp, I am referring to GNU Emacs Lisp in particular.
944
d6adf7e7 945@node Thank You
8cda6f8f
GM
946@unnumberedsec Thank You
947
948My thanks to all who helped me with this book. My especial thanks to
949@r{Jim Blandy}, @r{Noah Friedman}, @w{Jim Kingdon}, @r{Roland
1df7defd 950McGrath}, @w{Frank Ritter}, @w{Randy Smith}, @w{Richard M.
8cda6f8f
GM
951Stallman}, and @w{Melissa Weisshaus}. My thanks also go to both
952@w{Philip Johnson} and @w{David Stampe} for their patient
953encouragement. My mistakes are my own.
954
955@flushright
956Robert J. Chassell
2f3ac208 957@ifnothtml
4724cafb 958@email{bob@@gnu.org}
2f3ac208
GM
959@end ifnothtml
960@ifhtml
961bob@@gnu.org
962@end ifhtml
8cda6f8f
GM
963@end flushright
964
965@c ================ Beginning of main text ================
966
967@c Start main text on right-hand (verso) page
968
969@tex
970\par\vfill\supereject
971\headings off
972\ifodd\pageno
973 \par\vfill\supereject
974\else
975 \par\vfill\supereject
976 \page\hbox{}\page
977 \par\vfill\supereject
978\fi
979@end tex
980
52af8e0a
GM
981@c Note: this resetting of the page number back to 1 causes TeX to gripe
982@c about already having seen page numbers 1-4 before (in the preface):
983@c pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{1})
984@c has been already used, duplicate ignored
985@c I guess that is harmless (what happens if a later part of the text
986@c makes a link to something in the first 4 pages though?).
1df7defd 987@c E.g., note that the Emacs manual has a preface, but does not bother
52af8e0a 988@c resetting the page numbers back to 1 after that.
8cda6f8f
GM
989@iftex
990@headings off
991@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
992@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
993@global@pageno = 1
994@end iftex
995
d6adf7e7 996@node List Processing
8cda6f8f
GM
997@chapter List Processing
998
999To the untutored eye, Lisp is a strange programming language. In Lisp
1000code there are parentheses everywhere. Some people even claim that
1001the name stands for `Lots of Isolated Silly Parentheses'. But the
1002claim is unwarranted. Lisp stands for LISt Processing, and the
1003programming language handles @emph{lists} (and lists of lists) by
1004putting them between parentheses. The parentheses mark the boundaries
1005of the list. Sometimes a list is preceded by a single apostrophe or
1006quotation mark, @samp{'}@footnote{The single apostrophe or quotation
1007mark is an abbreviation for the function @code{quote}; you need not
1008think about functions now; functions are defined in @ref{Making
1009Errors, , Generate an Error Message}.} Lists are the basis of Lisp.
1010
1011@menu
1012* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
1013* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
1014* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
1015* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
1016* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
1017* Evaluation:: Running a program.
1018* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
1019* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
1020* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
1021* Summary:: The major points.
1022* Error Message Exercises::
1023@end menu
1024
d6adf7e7 1025@node Lisp Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1026@section Lisp Lists
1027@cindex Lisp Lists
1028
1029In Lisp, a list looks like this: @code{'(rose violet daisy buttercup)}.
1030This list is preceded by a single apostrophe. It could just as well be
1031written as follows, which looks more like the kind of list you are likely
1032to be familiar with:
1033
1034@smallexample
1035@group
1036'(rose
1037 violet
1038 daisy
1039 buttercup)
1040@end group
1041@end smallexample
1042
1043@noindent
1044The elements of this list are the names of the four different flowers,
1045separated from each other by whitespace and surrounded by parentheses,
1046like flowers in a field with a stone wall around them.
1047@cindex Flowers in a field
1048
1049@menu
1050* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
1051* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
1052* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
1053* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
1054@end menu
1055
8cda6f8f 1056@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1057@node Numbers Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1058@unnumberedsubsec Numbers, Lists inside of Lists
1059@end ifnottex
1060
1061Lists can also have numbers in them, as in this list: @code{(+ 2 2)}.
1062This list has a plus-sign, @samp{+}, followed by two @samp{2}s, each
1063separated by whitespace.
1064
1065In Lisp, both data and programs are represented the same way; that is,
1066they are both lists of words, numbers, or other lists, separated by
1067whitespace and surrounded by parentheses. (Since a program looks like
1068data, one program may easily serve as data for another; this is a very
1069powerful feature of Lisp.) (Incidentally, these two parenthetical
1070remarks are @emph{not} Lisp lists, because they contain @samp{;} and
1071@samp{.} as punctuation marks.)
1072
1073@need 1200
1074Here is another list, this time with a list inside of it:
1075
1076@smallexample
1077'(this list has (a list inside of it))
1078@end smallexample
1079
1080The components of this list are the words @samp{this}, @samp{list},
1081@samp{has}, and the list @samp{(a list inside of it)}. The interior
1082list is made up of the words @samp{a}, @samp{list}, @samp{inside},
1083@samp{of}, @samp{it}.
1084
d6adf7e7 1085@node Lisp Atoms
8cda6f8f
GM
1086@subsection Lisp Atoms
1087@cindex Lisp Atoms
1088
1089In Lisp, what we have been calling words are called @dfn{atoms}. This
1090term comes from the historical meaning of the word atom, which means
1091`indivisible'. As far as Lisp is concerned, the words we have been
1092using in the lists cannot be divided into any smaller parts and still
1093mean the same thing as part of a program; likewise with numbers and
1094single character symbols like @samp{+}. On the other hand, unlike an
1095ancient atom, a list can be split into parts. (@xref{car cdr & cons,
1096, @code{car} @code{cdr} & @code{cons} Fundamental Functions}.)
1097
1098In a list, atoms are separated from each other by whitespace. They can be
1099right next to a parenthesis.
1100
1101@cindex @samp{empty list} defined
1102Technically speaking, a list in Lisp consists of parentheses surrounding
1103atoms separated by whitespace or surrounding other lists or surrounding
1104both atoms and other lists. A list can have just one atom in it or
1105have nothing in it at all. A list with nothing in it looks like this:
1106@code{()}, and is called the @dfn{empty list}. Unlike anything else, an
1107empty list is considered both an atom and a list at the same time.
1108
1109@cindex Symbolic expressions, introduced
1110@cindex @samp{expression} defined
1111@cindex @samp{form} defined
1112The printed representation of both atoms and lists are called
1113@dfn{symbolic expressions} or, more concisely, @dfn{s-expressions}.
1114The word @dfn{expression} by itself can refer to either the printed
1115representation, or to the atom or list as it is held internally in the
1116computer. Often, people use the term @dfn{expression}
1117indiscriminately. (Also, in many texts, the word @dfn{form} is used
1118as a synonym for expression.)
1119
1120Incidentally, the atoms that make up our universe were named such when
1121they were thought to be indivisible; but it has been found that physical
1122atoms are not indivisible. Parts can split off an atom or it can
1123fission into two parts of roughly equal size. Physical atoms were named
1124prematurely, before their truer nature was found. In Lisp, certain
1125kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated into parts; but the
1126mechanism for doing this is different from the mechanism for splitting a
1127list. As far as list operations are concerned, the atoms of a list are
1128unsplittable.
1129
1130As in English, the meanings of the component letters of a Lisp atom
1131are different from the meaning the letters make as a word. For
1132example, the word for the South American sloth, the @samp{ai}, is
1133completely different from the two words, @samp{a}, and @samp{i}.
1134
1135There are many kinds of atom in nature but only a few in Lisp: for
1136example, @dfn{numbers}, such as 37, 511, or 1729, and @dfn{symbols}, such
1137as @samp{+}, @samp{foo}, or @samp{forward-line}. The words we have
1138listed in the examples above are all symbols. In everyday Lisp
1139conversation, the word ``atom'' is not often used, because programmers
1140usually try to be more specific about what kind of atom they are dealing
1141with. Lisp programming is mostly about symbols (and sometimes numbers)
1142within lists. (Incidentally, the preceding three word parenthetical
1143remark is a proper list in Lisp, since it consists of atoms, which in
1144this case are symbols, separated by whitespace and enclosed by
1145parentheses, without any non-Lisp punctuation.)
1146
1147@need 1250
6c499932
CY
1148Text between double quotation marks---even sentences or
1149paragraphs---is also an atom. Here is an example:
8cda6f8f
GM
1150@cindex Text between double quotation marks
1151
1152@smallexample
1153'(this list includes "text between quotation marks.")
1154@end smallexample
1155
1156@cindex @samp{string} defined
1157@noindent
1158In Lisp, all of the quoted text including the punctuation mark and the
1159blank spaces is a single atom. This kind of atom is called a
1160@dfn{string} (for `string of characters') and is the sort of thing that
1161is used for messages that a computer can print for a human to read.
1162Strings are a different kind of atom than numbers or symbols and are
1163used differently.
1164
d6adf7e7 1165@node Whitespace in Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1166@subsection Whitespace in Lists
1167@cindex Whitespace in lists
1168
1169@need 1200
1170The amount of whitespace in a list does not matter. From the point of view
1171of the Lisp language,
1172
1173@smallexample
1174@group
1175'(this list
1176 looks like this)
1177@end group
1178@end smallexample
1179
1180@need 800
1181@noindent
1182is exactly the same as this:
1183
1184@smallexample
1185'(this list looks like this)
1186@end smallexample
1187
1188Both examples show what to Lisp is the same list, the list made up of
1189the symbols @samp{this}, @samp{list}, @samp{looks}, @samp{like}, and
1190@samp{this} in that order.
1191
1192Extra whitespace and newlines are designed to make a list more readable
1193by humans. When Lisp reads the expression, it gets rid of all the extra
1194whitespace (but it needs to have at least one space between atoms in
1195order to tell them apart.)
1196
1197Odd as it seems, the examples we have seen cover almost all of what Lisp
1198lists look like! Every other list in Lisp looks more or less like one
1199of these examples, except that the list may be longer and more complex.
1200In brief, a list is between parentheses, a string is between quotation
1201marks, a symbol looks like a word, and a number looks like a number.
1202(For certain situations, square brackets, dots and a few other special
1203characters may be used; however, we will go quite far without them.)
1204
d6adf7e7 1205@node Typing Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1206@subsection GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists
1207@cindex Help typing lists
1208@cindex Formatting help
1209
1210When you type a Lisp expression in GNU Emacs using either Lisp
1211Interaction mode or Emacs Lisp mode, you have available to you several
1212commands to format the Lisp expression so it is easy to read. For
1213example, pressing the @key{TAB} key automatically indents the line the
1214cursor is on by the right amount. A command to properly indent the
1215code in a region is customarily bound to @kbd{M-C-\}. Indentation is
1216designed so that you can see which elements of a list belong to which
1217list---elements of a sub-list are indented more than the elements of
1218the enclosing list.
1219
1220In addition, when you type a closing parenthesis, Emacs momentarily
1221jumps the cursor back to the matching opening parenthesis, so you can
1222see which one it is. This is very useful, since every list you type
1223in Lisp must have its closing parenthesis match its opening
1224parenthesis. (@xref{Major Modes, , Major Modes, emacs, The GNU Emacs
44e97401 1225Manual}, for more information about Emacs's modes.)
8cda6f8f 1226
d6adf7e7 1227@node Run a Program
8cda6f8f
GM
1228@section Run a Program
1229@cindex Run a program
1230@cindex Program, running one
1231
1232@cindex @samp{evaluate} defined
1233A list in Lisp---any list---is a program ready to run. If you run it
1234(for which the Lisp jargon is @dfn{evaluate}), the computer will do one
1235of three things: do nothing except return to you the list itself; send
1236you an error message; or, treat the first symbol in the list as a
1237command to do something. (Usually, of course, it is the last of these
1238three things that you really want!)
1239
1240@c use code for the single apostrophe, not samp.
1241The single apostrophe, @code{'}, that I put in front of some of the
1242example lists in preceding sections is called a @dfn{quote}; when it
1243precedes a list, it tells Lisp to do nothing with the list, other than
1244take it as it is written. But if there is no quote preceding a list,
1245the first item of the list is special: it is a command for the computer
1246to obey. (In Lisp, these commands are called @emph{functions}.) The list
1247@code{(+ 2 2)} shown above did not have a quote in front of it, so Lisp
1248understands that the @code{+} is an instruction to do something with the
1249rest of the list: add the numbers that follow.
1250
1251@need 1250
1252If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs in Info, here is how you can
1253evaluate such a list: place your cursor immediately after the right
1254hand parenthesis of the following list and then type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1255
1256@smallexample
1257(+ 2 2)
1258@end smallexample
1259
1260@c use code for the number four, not samp.
1261@noindent
1262You will see the number @code{4} appear in the echo area. (In the
1263jargon, what you have just done is ``evaluate the list.'' The echo area
1264is the line at the bottom of the screen that displays or ``echoes''
1265text.) Now try the same thing with a quoted list: place the cursor
1266right after the following list and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1267
1268@smallexample
1269'(this is a quoted list)
1270@end smallexample
1271
1272@noindent
1273You will see @code{(this is a quoted list)} appear in the echo area.
1274
1275@cindex Lisp interpreter, explained
1276@cindex Interpreter, Lisp, explained
1277In both cases, what you are doing is giving a command to the program
1278inside of GNU Emacs called the @dfn{Lisp interpreter}---giving the
1279interpreter a command to evaluate the expression. The name of the Lisp
1280interpreter comes from the word for the task done by a human who comes
1281up with the meaning of an expression---who ``interprets'' it.
1282
1283You can also evaluate an atom that is not part of a list---one that is
1284not surrounded by parentheses; again, the Lisp interpreter translates
1285from the humanly readable expression to the language of the computer.
1286But before discussing this (@pxref{Variables}), we will discuss what the
1287Lisp interpreter does when you make an error.
1288
d6adf7e7 1289@node Making Errors
8cda6f8f
GM
1290@section Generate an Error Message
1291@cindex Generate an error message
1292@cindex Error message generation
1293
1294Partly so you won't worry if you do it accidentally, we will now give
1295a command to the Lisp interpreter that generates an error message.
1296This is a harmless activity; and indeed, we will often try to generate
1297error messages intentionally. Once you understand the jargon, error
1298messages can be informative. Instead of being called ``error''
1299messages, they should be called ``help'' messages. They are like
ee7683eb 1300signposts to a traveler in a strange country; deciphering them can be
8cda6f8f
GM
1301hard, but once understood, they can point the way.
1302
1303The error message is generated by a built-in GNU Emacs debugger. We
1304will `enter the debugger'. You get out of the debugger by typing @code{q}.
1305
1306What we will do is evaluate a list that is not quoted and does not
1307have a meaningful command as its first element. Here is a list almost
1308exactly the same as the one we just used, but without the single-quote
1309in front of it. Position the cursor right after it and type @kbd{C-x
1310C-e}:
1311
1312@smallexample
1313(this is an unquoted list)
1314@end smallexample
1315
8f4ea8e0 1316@ignore
8cda6f8f
GM
1317@noindent
1318What you see depends on which version of Emacs you are running. GNU
1319Emacs version 22 provides more information than version 20 and before.
1320First, the more recent result of generating an error; then the
1321earlier, version 20 result.
1322
1323@need 1250
1324@noindent
1325In GNU Emacs version 22, a @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and
1326you will see the following in it:
8f4ea8e0
GM
1327@end ignore
1328
1329A @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and you should see the
1330following in it:
8cda6f8f
GM
1331
1332@smallexample
1333@group
1334---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1335Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1336 (this is an unquoted list)
1337 eval((this is an unquoted list))
1338 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1339 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1340 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1341---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1342@end group
1343@end smallexample
1344
1345@need 1200
1346@noindent
1347Your cursor will be in this window (you may have to wait a few seconds
1348before it becomes visible). To quit the debugger and make the
1349debugger window go away, type:
1350
1351@smallexample
1352q
1353@end smallexample
1354
1355@noindent
1356Please type @kbd{q} right now, so you become confident that you can
1357get out of the debugger. Then, type @kbd{C-x C-e} again to re-enter
1358it.
1359
1360@cindex @samp{function} defined
1361Based on what we already know, we can almost read this error message.
1362
1363You read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells
1364you what Emacs did. When you typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, you made an
1365interactive call to the command @code{eval-last-sexp}. @code{eval} is
1366an abbreviation for `evaluate' and @code{sexp} is an abbreviation for
1367`symbolic expression'. The command means `evaluate last symbolic
1368expression', which is the expression just before your cursor.
1369
1370Each line above tells you what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
1371The most recent action is at the top. The buffer is called the
1372@file{*Backtrace*} buffer because it enables you to track Emacs
1373backwards.
1374
1375@need 800
1376At the top of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, you see the line:
1377
1378@smallexample
1379Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1380@end smallexample
1381
1382@noindent
1383The Lisp interpreter tried to evaluate the first atom of the list, the
1384word @samp{this}. It is this action that generated the error message
1385@samp{void-function this}.
1386
1387The message contains the words @samp{void-function} and @samp{this}.
1388
1389@cindex @samp{function} defined
1390The word @samp{function} was mentioned once before. It is a very
1391important word. For our purposes, we can define it by saying that a
1392@dfn{function} is a set of instructions to the computer that tell the
1393computer to do something.
1394
1395Now we can begin to understand the error message: @samp{void-function
1396this}. The function (that is, the word @samp{this}) does not have a
1397definition of any set of instructions for the computer to carry out.
1398
1399The slightly odd word, @samp{void-function}, is designed to cover the
1400way Emacs Lisp is implemented, which is that when a symbol does not
1401have a function definition attached to it, the place that should
1402contain the instructions is `void'.
1403
1404On the other hand, since we were able to add 2 plus 2 successfully, by
1405evaluating @code{(+ 2 2)}, we can infer that the symbol @code{+} must
1406have a set of instructions for the computer to obey and those
1407instructions must be to add the numbers that follow the @code{+}.
1408
8f4ea8e0
GM
1409It is possible to prevent Emacs entering the debugger in cases like
1410this. We do not explain how to do that here, but we will mention what
1411the result looks like, because you may encounter a similar situation
1412if there is a bug in some Emacs code that you are using. In such
1413cases, you will see only one line of error message; it will appear in
1414the echo area and look like this:
8cda6f8f
GM
1415
1416@smallexample
1417Symbol's function definition is void:@: this
1418@end smallexample
1419
1420@noindent
8f4ea8e0 1421@ignore
8cda6f8f 1422(Also, your terminal may beep at you---some do, some don't; and others
8f4ea8e0
GM
1423blink. This is just a device to get your attention.)
1424@end ignore
1425The message goes away as soon as you type a key, even just to
1426move the cursor.
8cda6f8f
GM
1427
1428We know the meaning of the word @samp{Symbol}. It refers to the first
1429atom of the list, the word @samp{this}. The word @samp{function}
1430refers to the instructions that tell the computer what to do.
1431(Technically, the symbol tells the computer where to find the
1432instructions, but this is a complication we can ignore for the
1433moment.)
1434
1435The error message can be understood: @samp{Symbol's function
1436definition is void:@: this}. The symbol (that is, the word
1437@samp{this}) lacks instructions for the computer to carry out.
1438
d6adf7e7 1439@node Names & Definitions
8cda6f8f
GM
1440@section Symbol Names and Function Definitions
1441@cindex Symbol names
1442
1443We can articulate another characteristic of Lisp based on what we have
1444discussed so far---an important characteristic: a symbol, like
1445@code{+}, is not itself the set of instructions for the computer to
1446carry out. Instead, the symbol is used, perhaps temporarily, as a way
1447of locating the definition or set of instructions. What we see is the
1448name through which the instructions can be found. Names of people
1449work the same way. I can be referred to as @samp{Bob}; however, I am
1450not the letters @samp{B}, @samp{o}, @samp{b} but am, or was, the
1451consciousness consistently associated with a particular life-form.
1452The name is not me, but it can be used to refer to me.
1453
1454In Lisp, one set of instructions can be attached to several names.
1455For example, the computer instructions for adding numbers can be
1456linked to the symbol @code{plus} as well as to the symbol @code{+}
1457(and are in some dialects of Lisp). Among humans, I can be referred
1458to as @samp{Robert} as well as @samp{Bob} and by other words as well.
1459
1460On the other hand, a symbol can have only one function definition
1461attached to it at a time. Otherwise, the computer would be confused as
1462to which definition to use. If this were the case among people, only
1463one person in the world could be named @samp{Bob}. However, the function
1464definition to which the name refers can be changed readily.
1465(@xref{Install, , Install a Function Definition}.)
1466
1467Since Emacs Lisp is large, it is customary to name symbols in a way
1468that identifies the part of Emacs to which the function belongs.
1469Thus, all the names for functions that deal with Texinfo start with
1470@samp{texinfo-} and those for functions that deal with reading mail
1471start with @samp{rmail-}.
1472
d6adf7e7 1473@node Lisp Interpreter
8cda6f8f
GM
1474@section The Lisp Interpreter
1475@cindex Lisp interpreter, what it does
1476@cindex Interpreter, what it does
1477
1478Based on what we have seen, we can now start to figure out what the
1479Lisp interpreter does when we command it to evaluate a list.
1480First, it looks to see whether there is a quote before the list; if
1481there is, the interpreter just gives us the list. On the other
1482hand, if there is no quote, the interpreter looks at the first element
1483in the list and sees whether it has a function definition. If it does,
1484the interpreter carries out the instructions in the function definition.
1485Otherwise, the interpreter prints an error message.
1486
1487This is how Lisp works. Simple. There are added complications which we
1488will get to in a minute, but these are the fundamentals. Of course, to
1489write Lisp programs, you need to know how to write function definitions
1490and attach them to names, and how to do this without confusing either
1491yourself or the computer.
1492
1493@menu
1494* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
1495* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
1496@end menu
1497
8cda6f8f 1498@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1499@node Complications
8cda6f8f
GM
1500@unnumberedsubsec Complications
1501@end ifnottex
1502
1503Now, for the first complication. In addition to lists, the Lisp
1504interpreter can evaluate a symbol that is not quoted and does not have
1505parentheses around it. The Lisp interpreter will attempt to determine
1506the symbol's value as a @dfn{variable}. This situation is described
1507in the section on variables. (@xref{Variables}.)
1508
1509@cindex Special form
2325c82f
XF
1510The second complication occurs because some functions are unusual and
1511do not work in the usual manner. Those that don't are called
1512@dfn{special forms}. They are used for special jobs, like defining a
1513function, and there are not many of them. In the next few chapters,
1514you will be introduced to several of the more important special forms.
2325c82f 1515
09b98a01
GM
1516As well as special forms, there are also @dfn{macros}. A macro
1517is a construct defined in Lisp, which differs from a function in that it
1518translates a Lisp expression into another expression that is to be
1519evaluated in place of the original expression. (@xref{Lisp macro}.)
1520
1521For the purposes of this introduction, you do not need to worry too much
1522about whether something is a special form, macro, or ordinary function.
1523For example, @code{if} is a special form (@pxref{if}), but @code{when}
1524is a macro (@pxref{Lisp macro}). In earlier versions of Emacs,
1525@code{defun} was a special form, but now it is a macro (@pxref{defun}).
1526It still behaves in the same way.
8cda6f8f 1527
09b98a01 1528The final complication is this: if the function that the
8cda6f8f
GM
1529Lisp interpreter is looking at is not a special form, and if it is part
1530of a list, the Lisp interpreter looks to see whether the list has a list
1531inside of it. If there is an inner list, the Lisp interpreter first
1532figures out what it should do with the inside list, and then it works on
1533the outside list. If there is yet another list embedded inside the
1534inner list, it works on that one first, and so on. It always works on
1535the innermost list first. The interpreter works on the innermost list
1536first, to evaluate the result of that list. The result may be
1537used by the enclosing expression.
1538
1539Otherwise, the interpreter works left to right, from one expression to
1540the next.
1541
d6adf7e7 1542@node Byte Compiling
8cda6f8f
GM
1543@subsection Byte Compiling
1544@cindex Byte compiling
1545
1546One other aspect of interpreting: the Lisp interpreter is able to
1547interpret two kinds of entity: humanly readable code, on which we will
1548focus exclusively, and specially processed code, called @dfn{byte
1549compiled} code, which is not humanly readable. Byte compiled code
1550runs faster than humanly readable code.
1551
1552You can transform humanly readable code into byte compiled code by
1553running one of the compile commands such as @code{byte-compile-file}.
1554Byte compiled code is usually stored in a file that ends with a
1555@file{.elc} extension rather than a @file{.el} extension. You will
1556see both kinds of file in the @file{emacs/lisp} directory; the files
1557to read are those with @file{.el} extensions.
1558
1559As a practical matter, for most things you might do to customize or
1560extend Emacs, you do not need to byte compile; and I will not discuss
1561the topic here. @xref{Byte Compilation, , Byte Compilation, elisp,
1562The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a full description of byte
1563compilation.
1564
d6adf7e7 1565@node Evaluation
8cda6f8f
GM
1566@section Evaluation
1567@cindex Evaluation
1568
1569When the Lisp interpreter works on an expression, the term for the
1570activity is called @dfn{evaluation}. We say that the interpreter
1571`evaluates the expression'. I've used this term several times before.
1572The word comes from its use in everyday language, `to ascertain the
1573value or amount of; to appraise', according to @cite{Webster's New
1574Collegiate Dictionary}.
1575
1576@menu
1577* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
1578* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
1579@end menu
1580
8cda6f8f 1581@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1582@node How the Interpreter Acts
8cda6f8f
GM
1583@unnumberedsubsec How the Lisp Interpreter Acts
1584@end ifnottex
1585
1586@cindex @samp{returned value} explained
1587After evaluating an expression, the Lisp interpreter will most likely
1588@dfn{return} the value that the computer produces by carrying out the
1589instructions it found in the function definition, or perhaps it will
1590give up on that function and produce an error message. (The interpreter
1591may also find itself tossed, so to speak, to a different function or it
1592may attempt to repeat continually what it is doing for ever and ever in
1593what is called an `infinite loop'. These actions are less common; and
1594we can ignore them.) Most frequently, the interpreter returns a value.
1595
1596@cindex @samp{side effect} defined
1597At the same time the interpreter returns a value, it may do something
1598else as well, such as move a cursor or copy a file; this other kind of
1599action is called a @dfn{side effect}. Actions that we humans think are
1600important, such as printing results, are often ``side effects'' to the
1601Lisp interpreter. The jargon can sound peculiar, but it turns out that
1602it is fairly easy to learn to use side effects.
1603
1604In summary, evaluating a symbolic expression most commonly causes the
1605Lisp interpreter to return a value and perhaps carry out a side effect;
1606or else produce an error.
1607
d6adf7e7 1608@node Evaluating Inner Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1609@subsection Evaluating Inner Lists
1610@cindex Inner list evaluation
1611@cindex Evaluating inner lists
1612
1613If evaluation applies to a list that is inside another list, the outer
1614list may use the value returned by the first evaluation as information
1615when the outer list is evaluated. This explains why inner expressions
1616are evaluated first: the values they return are used by the outer
1617expressions.
1618
1619@need 1250
1620We can investigate this process by evaluating another addition example.
1621Place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1622
1623@smallexample
1624(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1625@end smallexample
1626
1627@noindent
1628The number 8 will appear in the echo area.
1629
1630What happens is that the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the inner
1631expression, @code{(+ 3 3)}, for which the value 6 is returned; then it
1632evaluates the outer expression as if it were written @code{(+ 2 6)}, which
1633returns the value 8. Since there are no more enclosing expressions to
1634evaluate, the interpreter prints that value in the echo area.
1635
1636Now it is easy to understand the name of the command invoked by the
1637keystrokes @kbd{C-x C-e}: the name is @code{eval-last-sexp}. The
1638letters @code{sexp} are an abbreviation for `symbolic expression', and
1639@code{eval} is an abbreviation for `evaluate'. The command means
1640`evaluate last symbolic expression'.
1641
1642As an experiment, you can try evaluating the expression by putting the
1643cursor at the beginning of the next line immediately following the
1644expression, or inside the expression.
1645
1646@need 800
1647Here is another copy of the expression:
1648
1649@smallexample
1650(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1651@end smallexample
1652
1653@noindent
1654If you place the cursor at the beginning of the blank line that
1655immediately follows the expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}, you will
1656still get the value 8 printed in the echo area. Now try putting the
1657cursor inside the expression. If you put it right after the next to
1658last parenthesis (so it appears to sit on top of the last parenthesis),
1659you will get a 6 printed in the echo area! This is because the command
1660evaluates the expression @code{(+ 3 3)}.
1661
1662Now put the cursor immediately after a number. Type @kbd{C-x C-e} and
1663you will get the number itself. In Lisp, if you evaluate a number, you
1664get the number itself---this is how numbers differ from symbols. If you
1665evaluate a list starting with a symbol like @code{+}, you will get a
1666value returned that is the result of the computer carrying out the
1667instructions in the function definition attached to that name. If a
1668symbol by itself is evaluated, something different happens, as we will
1669see in the next section.
1670
d6adf7e7 1671@node Variables
8cda6f8f
GM
1672@section Variables
1673@cindex Variables
1674
1675In Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have a value attached to it just as it can
1676have a function definition attached to it. The two are different.
1677The function definition is a set of instructions that a computer will
1678obey. A value, on the other hand, is something, such as number or a
1679name, that can vary (which is why such a symbol is called a variable).
1680The value of a symbol can be any expression in Lisp, such as a symbol,
1681number, list, or string. A symbol that has a value is often called a
1682@dfn{variable}.
1683
1684A symbol can have both a function definition and a value attached to
1685it at the same time. Or it can have just one or the other.
1686The two are separate. This is somewhat similar
1687to the way the name Cambridge can refer to the city in Massachusetts
1688and have some information attached to the name as well, such as
1689``great programming center''.
1690
1691@ignore
1692(Incidentally, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have two
1693other things attached to it, too: a property list and a documentation
1694string; these are discussed later.)
1695@end ignore
1696
1697Another way to think about this is to imagine a symbol as being a chest
1698of drawers. The function definition is put in one drawer, the value in
1699another, and so on. What is put in the drawer holding the value can be
1700changed without affecting the contents of the drawer holding the
1701function definition, and vice-verse.
1702
1703@menu
1704* fill-column Example::
1705* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
1706 without a function.
1707* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
1708@end menu
1709
8cda6f8f 1710@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1711@node fill-column Example
8cda6f8f
GM
1712@unnumberedsubsec @code{fill-column}, an Example Variable
1713@end ifnottex
1714
1715@findex fill-column, @r{an example variable}
1716@cindex Example variable, @code{fill-column}
1717@cindex Variable, example of, @code{fill-column}
1718The variable @code{fill-column} illustrates a symbol with a value
1719attached to it: in every GNU Emacs buffer, this symbol is set to some
1720value, usually 72 or 70, but sometimes to some other value. To find the
1721value of this symbol, evaluate it by itself. If you are reading this in
1722Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can do this by putting the cursor after
1723the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1724
1725@smallexample
1726fill-column
1727@end smallexample
1728
1729@noindent
1730After I typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, Emacs printed the number 72 in my echo
1731area. This is the value for which @code{fill-column} is set for me as I
1732write this. It may be different for you in your Info buffer. Notice
1733that the value returned as a variable is printed in exactly the same way
1734as the value returned by a function carrying out its instructions. From
1735the point of view of the Lisp interpreter, a value returned is a value
1736returned. What kind of expression it came from ceases to matter once
1737the value is known.
1738
1739A symbol can have any value attached to it or, to use the jargon, we can
1740@dfn{bind} the variable to a value: to a number, such as 72; to a
1741string, @code{"such as this"}; to a list, such as @code{(spruce pine
1742oak)}; we can even bind a variable to a function definition.
1743
1744A symbol can be bound to a value in several ways. @xref{set & setq, ,
1745Setting the Value of a Variable}, for information about one way to do
1746this.
1747
d6adf7e7 1748@node Void Function
8cda6f8f
GM
1749@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Function
1750@cindex Symbol without function error
1751@cindex Error for symbol without function
1752
1753When we evaluated @code{fill-column} to find its value as a variable,
1754we did not place parentheses around the word. This is because we did
1755not intend to use it as a function name.
1756
1757If @code{fill-column} were the first or only element of a list, the
1758Lisp interpreter would attempt to find the function definition
1759attached to it. But @code{fill-column} has no function definition.
1760Try evaluating this:
1761
1762@smallexample
1763(fill-column)
1764@end smallexample
1765
1766@need 1250
1767@noindent
8f4ea8e0 1768You will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
8cda6f8f
GM
1769
1770@smallexample
1771@group
1772---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1773Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function fill-column)
1774 (fill-column)
1775 eval((fill-column))
1776 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1777 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1778 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1779---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1780@end group
1781@end smallexample
1782
1783@noindent
1784(Remember, to quit the debugger and make the debugger window go away,
1785type @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1786
1787@ignore
1788@need 800
1789In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will produce an error message that says:
1790
1791@smallexample
1792Symbol's function definition is void:@: fill-column
1793@end smallexample
1794
1795@noindent
1796(The message will go away as soon as you move the cursor or type
1797another key.)
1798@end ignore
1799
d6adf7e7 1800@node Void Variable
8cda6f8f
GM
1801@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Value
1802@cindex Symbol without value error
1803@cindex Error for symbol without value
1804
1805If you attempt to evaluate a symbol that does not have a value bound to
1806it, you will receive an error message. You can see this by
1807experimenting with our 2 plus 2 addition. In the following expression,
1808put your cursor right after the @code{+}, before the first number 2,
1809type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1810
1811@smallexample
1812(+ 2 2)
1813@end smallexample
1814
1815@need 1500
1816@noindent
1817In GNU Emacs 22, you will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that
1818says:
1819
1820@smallexample
1821@group
1822---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1823Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-variable +)
1824 eval(+)
1825 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1826 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1827 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1828---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1829@end group
1830@end smallexample
1831
1832@noindent
8f4ea8e0 1833(Again, you can quit the debugger by
8cda6f8f
GM
1834typing @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1835
1836This backtrace is different from the very first error message we saw,
1837which said, @samp{Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)}.
1838In this case, the function does not have a value as a variable; while
1839in the other error message, the function (the word `this') did not
1840have a definition.
1841
1842In this experiment with the @code{+}, what we did was cause the Lisp
1843interpreter to evaluate the @code{+} and look for the value of the
1844variable instead of the function definition. We did this by placing the
1845cursor right after the symbol rather than after the parenthesis of the
1846enclosing list as we did before. As a consequence, the Lisp interpreter
8f4ea8e0 1847evaluated the preceding s-expression, which in this case was
8cda6f8f
GM
1848@code{+} by itself.
1849
1850Since @code{+} does not have a value bound to it, just the function
1851definition, the error message reported that the symbol's value as a
1852variable was void.
1853
1854@ignore
1855@need 800
1856In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, your error message will say:
1857
1858@example
1859Symbol's value as variable is void:@: +
1860@end example
1861
1862@noindent
1863The meaning is the same as in GNU Emacs 22.
1864@end ignore
1865
d6adf7e7 1866@node Arguments
8cda6f8f
GM
1867@section Arguments
1868@cindex Arguments
1869@cindex Passing information to functions
1870
1871To see how information is passed to functions, let's look again at
1872our old standby, the addition of two plus two. In Lisp, this is written
1873as follows:
1874
1875@smallexample
1876(+ 2 2)
1877@end smallexample
1878
1879If you evaluate this expression, the number 4 will appear in your echo
1880area. What the Lisp interpreter does is add the numbers that follow
1881the @code{+}.
1882
1883@cindex @samp{argument} defined
1884The numbers added by @code{+} are called the @dfn{arguments} of the
1885function @code{+}. These numbers are the information that is given to
1886or @dfn{passed} to the function.
1887
1888The word `argument' comes from the way it is used in mathematics and
1889does not refer to a disputation between two people; instead it refers to
1890the information presented to the function, in this case, to the
1891@code{+}. In Lisp, the arguments to a function are the atoms or lists
1892that follow the function. The values returned by the evaluation of
1893these atoms or lists are passed to the function. Different functions
1894require different numbers of arguments; some functions require none at
1895all.@footnote{It is curious to track the path by which the word `argument'
1896came to have two different meanings, one in mathematics and the other in
1897everyday English. According to the @cite{Oxford English Dictionary},
1898the word derives from the Latin for @samp{to make clear, prove}; thus it
1899came to mean, by one thread of derivation, `the evidence offered as
1900proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
1901meaning in Lisp. But in the other thread of derivation, it came to mean
1902`to assert in a manner against which others may make counter
1903assertions', which led to the meaning of the word as a disputation.
1904(Note here that the English word has two different definitions attached
1905to it at the same time. By contrast, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol cannot
1906have two different function definitions at the same time.)}
1907
1908@menu
1909* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
1910* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
1911 of a variable or list.
1912* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
1913 variable number of arguments.
1914* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
1915 to a function.
1916* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
1917@end menu
1918
d6adf7e7 1919@node Data types
8cda6f8f
GM
1920@subsection Arguments' Data Types
1921@cindex Data types
1922@cindex Types of data
1923@cindex Arguments' data types
1924
1925The type of data that should be passed to a function depends on what
1926kind of information it uses. The arguments to a function such as
1927@code{+} must have values that are numbers, since @code{+} adds numbers.
1928Other functions use different kinds of data for their arguments.
1929
1930@need 1250
1931@findex concat
1932For example, the @code{concat} function links together or unites two or
1933more strings of text to produce a string. The arguments are strings.
1934Concatenating the two character strings @code{abc}, @code{def} produces
1935the single string @code{abcdef}. This can be seen by evaluating the
1936following:
1937
1938@smallexample
1939(concat "abc" "def")
1940@end smallexample
1941
1942@noindent
1943The value produced by evaluating this expression is @code{"abcdef"}.
1944
1945A function such as @code{substring} uses both a string and numbers as
1946arguments. The function returns a part of the string, a substring of
1947the first argument. This function takes three arguments. Its first
1948argument is the string of characters, the second and third arguments are
1949numbers that indicate the beginning and end of the substring. The
1950numbers are a count of the number of characters (including spaces and
e4920bc9 1951punctuation) from the beginning of the string.
8cda6f8f
GM
1952
1953@need 800
1954For example, if you evaluate the following:
1955
1956@smallexample
1957(substring "The quick brown fox jumped." 16 19)
1958@end smallexample
1959
1960@noindent
1961you will see @code{"fox"} appear in the echo area. The arguments are the
1962string and the two numbers.
1963
1964Note that the string passed to @code{substring} is a single atom even
1965though it is made up of several words separated by spaces. Lisp counts
1966everything between the two quotation marks as part of the string,
1967including the spaces. You can think of the @code{substring} function as
1968a kind of `atom smasher' since it takes an otherwise indivisible atom
1969and extracts a part. However, @code{substring} is only able to extract
1970a substring from an argument that is a string, not from another type of
1971atom such as a number or symbol.
1972
d6adf7e7 1973@node Args as Variable or List
8cda6f8f
GM
1974@subsection An Argument as the Value of a Variable or List
1975
1976An argument can be a symbol that returns a value when it is evaluated.
1977For example, when the symbol @code{fill-column} by itself is evaluated,
1978it returns a number. This number can be used in an addition.
1979
1980@need 1250
1981Position the cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
1982C-e}:
1983
1984@smallexample
1985(+ 2 fill-column)
1986@end smallexample
1987
1988@noindent
1989The value will be a number two more than what you get by evaluating
1990@code{fill-column} alone. For me, this is 74, because my value of
1991@code{fill-column} is 72.
1992
1993As we have just seen, an argument can be a symbol that returns a value
1994when evaluated. In addition, an argument can be a list that returns a
1995value when it is evaluated. For example, in the following expression,
1996the arguments to the function @code{concat} are the strings
1997@w{@code{"The "}} and @w{@code{" red foxes."}} and the list
1998@code{(number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column))}.
1999
2000@c For GNU Emacs 22, need number-to-string
2001@smallexample
2002(concat "The " (number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column)) " red foxes.")
2003@end smallexample
2004
2005@noindent
2006If you evaluate this expression---and if, as with my Emacs,
2007@code{fill-column} evaluates to 72---@code{"The 74 red foxes."} will
2008appear in the echo area. (Note that you must put spaces after the
2009word @samp{The} and before the word @samp{red} so they will appear in
2010the final string. The function @code{number-to-string} converts the
2011integer that the addition function returns to a string.
2012@code{number-to-string} is also known as @code{int-to-string}.)
2013
d6adf7e7 2014@node Variable Number of Arguments
8cda6f8f
GM
2015@subsection Variable Number of Arguments
2016@cindex Variable number of arguments
2017@cindex Arguments, variable number of
2018
2019Some functions, such as @code{concat}, @code{+} or @code{*}, take any
2020number of arguments. (The @code{*} is the symbol for multiplication.)
2021This can be seen by evaluating each of the following expressions in
2022the usual way. What you will see in the echo area is printed in this
2023text after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
2024
2025@need 1250
2026In the first set, the functions have no arguments:
2027
2028@smallexample
2029@group
2030(+) @result{} 0
2031
2032(*) @result{} 1
2033@end group
2034@end smallexample
2035
2036@need 1250
2037In this set, the functions have one argument each:
2038
2039@smallexample
2040@group
2041(+ 3) @result{} 3
2042
2043(* 3) @result{} 3
2044@end group
2045@end smallexample
2046
2047@need 1250
2048In this set, the functions have three arguments each:
2049
2050@smallexample
2051@group
2052(+ 3 4 5) @result{} 12
2053
2054(* 3 4 5) @result{} 60
2055@end group
2056@end smallexample
2057
d6adf7e7 2058@node Wrong Type of Argument
8cda6f8f
GM
2059@subsection Using the Wrong Type Object as an Argument
2060@cindex Wrong type of argument
2061@cindex Argument, wrong type of
2062
2063When a function is passed an argument of the wrong type, the Lisp
2064interpreter produces an error message. For example, the @code{+}
2065function expects the values of its arguments to be numbers. As an
2066experiment we can pass it the quoted symbol @code{hello} instead of a
2067number. Position the cursor after the following expression and type
2068@kbd{C-x C-e}:
2069
2070@smallexample
2071(+ 2 'hello)
2072@end smallexample
2073
2074@noindent
2075When you do this you will generate an error message. What has happened
2076is that @code{+} has tried to add the 2 to the value returned by
2077@code{'hello}, but the value returned by @code{'hello} is the symbol
2078@code{hello}, not a number. Only numbers can be added. So @code{+}
2079could not carry out its addition.
2080
2081@need 1250
8f4ea8e0 2082You will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
8cda6f8f
GM
2083
2084@noindent
2085@smallexample
2086@group
2087---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2088Debugger entered--Lisp error:
2089 (wrong-type-argument number-or-marker-p hello)
2090 +(2 hello)
2091 eval((+ 2 (quote hello)))
2092 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
2093 eval-last-sexp(nil)
2094 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
2095---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2096@end group
2097@end smallexample
2098
2099@need 1250
2100As usual, the error message tries to be helpful and makes sense after you
2101learn how to read it.@footnote{@code{(quote hello)} is an expansion of
2102the abbreviation @code{'hello}.}
2103
2104The first part of the error message is straightforward; it says
2105@samp{wrong type argument}. Next comes the mysterious jargon word
2106@w{@samp{number-or-marker-p}}. This word is trying to tell you what
2107kind of argument the @code{+} expected.
2108
2109The symbol @code{number-or-marker-p} says that the Lisp interpreter is
2110trying to determine whether the information presented it (the value of
2111the argument) is a number or a marker (a special object representing a
2112buffer position). What it does is test to see whether the @code{+} is
2113being given numbers to add. It also tests to see whether the
2114argument is something called a marker, which is a specific feature of
2115Emacs Lisp. (In Emacs, locations in a buffer are recorded as markers.
2116When the mark is set with the @kbd{C-@@} or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} command,
2117its position is kept as a marker. The mark can be considered a
2118number---the number of characters the location is from the beginning
2119of the buffer.) In Emacs Lisp, @code{+} can be used to add the
2120numeric value of marker positions as numbers.
2121
2122The @samp{p} of @code{number-or-marker-p} is the embodiment of a
2123practice started in the early days of Lisp programming. The @samp{p}
2124stands for `predicate'. In the jargon used by the early Lisp
2125researchers, a predicate refers to a function to determine whether some
2126property is true or false. So the @samp{p} tells us that
2127@code{number-or-marker-p} is the name of a function that determines
2128whether it is true or false that the argument supplied is a number or
2129a marker. Other Lisp symbols that end in @samp{p} include @code{zerop},
2130a function that tests whether its argument has the value of zero, and
2131@code{listp}, a function that tests whether its argument is a list.
2132
2133Finally, the last part of the error message is the symbol @code{hello}.
2134This is the value of the argument that was passed to @code{+}. If the
2135addition had been passed the correct type of object, the value passed
2136would have been a number, such as 37, rather than a symbol like
2137@code{hello}. But then you would not have got the error message.
2138
2139@ignore
2140@need 1250
2141In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, the echo area displays an error
2142message that says:
2143
2144@smallexample
2145Wrong type argument:@: number-or-marker-p, hello
2146@end smallexample
2147
2148This says, in different words, the same as the top line of the
2149@file{*Backtrace*} buffer.
2150@end ignore
2151
d6adf7e7 2152@node message
8cda6f8f
GM
2153@subsection The @code{message} Function
2154@findex message
2155
2156Like @code{+}, the @code{message} function takes a variable number of
2157arguments. It is used to send messages to the user and is so useful
2158that we will describe it here.
2159
2160@need 1250
2161A message is printed in the echo area. For example, you can print a
2162message in your echo area by evaluating the following list:
2163
2164@smallexample
2165(message "This message appears in the echo area!")
2166@end smallexample
2167
2168The whole string between double quotation marks is a single argument
2169and is printed @i{in toto}. (Note that in this example, the message
2170itself will appear in the echo area within double quotes; that is
2171because you see the value returned by the @code{message} function. In
2172most uses of @code{message} in programs that you write, the text will
2173be printed in the echo area as a side-effect, without the quotes.
2174@xref{multiply-by-seven in detail, , @code{multiply-by-seven} in
2175detail}, for an example of this.)
2176
2177However, if there is a @samp{%s} in the quoted string of characters, the
2178@code{message} function does not print the @samp{%s} as such, but looks
2179to the argument that follows the string. It evaluates the second
2180argument and prints the value at the location in the string where the
2181@samp{%s} is.
2182
2183@need 1250
2184You can see this by positioning the cursor after the following
2185expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
2186
2187@smallexample
2188(message "The name of this buffer is: %s." (buffer-name))
2189@end smallexample
2190
2191@noindent
2192In Info, @code{"The name of this buffer is: *info*."} will appear in the
2193echo area. The function @code{buffer-name} returns the name of the
2194buffer as a string, which the @code{message} function inserts in place
2195of @code{%s}.
2196
2197To print a value as an integer, use @samp{%d} in the same way as
2198@samp{%s}. For example, to print a message in the echo area that
2199states the value of the @code{fill-column}, evaluate the following:
2200
2201@smallexample
2202(message "The value of fill-column is %d." fill-column)
2203@end smallexample
2204
2205@noindent
2206On my system, when I evaluate this list, @code{"The value of
2207fill-column is 72."} appears in my echo area@footnote{Actually, you
2208can use @code{%s} to print a number. It is non-specific. @code{%d}
2209prints only the part of a number left of a decimal point, and not
2210anything that is not a number.}.
2211
2212If there is more than one @samp{%s} in the quoted string, the value of
2213the first argument following the quoted string is printed at the
2214location of the first @samp{%s} and the value of the second argument is
2215printed at the location of the second @samp{%s}, and so on.
2216
2217@need 1250
2218For example, if you evaluate the following,
2219
2220@smallexample
2221@group
2222(message "There are %d %s in the office!"
2223 (- fill-column 14) "pink elephants")
2224@end group
2225@end smallexample
2226
2227@noindent
2228a rather whimsical message will appear in your echo area. On my system
2229it says, @code{"There are 58 pink elephants in the office!"}.
2230
2231The expression @code{(- fill-column 14)} is evaluated and the resulting
2232number is inserted in place of the @samp{%d}; and the string in double
2233quotes, @code{"pink elephants"}, is treated as a single argument and
2234inserted in place of the @samp{%s}. (That is to say, a string between
2235double quotes evaluates to itself, like a number.)
2236
2237Finally, here is a somewhat complex example that not only illustrates
2238the computation of a number, but also shows how you can use an
2239expression within an expression to generate the text that is substituted
2240for @samp{%s}:
2241
2242@smallexample
2243@group
2244(message "He saw %d %s"
2245 (- fill-column 32)
2246 (concat "red "
2247 (substring
2248 "The quick brown foxes jumped." 16 21)
2249 " leaping."))
2250@end group
2251@end smallexample
2252
2253In this example, @code{message} has three arguments: the string,
2254@code{"He saw %d %s"}, the expression, @code{(- fill-column 32)}, and
2255the expression beginning with the function @code{concat}. The value
2256resulting from the evaluation of @code{(- fill-column 32)} is inserted
2257in place of the @samp{%d}; and the value returned by the expression
2258beginning with @code{concat} is inserted in place of the @samp{%s}.
2259
2260When your fill column is 70 and you evaluate the expression, the
2261message @code{"He saw 38 red foxes leaping."} appears in your echo
2262area.
2263
d6adf7e7 2264@node set & setq
8cda6f8f
GM
2265@section Setting the Value of a Variable
2266@cindex Variable, setting value
2267@cindex Setting value of variable
2268
2269@cindex @samp{bind} defined
2270There are several ways by which a variable can be given a value. One of
2271the ways is to use either the function @code{set} or the function
2272@code{setq}. Another way is to use @code{let} (@pxref{let}). (The
2273jargon for this process is to @dfn{bind} a variable to a value.)
2274
2275The following sections not only describe how @code{set} and @code{setq}
2276work but also illustrate how arguments are passed.
2277
2278@menu
2279* Using set:: Setting values.
2280* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
2281* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
2282@end menu
2283
d6adf7e7 2284@node Using set
8cda6f8f
GM
2285@subsection Using @code{set}
2286@findex set
2287
2288To set the value of the symbol @code{flowers} to the list @code{'(rose
2289violet daisy buttercup)}, evaluate the following expression by
2290positioning the cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2291
2292@smallexample
2293(set 'flowers '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
2294@end smallexample
2295
2296@noindent
2297The list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in the echo
2298area. This is what is @emph{returned} by the @code{set} function. As a
2299side effect, the symbol @code{flowers} is bound to the list; that is,
2300the symbol @code{flowers}, which can be viewed as a variable, is given
2301the list as its value. (This process, by the way, illustrates how a
2302side effect to the Lisp interpreter, setting the value, can be the
2303primary effect that we humans are interested in. This is because every
2304Lisp function must return a value if it does not get an error, but it
2305will only have a side effect if it is designed to have one.)
2306
2307After evaluating the @code{set} expression, you can evaluate the symbol
2308@code{flowers} and it will return the value you just set. Here is the
2309symbol. Place your cursor after it and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2310
2311@smallexample
2312flowers
2313@end smallexample
2314
2315@noindent
2316When you evaluate @code{flowers}, the list
2317@code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} appears in the echo area.
2318
2319Incidentally, if you evaluate @code{'flowers}, the variable with a quote
2320in front of it, what you will see in the echo area is the symbol itself,
2321@code{flowers}. Here is the quoted symbol, so you can try this:
2322
2323@smallexample
2324'flowers
2325@end smallexample
2326
2327Note also, that when you use @code{set}, you need to quote both
2328arguments to @code{set}, unless you want them evaluated. Since we do
2329not want either argument evaluated, neither the variable
2330@code{flowers} nor the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)}, both
2331are quoted. (When you use @code{set} without quoting its first
2332argument, the first argument is evaluated before anything else is
2333done. If you did this and @code{flowers} did not have a value
2334already, you would get an error message that the @samp{Symbol's value
2335as variable is void}; on the other hand, if @code{flowers} did return
2336a value after it was evaluated, the @code{set} would attempt to set
2337the value that was returned. There are situations where this is the
2338right thing for the function to do; but such situations are rare.)
2339
d6adf7e7 2340@node Using setq
8cda6f8f
GM
2341@subsection Using @code{setq}
2342@findex setq
2343
2344As a practical matter, you almost always quote the first argument to
2345@code{set}. The combination of @code{set} and a quoted first argument
2346is so common that it has its own name: the special form @code{setq}.
2347This special form is just like @code{set} except that the first argument
2348is quoted automatically, so you don't need to type the quote mark
2349yourself. Also, as an added convenience, @code{setq} permits you to set
2350several different variables to different values, all in one expression.
2351
2352To set the value of the variable @code{carnivores} to the list
2353@code{'(lion tiger leopard)} using @code{setq}, the following expression
2354is used:
2355
2356@smallexample
2357(setq carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2358@end smallexample
2359
2360@noindent
2361This is exactly the same as using @code{set} except the first argument
2362is automatically quoted by @code{setq}. (The @samp{q} in @code{setq}
2363means @code{quote}.)
2364
2365@need 1250
2366With @code{set}, the expression would look like this:
2367
2368@smallexample
2369(set 'carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2370@end smallexample
2371
2372Also, @code{setq} can be used to assign different values to
2373different variables. The first argument is bound to the value
2374of the second argument, the third argument is bound to the value of the
2375fourth argument, and so on. For example, you could use the following to
2376assign a list of trees to the symbol @code{trees} and a list of herbivores
2377to the symbol @code{herbivores}:
2378
2379@smallexample
2380@group
2381(setq trees '(pine fir oak maple)
2382 herbivores '(gazelle antelope zebra))
2383@end group
2384@end smallexample
2385
2386@noindent
2387(The expression could just as well have been on one line, but it might
2388not have fit on a page; and humans find it easier to read nicely
2389formatted lists.)
2390
2391Although I have been using the term `assign', there is another way of
2392thinking about the workings of @code{set} and @code{setq}; and that is to
2393say that @code{set} and @code{setq} make the symbol @emph{point} to the
2394list. This latter way of thinking is very common and in forthcoming
2395chapters we shall come upon at least one symbol that has `pointer' as
2396part of its name. The name is chosen because the symbol has a value,
2397specifically a list, attached to it; or, expressed another way,
2398the symbol is set to ``point'' to the list.
2399
d6adf7e7 2400@node Counting
8cda6f8f
GM
2401@subsection Counting
2402@cindex Counting
2403
2404Here is an example that shows how to use @code{setq} in a counter. You
2405might use this to count how many times a part of your program repeats
2406itself. First set a variable to zero; then add one to the number each
2407time the program repeats itself. To do this, you need a variable that
2408serves as a counter, and two expressions: an initial @code{setq}
2409expression that sets the counter variable to zero; and a second
2410@code{setq} expression that increments the counter each time it is
2411evaluated.
2412
2413@smallexample
2414@group
2415(setq counter 0) ; @r{Let's call this the initializer.}
2416
2417(setq counter (+ counter 1)) ; @r{This is the incrementer.}
2418
2419counter ; @r{This is the counter.}
2420@end group
2421@end smallexample
2422
2423@noindent
2424(The text following the @samp{;} are comments. @xref{Change a
2425defun, , Change a Function Definition}.)
2426
2427If you evaluate the first of these expressions, the initializer,
2428@code{(setq counter 0)}, and then evaluate the third expression,
2429@code{counter}, the number @code{0} will appear in the echo area. If
2430you then evaluate the second expression, the incrementer, @code{(setq
2431counter (+ counter 1))}, the counter will get the value 1. So if you
2432again evaluate @code{counter}, the number @code{1} will appear in the
2433echo area. Each time you evaluate the second expression, the value of
2434the counter will be incremented.
2435
2436When you evaluate the incrementer, @code{(setq counter (+ counter 1))},
2437the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the innermost list; this is the
2438addition. In order to evaluate this list, it must evaluate the variable
2439@code{counter} and the number @code{1}. When it evaluates the variable
2440@code{counter}, it receives its current value. It passes this value and
2441the number @code{1} to the @code{+} which adds them together. The sum
2442is then returned as the value of the inner list and passed to the
2443@code{setq} which sets the variable @code{counter} to this new value.
2444Thus, the value of the variable, @code{counter}, is changed.
2445
d6adf7e7 2446@node Summary
8cda6f8f
GM
2447@section Summary
2448
2449Learning Lisp is like climbing a hill in which the first part is the
2450steepest. You have now climbed the most difficult part; what remains
2451becomes easier as you progress onwards.
2452
2453@need 1000
2454In summary,
2455
2456@itemize @bullet
2457
2458@item
2459Lisp programs are made up of expressions, which are lists or single atoms.
2460
2461@item
2462Lists are made up of zero or more atoms or inner lists, separated by whitespace and
2463surrounded by parentheses. A list can be empty.
2464
2465@item
2466Atoms are multi-character symbols, like @code{forward-paragraph}, single
2467character symbols like @code{+}, strings of characters between double
2468quotation marks, or numbers.
2469
2470@item
2471A number evaluates to itself.
2472
2473@item
2474A string between double quotes also evaluates to itself.
2475
2476@item
2477When you evaluate a symbol by itself, its value is returned.
2478
2479@item
2480When you evaluate a list, the Lisp interpreter looks at the first symbol
2481in the list and then at the function definition bound to that symbol.
2482Then the instructions in the function definition are carried out.
2483
2484@item
2485A single quotation mark,
2486@ifinfo
2487'
2488@end ifinfo
2489@ifnotinfo
2490@code{'}
2491@end ifnotinfo
2492, tells the Lisp interpreter that it should
2493return the following expression as written, and not evaluate it as it
2494would if the quote were not there.
2495
2496@item
2497Arguments are the information passed to a function. The arguments to a
2498function are computed by evaluating the rest of the elements of the list
2499of which the function is the first element.
2500
2501@item
2502A function always returns a value when it is evaluated (unless it gets
2503an error); in addition, it may also carry out some action called a
2504``side effect''. In many cases, a function's primary purpose is to
2505create a side effect.
2506@end itemize
2507
d6adf7e7 2508@node Error Message Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
2509@section Exercises
2510
2511A few simple exercises:
2512
2513@itemize @bullet
2514@item
2515Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2516not within parentheses.
2517
2518@item
2519Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2520between parentheses.
2521
2522@item
2523Create a counter that increments by two rather than one.
2524
2525@item
2526Write an expression that prints a message in the echo area when
2527evaluated.
2528@end itemize
2529
d6adf7e7 2530@node Practicing Evaluation
8cda6f8f
GM
2531@chapter Practicing Evaluation
2532@cindex Practicing evaluation
2533@cindex Evaluation practice
2534
2535Before learning how to write a function definition in Emacs Lisp, it is
2536useful to spend a little time evaluating various expressions that have
2537already been written. These expressions will be lists with the
2538functions as their first (and often only) element. Since some of the
2539functions associated with buffers are both simple and interesting, we
2540will start with those. In this section, we will evaluate a few of
2541these. In another section, we will study the code of several other
2542buffer-related functions, to see how they were written.
2543
2544@menu
2545* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
2546 causes evaluation.
2547* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
2548* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
2549* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
2550* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
2551 the buffer.
2552* Evaluation Exercise::
2553@end menu
2554
8cda6f8f 2555@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 2556@node How to Evaluate
8cda6f8f
GM
2557@unnumberedsec How to Evaluate
2558@end ifnottex
2559
2560@i{Whenever you give an editing command} to Emacs Lisp, such as the
2561command to move the cursor or to scroll the screen, @i{you are evaluating
2562an expression,} the first element of which is a function. @i{This is
2563how Emacs works.}
2564
2565@cindex @samp{interactive function} defined
2566@cindex @samp{command} defined
2567When you type keys, you cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate an
2568expression and that is how you get your results. Even typing plain text
2569involves evaluating an Emacs Lisp function, in this case, one that uses
2570@code{self-insert-command}, which simply inserts the character you
2571typed. The functions you evaluate by typing keystrokes are called
2572@dfn{interactive} functions, or @dfn{commands}; how you make a function
2573interactive will be illustrated in the chapter on how to write function
2574definitions. @xref{Interactive, , Making a Function Interactive}.
2575
2576In addition to typing keyboard commands, we have seen a second way to
2577evaluate an expression: by positioning the cursor after a list and
2578typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. This is what we will do in the rest of this
2579section. There are other ways to evaluate an expression as well; these
2580will be described as we come to them.
2581
2582Besides being used for practicing evaluation, the functions shown in the
2583next few sections are important in their own right. A study of these
2584functions makes clear the distinction between buffers and files, how to
2585switch to a buffer, and how to determine a location within it.
2586
d6adf7e7 2587@node Buffer Names
8cda6f8f
GM
2588@section Buffer Names
2589@findex buffer-name
2590@findex buffer-file-name
2591
2592The two functions, @code{buffer-name} and @code{buffer-file-name}, show
2593the difference between a file and a buffer. When you evaluate the
2594following expression, @code{(buffer-name)}, the name of the buffer
2595appears in the echo area. When you evaluate @code{(buffer-file-name)},
2596the name of the file to which the buffer refers appears in the echo
2597area. Usually, the name returned by @code{(buffer-name)} is the same as
2598the name of the file to which it refers, and the name returned by
2599@code{(buffer-file-name)} is the full path-name of the file.
2600
2601A file and a buffer are two different entities. A file is information
2602recorded permanently in the computer (unless you delete it). A buffer,
2603on the other hand, is information inside of Emacs that will vanish at
2604the end of the editing session (or when you kill the buffer). Usually,
2605a buffer contains information that you have copied from a file; we say
2606the buffer is @dfn{visiting} that file. This copy is what you work on
2607and modify. Changes to the buffer do not change the file, until you
2608save the buffer. When you save the buffer, the buffer is copied to the file
2609and is thus saved permanently.
2610
2611@need 1250
2612If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
2613each of the following expressions by positioning the cursor after it and
2614typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2615
2616@example
2617@group
2618(buffer-name)
2619
2620(buffer-file-name)
2621@end group
2622@end example
2623
2624@noindent
2625When I do this in Info, the value returned by evaluating
2626@code{(buffer-name)} is @file{"*info*"}, and the value returned by
2627evaluating @code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}.
2628
a9097c6d 2629On the other hand, while I am writing this document, the value
8cda6f8f
GM
2630returned by evaluating @code{(buffer-name)} is
2631@file{"introduction.texinfo"}, and the value returned by evaluating
2632@code{(buffer-file-name)} is
2633@file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2634
2635@cindex @code{nil}, history of word
2636The former is the name of the buffer and the latter is the name of the
2637file. In Info, the buffer name is @file{"*info*"}. Info does not
2638point to any file, so the result of evaluating
2639@code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}. The symbol @code{nil} is
2640from the Latin word for `nothing'; in this case, it means that the
2641buffer is not associated with any file. (In Lisp, @code{nil} is also
2642used to mean `false' and is a synonym for the empty list, @code{()}.)
2643
2644When I am writing, the name of my buffer is
2645@file{"introduction.texinfo"}. The name of the file to which it
2646points is @file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2647
2648(In the expressions, the parentheses tell the Lisp interpreter to
2649treat @w{@code{buffer-name}} and @w{@code{buffer-file-name}} as
2650functions; without the parentheses, the interpreter would attempt to
2651evaluate the symbols as variables. @xref{Variables}.)
2652
2653In spite of the distinction between files and buffers, you will often
2654find that people refer to a file when they mean a buffer and vice-verse.
2655Indeed, most people say, ``I am editing a file,'' rather than saying,
2656``I am editing a buffer which I will soon save to a file.'' It is
2657almost always clear from context what people mean. When dealing with
2658computer programs, however, it is important to keep the distinction in mind,
2659since the computer is not as smart as a person.
2660
2661@cindex Buffer, history of word
2662The word `buffer', by the way, comes from the meaning of the word as a
2663cushion that deadens the force of a collision. In early computers, a
2664buffer cushioned the interaction between files and the computer's
2665central processing unit. The drums or tapes that held a file and the
2666central processing unit were pieces of equipment that were very
2667different from each other, working at their own speeds, in spurts. The
2668buffer made it possible for them to work together effectively.
2669Eventually, the buffer grew from being an intermediary, a temporary
2670holding place, to being the place where work is done. This
2671transformation is rather like that of a small seaport that grew into a
2672great city: once it was merely the place where cargo was warehoused
2673temporarily before being loaded onto ships; then it became a business
2674and cultural center in its own right.
2675
2676Not all buffers are associated with files. For example, a
2677@file{*scratch*} buffer does not visit any file. Similarly, a
2678@file{*Help*} buffer is not associated with any file.
2679
2680In the old days, when you lacked a @file{~/.emacs} file and started an
2681Emacs session by typing the command @code{emacs} alone, without naming
2682any files, Emacs started with the @file{*scratch*} buffer visible.
2683Nowadays, you will see a splash screen. You can follow one of the
2684commands suggested on the splash screen, visit a file, or press the
2685spacebar to reach the @file{*scratch*} buffer.
2686
2687If you switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer, type
2688@code{(buffer-name)}, position the cursor after it, and then type
2689@kbd{C-x C-e} to evaluate the expression. The name @code{"*scratch*"}
2690will be returned and will appear in the echo area. @code{"*scratch*"}
2691is the name of the buffer. When you type @code{(buffer-file-name)} in
2692the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate that, @code{nil} will appear
2693in the echo area, just as it does when you evaluate
2694@code{(buffer-file-name)} in Info.
2695
2696Incidentally, if you are in the @file{*scratch*} buffer and want the
2697value returned by an expression to appear in the @file{*scratch*}
2698buffer itself rather than in the echo area, type @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
2699instead of @kbd{C-x C-e}. This causes the value returned to appear
2700after the expression. The buffer will look like this:
2701
2702@smallexample
2703(buffer-name)"*scratch*"
2704@end smallexample
2705
2706@noindent
2707You cannot do this in Info since Info is read-only and it will not allow
2708you to change the contents of the buffer. But you can do this in any
2709buffer you can edit; and when you write code or documentation (such as
2710this book), this feature is very useful.
2711
d6adf7e7 2712@node Getting Buffers
8cda6f8f
GM
2713@section Getting Buffers
2714@findex current-buffer
2715@findex other-buffer
2716@cindex Getting a buffer
2717
2718The @code{buffer-name} function returns the @emph{name} of the buffer;
2719to get the buffer @emph{itself}, a different function is needed: the
2720@code{current-buffer} function. If you use this function in code, what
2721you get is the buffer itself.
2722
2723A name and the object or entity to which the name refers are different
2724from each other. You are not your name. You are a person to whom
2725others refer by name. If you ask to speak to George and someone hands you
2726a card with the letters @samp{G}, @samp{e}, @samp{o}, @samp{r},
2727@samp{g}, and @samp{e} written on it, you might be amused, but you would
2728not be satisfied. You do not want to speak to the name, but to the
2729person to whom the name refers. A buffer is similar: the name of the
2730scratch buffer is @file{*scratch*}, but the name is not the buffer. To
2731get a buffer itself, you need to use a function such as
2732@code{current-buffer}.
2733
2734However, there is a slight complication: if you evaluate
2735@code{current-buffer} in an expression on its own, as we will do here,
2736what you see is a printed representation of the name of the buffer
2737without the contents of the buffer. Emacs works this way for two
2738reasons: the buffer may be thousands of lines long---too long to be
2739conveniently displayed; and, another buffer may have the same contents
2740but a different name, and it is important to distinguish between them.
2741
2742@need 800
2743Here is an expression containing the function:
2744
2745@smallexample
2746(current-buffer)
2747@end smallexample
2748
2749@noindent
2750If you evaluate this expression in Info in Emacs in the usual way,
2751@file{#<buffer *info*>} will appear in the echo area. The special
2752format indicates that the buffer itself is being returned, rather than
2753just its name.
2754
2755Incidentally, while you can type a number or symbol into a program, you
2756cannot do that with the printed representation of a buffer: the only way
2757to get a buffer itself is with a function such as @code{current-buffer}.
2758
2759A related function is @code{other-buffer}. This returns the most
2760recently selected buffer other than the one you are in currently, not
2761a printed representation of its name. If you have recently switched
2762back and forth from the @file{*scratch*} buffer, @code{other-buffer}
2763will return that buffer.
2764
2765@need 800
2766You can see this by evaluating the expression:
2767
2768@smallexample
2769(other-buffer)
2770@end smallexample
2771
2772@noindent
2773You should see @file{#<buffer *scratch*>} appear in the echo area, or
2774the name of whatever other buffer you switched back from most
2775recently@footnote{Actually, by default, if the buffer from which you
2776just switched is visible to you in another window, @code{other-buffer}
2777will choose the most recent buffer that you cannot see; this is a
2778subtlety that I often forget.}.
2779
d6adf7e7 2780@node Switching Buffers
8cda6f8f
GM
2781@section Switching Buffers
2782@findex switch-to-buffer
2783@findex set-buffer
2784@cindex Switching to a buffer
2785
2786The @code{other-buffer} function actually provides a buffer when it is
2787used as an argument to a function that requires one. We can see this
2788by using @code{other-buffer} and @code{switch-to-buffer} to switch to a
2789different buffer.
2790
2791But first, a brief introduction to the @code{switch-to-buffer}
2792function. When you switched back and forth from Info to the
2793@file{*scratch*} buffer to evaluate @code{(buffer-name)}, you most
2794likely typed @kbd{C-x b} and then typed @file{*scratch*}@footnote{Or
2795rather, to save typing, you probably only typed @kbd{RET} if the
2796default buffer was @file{*scratch*}, or if it was different, then you
2797typed just part of the name, such as @code{*sc}, pressed your
2798@kbd{TAB} key to cause it to expand to the full name, and then typed
8f4ea8e0 2799@kbd{RET}.} when prompted in the minibuffer for the name of
8cda6f8f
GM
2800the buffer to which you wanted to switch. The keystrokes, @kbd{C-x
2801b}, cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate the interactive function
2802@code{switch-to-buffer}. As we said before, this is how Emacs works:
2803different keystrokes call or run different functions. For example,
2804@kbd{C-f} calls @code{forward-char}, @kbd{M-e} calls
2805@code{forward-sentence}, and so on.
2806
2807By writing @code{switch-to-buffer} in an expression, and giving it a
2808buffer to switch to, we can switch buffers just the way @kbd{C-x b}
8f4ea8e0 2809does:
8cda6f8f
GM
2810
2811@smallexample
2812(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer))
2813@end smallexample
2814
2815@noindent
2816The symbol @code{switch-to-buffer} is the first element of the list,
2817so the Lisp interpreter will treat it as a function and carry out the
2818instructions that are attached to it. But before doing that, the
2819interpreter will note that @code{other-buffer} is inside parentheses
2820and work on that symbol first. @code{other-buffer} is the first (and
2821in this case, the only) element of this list, so the Lisp interpreter
2822calls or runs the function. It returns another buffer. Next, the
2823interpreter runs @code{switch-to-buffer}, passing to it, as an
2824argument, the other buffer, which is what Emacs will switch to. If
2825you are reading this in Info, try this now. Evaluate the expression.
2826(To get back, type @kbd{C-x b @key{RET}}.)@footnote{Remember, this
2827expression will move you to your most recent other buffer that you
2828cannot see. If you really want to go to your most recently selected
2829buffer, even if you can still see it, you need to evaluate the
2830following more complex expression:
2831
2832@smallexample
2833(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
2834@end smallexample
2835
2836@c noindent
2837In this case, the first argument to @code{other-buffer} tells it which
2838buffer to skip---the current one---and the second argument tells
2839@code{other-buffer} it is OK to switch to a visible buffer.
2840In regular use, @code{switch-to-buffer} takes you to an invisible
2841window since you would most likely use @kbd{C-x o} (@code{other-window})
2842to go to another visible buffer.}
2843
2844In the programming examples in later sections of this document, you will
2845see the function @code{set-buffer} more often than
2846@code{switch-to-buffer}. This is because of a difference between
2847computer programs and humans: humans have eyes and expect to see the
2848buffer on which they are working on their computer terminals. This is
2849so obvious, it almost goes without saying. However, programs do not
2850have eyes. When a computer program works on a buffer, that buffer does
2851not need to be visible on the screen.
2852
2853@code{switch-to-buffer} is designed for humans and does two different
44e97401 2854things: it switches the buffer to which Emacs's attention is directed; and
8cda6f8f
GM
2855it switches the buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer.
2856@code{set-buffer}, on the other hand, does only one thing: it switches
2857the attention of the computer program to a different buffer. The buffer
2858on the screen remains unchanged (of course, normally nothing happens
2859there until the command finishes running).
2860
2861@cindex @samp{call} defined
2862Also, we have just introduced another jargon term, the word @dfn{call}.
2863When you evaluate a list in which the first symbol is a function, you
2864are calling that function. The use of the term comes from the notion of
2865the function as an entity that can do something for you if you `call'
2866it---just as a plumber is an entity who can fix a leak if you call him
2867or her.
2868
d6adf7e7 2869@node Buffer Size & Locations
8cda6f8f
GM
2870@section Buffer Size and the Location of Point
2871@cindex Size of buffer
2872@cindex Buffer size
2873@cindex Point location
2874@cindex Location of point
2875
2876Finally, let's look at several rather simple functions,
2877@code{buffer-size}, @code{point}, @code{point-min}, and
2878@code{point-max}. These give information about the size of a buffer and
2879the location of point within it.
2880
2881The function @code{buffer-size} tells you the size of the current
2882buffer; that is, the function returns a count of the number of
2883characters in the buffer.
2884
2885@smallexample
2886(buffer-size)
2887@end smallexample
2888
2889@noindent
2890You can evaluate this in the usual way, by positioning the
2891cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2892
2893@cindex @samp{point} defined
2894In Emacs, the current position of the cursor is called @dfn{point}.
2895The expression @code{(point)} returns a number that tells you where the
2896cursor is located as a count of the number of characters from the
2897beginning of the buffer up to point.
2898
2899@need 1250
2900You can see the character count for point in this buffer by evaluating
2901the following expression in the usual way:
2902
2903@smallexample
2904(point)
2905@end smallexample
2906
2907@noindent
2908As I write this, the value of @code{point} is 65724. The @code{point}
2909function is frequently used in some of the examples later in this
2910book.
2911
2912@need 1250
2913The value of point depends, of course, on its location within the
2914buffer. If you evaluate point in this spot, the number will be larger:
2915
2916@smallexample
2917(point)
2918@end smallexample
2919
2920@noindent
2921For me, the value of point in this location is 66043, which means that
2922there are 319 characters (including spaces) between the two
2923expressions. (Doubtless, you will see different numbers, since I will
2924have edited this since I first evaluated point.)
2925
2926@cindex @samp{narrowing} defined
2927The function @code{point-min} is somewhat similar to @code{point}, but
2928it returns the value of the minimum permissible value of point in the
2929current buffer. This is the number 1 unless @dfn{narrowing} is in
2930effect. (Narrowing is a mechanism whereby you can restrict yourself,
2931or a program, to operations on just a part of a buffer.
2932@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}.) Likewise, the
2933function @code{point-max} returns the value of the maximum permissible
2934value of point in the current buffer.
2935
d6adf7e7 2936@node Evaluation Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
2937@section Exercise
2938
2939Find a file with which you are working and move towards its middle.
2940Find its buffer name, file name, length, and your position in the file.
2941
d6adf7e7 2942@node Writing Defuns
8cda6f8f
GM
2943@chapter How To Write Function Definitions
2944@cindex Definition writing
2945@cindex Function definition writing
2946@cindex Writing a function definition
2947
2948When the Lisp interpreter evaluates a list, it looks to see whether the
2949first symbol on the list has a function definition attached to it; or,
2950put another way, whether the symbol points to a function definition. If
2951it does, the computer carries out the instructions in the definition. A
2952symbol that has a function definition is called, simply, a function
2953(although, properly speaking, the definition is the function and the
2954symbol refers to it.)
2955
2956@menu
2957* Primitive Functions::
edbf4569 2958* defun:: The @code{defun} macro.
8cda6f8f
GM
2959* Install:: Install a function definition.
2960* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
2961* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
2962* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
2963* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
2964* if:: What if?
2965* else:: If--then--else expressions.
2966* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
2967* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
2968* Review::
2969* defun Exercises::
2970@end menu
2971
8cda6f8f 2972@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 2973@node Primitive Functions
8cda6f8f
GM
2974@unnumberedsec An Aside about Primitive Functions
2975@end ifnottex
2976@cindex Primitive functions
2977@cindex Functions, primitive
2978
2979@cindex C language primitives
2980@cindex Primitives written in C
2981All functions are defined in terms of other functions, except for a few
2982@dfn{primitive} functions that are written in the C programming
2983language. When you write functions' definitions, you will write them in
2984Emacs Lisp and use other functions as your building blocks. Some of the
2985functions you will use will themselves be written in Emacs Lisp (perhaps
1df7defd 2986by you) and some will be primitives written in C@. The primitive
8cda6f8f
GM
2987functions are used exactly like those written in Emacs Lisp and behave
2988like them. They are written in C so we can easily run GNU Emacs on any
2989computer that has sufficient power and can run C.
2990
2991Let me re-emphasize this: when you write code in Emacs Lisp, you do not
2992distinguish between the use of functions written in C and the use of
2993functions written in Emacs Lisp. The difference is irrelevant. I
2994mention the distinction only because it is interesting to know. Indeed,
2995unless you investigate, you won't know whether an already-written
2996function is written in Emacs Lisp or C.
2997
d6adf7e7 2998@node defun
767b8eae 2999@section The @code{defun} Macro
8cda6f8f 3000@findex defun
8cda6f8f
GM
3001
3002@cindex @samp{function definition} defined
3003In Lisp, a symbol such as @code{mark-whole-buffer} has code attached to
3004it that tells the computer what to do when the function is called.
3005This code is called the @dfn{function definition} and is created by
3006evaluating a Lisp expression that starts with the symbol @code{defun}
767b8eae 3007(which is an abbreviation for @emph{define function}).
8cda6f8f
GM
3008
3009In subsequent sections, we will look at function definitions from the
3010Emacs source code, such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}. In this section,
3011we will describe a simple function definition so you can see how it
3012looks. This function definition uses arithmetic because it makes for a
3013simple example. Some people dislike examples using arithmetic; however,
3014if you are such a person, do not despair. Hardly any of the code we
3015will study in the remainder of this introduction involves arithmetic or
3016mathematics. The examples mostly involve text in one way or another.
3017
3018A function definition has up to five parts following the word
3019@code{defun}:
3020
3021@enumerate
3022@item
3023The name of the symbol to which the function definition should be
3024attached.
3025
3026@item
3027A list of the arguments that will be passed to the function. If no
3028arguments will be passed to the function, this is an empty list,
3029@code{()}.
3030
3031@item
3032Documentation describing the function. (Technically optional, but
3033strongly recommended.)
3034
3035@item
3036Optionally, an expression to make the function interactive so you can
3037use it by typing @kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by
3038typing an appropriate key or keychord.
3039
3040@cindex @samp{body} defined
3041@item
3042The code that instructs the computer what to do: the @dfn{body} of the
3043function definition.
3044@end enumerate
3045
3046It is helpful to think of the five parts of a function definition as
3047being organized in a template, with slots for each part:
3048
3049@smallexample
3050@group
3051(defun @var{function-name} (@var{arguments}@dots{})
3052 "@var{optional-documentation}@dots{}"
3053 (interactive @var{argument-passing-info}) ; @r{optional}
3054 @var{body}@dots{})
3055@end group
3056@end smallexample
3057
3058As an example, here is the code for a function that multiplies its
3059argument by 7. (This example is not interactive. @xref{Interactive,
3060, Making a Function Interactive}, for that information.)
3061
3062@smallexample
3063@group
3064(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3065 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3066 (* 7 number))
3067@end group
3068@end smallexample
3069
3070This definition begins with a parenthesis and the symbol @code{defun},
3071followed by the name of the function.
3072
3073@cindex @samp{argument list} defined
3074The name of the function is followed by a list that contains the
3075arguments that will be passed to the function. This list is called
3076the @dfn{argument list}. In this example, the list has only one
3077element, the symbol, @code{number}. When the function is used, the
3078symbol will be bound to the value that is used as the argument to the
3079function.
3080
3081Instead of choosing the word @code{number} for the name of the argument,
3082I could have picked any other name. For example, I could have chosen
3083the word @code{multiplicand}. I picked the word `number' because it
3084tells what kind of value is intended for this slot; but I could just as
3085well have chosen the word `multiplicand' to indicate the role that the
3086value placed in this slot will play in the workings of the function. I
3087could have called it @code{foogle}, but that would have been a bad
3088choice because it would not tell humans what it means. The choice of
3089name is up to the programmer and should be chosen to make the meaning of
3090the function clear.
3091
3092Indeed, you can choose any name you wish for a symbol in an argument
3093list, even the name of a symbol used in some other function: the name
3094you use in an argument list is private to that particular definition.
3095In that definition, the name refers to a different entity than any use
3096of the same name outside the function definition. Suppose you have a
3097nick-name `Shorty' in your family; when your family members refer to
3098`Shorty', they mean you. But outside your family, in a movie, for
3099example, the name `Shorty' refers to someone else. Because a name in an
3100argument list is private to the function definition, you can change the
3101value of such a symbol inside the body of a function without changing
3102its value outside the function. The effect is similar to that produced
3103by a @code{let} expression. (@xref{let, , @code{let}}.)
3104
3105@ignore
3106Note also that we discuss the word `number' in two different ways: as a
3107symbol that appears in the code, and as the name of something that will
3108be replaced by a something else during the evaluation of the function.
3109In the first case, @code{number} is a symbol, not a number; it happens
3110that within the function, it is a variable who value is the number in
3111question, but our primary interest in it is as a symbol. On the other
3112hand, when we are talking about the function, our interest is that we
3113will substitute a number for the word @var{number}. To keep this
3114distinction clear, we use different typography for the two
3115circumstances. When we talk about this function, or about how it works,
3116we refer to this number by writing @var{number}. In the function
3117itself, we refer to it by writing @code{number}.
3118@end ignore
3119
3120The argument list is followed by the documentation string that
3121describes the function. This is what you see when you type
3122@w{@kbd{C-h f}} and the name of a function. Incidentally, when you
3123write a documentation string like this, you should make the first line
3124a complete sentence since some commands, such as @code{apropos}, print
3125only the first line of a multi-line documentation string. Also, you
3126should not indent the second line of a documentation string, if you
3127have one, because that looks odd when you use @kbd{C-h f}
3128(@code{describe-function}). The documentation string is optional, but
3129it is so useful, it should be included in almost every function you
3130write.
3131
3132@findex * @r{(multiplication)}
3133The third line of the example consists of the body of the function
3134definition. (Most functions' definitions, of course, are longer than
3135this.) In this function, the body is the list, @code{(* 7 number)}, which
3136says to multiply the value of @var{number} by 7. (In Emacs Lisp,
3137@code{*} is the function for multiplication, just as @code{+} is the
3138function for addition.)
3139
3140When you use the @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the argument
3141@code{number} evaluates to the actual number you want used. Here is an
3142example that shows how @code{multiply-by-seven} is used; but don't try
3143to evaluate this yet!
3144
3145@smallexample
3146(multiply-by-seven 3)
3147@end smallexample
3148
3149@noindent
3150The symbol @code{number}, specified in the function definition in the
3151next section, is given or ``bound to'' the value 3 in the actual use of
3152the function. Note that although @code{number} was inside parentheses
3153in the function definition, the argument passed to the
3154@code{multiply-by-seven} function is not in parentheses. The
3155parentheses are written in the function definition so the computer can
3156figure out where the argument list ends and the rest of the function
3157definition begins.
3158
3159If you evaluate this example, you are likely to get an error message.
3160(Go ahead, try it!) This is because we have written the function
3161definition, but not yet told the computer about the definition---we have
3162not yet installed (or `loaded') the function definition in Emacs.
3163Installing a function is the process that tells the Lisp interpreter the
3164definition of the function. Installation is described in the next
3165section.
3166
d6adf7e7 3167@node Install
8cda6f8f
GM
3168@section Install a Function Definition
3169@cindex Install a Function Definition
3170@cindex Definition installation
3171@cindex Function definition installation
3172
3173If you are reading this inside of Info in Emacs, you can try out the
3174@code{multiply-by-seven} function by first evaluating the function
3175definition and then evaluating @code{(multiply-by-seven 3)}. A copy of
3176the function definition follows. Place the cursor after the last
3177parenthesis of the function definition and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you
3178do this, @code{multiply-by-seven} will appear in the echo area. (What
3179this means is that when a function definition is evaluated, the value it
3180returns is the name of the defined function.) At the same time, this
3181action installs the function definition.
3182
3183@smallexample
3184@group
3185(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3186 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3187 (* 7 number))
3188@end group
3189@end smallexample
3190
3191@noindent
3192By evaluating this @code{defun}, you have just installed
3193@code{multiply-by-seven} in Emacs. The function is now just as much a
3194part of Emacs as @code{forward-word} or any other editing function you
3195use. (@code{multiply-by-seven} will stay installed until you quit
3196Emacs. To reload code automatically whenever you start Emacs, see
3197@ref{Permanent Installation, , Installing Code Permanently}.)
3198
3199@menu
3200* Effect of installation::
3201* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
3202@end menu
3203
8cda6f8f 3204@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3205@node Effect of installation
8cda6f8f
GM
3206@unnumberedsubsec The effect of installation
3207@end ifnottex
3208
3209You can see the effect of installing @code{multiply-by-seven} by
3210evaluating the following sample. Place the cursor after the following
3211expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. The number 21 will appear in the
3212echo area.
3213
3214@smallexample
3215(multiply-by-seven 3)
3216@end smallexample
3217
3218If you wish, you can read the documentation for the function by typing
3219@kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and then the name of the
3220function, @code{multiply-by-seven}. When you do this, a
3221@file{*Help*} window will appear on your screen that says:
3222
3223@smallexample
3224@group
3225multiply-by-seven is a Lisp function.
3226(multiply-by-seven NUMBER)
3227
3228Multiply NUMBER by seven.
3229@end group
3230@end smallexample
3231
3232@noindent
3233(To return to a single window on your screen, type @kbd{C-x 1}.)
3234
d6adf7e7 3235@node Change a defun
8cda6f8f
GM
3236@subsection Change a Function Definition
3237@cindex Changing a function definition
3238@cindex Function definition, how to change
3239@cindex Definition, how to change
3240
3241If you want to change the code in @code{multiply-by-seven}, just rewrite
3242it. To install the new version in place of the old one, evaluate the
3243function definition again. This is how you modify code in Emacs. It is
3244very simple.
3245
3246As an example, you can change the @code{multiply-by-seven} function to
3247add the number to itself seven times instead of multiplying the number
3248by seven. It produces the same answer, but by a different path. At
3249the same time, we will add a comment to the code; a comment is text
3250that the Lisp interpreter ignores, but that a human reader may find
3251useful or enlightening. The comment is that this is the ``second
3252version''.
3253
3254@smallexample
3255@group
3256(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Second version.}
3257 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3258 (+ number number number number number number number))
3259@end group
3260@end smallexample
3261
3262@cindex Comments in Lisp code
3263The comment follows a semicolon, @samp{;}. In Lisp, everything on a
3264line that follows a semicolon is a comment. The end of the line is the
3265end of the comment. To stretch a comment over two or more lines, begin
3266each line with a semicolon.
3267
f2243267 3268@xref{Beginning init File, , Beginning a @file{.emacs}
8cda6f8f
GM
3269File}, and @ref{Comments, , Comments, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
3270Reference Manual}, for more about comments.
3271
3272You can install this version of the @code{multiply-by-seven} function by
3273evaluating it in the same way you evaluated the first function: place
3274the cursor after the last parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
3275
3276In summary, this is how you write code in Emacs Lisp: you write a
3277function; install it; test it; and then make fixes or enhancements and
3278install it again.
3279
d6adf7e7 3280@node Interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
3281@section Make a Function Interactive
3282@cindex Interactive functions
3283@findex interactive
3284
3285You make a function interactive by placing a list that begins with
3286the special form @code{interactive} immediately after the
3287documentation. A user can invoke an interactive function by typing
3288@kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by typing the keys to
3289which it is bound, for example, by typing @kbd{C-n} for
3290@code{next-line} or @kbd{C-x h} for @code{mark-whole-buffer}.
3291
3292Interestingly, when you call an interactive function interactively,
3293the value returned is not automatically displayed in the echo area.
3294This is because you often call an interactive function for its side
3295effects, such as moving forward by a word or line, and not for the
3296value returned. If the returned value were displayed in the echo area
3297each time you typed a key, it would be very distracting.
3298
3299@menu
3300* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
3301* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
3302@end menu
3303
8cda6f8f 3304@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3305@node Interactive multiply-by-seven
8cda6f8f
GM
3306@unnumberedsubsec An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}, An Overview
3307@end ifnottex
3308
3309Both the use of the special form @code{interactive} and one way to
3310display a value in the echo area can be illustrated by creating an
3311interactive version of @code{multiply-by-seven}.
3312
3313@need 1250
3314Here is the code:
3315
3316@smallexample
3317@group
3318(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3319 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3320 (interactive "p")
3321 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3322@end group
3323@end smallexample
3324
3325@noindent
3326You can install this code by placing your cursor after it and typing
3327@kbd{C-x C-e}. The name of the function will appear in your echo area.
3328Then, you can use this code by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number and then
3329typing @kbd{M-x multiply-by-seven} and pressing @key{RET}. The phrase
3330@samp{The result is @dots{}} followed by the product will appear in the
3331echo area.
3332
3333Speaking more generally, you invoke a function like this in either of two
3334ways:
3335
3336@enumerate
3337@item
3338By typing a prefix argument that contains the number to be passed, and
3339then typing @kbd{M-x} and the name of the function, as with
3340@kbd{C-u 3 M-x forward-sentence}; or,
3341
3342@item
3343By typing whatever key or keychord the function is bound to, as with
3344@kbd{C-u 3 M-e}.
3345@end enumerate
3346
3347@noindent
3348Both the examples just mentioned work identically to move point forward
3349three sentences. (Since @code{multiply-by-seven} is not bound to a key,
3350it could not be used as an example of key binding.)
3351
3352(@xref{Keybindings, , Some Keybindings}, to learn how to bind a command
3353to a key.)
3354
3355A prefix argument is passed to an interactive function by typing the
3356@key{META} key followed by a number, for example, @kbd{M-3 M-e}, or by
3357typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number, for example, @kbd{C-u 3 M-e} (if you
3358type @kbd{C-u} without a number, it defaults to 4).
3359
d6adf7e7 3360@node multiply-by-seven in detail
8cda6f8f
GM
3361@subsection An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}
3362
3363Let's look at the use of the special form @code{interactive} and then at
3364the function @code{message} in the interactive version of
3365@code{multiply-by-seven}. You will recall that the function definition
3366looks like this:
3367
3368@smallexample
3369@group
3370(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3371 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3372 (interactive "p")
3373 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3374@end group
3375@end smallexample
3376
3377In this function, the expression, @code{(interactive "p")}, is a list of
3378two elements. The @code{"p"} tells Emacs to pass the prefix argument to
3379the function and use its value for the argument of the function.
3380
3381@need 1000
3382The argument will be a number. This means that the symbol
3383@code{number} will be bound to a number in the line:
3384
3385@smallexample
3386(message "The result is %d" (* 7 number))
3387@end smallexample
3388
3389@need 1250
3390@noindent
3391For example, if your prefix argument is 5, the Lisp interpreter will
3392evaluate the line as if it were:
3393
3394@smallexample
3395(message "The result is %d" (* 7 5))
3396@end smallexample
3397
3398@noindent
3399(If you are reading this in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate this expression
3400yourself.) First, the interpreter will evaluate the inner list, which
3401is @code{(* 7 5)}. This returns a value of 35. Next, it
3402will evaluate the outer list, passing the values of the second and
3403subsequent elements of the list to the function @code{message}.
3404
3405As we have seen, @code{message} is an Emacs Lisp function especially
3406designed for sending a one line message to a user. (@xref{message, ,
3407The @code{message} function}.) In summary, the @code{message}
3408function prints its first argument in the echo area as is, except for
3409occurrences of @samp{%d} or @samp{%s} (and various other %-sequences
3410which we have not mentioned). When it sees a control sequence, the
3411function looks to the second or subsequent arguments and prints the
3412value of the argument in the location in the string where the control
3413sequence is located.
3414
3415In the interactive @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the control string
3416is @samp{%d}, which requires a number, and the value returned by
3417evaluating @code{(* 7 5)} is the number 35. Consequently, the number 35
3418is printed in place of the @samp{%d} and the message is @samp{The result
3419is 35}.
3420
3421(Note that when you call the function @code{multiply-by-seven}, the
3422message is printed without quotes, but when you call @code{message}, the
3423text is printed in double quotes. This is because the value returned by
3424@code{message} is what appears in the echo area when you evaluate an
3425expression whose first element is @code{message}; but when embedded in a
3426function, @code{message} prints the text as a side effect without
3427quotes.)
3428
d6adf7e7 3429@node Interactive Options
8cda6f8f
GM
3430@section Different Options for @code{interactive}
3431@cindex Options for @code{interactive}
3432@cindex Interactive options
3433
3434In the example, @code{multiply-by-seven} used @code{"p"} as the
3435argument to @code{interactive}. This argument told Emacs to interpret
3436your typing either @kbd{C-u} followed by a number or @key{META}
3437followed by a number as a command to pass that number to the function
3438as its argument. Emacs has more than twenty characters predefined for
3439use with @code{interactive}. In almost every case, one of these
3440options will enable you to pass the right information interactively to
3441a function. (@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for
3442@code{interactive}, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
3443
3444@need 1250
3445Consider the function @code{zap-to-char}. Its interactive expression
3446is
3447
3448@smallexample
3449(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3450@end smallexample
3451
3452The first part of the argument to @code{interactive} is @samp{p}, with
3453which you are already familiar. This argument tells Emacs to
3454interpret a `prefix', as a number to be passed to the function. You
3455can specify a prefix either by typing @kbd{C-u} followed by a number
3456or by typing @key{META} followed by a number. The prefix is the
3457number of specified characters. Thus, if your prefix is three and the
3458specified character is @samp{x}, then you will delete all the text up
3459to and including the third next @samp{x}. If you do not set a prefix,
3460then you delete all the text up to and including the specified
3461character, but no more.
3462
3463The @samp{c} tells the function the name of the character to which to delete.
3464
3465More formally, a function with two or more arguments can have
3466information passed to each argument by adding parts to the string that
3467follows @code{interactive}. When you do this, the information is
3468passed to each argument in the same order it is specified in the
3469@code{interactive} list. In the string, each part is separated from
3470the next part by a @samp{\n}, which is a newline. For example, you
3471can follow @samp{p} with a @samp{\n} and an @samp{cZap to char:@: }.
3472This causes Emacs to pass the value of the prefix argument (if there
3473is one) and the character.
3474
3475In this case, the function definition looks like the following, where
3476@code{arg} and @code{char} are the symbols to which @code{interactive}
3477binds the prefix argument and the specified character:
3478
3479@smallexample
3480@group
3481(defun @var{name-of-function} (arg char)
3482 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3483 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3484 @var{body-of-function}@dots{})
3485@end group
3486@end smallexample
3487
3488@noindent
3489(The space after the colon in the prompt makes it look better when you
3490are prompted. @xref{copy-to-buffer, , The Definition of
3491@code{copy-to-buffer}}, for an example.)
3492
3493When a function does not take arguments, @code{interactive} does not
3494require any. Such a function contains the simple expression
3495@code{(interactive)}. The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is like
3496this.
3497
3498Alternatively, if the special letter-codes are not right for your
3499application, you can pass your own arguments to @code{interactive} as
3500a list.
3501
3502@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}},
3503for an example. @xref{Using Interactive, , Using @code{Interactive},
3504elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a more complete
3505explanation about this technique.
3506
d6adf7e7 3507@node Permanent Installation
8cda6f8f
GM
3508@section Install Code Permanently
3509@cindex Install code permanently
3510@cindex Permanent code installation
3511@cindex Code installation
3512
3513When you install a function definition by evaluating it, it will stay
3514installed until you quit Emacs. The next time you start a new session
3515of Emacs, the function will not be installed unless you evaluate the
3516function definition again.
3517
3518At some point, you may want to have code installed automatically
3519whenever you start a new session of Emacs. There are several ways of
3520doing this:
3521
3522@itemize @bullet
3523@item
3524If you have code that is just for yourself, you can put the code for the
3525function definition in your @file{.emacs} initialization file. When you
3526start Emacs, your @file{.emacs} file is automatically evaluated and all
3527the function definitions within it are installed.
3528@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
3529
3530@item
3531Alternatively, you can put the function definitions that you want
3532installed in one or more files of their own and use the @code{load}
3533function to cause Emacs to evaluate and thereby install each of the
3534functions in the files.
3535@xref{Loading Files, , Loading Files}.
3536
3537@item
3538Thirdly, if you have code that your whole site will use, it is usual
3539to put it in a file called @file{site-init.el} that is loaded when
3540Emacs is built. This makes the code available to everyone who uses
3541your machine. (See the @file{INSTALL} file that is part of the Emacs
3542distribution.)
3543@end itemize
3544
3545Finally, if you have code that everyone who uses Emacs may want, you
3546can post it on a computer network or send a copy to the Free Software
3547Foundation. (When you do this, please license the code and its
3548documentation under a license that permits other people to run, copy,
3549study, modify, and redistribute the code and which protects you from
3550having your work taken from you.) If you send a copy of your code to
3551the Free Software Foundation, and properly protect yourself and
3552others, it may be included in the next release of Emacs. In large
3553part, this is how Emacs has grown over the past years, by donations.
3554
d6adf7e7 3555@node let
8cda6f8f
GM
3556@section @code{let}
3557@findex let
3558
3559The @code{let} expression is a special form in Lisp that you will need
3560to use in most function definitions.
3561
3562@code{let} is used to attach or bind a symbol to a value in such a way
3563that the Lisp interpreter will not confuse the variable with a
3564variable of the same name that is not part of the function.
3565
3566To understand why the @code{let} special form is necessary, consider
3567the situation in which you own a home that you generally refer to as
3568`the house', as in the sentence, ``The house needs painting.'' If you
3569are visiting a friend and your host refers to `the house', he is
3570likely to be referring to @emph{his} house, not yours, that is, to a
3571different house.
3572
3573If your friend is referring to his house and you think he is referring
3574to your house, you may be in for some confusion. The same thing could
3575happen in Lisp if a variable that is used inside of one function has
3576the same name as a variable that is used inside of another function,
3577and the two are not intended to refer to the same value. The
3578@code{let} special form prevents this kind of confusion.
3579
3580@menu
3581* Prevent confusion::
3582* Parts of let Expression::
3583* Sample let Expression::
3584* Uninitialized let Variables::
3585@end menu
3586
8cda6f8f 3587@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3588@node Prevent confusion
8cda6f8f
GM
3589@unnumberedsubsec @code{let} Prevents Confusion
3590@end ifnottex
3591
3592@cindex @samp{local variable} defined
3593@cindex @samp{variable, local}, defined
3594The @code{let} special form prevents confusion. @code{let} creates a
3595name for a @dfn{local variable} that overshadows any use of the same
3596name outside the @code{let} expression. This is like understanding
3597that whenever your host refers to `the house', he means his house, not
3598yours. (Symbols used in argument lists work the same way.
edbf4569 3599@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
8cda6f8f
GM
3600
3601Local variables created by a @code{let} expression retain their value
3602@emph{only} within the @code{let} expression itself (and within
3603expressions called within the @code{let} expression); the local
3604variables have no effect outside the @code{let} expression.
3605
3606Another way to think about @code{let} is that it is like a @code{setq}
3607that is temporary and local. The values set by @code{let} are
3608automatically undone when the @code{let} is finished. The setting
3609only affects expressions that are inside the bounds of the @code{let}
3610expression. In computer science jargon, we would say ``the binding of
3611a symbol is visible only in functions called in the @code{let} form;
3612in Emacs Lisp, scoping is dynamic, not lexical.''
3613
3614@code{let} can create more than one variable at once. Also,
3615@code{let} gives each variable it creates an initial value, either a
3616value specified by you, or @code{nil}. (In the jargon, this is called
3617`binding the variable to the value'.) After @code{let} has created
3618and bound the variables, it executes the code in the body of the
3619@code{let}, and returns the value of the last expression in the body,
3620as the value of the whole @code{let} expression. (`Execute' is a jargon
3621term that means to evaluate a list; it comes from the use of the word
3622meaning `to give practical effect to' (@cite{Oxford English
3623Dictionary}). Since you evaluate an expression to perform an action,
3624`execute' has evolved as a synonym to `evaluate'.)
3625
d6adf7e7 3626@node Parts of let Expression
8cda6f8f
GM
3627@subsection The Parts of a @code{let} Expression
3628@cindex @code{let} expression, parts of
3629@cindex Parts of @code{let} expression
3630
3631@cindex @samp{varlist} defined
3632A @code{let} expression is a list of three parts. The first part is
3633the symbol @code{let}. The second part is a list, called a
3634@dfn{varlist}, each element of which is either a symbol by itself or a
3635two-element list, the first element of which is a symbol. The third
3636part of the @code{let} expression is the body of the @code{let}. The
3637body usually consists of one or more lists.
3638
3639@need 800
3640A template for a @code{let} expression looks like this:
3641
3642@smallexample
3643(let @var{varlist} @var{body}@dots{})
3644@end smallexample
3645
3646@noindent
3647The symbols in the varlist are the variables that are given initial
3648values by the @code{let} special form. Symbols by themselves are given
3649the initial value of @code{nil}; and each symbol that is the first
3650element of a two-element list is bound to the value that is returned
3651when the Lisp interpreter evaluates the second element.
3652
3653Thus, a varlist might look like this: @code{(thread (needles 3))}. In
3654this case, in a @code{let} expression, Emacs binds the symbol
3655@code{thread} to an initial value of @code{nil}, and binds the symbol
3656@code{needles} to an initial value of 3.
3657
3658When you write a @code{let} expression, what you do is put the
3659appropriate expressions in the slots of the @code{let} expression
3660template.
3661
3662If the varlist is composed of two-element lists, as is often the case,
3663the template for the @code{let} expression looks like this:
3664
3665@smallexample
3666@group
3667(let ((@var{variable} @var{value})
3668 (@var{variable} @var{value})
3669 @dots{})
3670 @var{body}@dots{})
3671@end group
3672@end smallexample
3673
d6adf7e7 3674@node Sample let Expression
8cda6f8f
GM
3675@subsection Sample @code{let} Expression
3676@cindex Sample @code{let} expression
3677@cindex @code{let} expression sample
3678
3679The following expression creates and gives initial values
3680to the two variables @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. The body of the
3681@code{let} expression is a list which calls the @code{message} function.
3682
3683@smallexample
3684@group
3685(let ((zebra 'stripes)
3686 (tiger 'fierce))
3687 (message "One kind of animal has %s and another is %s."
3688 zebra tiger))
3689@end group
3690@end smallexample
3691
3692Here, the varlist is @code{((zebra 'stripes) (tiger 'fierce))}.
3693
3694The two variables are @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. Each variable is
3695the first element of a two-element list and each value is the second
3696element of its two-element list. In the varlist, Emacs binds the
3697variable @code{zebra} to the value @code{stripes}@footnote{According
3698to Jared Diamond in @cite{Guns, Germs, and Steel}, ``@dots{} zebras
3699become impossibly dangerous as they grow older'' but the claim here is
3700that they do not become fierce like a tiger. (1997, W. W. Norton and
3701Co., ISBN 0-393-03894-2, page 171)}, and binds the
3702variable @code{tiger} to the value @code{fierce}. In this example,
3703both values are symbols preceded by a quote. The values could just as
3704well have been another list or a string. The body of the @code{let}
3705follows after the list holding the variables. In this example, the
3706body is a list that uses the @code{message} function to print a string
3707in the echo area.
3708
3709@need 1500
3710You may evaluate the example in the usual fashion, by placing the
3711cursor after the last parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you do
3712this, the following will appear in the echo area:
3713
3714@smallexample
3715"One kind of animal has stripes and another is fierce."
3716@end smallexample
3717
3718As we have seen before, the @code{message} function prints its first
3719argument, except for @samp{%s}. In this example, the value of the variable
3720@code{zebra} is printed at the location of the first @samp{%s} and the
3721value of the variable @code{tiger} is printed at the location of the
3722second @samp{%s}.
3723
d6adf7e7 3724@node Uninitialized let Variables
8cda6f8f
GM
3725@subsection Uninitialized Variables in a @code{let} Statement
3726@cindex Uninitialized @code{let} variables
3727@cindex @code{let} variables uninitialized
3728
3729If you do not bind the variables in a @code{let} statement to specific
3730initial values, they will automatically be bound to an initial value of
3731@code{nil}, as in the following expression:
3732
3733@smallexample
3734@group
3735(let ((birch 3)
3736 pine
3737 fir
3738 (oak 'some))
3739 (message
3740 "Here are %d variables with %s, %s, and %s value."
3741 birch pine fir oak))
3742@end group
3743@end smallexample
3744
3745@noindent
3746Here, the varlist is @code{((birch 3) pine fir (oak 'some))}.
3747
3748@need 1250
3749If you evaluate this expression in the usual way, the following will
3750appear in your echo area:
3751
3752@smallexample
3753"Here are 3 variables with nil, nil, and some value."
3754@end smallexample
3755
3756@noindent
3757In this example, Emacs binds the symbol @code{birch} to the number 3,
3758binds the symbols @code{pine} and @code{fir} to @code{nil}, and binds
3759the symbol @code{oak} to the value @code{some}.
3760
3761Note that in the first part of the @code{let}, the variables @code{pine}
3762and @code{fir} stand alone as atoms that are not surrounded by
3763parentheses; this is because they are being bound to @code{nil}, the
3764empty list. But @code{oak} is bound to @code{some} and so is a part of
3765the list @code{(oak 'some)}. Similarly, @code{birch} is bound to the
3766number 3 and so is in a list with that number. (Since a number
3767evaluates to itself, the number does not need to be quoted. Also, the
3768number is printed in the message using a @samp{%d} rather than a
3769@samp{%s}.) The four variables as a group are put into a list to
3770delimit them from the body of the @code{let}.
3771
d6adf7e7 3772@node if
8cda6f8f
GM
3773@section The @code{if} Special Form
3774@findex if
3775@cindex Conditional with @code{if}
3776
3777A third special form, in addition to @code{defun} and @code{let}, is the
3778conditional @code{if}. This form is used to instruct the computer to
3779make decisions. You can write function definitions without using
3780@code{if}, but it is used often enough, and is important enough, to be
3781included here. It is used, for example, in the code for the
3782function @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
3783
3784The basic idea behind an @code{if}, is that ``@emph{if} a test is true,
3785@emph{then} an expression is evaluated.'' If the test is not true, the
3786expression is not evaluated. For example, you might make a decision
3787such as, ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to the beach!''
3788
3789@menu
3790* if in more detail::
3791* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
3792@end menu
3793
8cda6f8f 3794@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3795@node if in more detail
8cda6f8f
GM
3796@unnumberedsubsec @code{if} in more detail
3797@end ifnottex
3798
3799@cindex @samp{if-part} defined
3800@cindex @samp{then-part} defined
3801An @code{if} expression written in Lisp does not use the word `then';
3802the test and the action are the second and third elements of the list
3803whose first element is @code{if}. Nonetheless, the test part of an
3804@code{if} expression is often called the @dfn{if-part} and the second
3805argument is often called the @dfn{then-part}.
3806
3807Also, when an @code{if} expression is written, the true-or-false-test
3808is usually written on the same line as the symbol @code{if}, but the
3809action to carry out if the test is true, the ``then-part'', is written
3810on the second and subsequent lines. This makes the @code{if}
3811expression easier to read.
3812
3813@smallexample
3814@group
3815(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3816 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-test-is-true})
3817@end group
3818@end smallexample
3819
3820@noindent
3821The true-or-false-test will be an expression that
3822is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter.
3823
3824Here is an example that you can evaluate in the usual manner. The test
3825is whether the number 5 is greater than the number 4. Since it is, the
3826message @samp{5 is greater than 4!} will be printed.
3827
3828@smallexample
3829@group
3830(if (> 5 4) ; @r{if-part}
3831 (message "5 is greater than 4!")) ; @r{then-part}
3832@end group
3833@end smallexample
3834
3835@noindent
3836(The function @code{>} tests whether its first argument is greater than
3837its second argument and returns true if it is.)
3838@findex > (greater than)
3839
3840Of course, in actual use, the test in an @code{if} expression will not
3841be fixed for all time as it is by the expression @code{(> 5 4)}.
3842Instead, at least one of the variables used in the test will be bound to
3843a value that is not known ahead of time. (If the value were known ahead
3844of time, we would not need to run the test!)
3845
3846For example, the value may be bound to an argument of a function
3847definition. In the following function definition, the character of the
3848animal is a value that is passed to the function. If the value bound to
3849@code{characteristic} is @code{fierce}, then the message, @samp{It's a
3850tiger!} will be printed; otherwise, @code{nil} will be returned.
3851
3852@smallexample
3853@group
3854(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3855 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3856If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3857then warn of a tiger."
3858 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3859 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3860@end group
3861@end smallexample
3862
3863@need 1500
3864@noindent
3865If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate the
3866function definition in the usual way to install it in Emacs, and then you
3867can evaluate the following two expressions to see the results:
3868
3869@smallexample
3870@group
3871(type-of-animal 'fierce)
3872
3873(type-of-animal 'zebra)
3874
3875@end group
3876@end smallexample
3877
3878@c Following sentences rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
3879@noindent
3880When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
3881following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; and
3882when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)} you will see @code{nil}
3883printed in the echo area.
3884
d6adf7e7 3885@node type-of-animal in detail
8cda6f8f
GM
3886@subsection The @code{type-of-animal} Function in Detail
3887
3888Let's look at the @code{type-of-animal} function in detail.
3889
3890The function definition for @code{type-of-animal} was written by filling
3891the slots of two templates, one for a function definition as a whole, and
3892a second for an @code{if} expression.
3893
3894@need 1250
3895The template for every function that is not interactive is:
3896
3897@smallexample
3898@group
3899(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
3900 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3901 @var{body}@dots{})
3902@end group
3903@end smallexample
3904
3905@need 800
3906The parts of the function that match this template look like this:
3907
3908@smallexample
3909@group
3910(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3911 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3912If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3913then warn of a tiger."
3914 @var{body: the} @code{if} @var{expression})
3915@end group
3916@end smallexample
3917
3918The name of function is @code{type-of-animal}; it is passed the value
3919of one argument. The argument list is followed by a multi-line
3920documentation string. The documentation string is included in the
3921example because it is a good habit to write documentation string for
3922every function definition. The body of the function definition
3923consists of the @code{if} expression.
3924
3925@need 800
3926The template for an @code{if} expression looks like this:
3927
3928@smallexample
3929@group
3930(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3931 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true})
3932@end group
3933@end smallexample
3934
3935@need 1250
3936In the @code{type-of-animal} function, the code for the @code{if}
3937looks like this:
3938
3939@smallexample
3940@group
3941(if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3942 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3943@end group
3944@end smallexample
3945
3946@need 800
3947Here, the true-or-false-test is the expression:
3948
3949@smallexample
3950(equal characteristic 'fierce)
3951@end smallexample
3952
3953@noindent
3954In Lisp, @code{equal} is a function that determines whether its first
3955argument is equal to its second argument. The second argument is the
3956quoted symbol @code{'fierce} and the first argument is the value of the
3957symbol @code{characteristic}---in other words, the argument passed to
3958this function.
3959
3960In the first exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the argument
3961@code{fierce} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. Since @code{fierce}
3962is equal to @code{fierce}, the expression, @code{(equal characteristic
3963'fierce)}, returns a value of true. When this happens, the @code{if}
3964evaluates the second argument or then-part of the @code{if}:
3965@code{(message "It's tiger!")}.
3966
3967On the other hand, in the second exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the
3968argument @code{zebra} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. @code{zebra}
3969is not equal to @code{fierce}, so the then-part is not evaluated and
3970@code{nil} is returned by the @code{if} expression.
3971
d6adf7e7 3972@node else
8cda6f8f
GM
3973@section If--then--else Expressions
3974@cindex Else
3975
3976An @code{if} expression may have an optional third argument, called
3977the @dfn{else-part}, for the case when the true-or-false-test returns
3978false. When this happens, the second argument or then-part of the
3979overall @code{if} expression is @emph{not} evaluated, but the third or
3980else-part @emph{is} evaluated. You might think of this as the cloudy
3981day alternative for the decision ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to
3982the beach, else read a book!''.
3983
3984The word ``else'' is not written in the Lisp code; the else-part of an
3985@code{if} expression comes after the then-part. In the written Lisp, the
3986else-part is usually written to start on a line of its own and is
3987indented less than the then-part:
3988
3989@smallexample
3990@group
3991(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3992 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true}
3993 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-false})
3994@end group
3995@end smallexample
3996
3997For example, the following @code{if} expression prints the message @samp{4
3998is not greater than 5!} when you evaluate it in the usual way:
3999
4000@smallexample
4001@group
4002(if (> 4 5) ; @r{if-part}
4003 (message "4 falsely greater than 5!") ; @r{then-part}
4004 (message "4 is not greater than 5!")) ; @r{else-part}
4005@end group
4006@end smallexample
4007
4008@noindent
4009Note that the different levels of indentation make it easy to
4010distinguish the then-part from the else-part. (GNU Emacs has several
4011commands that automatically indent @code{if} expressions correctly.
4012@xref{Typing Lists, , GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists}.)
4013
4014We can extend the @code{type-of-animal} function to include an
4015else-part by simply incorporating an additional part to the @code{if}
4016expression.
4017
4018@need 1500
4019You can see the consequences of doing this if you evaluate the following
4020version of the @code{type-of-animal} function definition to install it
4021and then evaluate the two subsequent expressions to pass different
4022arguments to the function.
4023
4024@smallexample
4025@group
4026(defun type-of-animal (characteristic) ; @r{Second version.}
4027 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
4028If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
4029then warn of a tiger;
4030else say it's not fierce."
4031 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
4032 (message "It's a tiger!")
4033 (message "It's not fierce!")))
4034@end group
4035@end smallexample
4036@sp 1
4037
4038@smallexample
4039@group
4040(type-of-animal 'fierce)
4041
4042(type-of-animal 'zebra)
4043
4044@end group
4045@end smallexample
4046
4047@c Following sentence rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
4048@noindent
4049When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
4050following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; but
4051when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)}, you will see
4052@code{"It's not fierce!"}.
4053
4054(Of course, if the @var{characteristic} were @code{ferocious}, the
4055message @code{"It's not fierce!"} would be printed; and it would be
4056misleading! When you write code, you need to take into account the
4057possibility that some such argument will be tested by the @code{if}
4058and write your program accordingly.)
4059
d6adf7e7 4060@node Truth & Falsehood
8cda6f8f
GM
4061@section Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4062@cindex Truth and falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4063@cindex Falsehood and truth in Emacs Lisp
4064@findex nil
4065
4066There is an important aspect to the truth test in an @code{if}
4067expression. So far, we have spoken of `true' and `false' as values of
4068predicates as if they were new kinds of Emacs Lisp objects. In fact,
4069`false' is just our old friend @code{nil}. Anything else---anything
4070at all---is `true'.
4071
4072The expression that tests for truth is interpreted as @dfn{true}
4073if the result of evaluating it is a value that is not @code{nil}. In
4074other words, the result of the test is considered true if the value
4075returned is a number such as 47, a string such as @code{"hello"}, or a
4076symbol (other than @code{nil}) such as @code{flowers}, or a list (so
4077long as it is not empty), or even a buffer!
4078
4079@menu
4080* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
4081@end menu
4082
8cda6f8f 4083@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4084@node nil explained
8cda6f8f
GM
4085@unnumberedsubsec An explanation of @code{nil}
4086@end ifnottex
4087
4088Before illustrating a test for truth, we need an explanation of @code{nil}.
4089
4090In Emacs Lisp, the symbol @code{nil} has two meanings. First, it means the
4091empty list. Second, it means false and is the value returned when a
4092true-or-false-test tests false. @code{nil} can be written as an empty
4093list, @code{()}, or as @code{nil}. As far as the Lisp interpreter is
4094concerned, @code{()} and @code{nil} are the same. Humans, however, tend
4095to use @code{nil} for false and @code{()} for the empty list.
4096
4097In Emacs Lisp, any value that is not @code{nil}---is not the empty
4098list---is considered true. This means that if an evaluation returns
4099something that is not an empty list, an @code{if} expression will test
4100true. For example, if a number is put in the slot for the test, it
4101will be evaluated and will return itself, since that is what numbers
4102do when evaluated. In this conditional, the @code{if} expression will
4103test true. The expression tests false only when @code{nil}, an empty
4104list, is returned by evaluating the expression.
4105
4106You can see this by evaluating the two expressions in the following examples.
4107
4108In the first example, the number 4 is evaluated as the test in the
4109@code{if} expression and returns itself; consequently, the then-part
4110of the expression is evaluated and returned: @samp{true} appears in
4111the echo area. In the second example, the @code{nil} indicates false;
4112consequently, the else-part of the expression is evaluated and
4113returned: @samp{false} appears in the echo area.
4114
4115@smallexample
4116@group
4117(if 4
4118 'true
4119 'false)
4120@end group
4121
4122@group
4123(if nil
4124 'true
4125 'false)
4126@end group
4127@end smallexample
4128
4129@need 1250
4130Incidentally, if some other useful value is not available for a test that
4131returns true, then the Lisp interpreter will return the symbol @code{t}
4132for true. For example, the expression @code{(> 5 4)} returns @code{t}
4133when evaluated, as you can see by evaluating it in the usual way:
4134
4135@smallexample
4136(> 5 4)
4137@end smallexample
4138
4139@need 1250
4140@noindent
4141On the other hand, this function returns @code{nil} if the test is false.
4142
4143@smallexample
4144(> 4 5)
4145@end smallexample
4146
d6adf7e7 4147@node save-excursion
8cda6f8f
GM
4148@section @code{save-excursion}
4149@findex save-excursion
4150@cindex Region, what it is
4151@cindex Preserving point, mark, and buffer
4152@cindex Point, mark, buffer preservation
4153@findex point
4154@findex mark
4155
767b8eae 4156The @code{save-excursion} function is the third and final special form
8cda6f8f
GM
4157that we will discuss in this chapter.
4158
4159In Emacs Lisp programs used for editing, the @code{save-excursion}
4160function is very common. It saves the location of point and mark,
4161executes the body of the function, and then restores point and mark to
4162their previous positions if their locations were changed. Its primary
4163purpose is to keep the user from being surprised and disturbed by
4164unexpected movement of point or mark.
4165
4166@menu
4167* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
4168* Template for save-excursion::
4169@end menu
4170
8cda6f8f 4171@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4172@node Point and mark
8cda6f8f
GM
4173@unnumberedsubsec Point and Mark
4174@end ifnottex
4175
4176Before discussing @code{save-excursion}, however, it may be useful
4177first to review what point and mark are in GNU Emacs. @dfn{Point} is
4178the current location of the cursor. Wherever the cursor
4179is, that is point. More precisely, on terminals where the cursor
4180appears to be on top of a character, point is immediately before the
4181character. In Emacs Lisp, point is an integer. The first character in
4182a buffer is number one, the second is number two, and so on. The
4183function @code{point} returns the current position of the cursor as a
4184number. Each buffer has its own value for point.
4185
4186The @dfn{mark} is another position in the buffer; its value can be set
4187with a command such as @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}). If
4188a mark has been set, you can use the command @kbd{C-x C-x}
4189(@code{exchange-point-and-mark}) to cause the cursor to jump to the mark
4190and set the mark to be the previous position of point. In addition, if
4191you set another mark, the position of the previous mark is saved in the
4192mark ring. Many mark positions can be saved this way. You can jump the
4193cursor to a saved mark by typing @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} one or more
4194times.
4195
4196The part of the buffer between point and mark is called @dfn{the
4197region}. Numerous commands work on the region, including
4198@code{center-region}, @code{count-lines-region}, @code{kill-region}, and
4199@code{print-region}.
4200
4201The @code{save-excursion} special form saves the locations of point and
4202mark and restores those positions after the code within the body of the
4203special form is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter. Thus, if point were
4204in the beginning of a piece of text and some code moved point to the end
4205of the buffer, the @code{save-excursion} would put point back to where
4206it was before, after the expressions in the body of the function were
4207evaluated.
4208
4209In Emacs, a function frequently moves point as part of its internal
4210workings even though a user would not expect this. For example,
4211@code{count-lines-region} moves point. To prevent the user from being
4212bothered by jumps that are both unexpected and (from the user's point of
4213view) unnecessary, @code{save-excursion} is often used to keep point and
4214mark in the location expected by the user. The use of
4215@code{save-excursion} is good housekeeping.
4216
4217To make sure the house stays clean, @code{save-excursion} restores the
4218values of point and mark even if something goes wrong in the code inside
4219of it (or, to be more precise and to use the proper jargon, ``in case of
4220abnormal exit''). This feature is very helpful.
4221
4222In addition to recording the values of point and mark,
4223@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the current buffer, and restores
4224it, too. This means you can write code that will change the buffer and
4225have @code{save-excursion} switch you back to the original buffer.
4226This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in @code{append-to-buffer}.
4227(@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
4228
d6adf7e7 4229@node Template for save-excursion
8cda6f8f
GM
4230@subsection Template for a @code{save-excursion} Expression
4231
4232@need 800
4233The template for code using @code{save-excursion} is simple:
4234
4235@smallexample
4236@group
4237(save-excursion
4238 @var{body}@dots{})
4239@end group
4240@end smallexample
4241
4242@noindent
4243The body of the function is one or more expressions that will be
4244evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter. If there is more than
4245one expression in the body, the value of the last one will be returned
4246as the value of the @code{save-excursion} function. The other
4247expressions in the body are evaluated only for their side effects; and
4248@code{save-excursion} itself is used only for its side effect (which
4249is restoring the positions of point and mark).
4250
4251@need 1250
4252In more detail, the template for a @code{save-excursion} expression
4253looks like this:
4254
4255@smallexample
4256@group
4257(save-excursion
4258 @var{first-expression-in-body}
4259 @var{second-expression-in-body}
4260 @var{third-expression-in-body}
4261 @dots{}
4262 @var{last-expression-in-body})
4263@end group
4264@end smallexample
4265
4266@noindent
4267An expression, of course, may be a symbol on its own or a list.
4268
4269In Emacs Lisp code, a @code{save-excursion} expression often occurs
4270within the body of a @code{let} expression. It looks like this:
4271
4272@smallexample
4273@group
4274(let @var{varlist}
4275 (save-excursion
4276 @var{body}@dots{}))
4277@end group
4278@end smallexample
4279
d6adf7e7 4280@node Review
8cda6f8f
GM
4281@section Review
4282
767b8eae
XF
4283In the last few chapters we have introduced a macro and a fair number
4284of functions and special forms. Here they are described in brief,
4285along with a few similar functions that have not been mentioned yet.
8cda6f8f
GM
4286
4287@table @code
4288@item eval-last-sexp
4289Evaluate the last symbolic expression before the current location of
4290point. The value is printed in the echo area unless the function is
4291invoked with an argument; in that case, the output is printed in the
4292current buffer. This command is normally bound to @kbd{C-x C-e}.
4293
4294@item defun
767b8eae
XF
4295Define function. This macro has up to five parts: the name, a
4296template for the arguments that will be passed to the function,
4297documentation, an optional interactive declaration, and the body of
4298the definition.
8cda6f8f
GM
4299
4300@need 1250
4301For example, in an early version of Emacs, the function definition was
4302as follows. (It is slightly more complex now that it seeks the first
4303non-whitespace character rather than the first visible character.)
4304
4305@smallexample
4306@group
4307(defun back-to-indentation ()
4308 "Move point to first visible character on line."
4309 (interactive)
4310 (beginning-of-line 1)
4311 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4312@end group
4313@end smallexample
4314
4315@ignore
4316In GNU Emacs 22,
4317
4318(defun backward-to-indentation (&optional arg)
4319 "Move backward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character."
4320 (interactive "p")
4321 (forward-line (- (or arg 1)))
4322 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4323
4324(defun back-to-indentation ()
4325 "Move point to the first non-whitespace character on this line."
4326 (interactive)
4327 (beginning-of-line 1)
4328 (skip-syntax-forward " " (line-end-position))
4329 ;; Move back over chars that have whitespace syntax but have the p flag.
4330 (backward-prefix-chars))
4331@end ignore
4332
4333@item interactive
4334Declare to the interpreter that the function can be used
4335interactively. This special form may be followed by a string with one
4336or more parts that pass the information to the arguments of the
4337function, in sequence. These parts may also tell the interpreter to
4338prompt for information. Parts of the string are separated by
4339newlines, @samp{\n}.
4340
4341@need 1000
4342Common code characters are:
4343
4344@table @code
4345@item b
4346The name of an existing buffer.
4347
4348@item f
4349The name of an existing file.
4350
4351@item p
4352The numeric prefix argument. (Note that this `p' is lower case.)
4353
4354@item r
4355Point and the mark, as two numeric arguments, smallest first. This
4356is the only code letter that specifies two successive arguments
4357rather than one.
4358@end table
4359
4360@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for @samp{interactive},
4361elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a complete list of
4362code characters.
4363
4364@item let
4365Declare that a list of variables is for use within the body of the
4366@code{let} and give them an initial value, either @code{nil} or a
4367specified value; then evaluate the rest of the expressions in the body
4368of the @code{let} and return the value of the last one. Inside the
4369body of the @code{let}, the Lisp interpreter does not see the values of
4370the variables of the same names that are bound outside of the
4371@code{let}.
4372
4373@need 1250
4374For example,
4375
4376@smallexample
4377@group
4378(let ((foo (buffer-name))
4379 (bar (buffer-size)))
4380 (message
4381 "This buffer is %s and has %d characters."
4382 foo bar))
4383@end group
4384@end smallexample
4385
4386@item save-excursion
4387Record the values of point and mark and the current buffer before
4388evaluating the body of this special form. Restore the values of point
4389and mark and buffer afterward.
4390
4391@need 1250
4392For example,
4393
4394@smallexample
4395@group
4396(message "We are %d characters into this buffer."
4397 (- (point)
4398 (save-excursion
4399 (goto-char (point-min)) (point))))
4400@end group
4401@end smallexample
4402
4403@item if
4404Evaluate the first argument to the function; if it is true, evaluate
4405the second argument; else evaluate the third argument, if there is one.
4406
4407The @code{if} special form is called a @dfn{conditional}. There are
4408other conditionals in Emacs Lisp, but @code{if} is perhaps the most
4409commonly used.
4410
4411@need 1250
4412For example,
4413
4414@smallexample
4415@group
4416(if (= 22 emacs-major-version)
4417 (message "This is version 22 Emacs")
4418 (message "This is not version 22 Emacs"))
4419@end group
4420@end smallexample
4421
4422@need 1250
4423@item <
4424@itemx >
4425@itemx <=
4426@itemx >=
4427The @code{<} function tests whether its first argument is smaller than
4428its second argument. A corresponding function, @code{>}, tests whether
4429the first argument is greater than the second. Likewise, @code{<=}
4430tests whether the first argument is less than or equal to the second and
4431@code{>=} tests whether the first argument is greater than or equal to
4432the second. In all cases, both arguments must be numbers or markers
4433(markers indicate positions in buffers).
4434
4435@need 800
4436@item =
4437The @code{=} function tests whether two arguments, both numbers or
4438markers, are equal.
4439
4440@need 1250
4441@item equal
4442@itemx eq
4443Test whether two objects are the same. @code{equal} uses one meaning
4444of the word `same' and @code{eq} uses another: @code{equal} returns
4445true if the two objects have a similar structure and contents, such as
4446two copies of the same book. On the other hand, @code{eq}, returns
4447true if both arguments are actually the same object.
4448@findex equal
4449@findex eq
4450
4451@need 1250
4452@item string<
4453@itemx string-lessp
4454@itemx string=
4455@itemx string-equal
4456The @code{string-lessp} function tests whether its first argument is
4457smaller than the second argument. A shorter, alternative name for the
4458same function (a @code{defalias}) is @code{string<}.
4459
4460The arguments to @code{string-lessp} must be strings or symbols; the
4461ordering is lexicographic, so case is significant. The print names of
4462symbols are used instead of the symbols themselves.
4463
4464@cindex @samp{empty string} defined
4465An empty string, @samp{""}, a string with no characters in it, is
4466smaller than any string of characters.
4467
4468@code{string-equal} provides the corresponding test for equality. Its
4469shorter, alternative name is @code{string=}. There are no string test
4470functions that correspond to @var{>}, @code{>=}, or @code{<=}.
4471
4472@item message
4473Print a message in the echo area. The first argument is a string that
4474can contain @samp{%s}, @samp{%d}, or @samp{%c} to print the value of
4475arguments that follow the string. The argument used by @samp{%s} must
4476be a string or a symbol; the argument used by @samp{%d} must be a
4477number. The argument used by @samp{%c} must be an @sc{ascii} code
4478number; it will be printed as the character with that @sc{ascii} code.
4479(Various other %-sequences have not been mentioned.)
4480
4481@item setq
4482@itemx set
4483The @code{setq} function sets the value of its first argument to the
4484value of the second argument. The first argument is automatically
4485quoted by @code{setq}. It does the same for succeeding pairs of
4486arguments. Another function, @code{set}, takes only two arguments and
4487evaluates both of them before setting the value returned by its first
4488argument to the value returned by its second argument.
4489
4490@item buffer-name
4491Without an argument, return the name of the buffer, as a string.
4492
2fce4cd8 4493@item buffer-file-name
8cda6f8f
GM
4494Without an argument, return the name of the file the buffer is
4495visiting.
4496
4497@item current-buffer
4498Return the buffer in which Emacs is active; it may not be
4499the buffer that is visible on the screen.
4500
4501@item other-buffer
4502Return the most recently selected buffer (other than the buffer passed
4503to @code{other-buffer} as an argument and other than the current
4504buffer).
4505
4506@item switch-to-buffer
4507Select a buffer for Emacs to be active in and display it in the current
4508window so users can look at it. Usually bound to @kbd{C-x b}.
4509
4510@item set-buffer
44e97401 4511Switch Emacs's attention to a buffer on which programs will run. Don't
8cda6f8f
GM
4512alter what the window is showing.
4513
4514@item buffer-size
4515Return the number of characters in the current buffer.
4516
4517@item point
4518Return the value of the current position of the cursor, as an
4519integer counting the number of characters from the beginning of the
4520buffer.
4521
4522@item point-min
4523Return the minimum permissible value of point in
4524the current buffer. This is 1, unless narrowing is in effect.
4525
4526@item point-max
4527Return the value of the maximum permissible value of point in the
4528current buffer. This is the end of the buffer, unless narrowing is in
4529effect.
4530@end table
4531
4532@need 1500
d6adf7e7 4533@node defun Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
4534@section Exercises
4535
4536@itemize @bullet
4537@item
4538Write a non-interactive function that doubles the value of its
4539argument, a number. Make that function interactive.
4540
4541@item
4542Write a function that tests whether the current value of
4543@code{fill-column} is greater than the argument passed to the function,
4544and if so, prints an appropriate message.
4545@end itemize
4546
d6adf7e7 4547@node Buffer Walk Through
8cda6f8f
GM
4548@chapter A Few Buffer--Related Functions
4549
4550In this chapter we study in detail several of the functions used in GNU
4551Emacs. This is called a ``walk-through''. These functions are used as
4552examples of Lisp code, but are not imaginary examples; with the
4553exception of the first, simplified function definition, these functions
4554show the actual code used in GNU Emacs. You can learn a great deal from
4555these definitions. The functions described here are all related to
4556buffers. Later, we will study other functions.
4557
4558@menu
4559* Finding More:: How to find more information.
4560* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
4561 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
4562* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
4563* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
4564 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
4565* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
4566* Buffer Exercises::
4567@end menu
4568
d6adf7e7 4569@node Finding More
8cda6f8f
GM
4570@section Finding More Information
4571
4572@findex describe-function, @r{introduced}
4573@cindex Find function documentation
4574In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to
4575it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested,
4576you can get the full documentation of any Emacs Lisp function at any
4577time by typing @kbd{C-h f} and then the name of the function (and then
4578@key{RET}). Similarly, you can get the full documentation for a
4579variable by typing @kbd{C-h v} and then the name of the variable (and
4580then @key{RET}).
4581
4582@cindex Find source of function
4583@c In version 22, tells location both of C and of Emacs Lisp
4584Also, @code{describe-function} will tell you the location of the
4585function definition.
4586
4587Put point into the name of the file that contains the function and
4588press the @key{RET} key. In this case, @key{RET} means
4589@code{push-button} rather than `return' or `enter'. Emacs will take
4590you directly to the function definition.
4591
4592@ignore
4593Not In version 22
4594
4595If you move point over the file name and press
4596the @key{RET} key, which in this case means @code{help-follow} rather
4597than `return' or `enter', Emacs will take you directly to the function
4598definition.
4599@end ignore
4600
4601More generally, if you want to see a function in its original source
88c26f5c
GM
4602file, you can use the @code{find-tag} function to jump to it.
4603@code{find-tag} works with a wide variety of languages, not just
8cda6f8f 4604Lisp, and C, and it works with non-programming text as well. For
88c26f5c 4605example, @code{find-tag} will jump to the various nodes in the
8cda6f8f 4606Texinfo source file of this document.
88c26f5c 4607The @code{find-tag} function depends on `tags tables' that record
8cda6f8f 4608the locations of the functions, variables, and other items to which
88c26f5c 4609@code{find-tag} jumps.
8cda6f8f 4610
88c26f5c 4611To use the @code{find-tag} command, type @kbd{M-.} (i.e., press the
8cda6f8f
GM
4612period key while holding down the @key{META} key, or else type the
4613@key{ESC} key and then type the period key), and then, at the prompt,
4614type in the name of the function whose source code you want to see,
4615such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}, and then type @key{RET}. Emacs will
4616switch buffers and display the source code for the function on your
4617screen. To switch back to your current buffer, type @kbd{C-x b
09e80d9f 4618@key{RET}}. (On some keyboards, the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
4619@key{ALT}.)
4620
4621@c !!! 22.1.1 tags table location in this paragraph
4622@cindex TAGS table, specifying
88c26f5c 4623@findex find-tag
8cda6f8f
GM
4624Depending on how the initial default values of your copy of Emacs are
4625set, you may also need to specify the location of your `tags table',
4626which is a file called @file{TAGS}. For example, if you are
4627interested in Emacs sources, the tags table you will most likely want,
4628if it has already been created for you, will be in a subdirectory of
4629the @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/} directory; thus you would use the
4630@code{M-x visit-tags-table} command and specify a pathname such as
4631@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/TAGS}. If the tags table
4632has not already been created, you will have to create it yourself. It
0ca10bb7 4633will be in a file such as @file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}.
8cda6f8f
GM
4634
4635@need 1250
4636To create a @file{TAGS} file in a specific directory, switch to that
4637directory in Emacs using @kbd{M-x cd} command, or list the directory
4638with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the compile command, with
4639@w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute:
4640
4641@smallexample
4642M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
4643@end smallexample
4644
4645For more information, see @ref{etags, , Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File}.
4646
4647After you become more familiar with Emacs Lisp, you will find that you will
88c26f5c 4648frequently use @code{find-tag} to navigate your way around source code;
8cda6f8f
GM
4649and you will create your own @file{TAGS} tables.
4650
4651@cindex Library, as term for `file'
4652Incidentally, the files that contain Lisp code are conventionally
4653called @dfn{libraries}. The metaphor is derived from that of a
4654specialized library, such as a law library or an engineering library,
4655rather than a general library. Each library, or file, contains
4656functions that relate to a particular topic or activity, such as
4657@file{abbrev.el} for handling abbreviations and other typing
4658shortcuts, and @file{help.el} for on-line help. (Sometimes several
4659libraries provide code for a single activity, as the various
4660@file{rmail@dots{}} files provide code for reading electronic mail.)
4661In @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}, you will see sentences such as ``The
4662@kbd{C-h p} command lets you search the standard Emacs Lisp libraries
4663by topic keywords.''
4664
d6adf7e7 4665@node simplified-beginning-of-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4666@section A Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition
4667@findex simplified-beginning-of-buffer
4668
4669The @code{beginning-of-buffer} command is a good function to start with
4670since you are likely to be familiar with it and it is easy to
4671understand. Used as an interactive command, @code{beginning-of-buffer}
4672moves the cursor to the beginning of the buffer, leaving the mark at the
4673previous position. It is generally bound to @kbd{M-<}.
4674
4675In this section, we will discuss a shortened version of the function
4676that shows how it is most frequently used. This shortened function
4677works as written, but it does not contain the code for a complex option.
4678In another section, we will describe the entire function.
4679(@xref{beginning-of-buffer, , Complete Definition of
4680@code{beginning-of-buffer}}.)
4681
4682Before looking at the code, let's consider what the function
4683definition has to contain: it must include an expression that makes
4684the function interactive so it can be called by typing @kbd{M-x
4685beginning-of-buffer} or by typing a keychord such as @kbd{M-<}; it
4686must include code to leave a mark at the original position in the
4687buffer; and it must include code to move the cursor to the beginning
4688of the buffer.
4689
4690@need 1250
4691Here is the complete text of the shortened version of the function:
4692
4693@smallexample
4694@group
4695(defun simplified-beginning-of-buffer ()
4696 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
4697leave mark at previous position."
4698 (interactive)
4699 (push-mark)
4700 (goto-char (point-min)))
4701@end group
4702@end smallexample
4703
4704Like all function definitions, this definition has five parts following
767b8eae 4705the macro @code{defun}:
8cda6f8f
GM
4706
4707@enumerate
4708@item
4709The name: in this example, @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}.
4710
4711@item
4712A list of the arguments: in this example, an empty list, @code{()},
4713
4714@item
4715The documentation string.
4716
4717@item
4718The interactive expression.
4719
4720@item
4721The body.
4722@end enumerate
4723
4724@noindent
4725In this function definition, the argument list is empty; this means that
4726this function does not require any arguments. (When we look at the
4727definition for the complete function, we will see that it may be passed
4728an optional argument.)
4729
4730The interactive expression tells Emacs that the function is intended to
4731be used interactively. In this example, @code{interactive} does not have
4732an argument because @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} does not
4733require one.
4734
4735@need 800
4736The body of the function consists of the two lines:
4737
4738@smallexample
4739@group
4740(push-mark)
4741(goto-char (point-min))
4742@end group
4743@end smallexample
4744
4745The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark)}. When
4746this expression is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter, it sets a mark at
4747the current position of the cursor, wherever that may be. The position
4748of this mark is saved in the mark ring.
4749
4750The next line is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}. This expression
4751jumps the cursor to the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the
4752beginning of the buffer (or to the beginning of the accessible portion
4753of the buffer if it is narrowed. @xref{Narrowing & Widening, ,
4754Narrowing and Widening}.)
4755
4756The @code{push-mark} command sets a mark at the place where the cursor
4757was located before it was moved to the beginning of the buffer by the
4758@code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression. Consequently, you can, if
4759you wish, go back to where you were originally by typing @kbd{C-x C-x}.
4760
4761That is all there is to the function definition!
4762
4763@findex describe-function
4764When you are reading code such as this and come upon an unfamiliar
4765function, such as @code{goto-char}, you can find out what it does by
4766using the @code{describe-function} command. To use this command, type
4767@kbd{C-h f} and then type in the name of the function and press
4768@key{RET}. The @code{describe-function} command will print the
4769function's documentation string in a @file{*Help*} window. For
4770example, the documentation for @code{goto-char} is:
4771
4772@smallexample
4773@group
4774Set point to POSITION, a number or marker.
4775Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max).
4776@end group
4777@end smallexample
4778
4779@noindent
4780The function's one argument is the desired position.
4781
4782@noindent
4783(The prompt for @code{describe-function} will offer you the symbol
4784under or preceding the cursor, so you can save typing by positioning
4785the cursor right over or after the function and then typing @kbd{C-h f
4786@key{RET}}.)
4787
4788The @code{end-of-buffer} function definition is written in the same way as
4789the @code{beginning-of-buffer} definition except that the body of the
4790function contains the expression @code{(goto-char (point-max))} in place
4791of @code{(goto-char (point-min))}.
4792
d6adf7e7 4793@node mark-whole-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4794@section The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4795@findex mark-whole-buffer
4796
4797The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is no harder to understand than the
4798@code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function. In this case, however,
4799we will look at the complete function, not a shortened version.
4800
4801The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is not as commonly used as the
4802@code{beginning-of-buffer} function, but is useful nonetheless: it
4803marks a whole buffer as a region by putting point at the beginning and
4804a mark at the end of the buffer. It is generally bound to @kbd{C-x
4805h}.
4806
4807@menu
4808* mark-whole-buffer overview::
4809* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
4810@end menu
4811
8cda6f8f 4812@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4813@node mark-whole-buffer overview
8cda6f8f
GM
4814@unnumberedsubsec An overview of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4815@end ifnottex
4816
4817@need 1250
4818In GNU Emacs 22, the code for the complete function looks like this:
4819
4820@smallexample
4821@group
4822(defun mark-whole-buffer ()
4823 "Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer.
4824You probably should not use this function in Lisp programs;
4825it is usually a mistake for a Lisp function to use any subroutine
4826that uses or sets the mark."
4827 (interactive)
4828 (push-mark (point))
4829 (push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4830 (goto-char (point-min)))
4831@end group
4832@end smallexample
4833
4834@need 1250
4835Like all other functions, the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function fits
4836into the template for a function definition. The template looks like
4837this:
4838
4839@smallexample
4840@group
4841(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
4842 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
4843 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
4844 @var{body}@dots{})
4845@end group
4846@end smallexample
4847
4848Here is how the function works: the name of the function is
4849@code{mark-whole-buffer}; it is followed by an empty argument list,
4850@samp{()}, which means that the function does not require arguments.
4851The documentation comes next.
4852
4853The next line is an @code{(interactive)} expression that tells Emacs
4854that the function will be used interactively. These details are similar
4855to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function described in the
4856previous section.
4857
4858@need 1250
d6adf7e7 4859@node Body of mark-whole-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4860@subsection Body of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4861
4862The body of the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function consists of three
4863lines of code:
4864
4865@c GNU Emacs 22
4866@smallexample
4867@group
4868(push-mark (point))
4869(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4870(goto-char (point-min))
4871@end group
4872@end smallexample
4873
4874The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark (point))}.
4875
4876This line does exactly the same job as the first line of the body of
4877the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function, which is written
4878@code{(push-mark)}. In both cases, the Lisp interpreter sets a mark
4879at the current position of the cursor.
4880
4881I don't know why the expression in @code{mark-whole-buffer} is written
4882@code{(push-mark (point))} and the expression in
4883@code{beginning-of-buffer} is written @code{(push-mark)}. Perhaps
4884whoever wrote the code did not know that the arguments for
4885@code{push-mark} are optional and that if @code{push-mark} is not
4886passed an argument, the function automatically sets mark at the
4887location of point by default. Or perhaps the expression was written
4888so as to parallel the structure of the next line. In any case, the
4889line causes Emacs to determine the position of point and set a mark
4890there.
4891
4892In earlier versions of GNU Emacs, the next line of
4893@code{mark-whole-buffer} was @code{(push-mark (point-max))}. This
4894expression sets a mark at the point in the buffer that has the highest
4895number. This will be the end of the buffer (or, if the buffer is
4896narrowed, the end of the accessible portion of the buffer.
4897@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more about
4898narrowing.) After this mark has been set, the previous mark, the one
4899set at point, is no longer set, but Emacs remembers its position, just
4900as all other recent marks are always remembered. This means that you
4901can, if you wish, go back to that position by typing @kbd{C-u
4902C-@key{SPC}} twice.
4903
4904@need 1250
4905In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{(point-max)} is slightly more complicated.
4906The line reads
4907
4908@smallexample
4909(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4910@end smallexample
4911
4912@noindent
4913The expression works nearly the same as before. It sets a mark at the
4914highest numbered place in the buffer that it can. However, in this
4915version, @code{push-mark} has two additional arguments. The second
4916argument to @code{push-mark} is @code{nil}. This tells the function
4917it @emph{should} display a message that says `Mark set' when it pushes
4918the mark. The third argument is @code{t}. This tells
4919@code{push-mark} to activate the mark when Transient Mark mode is
4920turned on. Transient Mark mode highlights the currently active
4921region. It is often turned off.
4922
4923Finally, the last line of the function is @code{(goto-char
4924(point-min)))}. This is written exactly the same way as it is written
4925in @code{beginning-of-buffer}. The expression moves the cursor to
4926the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the beginning of the buffer
4927(or to the beginning of the accessible portion of the buffer). As a
4928result of this, point is placed at the beginning of the buffer and mark
4929is set at the end of the buffer. The whole buffer is, therefore, the
4930region.
4931
d6adf7e7 4932@node append-to-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4933@section The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
4934@findex append-to-buffer
4935
4936The @code{append-to-buffer} command is more complex than the
4937@code{mark-whole-buffer} command. What it does is copy the region
4938(that is, the part of the buffer between point and mark) from the
4939current buffer to a specified buffer.
4940
4941@menu
4942* append-to-buffer overview::
4943* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
4944* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
4945* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
4946@end menu
4947
8cda6f8f 4948@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4949@node append-to-buffer overview
8cda6f8f
GM
4950@unnumberedsubsec An Overview of @code{append-to-buffer}
4951@end ifnottex
4952
4953@findex insert-buffer-substring
4954The @code{append-to-buffer} command uses the
4955@code{insert-buffer-substring} function to copy the region.
4956@code{insert-buffer-substring} is described by its name: it takes a
4957string of characters from part of a buffer, a ``substring'', and
4958inserts them into another buffer.
4959
4960Most of @code{append-to-buffer} is
4961concerned with setting up the conditions for
4962@code{insert-buffer-substring} to work: the code must specify both the
4963buffer to which the text will go, the window it comes from and goes
4964to, and the region that will be copied.
4965
4966@need 1250
4967Here is the complete text of the function:
4968
4969@smallexample
4970@group
4971(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
4972 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
4973It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
4974@end group
4975
4976@group
4977When calling from a program, give three arguments:
4978BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
4979START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
4980 (interactive
4981 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer
4982 (current-buffer) t))
4983 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
4984@end group
4985@group
4986 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
4987 (save-excursion
4988 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
4989 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
4990 point)
4991 (set-buffer append-to)
4992 (setq point (point))
4993 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
4994 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
4995 (dolist (window windows)
4996 (when (= (window-point window) point)
4997 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
4998@end group
4999@end smallexample
5000
5001The function can be understood by looking at it as a series of
5002filled-in templates.
5003
5004The outermost template is for the function definition. In this
5005function, it looks like this (with several slots filled in):
5006
5007@smallexample
5008@group
5009(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5010 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5011 (interactive @dots{})
5012 @var{body}@dots{})
5013@end group
5014@end smallexample
5015
5016The first line of the function includes its name and three arguments.
5017The arguments are the @code{buffer} to which the text will be copied, and
5018the @code{start} and @code{end} of the region in the current buffer that
5019will be copied.
5020
5021The next part of the function is the documentation, which is clear and
5022complete. As is conventional, the three arguments are written in
5023upper case so you will notice them easily. Even better, they are
5024described in the same order as in the argument list.
5025
5026Note that the documentation distinguishes between a buffer and its
5027name. (The function can handle either.)
5028
d6adf7e7 5029@node append interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
5030@subsection The @code{append-to-buffer} Interactive Expression
5031
5032Since the @code{append-to-buffer} function will be used interactively,
5033the function must have an @code{interactive} expression. (For a
5034review of @code{interactive}, see @ref{Interactive, , Making a
5035Function Interactive}.) The expression reads as follows:
5036
5037@smallexample
5038@group
5039(interactive
5040 (list (read-buffer
5041 "Append to buffer: "
5042 (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5043 (region-beginning)
5044 (region-end)))
5045@end group
5046@end smallexample
5047
5048@noindent
5049This expression is not one with letters standing for parts, as
5050described earlier. Instead, it starts a list with these parts:
5051
5052The first part of the list is an expression to read the name of a
5053buffer and return it as a string. That is @code{read-buffer}. The
5054function requires a prompt as its first argument, @samp{"Append to
5055buffer: "}. Its second argument tells the command what value to
5056provide if you don't specify anything.
5057
5058In this case that second argument is an expression containing the
5059function @code{other-buffer}, an exception, and a @samp{t}, standing
5060for true.
5061
5062The first argument to @code{other-buffer}, the exception, is yet
5063another function, @code{current-buffer}. That is not going to be
5064returned. The second argument is the symbol for true, @code{t}. that
5065tells @code{other-buffer} that it may show visible buffers (except in
5066this case, it will not show the current buffer, which makes sense).
5067
5068@need 1250
5069The expression looks like this:
5070
5071@smallexample
5072(other-buffer (current-buffer) t)
5073@end smallexample
5074
5075The second and third arguments to the @code{list} expression are
5076@code{(region-beginning)} and @code{(region-end)}. These two
5077functions specify the beginning and end of the text to be appended.
5078
5079@need 1250
5080Originally, the command used the letters @samp{B} and @samp{r}.
5081The whole @code{interactive} expression looked like this:
5082
5083@smallexample
5084(interactive "BAppend to buffer:@: \nr")
5085@end smallexample
5086
5087@noindent
5088But when that was done, the default value of the buffer switched to
5089was invisible. That was not wanted.
5090
5091(The prompt was separated from the second argument with a newline,
5092@samp{\n}. It was followed by an @samp{r} that told Emacs to bind the
5093two arguments that follow the symbol @code{buffer} in the function's
5094argument list (that is, @code{start} and @code{end}) to the values of
5095point and mark. That argument worked fine.)
5096
d6adf7e7 5097@node append-to-buffer body
8cda6f8f
GM
5098@subsection The Body of @code{append-to-buffer}
5099
5100@ignore
5101in GNU Emacs 22 in /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
5102
5103(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5104 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
5105It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
5106
5107When calling from a program, give three arguments:
5108BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
5109START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
5110 (interactive
5111 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5112 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
5113 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5114 (save-excursion
5115 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5116 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5117 point)
5118 (set-buffer append-to)
5119 (setq point (point))
5120 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5121 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5122 (dolist (window windows)
5123 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5124 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5125@end ignore
5126
5127The body of the @code{append-to-buffer} function begins with @code{let}.
5128
5129As we have seen before (@pxref{let, , @code{let}}), the purpose of a
5130@code{let} expression is to create and give initial values to one or
5131more variables that will only be used within the body of the
5132@code{let}. This means that such a variable will not be confused with
5133any variable of the same name outside the @code{let} expression.
5134
5135We can see how the @code{let} expression fits into the function as a
5136whole by showing a template for @code{append-to-buffer} with the
5137@code{let} expression in outline:
5138
5139@smallexample
5140@group
5141(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5142 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5143 (interactive @dots{})
5144 (let ((@var{variable} @var{value}))
5145 @var{body}@dots{})
5146@end group
5147@end smallexample
5148
5149The @code{let} expression has three elements:
5150
5151@enumerate
5152@item
5153The symbol @code{let};
5154
5155@item
5156A varlist containing, in this case, a single two-element list,
5157@code{(@var{variable} @var{value})};
5158
5159@item
5160The body of the @code{let} expression.
5161@end enumerate
5162
5163@need 800
5164In the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the varlist looks like this:
5165
5166@smallexample
5167(oldbuf (current-buffer))
5168@end smallexample
5169
5170@noindent
5171In this part of the @code{let} expression, the one variable,
5172@code{oldbuf}, is bound to the value returned by the
5173@code{(current-buffer)} expression. The variable, @code{oldbuf}, is
5174used to keep track of the buffer in which you are working and from
5175which you will copy.
5176
5177The element or elements of a varlist are surrounded by a set of
5178parentheses so the Lisp interpreter can distinguish the varlist from
5179the body of the @code{let}. As a consequence, the two-element list
5180within the varlist is surrounded by a circumscribing set of parentheses.
5181The line looks like this:
5182
5183@smallexample
5184@group
5185(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5186 @dots{} )
5187@end group
5188@end smallexample
5189
5190@noindent
5191The two parentheses before @code{oldbuf} might surprise you if you did
5192not realize that the first parenthesis before @code{oldbuf} marks the
5193boundary of the varlist and the second parenthesis marks the beginning
5194of the two-element list, @code{(oldbuf (current-buffer))}.
5195
d6adf7e7 5196@node append save-excursion
8cda6f8f
GM
5197@subsection @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}
5198
5199The body of the @code{let} expression in @code{append-to-buffer}
5200consists of a @code{save-excursion} expression.
5201
5202The @code{save-excursion} function saves the locations of point and
5203mark, and restores them to those positions after the expressions in the
5204body of the @code{save-excursion} complete execution. In addition,
5205@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the original buffer, and
5206restores it. This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in
5207@code{append-to-buffer}.
5208
5209@need 1500
5210@cindex Indentation for formatting
5211@cindex Formatting convention
5212Incidentally, it is worth noting here that a Lisp function is normally
5213formatted so that everything that is enclosed in a multi-line spread is
5214indented more to the right than the first symbol. In this function
5215definition, the @code{let} is indented more than the @code{defun}, and
5216the @code{save-excursion} is indented more than the @code{let}, like
5217this:
5218
5219@smallexample
5220@group
5221(defun @dots{}
5222 @dots{}
5223 @dots{}
5224 (let@dots{}
5225 (save-excursion
5226 @dots{}
5227@end group
5228@end smallexample
5229
5230@need 1500
5231@noindent
5232This formatting convention makes it easy to see that the lines in
5233the body of the @code{save-excursion} are enclosed by the parentheses
5234associated with @code{save-excursion}, just as the
5235@code{save-excursion} itself is enclosed by the parentheses associated
5236with the @code{let}:
5237
5238@smallexample
5239@group
5240(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5241 (save-excursion
5242 @dots{}
5243 (set-buffer @dots{})
5244 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5245 @dots{}))
5246@end group
5247@end smallexample
5248
5249@need 1200
5250The use of the @code{save-excursion} function can be viewed as a process
5251of filling in the slots of a template:
5252
5253@smallexample
5254@group
5255(save-excursion
5256 @var{first-expression-in-body}
5257 @var{second-expression-in-body}
5258 @dots{}
5259 @var{last-expression-in-body})
5260@end group
5261@end smallexample
5262
5263@need 1200
5264@noindent
5265In this function, the body of the @code{save-excursion} contains only
5266one expression, the @code{let*} expression. You know about a
5267@code{let} function. The @code{let*} function is different. It has a
5268@samp{*} in its name. It enables Emacs to set each variable in its
5269varlist in sequence, one after another.
5270
5271Its critical feature is that variables later in the varlist can make
5272use of the values to which Emacs set variables earlier in the varlist.
5273@xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}.
5274
5275We will skip functions like @code{let*} and focus on two: the
5276@code{set-buffer} function and the @code{insert-buffer-substring}
5277function.
5278
5279@need 1250
5280In the old days, the @code{set-buffer} expression was simply
5281
5282@smallexample
5283(set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer))
5284@end smallexample
5285
5286@need 1250
5287@noindent
5288but now it is
5289
5290@smallexample
5291(set-buffer append-to)
5292@end smallexample
5293
5294@noindent
5295@code{append-to} is bound to @code{(get-buffer-create buffer)} earlier
5296on in the @code{let*} expression. That extra binding would not be
5297necessary except for that @code{append-to} is used later in the
5298varlist as an argument to @code{get-buffer-window-list}.
5299
5300@ignore
5301in GNU Emacs 22
5302
5303 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5304 (save-excursion
5305 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5306 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5307 point)
5308 (set-buffer append-to)
5309 (setq point (point))
5310 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5311 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5312 (dolist (window windows)
5313 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5314 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5315@end ignore
5316
5317The @code{append-to-buffer} function definition inserts text from the
5318buffer in which you are currently to a named buffer. It happens that
5319@code{insert-buffer-substring} copies text from another buffer to the
5320current buffer, just the reverse---that is why the
5321@code{append-to-buffer} definition starts out with a @code{let} that
5322binds the local symbol @code{oldbuf} to the value returned by
5323@code{current-buffer}.
5324
5325@need 1250
5326The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression looks like this:
5327
5328@smallexample
5329(insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5330@end smallexample
5331
5332@noindent
5333The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies a string
5334@emph{from} the buffer specified as its first argument and inserts the
5335string into the present buffer. In this case, the argument to
5336@code{insert-buffer-substring} is the value of the variable created
5337and bound by the @code{let}, namely the value of @code{oldbuf}, which
5338was the current buffer when you gave the @code{append-to-buffer}
5339command.
5340
5341After @code{insert-buffer-substring} has done its work,
5342@code{save-excursion} will restore the action to the original buffer
5343and @code{append-to-buffer} will have done its job.
5344
5345@need 800
5346Written in skeletal form, the workings of the body look like this:
5347
5348@smallexample
5349@group
5350(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5351 (save-excursion ; @r{Keep track of buffer.}
5352 @var{change-buffer}
5353 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})
5354
5355 @var{change-back-to-original-buffer-when-finished}
5356@var{let-the-local-meaning-of-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-disappear-when-finished}
5357@end group
5358@end smallexample
5359
5360In summary, @code{append-to-buffer} works as follows: it saves the
5361value of the current buffer in the variable called @code{oldbuf}. It
44e97401 5362gets the new buffer (creating one if need be) and switches Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
5363attention to it. Using the value of @code{oldbuf}, it inserts the
5364region of text from the old buffer into the new buffer; and then using
5365@code{save-excursion}, it brings you back to your original buffer.
5366
5367In looking at @code{append-to-buffer}, you have explored a fairly
5368complex function. It shows how to use @code{let} and
5369@code{save-excursion}, and how to change to and come back from another
5370buffer. Many function definitions use @code{let},
5371@code{save-excursion}, and @code{set-buffer} this way.
5372
d6adf7e7 5373@node Buffer Related Review
8cda6f8f
GM
5374@section Review
5375
5376Here is a brief summary of the various functions discussed in this chapter.
5377
5378@table @code
5379@item describe-function
5380@itemx describe-variable
5381Print the documentation for a function or variable.
5382Conventionally bound to @kbd{C-h f} and @kbd{C-h v}.
5383
5384@item find-tag
5385Find the file containing the source for a function or variable and
5386switch buffers to it, positioning point at the beginning of the item.
5387Conventionally bound to @kbd{M-.} (that's a period following the
5388@key{META} key).
5389
5390@item save-excursion
5391Save the location of point and mark and restore their values after the
5392arguments to @code{save-excursion} have been evaluated. Also, remember
5393the current buffer and return to it.
5394
5395@item push-mark
5396Set mark at a location and record the value of the previous mark on the
5397mark ring. The mark is a location in the buffer that will keep its
5398relative position even if text is added to or removed from the buffer.
5399
5400@item goto-char
5401Set point to the location specified by the value of the argument, which
5402can be a number, a marker, or an expression that returns the number of
5403a position, such as @code{(point-min)}.
5404
5405@item insert-buffer-substring
5406Copy a region of text from a buffer that is passed to the function as
5407an argument and insert the region into the current buffer.
5408
5409@item mark-whole-buffer
5410Mark the whole buffer as a region. Normally bound to @kbd{C-x h}.
5411
5412@item set-buffer
5413Switch the attention of Emacs to another buffer, but do not change the
5414window being displayed. Used when the program rather than a human is
5415to work on a different buffer.
5416
5417@item get-buffer-create
5418@itemx get-buffer
5419Find a named buffer or create one if a buffer of that name does not
5420exist. The @code{get-buffer} function returns @code{nil} if the named
5421buffer does not exist.
5422@end table
5423
5424@need 1500
d6adf7e7 5425@node Buffer Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
5426@section Exercises
5427
5428@itemize @bullet
5429@item
5430Write your own @code{simplified-end-of-buffer} function definition;
5431then test it to see whether it works.
5432
5433@item
5434Use @code{if} and @code{get-buffer} to write a function that prints a
5435message telling you whether a buffer exists.
5436
5437@item
5438Using @code{find-tag}, find the source for the @code{copy-to-buffer}
5439function.
5440@end itemize
5441
d6adf7e7 5442@node More Complex
8cda6f8f
GM
5443@chapter A Few More Complex Functions
5444
5445In this chapter, we build on what we have learned in previous chapters
5446by looking at more complex functions. The @code{copy-to-buffer}
5447function illustrates use of two @code{save-excursion} expressions in
5448one definition, while the @code{insert-buffer} function illustrates
5449use of an asterisk in an @code{interactive} expression, use of
5450@code{or}, and the important distinction between a name and the object
5451to which the name refers.
5452
5453@menu
5454* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
5455* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
5456* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
5457 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
5458* Second Buffer Related Review::
5459* optional Exercise::
5460@end menu
5461
d6adf7e7 5462@node copy-to-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5463@section The Definition of @code{copy-to-buffer}
5464@findex copy-to-buffer
5465
5466After understanding how @code{append-to-buffer} works, it is easy to
5467understand @code{copy-to-buffer}. This function copies text into a
5468buffer, but instead of adding to the second buffer, it replaces all the
5469previous text in the second buffer.
5470
5471@need 800
5472The body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this,
5473
5474@smallexample
5475@group
5476@dots{}
5477(interactive "BCopy to buffer: \nr")
5478(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5479 (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)
5480 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5481 (erase-buffer)
5482 (save-excursion
5483 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)))))
5484@end group
5485@end smallexample
5486
5487The @code{copy-to-buffer} function has a simpler @code{interactive}
5488expression than @code{append-to-buffer}.
5489
5490@need 800
5491The definition then says
5492
5493@smallexample
5494(with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer) @dots{}
5495@end smallexample
5496
5497First, look at the earliest inner expression; that is evaluated first.
5498That expression starts with @code{get-buffer-create buffer}. The
5499function tells the computer to use the buffer with the name specified
5500as the one to which you are copying, or if such a buffer does not
5501exist, to create it. Then, the @code{with-current-buffer} function
5502evaluates its body with that buffer temporarily current.
5503
5504(This demonstrates another way to shift the computer's attention but
5505not the user's. The @code{append-to-buffer} function showed how to do
5506the same with @code{save-excursion} and @code{set-buffer}.
5507@code{with-current-buffer} is a newer, and arguably easier,
5508mechanism.)
5509
5510The @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} function sends you an error
5511message saying the buffer is read-only if you cannot modify it.
5512
5513The next line has the @code{erase-buffer} function as its sole
5514contents. That function erases the buffer.
5515
5516Finally, the last two lines contain the @code{save-excursion}
5517expression with @code{insert-buffer-substring} as its body.
5518The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression copies the text from
5519the buffer you are in (and you have not seen the computer shift its
5520attention, so you don't know that that buffer is now called
5521@code{oldbuf}).
5522
5523Incidentally, this is what is meant by `replacement'. To replace text,
5524Emacs erases the previous text and then inserts new text.
5525
5526@need 1250
5527In outline, the body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this:
5528
5529@smallexample
5530@group
5531(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5532 (@var{with-the-buffer-you-are-copying-to}
5533 (@var{but-do-not-erase-or-copy-to-a-read-only-buffer})
5534 (erase-buffer)
5535 (save-excursion
5536 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})))
5537@end group
5538@end smallexample
5539
d6adf7e7 5540@node insert-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5541@section The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
5542@findex insert-buffer
5543
5544@code{insert-buffer} is yet another buffer-related function. This
5545command copies another buffer @emph{into} the current buffer. It is the
5546reverse of @code{append-to-buffer} or @code{copy-to-buffer}, since they
5547copy a region of text @emph{from} the current buffer to another buffer.
5548
5549Here is a discussion based on the original code. The code was
5550simplified in 2003 and is harder to understand.
5551
5552(@xref{New insert-buffer, , New Body for @code{insert-buffer}}, to see
5553a discussion of the new body.)
5554
5555In addition, this code illustrates the use of @code{interactive} with a
5556buffer that might be @dfn{read-only} and the important distinction
5557between the name of an object and the object actually referred to.
5558
5559@menu
5560* insert-buffer code::
5561* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
5562* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
5563* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
5564* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
5565* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
5566* New insert-buffer::
5567@end menu
5568
8cda6f8f 5569@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 5570@node insert-buffer code
8cda6f8f
GM
5571@unnumberedsubsec The Code for @code{insert-buffer}
5572@end ifnottex
5573
5574@need 800
5575Here is the earlier code:
5576
5577@smallexample
5578@group
5579(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5580 "Insert after point the contents of BUFFER.
5581Puts mark after the inserted text.
5582BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name."
5583 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5584@end group
5585@group
5586 (or (bufferp buffer)
5587 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5588 (let (start end newmark)
5589 (save-excursion
5590 (save-excursion
5591 (set-buffer buffer)
5592 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5593@end group
5594@group
5595 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5596 (setq newmark (point)))
5597 (push-mark newmark)))
5598@end group
5599@end smallexample
5600
5601@need 1200
5602As with other function definitions, you can use a template to see an
5603outline of the function:
5604
5605@smallexample
5606@group
5607(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5608 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5609 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5610 @var{body}@dots{})
5611@end group
5612@end smallexample
5613
d6adf7e7 5614@node insert-buffer interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
5615@subsection The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5616@findex interactive, @r{example use of}
5617
5618In @code{insert-buffer}, the argument to the @code{interactive}
5619declaration has two parts, an asterisk, @samp{*}, and @samp{bInsert
5620buffer:@: }.
5621
5622@menu
5623* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
5624* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
5625@end menu
5626
d6adf7e7 5627@node Read-only buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5628@unnumberedsubsubsec A Read-only Buffer
5629@cindex Read-only buffer
5630@cindex Asterisk for read-only buffer
5631@findex * @r{for read-only buffer}
5632
5633The asterisk is for the situation when the current buffer is a
5634read-only buffer---a buffer that cannot be modified. If
5635@code{insert-buffer} is called when the current buffer is read-only, a
5636message to this effect is printed in the echo area and the terminal
5637may beep or blink at you; you will not be permitted to insert anything
5638into current buffer. The asterisk does not need to be followed by a
5639newline to separate it from the next argument.
5640
d6adf7e7 5641@node b for interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
5642@unnumberedsubsubsec @samp{b} in an Interactive Expression
5643
5644The next argument in the interactive expression starts with a lower
5645case @samp{b}. (This is different from the code for
5646@code{append-to-buffer}, which uses an upper-case @samp{B}.
5647@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
5648The lower-case @samp{b} tells the Lisp interpreter that the argument
5649for @code{insert-buffer} should be an existing buffer or else its
5650name. (The upper-case @samp{B} option provides for the possibility
5651that the buffer does not exist.) Emacs will prompt you for the name
5652of the buffer, offering you a default buffer, with name completion
5653enabled. If the buffer does not exist, you receive a message that
5654says ``No match''; your terminal may beep at you as well.
5655
5656The new and simplified code generates a list for @code{interactive}.
5657It uses the @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} and @code{read-buffer}
5658functions with which we are already familiar and the @code{progn}
5659special form with which we are not. (It will be described later.)
5660
d6adf7e7 5661@node insert-buffer body
8cda6f8f
GM
5662@subsection The Body of the @code{insert-buffer} Function
5663
5664The body of the @code{insert-buffer} function has two major parts: an
5665@code{or} expression and a @code{let} expression. The purpose of the
5666@code{or} expression is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is
5667bound to a buffer and not just the name of a buffer. The body of the
5668@code{let} expression contains the code which copies the other buffer
5669into the current buffer.
5670
5671@need 1250
5672In outline, the two expressions fit into the @code{insert-buffer}
5673function like this:
5674
5675@smallexample
5676@group
5677(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5678 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5679 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5680 (or @dots{}
5681 @dots{}
5682@end group
5683@group
5684 (let (@var{varlist})
5685 @var{body-of-}@code{let}@dots{} )
5686@end group
5687@end smallexample
5688
5689To understand how the @code{or} expression ensures that the argument
5690@code{buffer} is bound to a buffer and not to the name of a buffer, it
5691is first necessary to understand the @code{or} function.
5692
5693Before doing this, let me rewrite this part of the function using
5694@code{if} so that you can see what is done in a manner that will be familiar.
5695
d6adf7e7 5696@node if & or
8cda6f8f
GM
5697@subsection @code{insert-buffer} With an @code{if} Instead of an @code{or}
5698
5699The job to be done is to make sure the value of @code{buffer} is a
5700buffer itself and not the name of a buffer. If the value is the name,
5701then the buffer itself must be got.
5702
5703You can imagine yourself at a conference where an usher is wandering
5704around holding a list with your name on it and looking for you: the
5705usher is ``bound'' to your name, not to you; but when the usher finds
5706you and takes your arm, the usher becomes ``bound'' to you.
5707
5708@need 800
5709In Lisp, you might describe this situation like this:
5710
5711@smallexample
5712@group
5713(if (not (holding-on-to-guest))
5714 (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5715@end group
5716@end smallexample
5717
5718We want to do the same thing with a buffer---if we do not have the
5719buffer itself, we want to get it.
5720
5721@need 1200
5722Using a predicate called @code{bufferp} that tells us whether we have a
5723buffer (rather than its name), we can write the code like this:
5724
5725@smallexample
5726@group
5727(if (not (bufferp buffer)) ; @r{if-part}
5728 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))) ; @r{then-part}
5729@end group
5730@end smallexample
5731
5732@noindent
5733Here, the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression is
5734@w{@code{(not (bufferp buffer))}}; and the then-part is the expression
5735@w{@code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}}.
5736
5737In the test, the function @code{bufferp} returns true if its argument is
5738a buffer---but false if its argument is the name of the buffer. (The
5739last character of the function name @code{bufferp} is the character
5740@samp{p}; as we saw earlier, such use of @samp{p} is a convention that
5741indicates that the function is a predicate, which is a term that means
5742that the function will determine whether some property is true or false.
5743@xref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong Type Object as an
5744Argument}.)
5745
5746@need 1200
5747The function @code{not} precedes the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)},
5748so the true-or-false-test looks like this:
5749
5750@smallexample
5751(not (bufferp buffer))
5752@end smallexample
5753
5754@noindent
5755@code{not} is a function that returns true if its argument is false
5756and false if its argument is true. So if @code{(bufferp buffer)}
5757returns true, the @code{not} expression returns false and vice-verse:
5758what is ``not true'' is false and what is ``not false'' is true.
5759
5760Using this test, the @code{if} expression works as follows: when the
5761value of the variable @code{buffer} is actually a buffer rather than
5762its name, the true-or-false-test returns false and the @code{if}
5763expression does not evaluate the then-part. This is fine, since we do
5764not need to do anything to the variable @code{buffer} if it really is
5765a buffer.
5766
5767On the other hand, when the value of @code{buffer} is not a buffer
5768itself, but the name of a buffer, the true-or-false-test returns true
5769and the then-part of the expression is evaluated. In this case, the
5770then-part is @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}. This
5771expression uses the @code{get-buffer} function to return an actual
5772buffer itself, given its name. The @code{setq} then sets the variable
5773@code{buffer} to the value of the buffer itself, replacing its previous
5774value (which was the name of the buffer).
5775
d6adf7e7 5776@node Insert or
8cda6f8f
GM
5777@subsection The @code{or} in the Body
5778
5779The purpose of the @code{or} expression in the @code{insert-buffer}
5780function is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is bound to a
5781buffer and not just to the name of a buffer. The previous section shows
5782how the job could have been done using an @code{if} expression.
5783However, the @code{insert-buffer} function actually uses @code{or}.
5784To understand this, it is necessary to understand how @code{or} works.
5785
5786@findex or
5787An @code{or} function can have any number of arguments. It evaluates
5788each argument in turn and returns the value of the first of its
5789arguments that is not @code{nil}. Also, and this is a crucial feature
5790of @code{or}, it does not evaluate any subsequent arguments after
5791returning the first non-@code{nil} value.
5792
5793@need 800
5794The @code{or} expression looks like this:
5795
5796@smallexample
5797@group
5798(or (bufferp buffer)
5799 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5800@end group
5801@end smallexample
5802
5803@noindent
5804The first argument to @code{or} is the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)}.
5805This expression returns true (a non-@code{nil} value) if the buffer is
5806actually a buffer, and not just the name of a buffer. In the @code{or}
5807expression, if this is the case, the @code{or} expression returns this
5808true value and does not evaluate the next expression---and this is fine
5809with us, since we do not want to do anything to the value of
5810@code{buffer} if it really is a buffer.
5811
5812On the other hand, if the value of @code{(bufferp buffer)} is @code{nil},
5813which it will be if the value of @code{buffer} is the name of a buffer,
5814the Lisp interpreter evaluates the next element of the @code{or}
5815expression. This is the expression @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer
5816buffer))}. This expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, which
5817is the value to which it sets the variable @code{buffer}---and this
5818value is a buffer itself, not the name of a buffer.
5819
5820The result of all this is that the symbol @code{buffer} is always
5821bound to a buffer itself rather than to the name of a buffer. All
5822this is necessary because the @code{set-buffer} function in a
5823following line only works with a buffer itself, not with the name to a
5824buffer.
5825
5826@need 1250
5827Incidentally, using @code{or}, the situation with the usher would be
5828written like this:
5829
5830@smallexample
5831(or (holding-on-to-guest) (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5832@end smallexample
5833
d6adf7e7 5834@node Insert let
8cda6f8f
GM
5835@subsection The @code{let} Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5836
5837After ensuring that the variable @code{buffer} refers to a buffer itself
5838and not just to the name of a buffer, the @code{insert-buffer function}
5839continues with a @code{let} expression. This specifies three local
5840variables, @code{start}, @code{end}, and @code{newmark} and binds them
5841to the initial value @code{nil}. These variables are used inside the
5842remainder of the @code{let} and temporarily hide any other occurrence of
5843variables of the same name in Emacs until the end of the @code{let}.
5844
5845@need 1200
5846The body of the @code{let} contains two @code{save-excursion}
5847expressions. First, we will look at the inner @code{save-excursion}
5848expression in detail. The expression looks like this:
5849
5850@smallexample
5851@group
5852(save-excursion
5853 (set-buffer buffer)
5854 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5855@end group
5856@end smallexample
5857
5858@noindent
44e97401 5859The expression @code{(set-buffer buffer)} changes Emacs's attention
8cda6f8f
GM
5860from the current buffer to the one from which the text will copied.
5861In that buffer, the variables @code{start} and @code{end} are set to
5862the beginning and end of the buffer, using the commands
5863@code{point-min} and @code{point-max}. Note that we have here an
5864illustration of how @code{setq} is able to set two variables in the
5865same expression. The first argument of @code{setq} is set to the
5866value of its second, and its third argument is set to the value of its
5867fourth.
5868
5869After the body of the inner @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, the
5870@code{save-excursion} restores the original buffer, but @code{start} and
5871@code{end} remain set to the values of the beginning and end of the
5872buffer from which the text will be copied.
5873
5874@need 1250
5875The outer @code{save-excursion} expression looks like this:
5876
5877@smallexample
5878@group
5879(save-excursion
5880 (@var{inner-}@code{save-excursion}@var{-expression}
5881 (@var{go-to-new-buffer-and-set-}@code{start}@var{-and-}@code{end})
5882 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5883 (setq newmark (point)))
5884@end group
5885@end smallexample
5886
5887@noindent
5888The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies the text
5889@emph{into} the current buffer @emph{from} the region indicated by
5890@code{start} and @code{end} in @code{buffer}. Since the whole of the
5891second buffer lies between @code{start} and @code{end}, the whole of
5892the second buffer is copied into the buffer you are editing. Next,
5893the value of point, which will be at the end of the inserted text, is
5894recorded in the variable @code{newmark}.
5895
5896After the body of the outer @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, point
5897and mark are relocated to their original places.
5898
5899However, it is convenient to locate a mark at the end of the newly
5900inserted text and locate point at its beginning. The @code{newmark}
5901variable records the end of the inserted text. In the last line of
5902the @code{let} expression, the @code{(push-mark newmark)} expression
5903function sets a mark to this location. (The previous location of the
5904mark is still accessible; it is recorded on the mark ring and you can
5905go back to it with @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}}.) Meanwhile, point is
5906located at the beginning of the inserted text, which is where it was
5907before you called the insert function, the position of which was saved
5908by the first @code{save-excursion}.
5909
5910@need 1250
5911The whole @code{let} expression looks like this:
5912
5913@smallexample
5914@group
5915(let (start end newmark)
5916 (save-excursion
5917 (save-excursion
5918 (set-buffer buffer)
5919 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5920 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5921 (setq newmark (point)))
5922 (push-mark newmark))
5923@end group
5924@end smallexample
5925
5926Like the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the @code{insert-buffer}
5927function uses @code{let}, @code{save-excursion}, and
5928@code{set-buffer}. In addition, the function illustrates one way to
5929use @code{or}. All these functions are building blocks that we will
5930find and use again and again.
5931
d6adf7e7 5932@node New insert-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5933@subsection New Body for @code{insert-buffer}
5934@findex insert-buffer, new version body
5935@findex new version body for insert-buffer
5936
5937The body in the GNU Emacs 22 version is more confusing than the original.
5938
5939@need 1250
5940It consists of two expressions,
5941
5942@smallexample
5943@group
5944 (push-mark
5945 (save-excursion
5946 (insert-buffer-substring (get-buffer buffer))
5947 (point)))
5948
5949 nil
5950@end group
5951@end smallexample
5952
5953@noindent
5954except, and this is what confuses novices, very important work is done
5955inside the @code{push-mark} expression.
5956
5957The @code{get-buffer} function returns a buffer with the name
5958provided. You will note that the function is @emph{not} called
5959@code{get-buffer-create}; it does not create a buffer if one does not
5960already exist. The buffer returned by @code{get-buffer}, an existing
5961buffer, is passed to @code{insert-buffer-substring}, which inserts the
5962whole of the buffer (since you did not specify anything else).
5963
5964The location into which the buffer is inserted is recorded by
5965@code{push-mark}. Then the function returns @code{nil}, the value of
5966its last command. Put another way, the @code{insert-buffer} function
5967exists only to produce a side effect, inserting another buffer, not to
5968return any value.
5969
d6adf7e7 5970@node beginning-of-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5971@section Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
5972@findex beginning-of-buffer
5973
5974The basic structure of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function has
5975already been discussed. (@xref{simplified-beginning-of-buffer, , A
5976Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition}.)
5977This section describes the complex part of the definition.
5978
5979As previously described, when invoked without an argument,
5980@code{beginning-of-buffer} moves the cursor to the beginning of the
5981buffer (in truth, the beginning of the accessible portion of the
5982buffer), leaving the mark at the previous position. However, when the
5983command is invoked with a number between one and ten, the function
5984considers that number to be a fraction of the length of the buffer,
5985measured in tenths, and Emacs moves the cursor that fraction of the
5986way from the beginning of the buffer. Thus, you can either call this
5987function with the key command @kbd{M-<}, which will move the cursor to
5988the beginning of the buffer, or with a key command such as @kbd{C-u 7
5989M-<} which will move the cursor to a point 70% of the way through the
5990buffer. If a number bigger than ten is used for the argument, it
5991moves to the end of the buffer.
5992
5993The @code{beginning-of-buffer} function can be called with or without an
5994argument. The use of the argument is optional.
5995
5996@menu
5997* Optional Arguments::
5998* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
5999* beginning-of-buffer complete::
6000@end menu
6001
d6adf7e7 6002@node Optional Arguments
8cda6f8f
GM
6003@subsection Optional Arguments
6004
6005Unless told otherwise, Lisp expects that a function with an argument in
6006its function definition will be called with a value for that argument.
6007If that does not happen, you get an error and a message that says
6008@samp{Wrong number of arguments}.
6009
6010@cindex Optional arguments
6011@cindex Keyword
6012@findex optional
6013However, optional arguments are a feature of Lisp: a particular
6014@dfn{keyword} is used to tell the Lisp interpreter that an argument is
6015optional. The keyword is @code{&optional}. (The @samp{&} in front of
6016@samp{optional} is part of the keyword.) In a function definition, if
6017an argument follows the keyword @code{&optional}, no value need be
6018passed to that argument when the function is called.
6019
6020@need 1200
6021The first line of the function definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6022therefore looks like this:
6023
6024@smallexample
6025(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6026@end smallexample
6027
6028@need 1250
6029In outline, the whole function looks like this:
6030
6031@smallexample
6032@group
6033(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6034 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
6035 (interactive "P")
6036 (or (@var{is-the-argument-a-cons-cell} arg)
6037 (and @var{are-both-transient-mark-mode-and-mark-active-true})
6038 (push-mark))
6039 (let (@var{determine-size-and-set-it})
6040 (goto-char
6041 (@var{if-there-is-an-argument}
6042 @var{figure-out-where-to-go}
6043 @var{else-go-to}
6044 (point-min))))
6045 @var{do-nicety}
6046@end group
6047@end smallexample
6048
6049The function is similar to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}
6050function except that the @code{interactive} expression has @code{"P"}
6051as an argument and the @code{goto-char} function is followed by an
6052if-then-else expression that figures out where to put the cursor if
6053there is an argument that is not a cons cell.
6054
6055(Since I do not explain a cons cell for many more chapters, please
6056consider ignoring the function @code{consp}. @xref{List
6057Implementation, , How Lists are Implemented}, and @ref{Cons Cell Type,
6058, Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6059Manual}.)
6060
6061The @code{"P"} in the @code{interactive} expression tells Emacs to
6062pass a prefix argument, if there is one, to the function in raw form.
6063A prefix argument is made by typing the @key{META} key followed by a
6064number, or by typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number. (If you don't type
6065a number, @kbd{C-u} defaults to a cons cell with a 4. A lowercase
6066@code{"p"} in the @code{interactive} expression causes the function to
6067convert a prefix arg to a number.)
6068
6069The true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression looks complex, but
6070it is not: it checks whether @code{arg} has a value that is not
6071@code{nil} and whether it is a cons cell. (That is what @code{consp}
6072does; it checks whether its argument is a cons cell.) If @code{arg}
6073has a value that is not @code{nil} (and is not a cons cell), which
6074will be the case if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with a
6075numeric argument, then this true-or-false-test will return true and
6076the then-part of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. On the
6077other hand, if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is not called with an
6078argument, the value of @code{arg} will be @code{nil} and the else-part
6079of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. The else-part is
6080simply @code{point-min}, and when this is the outcome, the whole
6081@code{goto-char} expression is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, which
6082is how we saw the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function in its
6083simplified form.
6084
d6adf7e7 6085@node beginning-of-buffer opt arg
8cda6f8f
GM
6086@subsection @code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
6087
6088When @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with an argument, an
6089expression is evaluated which calculates what value to pass to
6090@code{goto-char}. This expression is rather complicated at first sight.
6091It includes an inner @code{if} expression and much arithmetic. It looks
6092like this:
6093
6094@smallexample
6095@group
6096(if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6097 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6098 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6099 (/ size 10))
6100 (/
6101 (+ 10
6102 (*
6103 size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10)))
6104@end group
6105@end smallexample
6106
6107@menu
6108* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
6109* Large buffer case::
6110* Small buffer case::
6111@end menu
6112
8cda6f8f 6113@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6114@node Disentangle beginning-of-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
6115@unnumberedsubsubsec Disentangle @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6116@end ifnottex
6117
6118Like other complex-looking expressions, the conditional expression
6119within @code{beginning-of-buffer} can be disentangled by looking at it
6120as parts of a template, in this case, the template for an if-then-else
6121expression. In skeletal form, the expression looks like this:
6122
6123@smallexample
6124@group
6125(if (@var{buffer-is-large}
6126 @var{divide-buffer-size-by-10-and-multiply-by-arg}
6127 @var{else-use-alternate-calculation}
6128@end group
6129@end smallexample
6130
6131The true-or-false-test of this inner @code{if} expression checks the
6132size of the buffer. The reason for this is that the old version 18
6133Emacs used numbers that are no bigger than eight million or so and in
6134the computation that followed, the programmer feared that Emacs might
6135try to use over-large numbers if the buffer were large. The term
6136`overflow', mentioned in the comment, means numbers that are over
6137large. More recent versions of Emacs use larger numbers, but this
6138code has not been touched, if only because people now look at buffers
6139that are far, far larger than ever before.
6140
6141There are two cases: if the buffer is large and if it is not.
6142
d6adf7e7 6143@node Large buffer case
8cda6f8f
GM
6144@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a large buffer
6145
6146In @code{beginning-of-buffer}, the inner @code{if} expression tests
6147whether the size of the buffer is greater than 10,000 characters. To do
6148this, it uses the @code{>} function and the computation of @code{size}
6149that comes from the let expression.
6150
6151In the old days, the function @code{buffer-size} was used. Not only
6152was that function called several times, it gave the size of the whole
6153buffer, not the accessible part. The computation makes much more
6154sense when it handles just the accessible part. (@xref{Narrowing &
6155Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more information on focusing
6156attention to an `accessible' part.)
6157
6158@need 800
6159The line looks like this:
6160
6161@smallexample
6162(if (> size 10000)
6163@end smallexample
6164
6165@need 1200
6166@noindent
6167When the buffer is large, the then-part of the @code{if} expression is
6168evaluated. It reads like this (after formatting for easy reading):
6169
6170@smallexample
6171@group
6172(*
6173 (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6174 (/ size 10))
6175@end group
6176@end smallexample
6177
6178@noindent
6179This expression is a multiplication, with two arguments to the function
6180@code{*}.
6181
6182The first argument is @code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}. When
6183@code{"P"} is used as the argument for @code{interactive}, the value
6184passed to the function as its argument is passed a ``raw prefix
6185argument'', and not a number. (It is a number in a list.) To perform
6186the arithmetic, a conversion is necessary, and
6187@code{prefix-numeric-value} does the job.
6188
6189@findex / @r{(division)}
6190@cindex Division
6191The second argument is @code{(/ size 10)}. This expression divides
f99f1641 6192the numeric value by ten---the numeric value of the size of the
8cda6f8f
GM
6193accessible portion of the buffer. This produces a number that tells
6194how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size. (In Lisp,
6195@code{/} is used for division, just as @code{*} is used for
6196multiplication.)
6197
6198@need 1200
6199In the multiplication expression as a whole, this amount is multiplied
6200by the value of the prefix argument---the multiplication looks like this:
6201
6202@smallexample
6203@group
6204(* @var{numeric-value-of-prefix-arg}
6205 @var{number-of-characters-in-one-tenth-of-the-accessible-buffer})
6206@end group
6207@end smallexample
6208
6209@noindent
6210If, for example, the prefix argument is @samp{7}, the one-tenth value
6211will be multiplied by 7 to give a position 70% of the way through.
6212
6213@need 1200
6214The result of all this is that if the accessible portion of the buffer
6215is large, the @code{goto-char} expression reads like this:
6216
6217@smallexample
6218@group
6219(goto-char (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6220 (/ size 10)))
6221@end group
6222@end smallexample
6223
6224This puts the cursor where we want it.
6225
d6adf7e7 6226@node Small buffer case
8cda6f8f
GM
6227@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a small buffer
6228
6229If the buffer contains fewer than 10,000 characters, a slightly
6230different computation is performed. You might think this is not
6231necessary, since the first computation could do the job. However, in
6232a small buffer, the first method may not put the cursor on exactly the
6233desired line; the second method does a better job.
6234
6235@need 800
6236The code looks like this:
6237
6238@c Keep this on one line.
6239@smallexample
6240(/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
6241@end smallexample
6242
6243@need 1200
6244@noindent
6245This is code in which you figure out what happens by discovering how the
6246functions are embedded in parentheses. It is easier to read if you
6247reformat it with each expression indented more deeply than its
6248enclosing expression:
6249
6250@smallexample
6251@group
6252 (/
6253 (+ 10
6254 (*
6255 size
6256 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6257 10))
6258@end group
6259@end smallexample
6260
6261@need 1200
6262@noindent
6263Looking at parentheses, we see that the innermost operation is
6264@code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}, which converts the raw argument to
6265a number. In the following expression, this number is multiplied by
6266the size of the accessible portion of the buffer:
6267
6268@smallexample
6269(* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))
6270@end smallexample
6271
6272@noindent
6273This multiplication creates a number that may be larger than the size of
6274the buffer---seven times larger if the argument is 7, for example. Ten
6275is then added to this number and finally the large number is divided by
6276ten to provide a value that is one character larger than the percentage
6277position in the buffer.
6278
6279The number that results from all this is passed to @code{goto-char} and
6280the cursor is moved to that point.
6281
6282@need 1500
d6adf7e7 6283@node beginning-of-buffer complete
8cda6f8f
GM
6284@subsection The Complete @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6285
6286@need 1000
6287Here is the complete text of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function:
6288@sp 1
6289
6290@c In GNU Emacs 22
6291@smallexample
6292@group
6293(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6294 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6295leave mark at previous position.
6296With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
6297do not set mark at previous position.
6298With numeric arg N,
6299put point N/10 of the way from the beginning.
6300
6301If the buffer is narrowed,
6302this command uses the beginning and size
6303of the accessible part of the buffer.
6304@end group
6305
6306@group
6307Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
6308\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6309and avoids clobbering the mark."
6310 (interactive "P")
6311 (or (consp arg)
6312 (and transient-mark-mode mark-active)
6313 (push-mark))
6314@end group
6315@group
6316 (let ((size (- (point-max) (point-min))))
6317 (goto-char (if (and arg (not (consp arg)))
6318 (+ (point-min)
6319 (if (> size 10000)
6320 ;; Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!
6321 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6322 (/ size 10))
a9097c6d
KB
6323 (/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6324 10)))
8cda6f8f
GM
6325 (point-min))))
6326 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6327@end group
6328@end smallexample
6329
6330@ignore
6331From before GNU Emacs 22
6332@smallexample
6333@group
6334(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6335 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6336leave mark at previous position.
6337With arg N, put point N/10 of the way
6338from the true beginning.
6339@end group
6340@group
6341Don't use this in Lisp programs!
6342\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6343and does not set the mark."
6344 (interactive "P")
6345 (push-mark)
6346@end group
6347@group
6348 (goto-char
6349 (if arg
6350 (if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6351 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6352 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6353 (/ (buffer-size) 10))
6354@end group
6355@group
6356 (/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size)
6357 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6358 10))
6359 (point-min)))
6360 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6361@end group
6362@end smallexample
6363@end ignore
6364
6365@noindent
6366Except for two small points, the previous discussion shows how this
6367function works. The first point deals with a detail in the
6368documentation string, and the second point concerns the last line of
6369the function.
6370
6371@need 800
6372In the documentation string, there is reference to an expression:
6373
6374@smallexample
6375\\[universal-argument]
6376@end smallexample
6377
6378@noindent
6379A @samp{\\} is used before the first square bracket of this
6380expression. This @samp{\\} tells the Lisp interpreter to substitute
6381whatever key is currently bound to the @samp{[@dots{}]}. In the case
6382of @code{universal-argument}, that is usually @kbd{C-u}, but it might
6383be different. (@xref{Documentation Tips, , Tips for Documentation
6384Strings, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
6385information.)
6386
6387@need 1200
6388Finally, the last line of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} command says
6389to move point to the beginning of the next line if the command is
6390invoked with an argument:
6391
6392@smallexample
6393(if arg (forward-line 1)))
6394@end smallexample
6395
6396@noindent
6397This puts the cursor at the beginning of the first line after the
6398appropriate tenths position in the buffer. This is a flourish that
6399means that the cursor is always located @emph{at least} the requested
6400tenths of the way through the buffer, which is a nicety that is,
6401perhaps, not necessary, but which, if it did not occur, would be sure
6402to draw complaints.
6403
6404On the other hand, it also means that if you specify the command with
6405a @kbd{C-u}, but without a number, that is to say, if the `raw prefix
6406argument' is simply a cons cell, then the command puts you at the
6407beginning of the second line @dots{} I don't know whether this is
6408intended or whether no one has dealt with the code to avoid this
6409happening.
6410
d6adf7e7 6411@node Second Buffer Related Review
8cda6f8f
GM
6412@section Review
6413
6414Here is a brief summary of some of the topics covered in this chapter.
6415
6416@table @code
6417@item or
6418Evaluate each argument in sequence, and return the value of the first
6419argument that is not @code{nil}; if none return a value that is not
6420@code{nil}, return @code{nil}. In brief, return the first true value
6421of the arguments; return a true value if one @emph{or} any of the
6422others are true.
6423
6424@item and
6425Evaluate each argument in sequence, and if any are @code{nil}, return
6426@code{nil}; if none are @code{nil}, return the value of the last
6427argument. In brief, return a true value only if all the arguments are
6428true; return a true value if one @emph{and} each of the others is
6429true.
6430
6431@item &optional
6432A keyword used to indicate that an argument to a function definition
6433is optional; this means that the function can be evaluated without the
6434argument, if desired.
6435
6436@item prefix-numeric-value
6437Convert the `raw prefix argument' produced by @code{(interactive
6438"P")} to a numeric value.
6439
6440@item forward-line
6441Move point forward to the beginning of the next line, or if the argument
6442is greater than one, forward that many lines. If it can't move as far
6443forward as it is supposed to, @code{forward-line} goes forward as far as
6444it can and then returns a count of the number of additional lines it was
6445supposed to move but couldn't.
6446
6447@item erase-buffer
6448Delete the entire contents of the current buffer.
6449
6450@item bufferp
6451Return @code{t} if its argument is a buffer; otherwise return @code{nil}.
6452@end table
6453
d6adf7e7 6454@node optional Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
6455@section @code{optional} Argument Exercise
6456
6457Write an interactive function with an optional argument that tests
6458whether its argument, a number, is greater than or equal to, or else,
6459less than the value of @code{fill-column}, and tells you which, in a
6460message. However, if you do not pass an argument to the function, use
646156 as a default value.
6462
d6adf7e7 6463@node Narrowing & Widening
8cda6f8f
GM
6464@chapter Narrowing and Widening
6465@cindex Focusing attention (narrowing)
6466@cindex Narrowing
6467@cindex Widening
6468
6469Narrowing is a feature of Emacs that makes it possible for you to focus
6470on a specific part of a buffer, and work without accidentally changing
6471other parts. Narrowing is normally disabled since it can confuse
6472novices.
6473
6474@menu
6475* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
6476* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
6477* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
6478* narrow Exercise::
6479@end menu
6480
8cda6f8f 6481@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6482@node Narrowing advantages
8cda6f8f
GM
6483@unnumberedsec The Advantages of Narrowing
6484@end ifnottex
6485
6486With narrowing, the rest of a buffer is made invisible, as if it weren't
6487there. This is an advantage if, for example, you want to replace a word
6488in one part of a buffer but not in another: you narrow to the part you want
6489and the replacement is carried out only in that section, not in the rest
6490of the buffer. Searches will only work within a narrowed region, not
6491outside of one, so if you are fixing a part of a document, you can keep
6492yourself from accidentally finding parts you do not need to fix by
6493narrowing just to the region you want.
6494(The key binding for @code{narrow-to-region} is @kbd{C-x n n}.)
6495
6496However, narrowing does make the rest of the buffer invisible, which
6497can scare people who inadvertently invoke narrowing and think they
6498have deleted a part of their file. Moreover, the @code{undo} command
6499(which is usually bound to @kbd{C-x u}) does not turn off narrowing
6500(nor should it), so people can become quite desperate if they do not
6501know that they can return the rest of a buffer to visibility with the
6502@code{widen} command.
6503(The key binding for @code{widen} is @kbd{C-x n w}.)
6504
6505Narrowing is just as useful to the Lisp interpreter as to a human.
6506Often, an Emacs Lisp function is designed to work on just part of a
6507buffer; or conversely, an Emacs Lisp function needs to work on all of a
6508buffer that has been narrowed. The @code{what-line} function, for
6509example, removes the narrowing from a buffer, if it has any narrowing
6510and when it has finished its job, restores the narrowing to what it was.
7001d579
GZ
6511On the other hand, the @code{count-lines} function
6512uses narrowing to restrict itself to just that portion
8cda6f8f
GM
6513of the buffer in which it is interested and then restores the previous
6514situation.
6515
d6adf7e7 6516@node save-restriction
8cda6f8f
GM
6517@section The @code{save-restriction} Special Form
6518@findex save-restriction
6519
6520In Emacs Lisp, you can use the @code{save-restriction} special form to
6521keep track of whatever narrowing is in effect, if any. When the Lisp
6522interpreter meets with @code{save-restriction}, it executes the code
6523in the body of the @code{save-restriction} expression, and then undoes
6524any changes to narrowing that the code caused. If, for example, the
6525buffer is narrowed and the code that follows @code{save-restriction}
6526gets rid of the narrowing, @code{save-restriction} returns the buffer
6527to its narrowed region afterwards. In the @code{what-line} command,
6528any narrowing the buffer may have is undone by the @code{widen}
6529command that immediately follows the @code{save-restriction} command.
6530Any original narrowing is restored just before the completion of the
6531function.
6532
6533@need 1250
6534The template for a @code{save-restriction} expression is simple:
6535
6536@smallexample
6537@group
6538(save-restriction
6539 @var{body}@dots{} )
6540@end group
6541@end smallexample
6542
6543@noindent
6544The body of the @code{save-restriction} is one or more expressions that
6545will be evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter.
6546
6547Finally, a point to note: when you use both @code{save-excursion} and
6548@code{save-restriction}, one right after the other, you should use
6549@code{save-excursion} outermost. If you write them in reverse order,
6550you may fail to record narrowing in the buffer to which Emacs switches
6551after calling @code{save-excursion}. Thus, when written together,
6552@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} should be written
6553like this:
6554
6555@smallexample
6556@group
6557(save-excursion
6558 (save-restriction
6559 @var{body}@dots{}))
6560@end group
6561@end smallexample
6562
6563In other circumstances, when not written together, the
6564@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} special forms must
6565be written in the order appropriate to the function.
6566
6567@need 1250
6568For example,
6569
6570@smallexample
6571@group
6572 (save-restriction
6573 (widen)
6574 (save-excursion
6575 @var{body}@dots{}))
6576@end group
6577@end smallexample
6578
6579@ignore
6580Emacs 22
6581/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
6582
6583(defun what-line ()
6584 "Print the current buffer line number and narrowed line number of point."
6585 (interactive)
6586 (let ((start (point-min))
6587 (n (line-number-at-pos)))
6588 (if (= start 1)
6589 (message "Line %d" n)
6590 (save-excursion
6591 (save-restriction
6592 (widen)
6593 (message "line %d (narrowed line %d)"
6594 (+ n (line-number-at-pos start) -1) n))))))
6595
6596(defun line-number-at-pos (&optional pos)
6597 "Return (narrowed) buffer line number at position POS.
6598If POS is nil, use current buffer location.
6599Counting starts at (point-min), so the value refers
6600to the contents of the accessible portion of the buffer."
6601 (let ((opoint (or pos (point))) start)
6602 (save-excursion
6603 (goto-char (point-min))
6604 (setq start (point))
6605 (goto-char opoint)
6606 (forward-line 0)
6607 (1+ (count-lines start (point))))))
6608
6609(defun count-lines (start end)
6610 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6611This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6612but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6613and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6614 (save-excursion
6615 (save-restriction
6616 (narrow-to-region start end)
6617 (goto-char (point-min))
6618 (if (eq selective-display t)
6619 (save-match-data
6620 (let ((done 0))
6621 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6622 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6623 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6624 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6625 (goto-char (point-max))
6626 (if (and (/= start end)
6627 (not (bolp)))
6628 (1+ done)
6629 done)))
6630 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6631@end ignore
6632
d6adf7e7 6633@node what-line
8cda6f8f
GM
6634@section @code{what-line}
6635@findex what-line
6636@cindex Widening, example of
6637
6638The @code{what-line} command tells you the number of the line in which
6639the cursor is located. The function illustrates the use of the
6640@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} commands. Here is the
6641original text of the function:
6642
6643@smallexample
6644@group
6645(defun what-line ()
6646 "Print the current line number (in the buffer) of point."
6647 (interactive)
6648 (save-restriction
6649 (widen)
6650 (save-excursion
6651 (beginning-of-line)
6652 (message "Line %d"
6653 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6654@end group
6655@end smallexample
6656
6657(In recent versions of GNU Emacs, the @code{what-line} function has
6658been expanded to tell you your line number in a narrowed buffer as
6659well as your line number in a widened buffer. The recent version is
6660more complex than the version shown here. If you feel adventurous,
6661you might want to look at it after figuring out how this version
6662works. You will probably need to use @kbd{C-h f}
6663(@code{describe-function}). The newer version uses a conditional to
6664determine whether the buffer has been narrowed.
6665
6666(Also, it uses @code{line-number-at-pos}, which among other simple
6667expressions, such as @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, moves point to
6668the beginning of the current line with @code{(forward-line 0)} rather
6669than @code{beginning-of-line}.)
6670
6671The @code{what-line} function as shown here has a documentation line
6672and is interactive, as you would expect. The next two lines use the
6673functions @code{save-restriction} and @code{widen}.
6674
6675The @code{save-restriction} special form notes whatever narrowing is in
6676effect, if any, in the current buffer and restores that narrowing after
6677the code in the body of the @code{save-restriction} has been evaluated.
6678
6679The @code{save-restriction} special form is followed by @code{widen}.
6680This function undoes any narrowing the current buffer may have had
6681when @code{what-line} was called. (The narrowing that was there is
6682the narrowing that @code{save-restriction} remembers.) This widening
6683makes it possible for the line counting commands to count from the
6684beginning of the buffer. Otherwise, they would have been limited to
6685counting within the accessible region. Any original narrowing is
6686restored just before the completion of the function by the
6687@code{save-restriction} special form.
6688
6689The call to @code{widen} is followed by @code{save-excursion}, which
6690saves the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) and of the mark, and
6691restores them after the code in the body of the @code{save-excursion}
6692uses the @code{beginning-of-line} function to move point.
6693
6694(Note that the @code{(widen)} expression comes between the
6695@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} special forms. When
6696you write the two @code{save- @dots{}} expressions in sequence, write
6697@code{save-excursion} outermost.)
6698
6699@need 1200
6700The last two lines of the @code{what-line} function are functions to
6701count the number of lines in the buffer and then print the number in the
6702echo area.
6703
6704@smallexample
6705@group
6706(message "Line %d"
6707 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6708@end group
6709@end smallexample
6710
6711The @code{message} function prints a one-line message at the bottom of
6712the Emacs screen. The first argument is inside of quotation marks and
6713is printed as a string of characters. However, it may contain a
6714@samp{%d} expression to print a following argument. @samp{%d} prints
6715the argument as a decimal, so the message will say something such as
6716@samp{Line 243}.
6717
6718@need 1200
6719The number that is printed in place of the @samp{%d} is computed by the
6720last line of the function:
6721
6722@smallexample
6723(1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))
6724@end smallexample
6725
6726@ignore
6727GNU Emacs 22
6728
6729(defun count-lines (start end)
6730 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6731This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6732but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6733and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6734 (save-excursion
6735 (save-restriction
6736 (narrow-to-region start end)
6737 (goto-char (point-min))
6738 (if (eq selective-display t)
6739 (save-match-data
6740 (let ((done 0))
6741 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6742 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6743 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6744 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6745 (goto-char (point-max))
6746 (if (and (/= start end)
6747 (not (bolp)))
6748 (1+ done)
6749 done)))
6750 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6751@end ignore
6752
6753@noindent
6754What this does is count the lines from the first position of the
6755buffer, indicated by the @code{1}, up to @code{(point)}, and then add
6756one to that number. (The @code{1+} function adds one to its
6757argument.) We add one to it because line 2 has only one line before
6758it, and @code{count-lines} counts only the lines @emph{before} the
6759current line.
6760
6761After @code{count-lines} has done its job, and the message has been
6762printed in the echo area, the @code{save-excursion} restores point and
6763mark to their original positions; and @code{save-restriction} restores
6764the original narrowing, if any.
6765
d6adf7e7 6766@node narrow Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
6767@section Exercise with Narrowing
6768
6769Write a function that will display the first 60 characters of the
6770current buffer, even if you have narrowed the buffer to its latter
6771half so that the first line is inaccessible. Restore point, mark, and
6772narrowing. For this exercise, you need to use a whole potpourri of
6773functions, including @code{save-restriction}, @code{widen},
6774@code{goto-char}, @code{point-min}, @code{message}, and
6775@code{buffer-substring}.
6776
6777@cindex Properties, mention of @code{buffer-substring-no-properties}
6778(@code{buffer-substring} is a previously unmentioned function you will
6779have to investigate yourself; or perhaps you will have to use
6780@code{buffer-substring-no-properties} or
6781@code{filter-buffer-substring} @dots{}, yet other functions. Text
6782properties are a feature otherwise not discussed here. @xref{Text
6783Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6784Manual}.)
6785
6786Additionally, do you really need @code{goto-char} or @code{point-min}?
6787Or can you write the function without them?
6788
d6adf7e7 6789@node car cdr & cons
8cda6f8f
GM
6790@chapter @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
6791@findex car, @r{introduced}
6792@findex cdr, @r{introduced}
6793
6794In Lisp, @code{car}, @code{cdr}, and @code{cons} are fundamental
6795functions. The @code{cons} function is used to construct lists, and
6796the @code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used to take them apart.
6797
6798In the walk through of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function, we
6799will see @code{cons} as well as two variants on @code{cdr},
6800namely, @code{setcdr} and @code{nthcdr}. (@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
6801
6802@menu
6803* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
6804* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
6805* cons:: Constructing a list.
6806* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
6807* nth::
6808* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
6809* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
6810* cons Exercise::
6811@end menu
6812
8cda6f8f 6813@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6814@node Strange Names
8cda6f8f
GM
6815@unnumberedsec Strange Names
6816@end ifnottex
6817
6818The name of the @code{cons} function is not unreasonable: it is an
6819abbreviation of the word `construct'. The origins of the names for
6820@code{car} and @code{cdr}, on the other hand, are esoteric: @code{car}
6821is an acronym from the phrase `Contents of the Address part of the
6822Register'; and @code{cdr} (pronounced `could-er') is an acronym from
6823the phrase `Contents of the Decrement part of the Register'. These
6824phrases refer to specific pieces of hardware on the very early
6825computer on which the original Lisp was developed. Besides being
6826obsolete, the phrases have been completely irrelevant for more than 25
6827years to anyone thinking about Lisp. Nonetheless, although a few
6828brave scholars have begun to use more reasonable names for these
6829functions, the old terms are still in use. In particular, since the
6830terms are used in the Emacs Lisp source code, we will use them in this
6831introduction.
6832
d6adf7e7 6833@node car & cdr
8cda6f8f
GM
6834@section @code{car} and @code{cdr}
6835
6836The @sc{car} of a list is, quite simply, the first item in the list.
6837Thus the @sc{car} of the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} is
6838@code{rose}.
6839
6840@need 1200
6841If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can see this by
6842evaluating the following:
6843
6844@smallexample
6845(car '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
6846@end smallexample
6847
6848@noindent
6849After evaluating the expression, @code{rose} will appear in the echo
6850area.
6851
6852Clearly, a more reasonable name for the @code{car} function would be
6853@code{first} and this is often suggested.
6854
6855@code{car} does not remove the first item from the list; it only reports
6856what it is. After @code{car} has been applied to a list, the list is
6857still the same as it was. In the jargon, @code{car} is
6858`non-destructive'. This feature turns out to be important.
6859
6860The @sc{cdr} of a list is the rest of the list, that is, the
6861@code{cdr} function returns the part of the list that follows the
6862first item. Thus, while the @sc{car} of the list @code{'(rose violet
6863daisy buttercup)} is @code{rose}, the rest of the list, the value
6864returned by the @code{cdr} function, is @code{(violet daisy
6865buttercup)}.
6866
6867@need 800
6868You can see this by evaluating the following in the usual way:
6869
6870@smallexample
6871(cdr '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
6872@end smallexample
6873
6874@noindent
6875When you evaluate this, @code{(violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in
6876the echo area.
6877
6878Like @code{car}, @code{cdr} does not remove any elements from the
6879list---it just returns a report of what the second and subsequent
6880elements are.
6881
6882Incidentally, in the example, the list of flowers is quoted. If it were
6883not, the Lisp interpreter would try to evaluate the list by calling
6884@code{rose} as a function. In this example, we do not want to do that.
6885
6886Clearly, a more reasonable name for @code{cdr} would be @code{rest}.
6887
6888(There is a lesson here: when you name new functions, consider very
6889carefully what you are doing, since you may be stuck with the names
6890for far longer than you expect. The reason this document perpetuates
6891these names is that the Emacs Lisp source code uses them, and if I did
6892not use them, you would have a hard time reading the code; but do,
6893please, try to avoid using these terms yourself. The people who come
6894after you will be grateful to you.)
6895
6896When @code{car} and @code{cdr} are applied to a list made up of symbols,
6897such as the list @code{(pine fir oak maple)}, the element of the list
6898returned by the function @code{car} is the symbol @code{pine} without
6899any parentheses around it. @code{pine} is the first element in the
6900list. However, the @sc{cdr} of the list is a list itself, @code{(fir
6901oak maple)}, as you can see by evaluating the following expressions in
6902the usual way:
6903
6904@smallexample
6905@group
6906(car '(pine fir oak maple))
6907
6908(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
6909@end group
6910@end smallexample
6911
6912On the other hand, in a list of lists, the first element is itself a
6913list. @code{car} returns this first element as a list. For example,
6914the following list contains three sub-lists, a list of carnivores, a
6915list of herbivores and a list of sea mammals:
6916
6917@smallexample
6918@group
6919(car '((lion tiger cheetah)
6920 (gazelle antelope zebra)
6921 (whale dolphin seal)))
6922@end group
6923@end smallexample
6924
6925@noindent
6926In this example, the first element or @sc{car} of the list is the list of
6927carnivores, @code{(lion tiger cheetah)}, and the rest of the list is
6928@code{((gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal))}.
6929
6930@smallexample
6931@group
6932(cdr '((lion tiger cheetah)
6933 (gazelle antelope zebra)
6934 (whale dolphin seal)))
6935@end group
6936@end smallexample
6937
6938It is worth saying again that @code{car} and @code{cdr} are
6939non-destructive---that is, they do not modify or change lists to which
6940they are applied. This is very important for how they are used.
6941
6942Also, in the first chapter, in the discussion about atoms, I said that
6943in Lisp, ``certain kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated
6944into parts; but the mechanism for doing this is different from the
6945mechanism for splitting a list. As far as Lisp is concerned, the
6946atoms of a list are unsplittable.'' (@xref{Lisp Atoms}.) The
6947@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used for splitting lists and
6948are considered fundamental to Lisp. Since they cannot split or gain
6949access to the parts of an array, an array is considered an atom.
6950Conversely, the other fundamental function, @code{cons}, can put
6951together or construct a list, but not an array. (Arrays are handled
6952by array-specific functions. @xref{Arrays, , Arrays, elisp, The GNU
6953Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
6954
d6adf7e7 6955@node cons
8cda6f8f
GM
6956@section @code{cons}
6957@findex cons, @r{introduced}
6958
6959The @code{cons} function constructs lists; it is the inverse of
6960@code{car} and @code{cdr}. For example, @code{cons} can be used to make
6961a four element list from the three element list, @code{(fir oak maple)}:
6962
6963@smallexample
6964(cons 'pine '(fir oak maple))
6965@end smallexample
6966
6967@need 800
6968@noindent
6969After evaluating this list, you will see
6970
6971@smallexample
6972(pine fir oak maple)
6973@end smallexample
6974
6975@noindent
6976appear in the echo area. @code{cons} causes the creation of a new
6977list in which the element is followed by the elements of the original
6978list.
6979
6980We often say that `@code{cons} puts a new element at the beginning of
6981a list; it attaches or pushes elements onto the list', but this
6982phrasing can be misleading, since @code{cons} does not change an
6983existing list, but creates a new one.
6984
6985Like @code{car} and @code{cdr}, @code{cons} is non-destructive.
6986
6987@menu
6988* Build a list::
6989* length:: How to find the length of a list.
6990@end menu
6991
8cda6f8f 6992@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6993@node Build a list
8cda6f8f
GM
6994@unnumberedsubsec Build a list
6995@end ifnottex
6996
6997@code{cons} must have a list to attach to.@footnote{Actually, you can
6998@code{cons} an element to an atom to produce a dotted pair. Dotted
6999pairs are not discussed here; see @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted
7000Pair Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.} You
7001cannot start from absolutely nothing. If you are building a list, you
7002need to provide at least an empty list at the beginning. Here is a
7003series of @code{cons} expressions that build up a list of flowers. If
7004you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate each of
7005the expressions in the usual way; the value is printed in this text
7006after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
7007
7008@smallexample
7009@group
7010(cons 'buttercup ())
7011 @result{} (buttercup)
7012@end group
7013
7014@group
7015(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))
7016 @result{} (daisy buttercup)
7017@end group
7018
7019@group
7020(cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup))
7021 @result{} (violet daisy buttercup)
7022@end group
7023
7024@group
7025(cons 'rose '(violet daisy buttercup))
7026 @result{} (rose violet daisy buttercup)
7027@end group
7028@end smallexample
7029
7030@noindent
7031In the first example, the empty list is shown as @code{()} and a list
7032made up of @code{buttercup} followed by the empty list is constructed.
7033As you can see, the empty list is not shown in the list that was
7034constructed. All that you see is @code{(buttercup)}. The empty list is
7035not counted as an element of a list because there is nothing in an empty
7036list. Generally speaking, an empty list is invisible.
7037
7038The second example, @code{(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))} constructs a new,
7039two element list by putting @code{daisy} in front of @code{buttercup};
7040and the third example constructs a three element list by putting
7041@code{violet} in front of @code{daisy} and @code{buttercup}.
7042
d6adf7e7 7043@node length
8cda6f8f
GM
7044@subsection Find the Length of a List: @code{length}
7045@findex length
7046
7047You can find out how many elements there are in a list by using the Lisp
7048function @code{length}, as in the following examples:
7049
7050@smallexample
7051@group
7052(length '(buttercup))
7053 @result{} 1
7054@end group
7055
7056@group
7057(length '(daisy buttercup))
7058 @result{} 2
7059@end group
7060
7061@group
7062(length (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup)))
7063 @result{} 3
7064@end group
7065@end smallexample
7066
7067@noindent
7068In the third example, the @code{cons} function is used to construct a
7069three element list which is then passed to the @code{length} function as
7070its argument.
7071
7072@need 1200
7073We can also use @code{length} to count the number of elements in an
7074empty list:
7075
7076@smallexample
7077@group
7078(length ())
7079 @result{} 0
7080@end group
7081@end smallexample
7082
7083@noindent
7084As you would expect, the number of elements in an empty list is zero.
7085
7086An interesting experiment is to find out what happens if you try to find
7087the length of no list at all; that is, if you try to call @code{length}
7088without giving it an argument, not even an empty list:
7089
7090@smallexample
7091(length )
7092@end smallexample
7093
7094@need 800
7095@noindent
7096What you see, if you evaluate this, is the error message
7097
7098@smallexample
7099Lisp error: (wrong-number-of-arguments length 0)
7100@end smallexample
7101
7102@noindent
7103This means that the function receives the wrong number of
7104arguments, zero, when it expects some other number of arguments. In
7105this case, one argument is expected, the argument being a list whose
7106length the function is measuring. (Note that @emph{one} list is
7107@emph{one} argument, even if the list has many elements inside it.)
7108
7109The part of the error message that says @samp{length} is the name of
7110the function.
7111
7112@ignore
7113@code{length} is still a subroutine, but you need C-h f to discover that.
7114
7115In an earlier version:
7116 This is written with a special notation, @samp{#<subr},
7117 that indicates that the function @code{length} is one of the primitive
7118 functions written in C rather than in Emacs Lisp. (@samp{subr} is an
7119 abbreviation for `subroutine'.) @xref{What Is a Function, , What Is a
7120 Function?, elisp , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
7121 about subroutines.
7122@end ignore
7123
d6adf7e7 7124@node nthcdr
8cda6f8f
GM
7125@section @code{nthcdr}
7126@findex nthcdr
7127
7128The @code{nthcdr} function is associated with the @code{cdr} function.
7129What it does is take the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7130
7131If you take the @sc{cdr} of the list @code{(pine fir
7132oak maple)}, you will be returned the list @code{(fir oak maple)}. If you
7133repeat this on what was returned, you will be returned the list
7134@code{(oak maple)}. (Of course, repeated @sc{cdr}ing on the original
7135list will just give you the original @sc{cdr} since the function does
7136not change the list. You need to evaluate the @sc{cdr} of the
7137@sc{cdr} and so on.) If you continue this, eventually you will be
7138returned an empty list, which in this case, instead of being shown as
7139@code{()} is shown as @code{nil}.
7140
7141@need 1200
7142For review, here is a series of repeated @sc{cdr}s, the text following
7143the @samp{@result{}} shows what is returned.
7144
7145@smallexample
7146@group
7147(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
7148 @result{}(fir oak maple)
7149@end group
7150
7151@group
7152(cdr '(fir oak maple))
7153 @result{} (oak maple)
7154@end group
7155
7156@group
7157(cdr '(oak maple))
7158 @result{}(maple)
7159@end group
7160
7161@group
7162(cdr '(maple))
7163 @result{} nil
7164@end group
7165
7166@group
7167(cdr 'nil)
7168 @result{} nil
7169@end group
7170
7171@group
7172(cdr ())
7173 @result{} nil
7174@end group
7175@end smallexample
7176
7177@need 1200
7178You can also do several @sc{cdr}s without printing the values in
7179between, like this:
7180
7181@smallexample
7182@group
7183(cdr (cdr '(pine fir oak maple)))
7184 @result{} (oak maple)
7185@end group
7186@end smallexample
7187
7188@noindent
7189In this example, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the innermost list first.
7190The innermost list is quoted, so it just passes the list as it is to the
7191innermost @code{cdr}. This @code{cdr} passes a list made up of the
7192second and subsequent elements of the list to the outermost @code{cdr},
7193which produces a list composed of the third and subsequent elements of
7194the original list. In this example, the @code{cdr} function is repeated
7195and returns a list that consists of the original list without its
7196first two elements.
7197
7198The @code{nthcdr} function does the same as repeating the call to
7199@code{cdr}. In the following example, the argument 2 is passed to the
7200function @code{nthcdr}, along with the list, and the value returned is
7201the list without its first two items, which is exactly the same
7202as repeating @code{cdr} twice on the list:
7203
7204@smallexample
7205@group
7206(nthcdr 2 '(pine fir oak maple))
7207 @result{} (oak maple)
7208@end group
7209@end smallexample
7210
7211@need 1200
7212Using the original four element list, we can see what happens when
7213various numeric arguments are passed to @code{nthcdr}, including 0, 1,
7214and 5:
7215
7216@smallexample
7217@group
7218;; @r{Leave the list as it was.}
7219(nthcdr 0 '(pine fir oak maple))
7220 @result{} (pine fir oak maple)
7221@end group
7222
7223@group
7224;; @r{Return a copy without the first element.}
7225(nthcdr 1 '(pine fir oak maple))
7226 @result{} (fir oak maple)
7227@end group
7228
7229@group
7230;; @r{Return a copy of the list without three elements.}
7231(nthcdr 3 '(pine fir oak maple))
7232 @result{} (maple)
7233@end group
7234
7235@group
7236;; @r{Return a copy lacking all four elements.}
7237(nthcdr 4 '(pine fir oak maple))
7238 @result{} nil
7239@end group
7240
7241@group
7242;; @r{Return a copy lacking all elements.}
7243(nthcdr 5 '(pine fir oak maple))
7244 @result{} nil
7245@end group
7246@end smallexample
7247
d6adf7e7 7248@node nth
8cda6f8f
GM
7249@section @code{nth}
7250@findex nth
7251
7252The @code{nthcdr} function takes the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7253The @code{nth} function takes the @sc{car} of the result returned by
7254@code{nthcdr}. It returns the Nth element of the list.
7255
7256@need 1500
7257Thus, if it were not defined in C for speed, the definition of
7258@code{nth} would be:
7259
7260@smallexample
7261@group
7262(defun nth (n list)
7263 "Returns the Nth element of LIST.
7264N counts from zero. If LIST is not that long, nil is returned."
7265 (car (nthcdr n list)))
7266@end group
7267@end smallexample
7268
7269@noindent
7270(Originally, @code{nth} was defined in Emacs Lisp in @file{subr.el},
7271but its definition was redone in C in the 1980s.)
7272
7273The @code{nth} function returns a single element of a list.
7274This can be very convenient.
7275
7276Note that the elements are numbered from zero, not one. That is to
7277say, the first element of a list, its @sc{car} is the zeroth element.
7278This is called `zero-based' counting and often bothers people who
7279are accustomed to the first element in a list being number one, which
7280is `one-based'.
7281
7282@need 1250
7283For example:
7284
7285@smallexample
7286@group
7287(nth 0 '("one" "two" "three"))
7288 @result{} "one"
7289
7290(nth 1 '("one" "two" "three"))
7291 @result{} "two"
7292@end group
7293@end smallexample
7294
7295It is worth mentioning that @code{nth}, like @code{nthcdr} and
7296@code{cdr}, does not change the original list---the function is
7297non-destructive. This is in sharp contrast to the @code{setcar} and
7298@code{setcdr} functions.
7299
d6adf7e7 7300@node setcar
8cda6f8f
GM
7301@section @code{setcar}
7302@findex setcar
7303
7304As you might guess from their names, the @code{setcar} and @code{setcdr}
7305functions set the @sc{car} or the @sc{cdr} of a list to a new value.
7306They actually change the original list, unlike @code{car} and @code{cdr}
7307which leave the original list as it was. One way to find out how this
7308works is to experiment. We will start with the @code{setcar} function.
7309
7310@need 1200
7311First, we can make a list and then set the value of a variable to the
7312list, using the @code{setq} function. Here is a list of animals:
7313
7314@smallexample
7315(setq animals '(antelope giraffe lion tiger))
7316@end smallexample
7317
7318@noindent
7319If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
7320this expression in the usual fashion, by positioning the cursor after
7321the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. (I'm doing this right here
7322as I write this. This is one of the advantages of having the
7323interpreter built into the computing environment. Incidentally, when
7324there is nothing on the line after the final parentheses, such as a
7325comment, point can be on the next line. Thus, if your cursor is in
7326the first column of the next line, you do not need to move it.
7327Indeed, Emacs permits any amount of white space after the final
7328parenthesis.)
7329
7330@need 1200
7331When we evaluate the variable @code{animals}, we see that it is bound to
7332the list @code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}:
7333
7334@smallexample
7335@group
7336animals
7337 @result{} (antelope giraffe lion tiger)
7338@end group
7339@end smallexample
7340
7341@noindent
7342Put another way, the variable @code{animals} points to the list
7343@code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}.
7344
7345Next, evaluate the function @code{setcar} while passing it two
7346arguments, the variable @code{animals} and the quoted symbol
7347@code{hippopotamus}; this is done by writing the three element list
7348@code{(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)} and then evaluating it in the
7349usual fashion:
7350
7351@smallexample
7352(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)
7353@end smallexample
7354
7355@need 1200
7356@noindent
7357After evaluating this expression, evaluate the variable @code{animals}
7358again. You will see that the list of animals has changed:
7359
7360@smallexample
7361@group
7362animals
7363 @result{} (hippopotamus giraffe lion tiger)
7364@end group
7365@end smallexample
7366
7367@noindent
7368The first element on the list, @code{antelope} is replaced by
7369@code{hippopotamus}.
7370
7371So we can see that @code{setcar} did not add a new element to the list
7372as @code{cons} would have; it replaced @code{antelope} with
7373@code{hippopotamus}; it @emph{changed} the list.
7374
d6adf7e7 7375@node setcdr
8cda6f8f
GM
7376@section @code{setcdr}
7377@findex setcdr
7378
7379The @code{setcdr} function is similar to the @code{setcar} function,
7380except that the function replaces the second and subsequent elements of
7381a list rather than the first element.
7382
7383(To see how to change the last element of a list, look ahead to
7384@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, which uses
7385the @code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr} functions.)
7386
7387@need 1200
7388To see how this works, set the value of the variable to a list of
7389domesticated animals by evaluating the following expression:
7390
7391@smallexample
7392(setq domesticated-animals '(horse cow sheep goat))
7393@end smallexample
7394
7395@need 1200
7396@noindent
7397If you now evaluate the list, you will be returned the list
7398@code{(horse cow sheep goat)}:
7399
7400@smallexample
7401@group
7402domesticated-animals
7403 @result{} (horse cow sheep goat)
7404@end group
7405@end smallexample
7406
7407@need 1200
7408Next, evaluate @code{setcdr} with two arguments, the name of the
7409variable which has a list as its value, and the list to which the
7410@sc{cdr} of the first list will be set;
7411
7412@smallexample
7413(setcdr domesticated-animals '(cat dog))
7414@end smallexample
7415
7416@noindent
7417If you evaluate this expression, the list @code{(cat dog)} will appear
7418in the echo area. This is the value returned by the function. The
7419result we are interested in is the ``side effect'', which we can see by
7420evaluating the variable @code{domesticated-animals}:
7421
7422@smallexample
7423@group
7424domesticated-animals
7425 @result{} (horse cat dog)
7426@end group
7427@end smallexample
7428
7429@noindent
7430Indeed, the list is changed from @code{(horse cow sheep goat)} to
7431@code{(horse cat dog)}. The @sc{cdr} of the list is changed from
7432@code{(cow sheep goat)} to @code{(cat dog)}.
7433
d6adf7e7 7434@node cons Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
7435@section Exercise
7436
7437Construct a list of four birds by evaluating several expressions with
7438@code{cons}. Find out what happens when you @code{cons} a list onto
7439itself. Replace the first element of the list of four birds with a
7440fish. Replace the rest of that list with a list of other fish.
7441
d6adf7e7 7442@node Cutting & Storing Text
8cda6f8f
GM
7443@chapter Cutting and Storing Text
7444@cindex Cutting and storing text
7445@cindex Storing and cutting text
7446@cindex Killing text
7447@cindex Clipping text
7448@cindex Erasing text
7449@cindex Deleting text
7450
7451Whenever you cut or clip text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in
7452GNU Emacs, it is stored in a list and you can bring it back with a
7453`yank' command.
7454
7455(The use of the word `kill' in Emacs for processes which specifically
7456@emph{do not} destroy the values of the entities is an unfortunate
7457historical accident. A much more appropriate word would be `clip' since
7458that is what the kill commands do; they clip text out of a buffer and
7459put it into storage from which it can be brought back. I have often
7460been tempted to replace globally all occurrences of `kill' in the Emacs
7461sources with `clip' and all occurrences of `killed' with `clipped'.)
7462
7463@menu
7464* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
7465* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
7466* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
7467* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
7468* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
7469* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
7470* cons & search-fwd Review::
7471* search Exercises::
7472@end menu
7473
8cda6f8f 7474@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 7475@node Storing Text
8cda6f8f
GM
7476@unnumberedsec Storing Text in a List
7477@end ifnottex
7478
7479When text is cut out of a buffer, it is stored on a list. Successive
7480pieces of text are stored on the list successively, so the list might
7481look like this:
7482
7483@smallexample
7484("a piece of text" "previous piece")
7485@end smallexample
7486
7487@need 1200
7488@noindent
7489The function @code{cons} can be used to create a new list from a piece
7490of text (an `atom', to use the jargon) and an existing list, like
7491this:
7492
7493@smallexample
7494@group
7495(cons "another piece"
7496 '("a piece of text" "previous piece"))
7497@end group
7498@end smallexample
7499
7500@need 1200
7501@noindent
7502If you evaluate this expression, a list of three elements will appear in
7503the echo area:
7504
7505@smallexample
7506("another piece" "a piece of text" "previous piece")
7507@end smallexample
7508
7509With the @code{car} and @code{nthcdr} functions, you can retrieve
7510whichever piece of text you want. For example, in the following code,
7511@code{nthcdr 1 @dots{}} returns the list with the first item removed;
7512and the @code{car} returns the first element of that remainder---the
7513second element of the original list:
7514
7515@smallexample
7516@group
7517(car (nthcdr 1 '("another piece"
7518 "a piece of text"
7519 "previous piece")))
7520 @result{} "a piece of text"
7521@end group
7522@end smallexample
7523
7524The actual functions in Emacs are more complex than this, of course.
7525The code for cutting and retrieving text has to be written so that
7526Emacs can figure out which element in the list you want---the first,
7527second, third, or whatever. In addition, when you get to the end of
7528the list, Emacs should give you the first element of the list, rather
7529than nothing at all.
7530
7531The list that holds the pieces of text is called the @dfn{kill ring}.
7532This chapter leads up to a description of the kill ring and how it is
7533used by first tracing how the @code{zap-to-char} function works. This
7534function uses (or `calls') a function that invokes a function that
7535manipulates the kill ring. Thus, before reaching the mountains, we
7536climb the foothills.
7537
7538A subsequent chapter describes how text that is cut from the buffer is
7539retrieved. @xref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}.
7540
d6adf7e7 7541@node zap-to-char
8cda6f8f
GM
7542@section @code{zap-to-char}
7543@findex zap-to-char
7544
a4111cfb 7545Let us look at the interactive @code{zap-to-char} function.
8cda6f8f
GM
7546
7547@menu
7548* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
7549* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
7550* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
7551* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
7552* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
7553* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
7554@end menu
7555
8cda6f8f 7556@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 7557@node Complete zap-to-char
8cda6f8f
GM
7558@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{zap-to-char} Implementation
7559@end ifnottex
7560
7561The @code{zap-to-char} function removes the text in the region between
7562the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) up to and including the
7563next occurrence of a specified character. The text that
7564@code{zap-to-char} removes is put in the kill ring; and it can be
7565retrieved from the kill ring by typing @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}). If
7566the command is given an argument, it removes text through that number
7567of occurrences. Thus, if the cursor were at the beginning of this
7568sentence and the character were @samp{s}, @samp{Thus} would be
7569removed. If the argument were two, @samp{Thus, if the curs} would be
7570removed, up to and including the @samp{s} in @samp{cursor}.
7571
7572If the specified character is not found, @code{zap-to-char} will say
7573``Search failed'', tell you the character you typed, and not remove
7574any text.
7575
7576In order to determine how much text to remove, @code{zap-to-char} uses
7577a search function. Searches are used extensively in code that
7578manipulates text, and we will focus attention on them as well as on the
7579deletion command.
7580
7581@ignore
7582@c GNU Emacs version 19
7583(defun zap-to-char (arg char) ; version 19 implementation
7584 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7585Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7586 (interactive "*p\ncZap to char: ")
7587 (kill-region (point)
7588 (progn
7589 (search-forward
7590 (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7591 (point))))
7592@end ignore
7593
7594@need 1250
7595Here is the complete text of the version 22 implementation of the function:
7596
7597@c GNU Emacs 22
7598@smallexample
7599@group
7600(defun zap-to-char (arg char)
7601 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7602Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
7603Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7604 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7605 (if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7606 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7607 (kill-region (point) (progn
a9097c6d
KB
7608 (search-forward (char-to-string char)
7609 nil nil arg)
8cda6f8f
GM
7610 (point))))
7611@end group
7612@end smallexample
7613
7614The documentation is thorough. You do need to know the jargon meaning
7615of the word `kill'.
7616
d6adf7e7 7617@node zap-to-char interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
7618@subsection The @code{interactive} Expression
7619
7620@need 800
7621The interactive expression in the @code{zap-to-char} command looks like
7622this:
7623
7624@smallexample
7625(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7626@end smallexample
7627
7628The part within quotation marks, @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "}, specifies
7629two different things. First, and most simply, is the @samp{p}.
7630This part is separated from the next part by a newline, @samp{\n}.
7631The @samp{p} means that the first argument to the function will be
7632passed the value of a `processed prefix'. The prefix argument is
7633passed by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number, or @kbd{M-} and a number. If
7634the function is called interactively without a prefix, 1 is passed to
7635this argument.
7636
7637The second part of @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "} is
7638@samp{cZap to char:@: }. In this part, the lower case @samp{c}
7639indicates that @code{interactive} expects a prompt and that the
7640argument will be a character. The prompt follows the @samp{c} and is
7641the string @samp{Zap to char:@: } (with a space after the colon to
7642make it look good).
7643
7644What all this does is prepare the arguments to @code{zap-to-char} so they
7645are of the right type, and give the user a prompt.
7646
7647In a read-only buffer, the @code{zap-to-char} function copies the text
7648to the kill ring, but does not remove it. The echo area displays a
7649message saying that the buffer is read-only. Also, the terminal may
7650beep or blink at you.
7651
d6adf7e7 7652@node zap-to-char body
8cda6f8f
GM
7653@subsection The Body of @code{zap-to-char}
7654
7655The body of the @code{zap-to-char} function contains the code that
7656kills (that is, removes) the text in the region from the current
7657position of the cursor up to and including the specified character.
7658
7659The first part of the code looks like this:
7660
7661@smallexample
7662(if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7663 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7664(kill-region (point) (progn
7665 (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7666 (point)))
7667@end smallexample
7668
7669@noindent
7670@code{char-table-p} is an hitherto unseen function. It determines
7671whether its argument is a character table. When it is, it sets the
7672character passed to @code{zap-to-char} to one of them, if that
7673character exists, or to the character itself. (This becomes important
7674for certain characters in non-European languages. The @code{aref}
7675function extracts an element from an array. It is an array-specific
7676function that is not described in this document. @xref{Arrays, ,
7677Arrays, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
7678
7679@noindent
7680@code{(point)} is the current position of the cursor.
7681
7682The next part of the code is an expression using @code{progn}. The body
7683of the @code{progn} consists of calls to @code{search-forward} and
7684@code{point}.
7685
7686It is easier to understand how @code{progn} works after learning about
7687@code{search-forward}, so we will look at @code{search-forward} and
7688then at @code{progn}.
7689
d6adf7e7 7690@node search-forward
8cda6f8f
GM
7691@subsection The @code{search-forward} Function
7692@findex search-forward
7693
7694The @code{search-forward} function is used to locate the
7695zapped-for-character in @code{zap-to-char}. If the search is
7696successful, @code{search-forward} leaves point immediately after the
7697last character in the target string. (In @code{zap-to-char}, the
7698target string is just one character long. @code{zap-to-char} uses the
7699function @code{char-to-string} to ensure that the computer treats that
7700character as a string.) If the search is backwards,
7701@code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first character in
7702the target. Also, @code{search-forward} returns @code{t} for true.
7703(Moving point is therefore a `side effect'.)
7704
7705@need 1250
7706In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{search-forward} function looks like this:
7707
7708@smallexample
7709(search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7710@end smallexample
7711
7712The @code{search-forward} function takes four arguments:
7713
7714@enumerate
7715@item
7716The first argument is the target, what is searched for. This must be a
7717string, such as @samp{"z"}.
7718
7719As it happens, the argument passed to @code{zap-to-char} is a single
7720character. Because of the way computers are built, the Lisp
7721interpreter may treat a single character as being different from a
7722string of characters. Inside the computer, a single character has a
7723different electronic format than a string of one character. (A single
7724character can often be recorded in the computer using exactly one
7725byte; but a string may be longer, and the computer needs to be ready
7726for this.) Since the @code{search-forward} function searches for a
7727string, the character that the @code{zap-to-char} function receives as
7728its argument must be converted inside the computer from one format to
7729the other; otherwise the @code{search-forward} function will fail.
7730The @code{char-to-string} function is used to make this conversion.
7731
7732@item
7733The second argument bounds the search; it is specified as a position in
7734the buffer. In this case, the search can go to the end of the buffer,
7735so no bound is set and the second argument is @code{nil}.
7736
7737@item
7738The third argument tells the function what it should do if the search
7739fails---it can signal an error (and print a message) or it can return
7740@code{nil}. A @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
7741signal an error when the search fails.
7742
7743@item
7744The fourth argument to @code{search-forward} is the repeat count---how
7745many occurrences of the string to look for. This argument is optional
7746and if the function is called without a repeat count, this argument is
7747passed the value 1. If this argument is negative, the search goes
7748backwards.
7749@end enumerate
7750
7751@need 800
7752In template form, a @code{search-forward} expression looks like this:
7753
7754@smallexample
7755@group
7756(search-forward "@var{target-string}"
7757 @var{limit-of-search}
7758 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
7759 @var{repeat-count})
7760@end group
7761@end smallexample
7762
7763We will look at @code{progn} next.
7764
d6adf7e7 7765@node progn
8cda6f8f
GM
7766@subsection The @code{progn} Special Form
7767@findex progn
7768
7769@code{progn} is a special form that causes each of its arguments to be
7770evaluated in sequence and then returns the value of the last one. The
7771preceding expressions are evaluated only for the side effects they
7772perform. The values produced by them are discarded.
7773
7774@need 800
7775The template for a @code{progn} expression is very simple:
7776
7777@smallexample
7778@group
7779(progn
7780 @var{body}@dots{})
7781@end group
7782@end smallexample
7783
7784In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{progn} expression has to do two things:
7785put point in exactly the right position; and return the location of
7786point so that @code{kill-region} will know how far to kill to.
7787
7788The first argument to the @code{progn} is @code{search-forward}. When
7789@code{search-forward} finds the string, the function leaves point
7790immediately after the last character in the target string. (In this
7791case the target string is just one character long.) If the search is
7792backwards, @code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first
7793character in the target. The movement of point is a side effect.
7794
7795The second and last argument to @code{progn} is the expression
7796@code{(point)}. This expression returns the value of point, which in
7797this case will be the location to which it has been moved by
7798@code{search-forward}. (In the source, a line that tells the function
7799to go to the previous character, if it is going forward, was commented
7800out in 1999; I don't remember whether that feature or mis-feature was
7801ever a part of the distributed source.) The value of @code{point} is
7802returned by the @code{progn} expression and is passed to
7803@code{kill-region} as @code{kill-region}'s second argument.
7804
d6adf7e7 7805@node Summing up zap-to-char
8cda6f8f
GM
7806@subsection Summing up @code{zap-to-char}
7807
7808Now that we have seen how @code{search-forward} and @code{progn} work,
7809we can see how the @code{zap-to-char} function works as a whole.
7810
7811The first argument to @code{kill-region} is the position of the cursor
7812when the @code{zap-to-char} command is given---the value of point at
7813that time. Within the @code{progn}, the search function then moves
7814point to just after the zapped-to-character and @code{point} returns the
7815value of this location. The @code{kill-region} function puts together
7816these two values of point, the first one as the beginning of the region
7817and the second one as the end of the region, and removes the region.
7818
7819The @code{progn} special form is necessary because the
7820@code{kill-region} command takes two arguments; and it would fail if
7821@code{search-forward} and @code{point} expressions were written in
7822sequence as two additional arguments. The @code{progn} expression is
7823a single argument to @code{kill-region} and returns the one value that
7824@code{kill-region} needs for its second argument.
7825
d6adf7e7 7826@node kill-region
8cda6f8f
GM
7827@section @code{kill-region}
7828@findex kill-region
7829
7830The @code{zap-to-char} function uses the @code{kill-region} function.
7831This function clips text from a region and copies that text to
7832the kill ring, from which it may be retrieved.
7833
7834@ignore
7835GNU Emacs 22:
7836
7837(defun kill-region (beg end &optional yank-handler)
7838 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
7839This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
7840The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there.
7841\(If you want to kill and then yank immediately, use \\[kill-ring-save].)
7842
7843If you want to append the killed region to the last killed text,
7844use \\[append-next-kill] before \\[kill-region].
7845
7846If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
7847the text, but put the text in the kill ring anyway. This means that
7848you can use the killing commands to copy text from a read-only buffer.
7849
7850This is the primitive for programs to kill text (as opposed to deleting it).
7851Supply two arguments, character positions indicating the stretch of text
7852 to be killed.
7853Any command that calls this function is a \"kill command\".
7854If the previous command was also a kill command,
7855the text killed this time appends to the text killed last time
7856to make one entry in the kill ring.
7857
7858In Lisp code, optional third arg YANK-HANDLER, if non-nil,
7859specifies the yank-handler text property to be set on the killed
7860text. See `insert-for-yank'."
7861 ;; Pass point first, then mark, because the order matters
7862 ;; when calling kill-append.
7863 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
7864 (unless (and beg end)
7865 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
7866 (condition-case nil
7867 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
7868 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
7869 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
7870 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
7871 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
7872 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
7873 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
7874 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
7875 nil)
7876 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only)
7877 ;; The code above failed because the buffer, or some of the characters
7878 ;; in the region, are read-only.
7879 ;; We should beep, in case the user just isn't aware of this.
7880 ;; However, there's no harm in putting
7881 ;; the region's text in the kill ring, anyway.
7882 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
7883 ;; Set this-command now, so it will be set even if we get an error.
7884 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
7885 ;; This should barf, if appropriate, and give us the correct error.
7886 (if kill-read-only-ok
7887 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
7888 ;; Signal an error if the buffer is read-only.
7889 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
7890 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
7891 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
7892@end ignore
7893
7894The Emacs 22 version of that function uses @code{condition-case} and
7895@code{copy-region-as-kill}, both of which we will explain.
7896@code{condition-case} is an important special form.
7897
7898In essence, the @code{kill-region} function calls
7899@code{condition-case}, which takes three arguments. In this function,
7900the first argument does nothing. The second argument contains the
7901code that does the work when all goes well. The third argument
7902contains the code that is called in the event of an error.
7903
7904@menu
7905* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
7906* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
7907* Lisp macro::
7908@end menu
7909
8cda6f8f 7910@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 7911@node Complete kill-region
8cda6f8f
GM
7912@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{kill-region} Definition
7913@end ifnottex
7914
7915@need 1200
7916We will go through the @code{condition-case} code in a moment. First,
7917let us look at the definition of @code{kill-region}, with comments
7918added:
7919
7920@c GNU Emacs 22:
7921@smallexample
7922@group
7923(defun kill-region (beg end)
7924 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
7925This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
7926The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there. @dots{} "
7927@end group
7928
7929@group
7930 ;; @bullet{} Since order matters, pass point first.
7931 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
7932 ;; @bullet{} And tell us if we cannot cut the text.
7933 ;; `unless' is an `if' without a then-part.
7934 (unless (and beg end)
7935 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
7936@end group
7937
7938@group
7939 ;; @bullet{} `condition-case' takes three arguments.
7940 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
7941 ;; information about the error signal is not
7942 ;; stored for use by another function.
7943 (condition-case nil
7944@end group
7945
7946@group
7947 ;; @bullet{} The second argument to `condition-case' tells the
7948 ;; Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
7949@end group
7950
7951@group
7952 ;; It starts with a `let' function that extracts the string
7953 ;; and tests whether it exists. If so (that is what the
7954 ;; `when' checks), it calls an `if' function that determines
7955 ;; whether the previous command was another call to
7956 ;; `kill-region'; if it was, then the new text is appended to
7957 ;; the previous text; if not, then a different function,
7958 ;; `kill-new', is called.
7959@end group
7960
7961@group
7962 ;; The `kill-append' function concatenates the new string and
7963 ;; the old. The `kill-new' function inserts text into a new
7964 ;; item in the kill ring.
7965@end group
7966
7967@group
7968 ;; `when' is an `if' without an else-part. The second `when'
7969 ;; again checks whether the current string exists; in
7970 ;; addition, it checks whether the previous command was
7971 ;; another call to `kill-region'. If one or the other
7972 ;; condition is true, then it sets the current command to
7973 ;; be `kill-region'.
7974@end group
7975@group
7976 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
7977 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
7978 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
7979 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
7980@end group
7981@group
7982 ;; @minus{} `yank-handler' is an optional argument to
7983 ;; `kill-region' that tells the `kill-append' and
7984 ;; `kill-new' functions how deal with properties
7985 ;; added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
7986 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
7987 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
7988 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
7989 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
7990 nil)
7991@end group
7992
7993@group
7994 ;; @bullet{} The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
7995 ;; what to do with an error.
7996@end group
7997@group
7998 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
7999 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8000 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8001 ;; then the body is executed.
8002@end group
8003@group
8004 ;; The first part of the third argument is the following:
8005 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; the if-part
8006 ;; @dots{} the then-part
8007 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8008@end group
8009@group
8010 ;; Next, also as part of the then-part, set this-command, so
8011 ;; it will be set in an error
8012 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
8013 ;; Finally, in the then-part, send a message if you may copy
8350f087 8014 ;; the text to the kill ring without signaling an error, but
8cda6f8f
GM
8015 ;; don't if you may not.
8016@end group
8017@group
8018 (if kill-read-only-ok
8019 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
8020 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8021 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
8022 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))
8023@end group
8024@end smallexample
8025
8026@ignore
8027@c v 21
8028@smallexample
8029@group
8030(defun kill-region (beg end)
8031 "Kill between point and mark.
8032The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring."
8033 (interactive "r")
8034@end group
8035
8036@group
8037 ;; 1. `condition-case' takes three arguments.
8038 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
8039 ;; information about the error signal is not
8040 ;; stored for use by another function.
8041 (condition-case nil
8042@end group
8043
8044@group
8045 ;; 2. The second argument to `condition-case'
8046 ;; tells the Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
8047@end group
8048
8049@group
8050 ;; The `delete-and-extract-region' function usually does the
8051 ;; work. If the beginning and ending of the region are both
8052 ;; the same, then the variable `string' will be empty, or nil
8053 (let ((string (delete-and-extract-region beg end)))
8054@end group
8055
8056@group
8057 ;; `when' is an `if' clause that cannot take an `else-part'.
8058 ;; Emacs normally sets the value of `last-command' to the
8059 ;; previous command.
8060@end group
8061@group
8062 ;; `kill-append' concatenates the new string and the old.
8063 ;; `kill-new' inserts text into a new item in the kill ring.
8064 (when string
8065 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8066 ;; if true, prepend string
8067 (kill-append string (< end beg))
8068 (kill-new string)))
8069 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8070@end group
8071
8072@group
8073 ;; 3. The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
8074 ;; what to do with an error.
8075@end group
8076@group
8077 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
8078 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8079 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8080 ;; then the body is executed.
8081@end group
8082@group
8083 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; this is the if-part
8084 ;; then...
8085 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8086@end group
8087@group
8088 (if kill-read-only-ok ;; usually this variable is nil
8089 (message "Read only text copied to kill ring")
8090 ;; or else, signal an error if the buffer is read-only;
8091 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8092 ;; and, in any case, signal that the text is read-only.
8093 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
8094@end group
8095@end smallexample
8096@end ignore
8097
d6adf7e7 8098@node condition-case
8cda6f8f
GM
8099@subsection @code{condition-case}
8100@findex condition-case
8101
8102As we have seen earlier (@pxref{Making Errors, , Generate an Error
8103Message}), when the Emacs Lisp interpreter has trouble evaluating an
8104expression, it provides you with help; in the jargon, this is called
8105``signaling an error''. Usually, the computer stops the program and
8106shows you a message.
8107
8108However, some programs undertake complicated actions. They should not
8109simply stop on an error. In the @code{kill-region} function, the most
8110likely error is that you will try to kill text that is read-only and
8111cannot be removed. So the @code{kill-region} function contains code
8112to handle this circumstance. This code, which makes up the body of
8113the @code{kill-region} function, is inside of a @code{condition-case}
8114special form.
8115
8116@need 800
8117The template for @code{condition-case} looks like this:
8118
8119@smallexample
8120@group
8121(condition-case
8122 @var{var}
8123 @var{bodyform}
8124 @var{error-handler}@dots{})
8125@end group
8126@end smallexample
8127
8128The second argument, @var{bodyform}, is straightforward. The
8129@code{condition-case} special form causes the Lisp interpreter to
8130evaluate the code in @var{bodyform}. If no error occurs, the special
8131form returns the code's value and produces the side-effects, if any.
8132
8133In short, the @var{bodyform} part of a @code{condition-case}
8134expression determines what should happen when everything works
8135correctly.
8136
8137However, if an error occurs, among its other actions, the function
8138generating the error signal will define one or more error condition
8139names.
8140
8141An error handler is the third argument to @code{condition case}.
8142An error handler has two parts, a @var{condition-name} and a
8143@var{body}. If the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8144matches a condition name generated by an error, then the @var{body}
8145part of the error handler is run.
8146
8147As you will expect, the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8148may be either a single condition name or a list of condition names.
8149
8150Also, a complete @code{condition-case} expression may contain more
8151than one error handler. When an error occurs, the first applicable
8152handler is run.
8153
8154Lastly, the first argument to the @code{condition-case} expression,
8155the @var{var} argument, is sometimes bound to a variable that
8156contains information about the error. However, if that argument is
8157nil, as is the case in @code{kill-region}, that information is
8158discarded.
8159
8160@need 1200
8161In brief, in the @code{kill-region} function, the code
8162@code{condition-case} works like this:
8163
8164@smallexample
8165@group
8166@var{If no errors}, @var{run only this code}
8167 @var{but}, @var{if errors}, @var{run this other code}.
8168@end group
8169@end smallexample
8170
8171@ignore
81722006 Oct 24
8173In Emacs 22,
8174copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8175filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8176and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8177delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8178
8179see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8180this is line 8054
8181Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar} includes line 8350
8182@end ignore
8183
d6adf7e7 8184@node Lisp macro
8cda6f8f
GM
8185@subsection Lisp macro
8186@cindex Macro, lisp
8187@cindex Lisp macro
8188
8189The part of the @code{condition-case} expression that is evaluated in
8190the expectation that all goes well has a @code{when}. The code uses
8191@code{when} to determine whether the @code{string} variable points to
8192text that exists.
8193
8194A @code{when} expression is simply a programmers' convenience. It is
8195an @code{if} without the possibility of an else clause. In your mind,
8196you can replace @code{when} with @code{if} and understand what goes
8197on. That is what the Lisp interpreter does.
8198
09b98a01 8199Technically speaking, @code{when} is a Lisp macro. A Lisp macro
8cda6f8f
GM
8200enables you to define new control constructs and other language
8201features. It tells the interpreter how to compute another Lisp
8202expression which will in turn compute the value. In this case, the
8203`other expression' is an @code{if} expression.
8204
8205The @code{kill-region} function definition also has an @code{unless}
8206macro; it is the converse of @code{when}. The @code{unless} macro is
8207an @code{if} without a then clause
8208
8209For more about Lisp macros, see @ref{Macros, , Macros, elisp, The GNU
8210Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. The C programming language also
8211provides macros. These are different, but also useful.
8212
8213@ignore
8214We will briefly look at C macros in
8215@ref{Digression into C}.
8216@end ignore
8217
8218@need 1200
8219Regarding the @code{when} macro, in the @code{condition-case}
8220expression, when the string has content, then another conditional
8221expression is executed. This is an @code{if} with both a then-part
8222and an else-part.
8223
8224@smallexample
8225@group
8226(if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8227 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8228 (kill-new string nil yank-handler))
8229@end group
8230@end smallexample
8231
8232The then-part is evaluated if the previous command was another call to
8233@code{kill-region}; if not, the else-part is evaluated.
8234
8235@code{yank-handler} is an optional argument to @code{kill-region} that
8236tells the @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new} functions how deal
8237with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
8238
8239@code{last-command} is a variable that comes with Emacs that we have
8240not seen before. Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs
8241sets the value of @code{last-command} to the previous command.
8242
8243@need 1200
8244In this segment of the definition, the @code{if} expression checks
8245whether the previous command was @code{kill-region}. If it was,
8246
8247@smallexample
8248(kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8249@end smallexample
8250
8251@noindent
8252concatenates a copy of the newly clipped text to the just previously
8253clipped text in the kill ring.
8254
d6adf7e7 8255@node copy-region-as-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
8256@section @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8257@findex copy-region-as-kill
8258@findex nthcdr
8259
8260The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function copies a region of text from a
8261buffer and (via either @code{kill-append} or @code{kill-new}) saves it
8262in the @code{kill-ring}.
8263
8264If you call @code{copy-region-as-kill} immediately after a
8265@code{kill-region} command, Emacs appends the newly copied text to the
8266previously copied text. This means that if you yank back the text, you
8267get it all, from both this and the previous operation. On the other
8268hand, if some other command precedes the @code{copy-region-as-kill},
8269the function copies the text into a separate entry in the kill ring.
8270
8271@menu
8272* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
8273* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
8274@end menu
8275
8cda6f8f 8276@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 8277@node Complete copy-region-as-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
8278@unnumberedsubsec The complete @code{copy-region-as-kill} function definition
8279@end ifnottex
8280
8281@need 1200
8282Here is the complete text of the version 22 @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8283function:
8284
8285@smallexample
8286@group
8287(defun copy-region-as-kill (beg end)
8288 "Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it.
8289In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark.
8290If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window
8291system cut and paste."
8292 (interactive "r")
8293@end group
8294@group
8295 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8296 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8297 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8298@end group
8299@group
8300 (if transient-mark-mode
8301 (setq deactivate-mark t))
8302 nil)
8303@end group
8304@end smallexample
8305
8306@need 800
8307As usual, this function can be divided into its component parts:
8308
8309@smallexample
8310@group
8311(defun copy-region-as-kill (@var{argument-list})
8312 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
8313 (interactive "r")
8314 @var{body}@dots{})
8315@end group
8316@end smallexample
8317
8318The arguments are @code{beg} and @code{end} and the function is
8319interactive with @code{"r"}, so the two arguments must refer to the
b309175d 8320beginning and end of the region. If you have been reading through this
8cda6f8f
GM
8321document from the beginning, understanding these parts of a function is
8322almost becoming routine.
8323
8324The documentation is somewhat confusing unless you remember that the
8325word `kill' has a meaning different from usual. The `Transient Mark'
8326and @code{interprogram-cut-function} comments explain certain
8327side-effects.
8328
8329After you once set a mark, a buffer always contains a region. If you
8330wish, you can use Transient Mark mode to highlight the region
8331temporarily. (No one wants to highlight the region all the time, so
8332Transient Mark mode highlights it only at appropriate times. Many
8333people turn off Transient Mark mode, so the region is never
8334highlighted.)
8335
8336Also, a windowing system allows you to copy, cut, and paste among
8337different programs. In the X windowing system, for example, the
8338@code{interprogram-cut-function} function is @code{x-select-text},
8339which works with the windowing system's equivalent of the Emacs kill
8340ring.
8341
8342The body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function starts with an
8343@code{if} clause. What this clause does is distinguish between two
8344different situations: whether or not this command is executed
8345immediately after a previous @code{kill-region} command. In the first
8346case, the new region is appended to the previously copied text.
8347Otherwise, it is inserted into the beginning of the kill ring as a
8348separate piece of text from the previous piece.
8349
8350The last two lines of the function prevent the region from lighting up
8351if Transient Mark mode is turned on.
8352
8353The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill} merits discussion in detail.
8354
d6adf7e7 8355@node copy-region-as-kill body
8cda6f8f
GM
8356@subsection The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8357
8358The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function works in much the same way as
8359the @code{kill-region} function. Both are written so that two or more
8360kills in a row combine their text into a single entry. If you yank
8361back the text from the kill ring, you get it all in one piece.
8362Moreover, kills that kill forward from the current position of the
8363cursor are added to the end of the previously copied text and commands
8364that copy text backwards add it to the beginning of the previously
8365copied text. This way, the words in the text stay in the proper
8366order.
8367
8368Like @code{kill-region}, the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function makes
8369use of the @code{last-command} variable that keeps track of the
8370previous Emacs command.
8371
8372@menu
8373* last-command & this-command::
8374* kill-append function::
8375* kill-new function::
8376@end menu
8377
8cda6f8f 8378@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 8379@node last-command & this-command
8cda6f8f
GM
8380@unnumberedsubsubsec @code{last-command} and @code{this-command}
8381@end ifnottex
8382
8383Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs sets the value of
8384@code{this-command} to the function being executed (which in this case
8385would be @code{copy-region-as-kill}). At the same time, Emacs sets
8386the value of @code{last-command} to the previous value of
8387@code{this-command}.
8388
8389In the first part of the body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8390function, an @code{if} expression determines whether the value of
8391@code{last-command} is @code{kill-region}. If so, the then-part of
8392the @code{if} expression is evaluated; it uses the @code{kill-append}
8393function to concatenate the text copied at this call to the function
8394with the text already in the first element (the @sc{car}) of the kill
8395ring. On the other hand, if the value of @code{last-command} is not
8396@code{kill-region}, then the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function
8397attaches a new element to the kill ring using the @code{kill-new}
8398function.
8399
8400@need 1250
8401The @code{if} expression reads as follows; it uses @code{eq}:
8402
8403@smallexample
8404@group
8405 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8406 ;; @r{then-part}
8407 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8408 ;; @r{else-part}
8409 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8410@end group
8411@end smallexample
8412
8413@findex filter-buffer-substring
8414(The @code{filter-buffer-substring} function returns a filtered
8415substring of the buffer, if any. Optionally---the arguments are not
8416here, so neither is done---the function may delete the initial text or
8417return the text without its properties; this function is a replacement
8418for the older @code{buffer-substring} function, which came before text
8419properties were implemented.)
8420
8421@findex eq @r{(example of use)}
8422@noindent
8423The @code{eq} function tests whether its first argument is the same Lisp
8424object as its second argument. The @code{eq} function is similar to the
8425@code{equal} function in that it is used to test for equality, but
8426differs in that it determines whether two representations are actually
8427the same object inside the computer, but with different names.
8428@code{equal} determines whether the structure and contents of two
8429expressions are the same.
8430
8431If the previous command was @code{kill-region}, then the Emacs Lisp
8432interpreter calls the @code{kill-append} function
8433
d6adf7e7 8434@node kill-append function
8cda6f8f
GM
8435@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-append} function
8436@findex kill-append
8437
8438@need 800
8439The @code{kill-append} function looks like this:
8440
8441@c in GNU Emacs 22
8442@smallexample
8443@group
8444(defun kill-append (string before-p &optional yank-handler)
8445 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8446If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8447@dots{} "
8448 (let* ((cur (car kill-ring)))
8449 (kill-new (if before-p (concat string cur) (concat cur string))
8450 (or (= (length cur) 0)
8451 (equal yank-handler
8452 (get-text-property 0 'yank-handler cur)))
8453 yank-handler)))
8454@end group
8455@end smallexample
8456
8457@ignore
8458was:
8459(defun kill-append (string before-p)
8460 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8461If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8462If `interprogram-cut-function' is set, pass the resulting kill to
8463it."
8464 (kill-new (if before-p
8465 (concat string (car kill-ring))
8466 (concat (car kill-ring) string))
8467 t))
8468@end ignore
8469
8470@noindent
8471The @code{kill-append} function is fairly straightforward. It uses
8472the @code{kill-new} function, which we will discuss in more detail in
8473a moment.
8474
8475(Also, the function provides an optional argument called
8476@code{yank-handler}; when invoked, this argument tells the function
8477how to deal with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or
8478`italics'.)
8479
8480@c !!! bug in GNU Emacs 22 version of kill-append ?
8481It has a @code{let*} function to set the value of the first element of
8482the kill ring to @code{cur}. (I do not know why the function does not
8483use @code{let} instead; only one value is set in the expression.
8484Perhaps this is a bug that produces no problems?)
8485
8486Consider the conditional that is one of the two arguments to
8487@code{kill-new}. It uses @code{concat} to concatenate the new text to
8488the @sc{car} of the kill ring. Whether it prepends or appends the
8489text depends on the results of an @code{if} expression:
8490
8491@smallexample
8492@group
8493(if before-p ; @r{if-part}
8494 (concat string cur) ; @r{then-part}
8495 (concat cur string)) ; @r{else-part}
8496@end group
8497@end smallexample
8498
8499@noindent
8500If the region being killed is before the region that was killed in the
8501last command, then it should be prepended before the material that was
8502saved in the previous kill; and conversely, if the killed text follows
8503what was just killed, it should be appended after the previous text.
8504The @code{if} expression depends on the predicate @code{before-p} to
8505decide whether the newly saved text should be put before or after the
8506previously saved text.
8507
8508The symbol @code{before-p} is the name of one of the arguments to
8509@code{kill-append}. When the @code{kill-append} function is
8510evaluated, it is bound to the value returned by evaluating the actual
8511argument. In this case, this is the expression @code{(< end beg)}.
8512This expression does not directly determine whether the killed text in
8513this command is located before or after the kill text of the last
8514command; what it does is determine whether the value of the variable
8515@code{end} is less than the value of the variable @code{beg}. If it
8516is, it means that the user is most likely heading towards the
8517beginning of the buffer. Also, the result of evaluating the predicate
8518expression, @code{(< end beg)}, will be true and the text will be
8519prepended before the previous text. On the other hand, if the value of
8520the variable @code{end} is greater than the value of the variable
8521@code{beg}, the text will be appended after the previous text.
8522
8523@need 800
8524When the newly saved text will be prepended, then the string with the new
8525text will be concatenated before the old text:
8526
8527@smallexample
8528(concat string cur)
8529@end smallexample
8530
8531@need 1200
8532@noindent
8533But if the text will be appended, it will be concatenated
8534after the old text:
8535
8536@smallexample
8537(concat cur string))
8538@end smallexample
8539
8540To understand how this works, we first need to review the
8541@code{concat} function. The @code{concat} function links together or
8542unites two strings of text. The result is a string. For example:
8543
8544@smallexample
8545@group
8546(concat "abc" "def")
8547 @result{} "abcdef"
8548@end group
8549
8550@group
8551(concat "new "
8552 (car '("first element" "second element")))
8553 @result{} "new first element"
8554
8555(concat (car
8556 '("first element" "second element")) " modified")
8557 @result{} "first element modified"
8558@end group
8559@end smallexample
8560
8561We can now make sense of @code{kill-append}: it modifies the contents
8562of the kill ring. The kill ring is a list, each element of which is
8563saved text. The @code{kill-append} function uses the @code{kill-new}
8564function which in turn uses the @code{setcar} function.
8565
d6adf7e7 8566@node kill-new function
8cda6f8f
GM
8567@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-new} function
8568@findex kill-new
8569
8570@c in GNU Emacs 22, additional documentation to kill-new:
8571@ignore
8572Optional third arguments YANK-HANDLER controls how the STRING is later
8573inserted into a buffer; see `insert-for-yank' for details.
8574When a yank handler is specified, STRING must be non-empty (the yank
8575handler, if non-nil, is stored as a `yank-handler' text property on STRING).
8576
8577When the yank handler has a non-nil PARAM element, the original STRING
8578argument is not used by `insert-for-yank'. However, since Lisp code
8579may access and use elements from the kill ring directly, the STRING
8580argument should still be a \"useful\" string for such uses."
8581@end ignore
8582@need 1200
8583The @code{kill-new} function looks like this:
8584
8585@smallexample
8586@group
8587(defun kill-new (string &optional replace yank-handler)
8588 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8589Set `kill-ring-yank-pointer' to point to it.
8590
8591If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8592Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8593the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list.
8594@dots{}"
8595@end group
8596@group
8597 (if (> (length string) 0)
8598 (if yank-handler
8599 (put-text-property 0 (length string)
8600 'yank-handler yank-handler string))
8601 (if yank-handler
8602 (signal 'args-out-of-range
8603 (list string "yank-handler specified for empty string"))))
8604@end group
8605@group
8606 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8607 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8608@end group
8609@group
8610 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8611 (setcar kill-ring string)
8612 (push string kill-ring)
8613 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8614 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8615@end group
8616@group
8617 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8618 (if interprogram-cut-function
8619 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8620@end group
8621@end smallexample
8622@ignore
8623was:
8624(defun kill-new (string &optional replace)
8625 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8626Set the kill-ring-yank pointer to point to it.
8627If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8628Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8629the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list."
8630 (and (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8631 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8632 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8633 (setcar kill-ring string)
8634 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8635 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8636 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8637 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8638 (if interprogram-cut-function
8639 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8640@end ignore
8641
8642(Notice that the function is not interactive.)
8643
8644As usual, we can look at this function in parts.
8645
8646The function definition has an optional @code{yank-handler} argument,
8647which when invoked tells the function how to deal with properties
8648added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'. We will skip that.
8649
8650@need 1200
8651The first line of the documentation makes sense:
8652
8653@smallexample
8654Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8655@end smallexample
8656
8657@noindent
8658Let's skip over the rest of the documentation for the moment.
8659
8660@noindent
8661Also, let's skip over the initial @code{if} expression and those lines
8662of code involving @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu}. We will explain
8663them below.
8664
8665@need 1200
8666The critical lines are these:
8667
8668@smallexample
8669@group
8670 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8671 ;; @r{then}
8672 (setcar kill-ring string)
8673@end group
8674@group
8675 ;; @r{else}
8676 (push string kill-ring)
8677@end group
8678@group
8679 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8680 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8681 ;; @r{avoid overly long kill ring}
8682 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8683@end group
8684@group
8685 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8686 (if interprogram-cut-function
8687 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8688@end group
8689@end smallexample
8690
8691The conditional test is @w{@code{(and replace kill-ring)}}.
8692This will be true when two conditions are met: the kill ring has
8693something in it, and the @code{replace} variable is true.
8694
8695@need 1250
8696When the @code{kill-append} function sets @code{replace} to be true
8697and when the kill ring has at least one item in it, the @code{setcar}
8698expression is executed:
8699
8700@smallexample
8701(setcar kill-ring string)
8702@end smallexample
8703
8704The @code{setcar} function actually changes the first element of the
8705@code{kill-ring} list to the value of @code{string}. It replaces the
8706first element.
8707
8708@need 1250
8709On the other hand, if the kill ring is empty, or replace is false, the
8710else-part of the condition is executed:
8711
8712@smallexample
8713(push string kill-ring)
8714@end smallexample
8715
8716@noindent
8717@need 1250
8718@code{push} puts its first argument onto the second. It is similar to
8719the older
8720
8721@smallexample
8722(setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8723@end smallexample
8724
8725@noindent
8726@need 1250
8727or the newer
8728
8729@smallexample
8730(add-to-list kill-ring string)
8731@end smallexample
8732
8733@noindent
8734When it is false, the expression first constructs a new version of the
8735kill ring by prepending @code{string} to the existing kill ring as a
8736new element (that is what the @code{push} does). Then it executes a
8737second @code{if} clause. This second @code{if} clause keeps the kill
8738ring from growing too long.
8739
8740Let's look at these two expressions in order.
8741
8742The @code{push} line of the else-part sets the new value of the kill
8743ring to what results from adding the string being killed to the old
8744kill ring.
8745
8746We can see how this works with an example.
8747
8748@need 800
8749First,
8750
8751@smallexample
8752(setq example-list '("here is a clause" "another clause"))
8753@end smallexample
8754
8755@need 1200
8756@noindent
8757After evaluating this expression with @kbd{C-x C-e}, you can evaluate
8758@code{example-list} and see what it returns:
8759
8760@smallexample
8761@group
8762example-list
8763 @result{} ("here is a clause" "another clause")
8764@end group
8765@end smallexample
8766
8767@need 1200
8768@noindent
8769Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the
8770following expression:
8771@findex push, @r{example}
8772
8773@smallexample
8774(push "a third clause" example-list)
8775@end smallexample
8776
8777@need 800
8778@noindent
8779When we evaluate @code{example-list}, we find its value is:
8780
8781@smallexample
8782@group
8783example-list
8784 @result{} ("a third clause" "here is a clause" "another clause")
8785@end group
8786@end smallexample
8787
8788@noindent
8789Thus, the third clause is added to the list by @code{push}.
8790
8791@need 1200
8792Now for the second part of the @code{if} clause. This expression
8793keeps the kill ring from growing too long. It looks like this:
8794
8795@smallexample
8796@group
8797(if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8798 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil))
8799@end group
8800@end smallexample
8801
8802The code checks whether the length of the kill ring is greater than
8803the maximum permitted length. This is the value of
8804@code{kill-ring-max} (which is 60, by default). If the length of the
8805kill ring is too long, then this code sets the last element of the
8806kill ring to @code{nil}. It does this by using two functions,
8807@code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr}.
8808
8809We looked at @code{setcdr} earlier (@pxref{setcdr, , @code{setcdr}}).
8810It sets the @sc{cdr} of a list, just as @code{setcar} sets the
8811@sc{car} of a list. In this case, however, @code{setcdr} will not be
8812setting the @sc{cdr} of the whole kill ring; the @code{nthcdr}
8813function is used to cause it to set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last
8814element of the kill ring---this means that since the @sc{cdr} of the
8815next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set
8816the last element of the kill ring.
8817
8818@findex nthcdr, @r{example}
8819The @code{nthcdr} function works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a
8820list---it takes the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr}
8821@dots{} It does this @var{N} times and returns the results.
8822(@xref{nthcdr, , @code{nthcdr}}.)
8823
8824@findex setcdr, @r{example}
8825Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three
8826elements long, we could set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last element
8827to @code{nil}, and thereby shorten the list. (If you set the last
8828element to some other value than @code{nil}, which you could do, then
8829you would not have shortened the list. @xref{setcdr, ,
8830@code{setcdr}}.)
8831
8832You can see shortening by evaluating the following three expressions
8833in turn. First set the value of @code{trees} to @code{(maple oak pine
8834birch)}, then set the @sc{cdr} of its second @sc{cdr} to @code{nil}
8835and then find the value of @code{trees}:
8836
8837@smallexample
8838@group
8839(setq trees '(maple oak pine birch))
8840 @result{} (maple oak pine birch)
8841@end group
8842
8843@group
8844(setcdr (nthcdr 2 trees) nil)
8845 @result{} nil
8846
8847trees
8848 @result{} (maple oak pine)
8849@end group
8850@end smallexample
8851
8852@noindent
8853(The value returned by the @code{setcdr} expression is @code{nil} since
8854that is what the @sc{cdr} is set to.)
8855
8856To repeat, in @code{kill-new}, the @code{nthcdr} function takes the
8857@sc{cdr} a number of times that is one less than the maximum permitted
8858size of the kill ring and @code{setcdr} sets the @sc{cdr} of that
8859element (which will be the rest of the elements in the kill ring) to
8860@code{nil}. This prevents the kill ring from growing too long.
8861
8862@need 800
8863The next to last expression in the @code{kill-new} function is
8864
8865@smallexample
8866(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8867@end smallexample
8868
8869The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a global variable that is set to be
8870the @code{kill-ring}.
8871
8872Even though the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is called a
8873@samp{pointer}, it is a variable just like the kill ring. However, the
8874name has been chosen to help humans understand how the variable is used.
8875
8876@need 1200
8877Now, to return to an early expression in the body of the function:
8878
8879@smallexample
8880@group
8881 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8882 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8883@end group
8884@end smallexample
8885
8886@noindent
8887It starts with an @code{if} expression
8888
8889In this case, the expression tests first to see whether
8890@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} exists as a function, and if so,
8891calls it. The @code{fboundp} function returns true if the symbol it
8892is testing has a function definition that `is not void'. If the
8893symbol's function definition were void, we would receive an error
8894message, as we did when we created errors intentionally (@pxref{Making
8895Errors, , Generate an Error Message}).
8896
8897@noindent
8898The then-part contains an expression whose first element is the
8899function @code{and}.
8900
8901@findex and
8902The @code{and} special form evaluates each of its arguments until one
8903of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in which case the
8904@code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if none of the
8905arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value resulting from
8906evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such a value is not
8907@code{nil}, it is considered true in Emacs Lisp.) In other words, an
8908@code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its arguments
8909are true. (@xref{Second Buffer Related Review}.)
8910
8911The expression determines whether the second argument to
8912@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is true or not.
8913@ignore
8914 ;; If we're supposed to be extending an existing string, and that
8915 ;; string really is at the front of the menu, then update it in place.
8916@end ignore
8917
8918@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is one of the functions that make it
8919possible to use the `Select and Paste' menu in the Edit item of a menu
8920bar; using a mouse, you can look at the various pieces of text you
8921have saved and select one piece to paste.
8922
8923The last expression in the @code{kill-new} function adds the newly
8924copied string to whatever facility exists for copying and pasting
8925among different programs running in a windowing system. In the X
8926Windowing system, for example, the @code{x-select-text} function takes
1df7defd 8927the string and stores it in memory operated by X@. You can paste the
8cda6f8f
GM
8928string in another program, such as an Xterm.
8929
8930@need 1200
8931The expression looks like this:
8932
8933@smallexample
8934@group
8935 (if interprogram-cut-function
8936 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8937@end group
8938@end smallexample
8939
8940If an @code{interprogram-cut-function} exists, then Emacs executes
8941@code{funcall}, which in turn calls its first argument as a function
8942and passes the remaining arguments to it. (Incidentally, as far as I
8943can see, this @code{if} expression could be replaced by an @code{and}
8944expression similar to the one in the first part of the function.)
8945
8946We are not going to discuss windowing systems and other programs
8947further, but merely note that this is a mechanism that enables GNU
8948Emacs to work easily and well with other programs.
8949
8950This code for placing text in the kill ring, either concatenated with
8951an existing element or as a new element, leads us to the code for
8952bringing back text that has been cut out of the buffer---the yank
8953commands. However, before discussing the yank commands, it is better
8954to learn how lists are implemented in a computer. This will make
8955clear such mysteries as the use of the term `pointer'. But before
8956that, we will digress into C.
8957
8958@ignore
8959@c is this true in Emacs 22? Does not seems to be
8960
8961 (If the @w{@code{(< end beg))}}
8962expression is true, @code{kill-append} prepends the string to the just
8963previously clipped text. For a detailed discussion, see
8964@ref{kill-append function, , The @code{kill-append} function}.)
8965
8966If you then yank back the text, i.e., `paste' it, you get both
8967pieces of text at once. That way, if you delete two words in a row,
8968and then yank them back, you get both words, in their proper order,
8969with one yank. (The @w{@code{(< end beg))}} expression makes sure the
8970order is correct.)
8971
8972On the other hand, if the previous command is not @code{kill-region},
8973then the @code{kill-new} function is called, which adds the text to
8974the kill ring as the latest item, and sets the
8975@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable to point to it.
8976@end ignore
8977@ignore
8978
8979@c Evidently, changed for Emacs 22. The zap-to-char command does not
8980@c use the delete-and-extract-region function
8981
89822006 Oct 26, the Digression into C is now OK but should come after
8983copy-region-as-kill and filter-buffer-substring
8984
89852006 Oct 24
8986In Emacs 22,
8987copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8988filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8989and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8990delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8991
8992see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8993@end ignore
8994
d6adf7e7 8995@node Digression into C
8cda6f8f
GM
8996@section Digression into C
8997@findex delete-and-extract-region
8998@cindex C, a digression into
8999@cindex Digression into C
9000
9001The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function (@pxref{copy-region-as-kill, ,
9002@code{copy-region-as-kill}}) uses the @code{filter-buffer-substring}
9003function, which in turn uses the @code{delete-and-extract-region}
9004function. It removes the contents of a region and you cannot get them
9005back.
9006
9007Unlike the other code discussed here, the
9008@code{delete-and-extract-region} function is not written in Emacs
9009Lisp; it is written in C and is one of the primitives of the GNU Emacs
9010system. Since it is very simple, I will digress briefly from Lisp and
9011describe it here.
9012
2d7d2325
GM
9013@c GNU Emacs 24 in src/editfns.c
9014@c the DEFUN for delete-and-extract-region
8cda6f8f
GM
9015
9016@need 1500
9017Like many of the other Emacs primitives,
9018@code{delete-and-extract-region} is written as an instance of a C
9019macro, a macro being a template for code. The complete macro looks
9020like this:
9021
9022@smallexample
9023@group
2d7d2325
GM
9024DEFUN ("delete-and-extract-region", Fdelete_and_extract_region,
9025 Sdelete_and_extract_region, 2, 2, 0,
9026 doc: /* Delete the text between START and END and return it. */)
9027 (Lisp_Object start, Lisp_Object end)
8cda6f8f 9028@{
8cda6f8f 9029 validate_region (&start, &end);
2d7d2325
GM
9030 if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
9031 return empty_unibyte_string;
9032 return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
8cda6f8f
GM
9033@}
9034@end group
9035@end smallexample
9036
9037Without going into the details of the macro writing process, let me
9038point out that this macro starts with the word @code{DEFUN}. The word
9039@code{DEFUN} was chosen since the code serves the same purpose as
9040@code{defun} does in Lisp. (The @code{DEFUN} C macro is defined in
9041@file{emacs/src/lisp.h}.)
9042
9043The word @code{DEFUN} is followed by seven parts inside of
9044parentheses:
9045
9046@itemize @bullet
9047@item
9048The first part is the name given to the function in Lisp,
9049@code{delete-and-extract-region}.
9050
9051@item
9052The second part is the name of the function in C,
9053@code{Fdelete_and_extract_region}. By convention, it starts with
9054@samp{F}. Since C does not use hyphens in names, underscores are used
9055instead.
9056
9057@item
9058The third part is the name for the C constant structure that records
9059information on this function for internal use. It is the name of the
9060function in C but begins with an @samp{S} instead of an @samp{F}.
9061
9062@item
9063The fourth and fifth parts specify the minimum and maximum number of
9064arguments the function can have. This function demands exactly 2
9065arguments.
9066
9067@item
9068The sixth part is nearly like the argument that follows the
9069@code{interactive} declaration in a function written in Lisp: a letter
9070followed, perhaps, by a prompt. The only difference from the Lisp is
9071when the macro is called with no arguments. Then you write a @code{0}
9072(which is a `null string'), as in this macro.
9073
9074If you were to specify arguments, you would place them between
9075quotation marks. The C macro for @code{goto-char} includes
9076@code{"NGoto char: "} in this position to indicate that the function
9077expects a raw prefix, in this case, a numerical location in a buffer,
9078and provides a prompt.
9079
9080@item
9081The seventh part is a documentation string, just like the one for a
2d7d2325
GM
9082function written in Emacs Lisp. This is written as a C comment. (When
9083you build Emacs, the program @command{lib-src/make-docfile} extracts
9084these comments and uses them to make the ``real'' documentation.)
8cda6f8f
GM
9085@end itemize
9086
9087@need 1200
9088In a C macro, the formal parameters come next, with a statement of
9089what kind of object they are, followed by what might be called the `body'
9090of the macro. For @code{delete-and-extract-region} the `body'
9091consists of the following four lines:
9092
9093@smallexample
9094@group
9095validate_region (&start, &end);
9096if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
2d7d2325 9097 return empty_unibyte_string;
8cda6f8f
GM
9098return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9099@end group
9100@end smallexample
9101
2d7d2325 9102The @code{validate_region} function checks whether the values
8cda6f8f
GM
9103passed as the beginning and end of the region are the proper type and
9104are within range. If the beginning and end positions are the same,
2d7d2325 9105then return an empty string.
8cda6f8f
GM
9106
9107The @code{del_range_1} function actually deletes the text. It is a
9108complex function we will not look into. It updates the buffer and
9109does other things. However, it is worth looking at the two arguments
9110passed to @code{del_range}. These are @w{@code{XINT (start)}} and
9111@w{@code{XINT (end)}}.
9112
9113As far as the C language is concerned, @code{start} and @code{end} are
9114two integers that mark the beginning and end of the region to be
9115deleted@footnote{More precisely, and requiring more expert knowledge
9116to understand, the two integers are of type `Lisp_Object', which can
9117also be a C union instead of an integer type.}.
9118
9119In early versions of Emacs, these two numbers were thirty-two bits
9120long, but the code is slowly being generalized to handle other
9121lengths. Three of the available bits are used to specify the type of
9122information; the remaining bits are used as `content'.
9123
9124@samp{XINT} is a C macro that extracts the relevant number from the
9125longer collection of bits; the three other bits are discarded.
9126
9127@need 800
9128The command in @code{delete-and-extract-region} looks like this:
9129
9130@smallexample
9131del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9132@end smallexample
9133
9134@noindent
9135It deletes the region between the beginning position, @code{start},
9136and the ending position, @code{end}.
9137
9138From the point of view of the person writing Lisp, Emacs is all very
9139simple; but hidden underneath is a great deal of complexity to make it
9140all work.
9141
d6adf7e7 9142@node defvar
8cda6f8f
GM
9143@section Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9144@findex defvar
9145@cindex Initializing a variable
9146@cindex Variable initialization
9147
9148@ignore
91492006 Oct 24
9150In Emacs 22,
9151copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
9152filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
9153and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
9154delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
9155
9156see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9157
9158@end ignore
9159
9160The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function is written in Emacs Lisp. Two
9161functions within it, @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new}, copy a
9162region in a buffer and save it in a variable called the
9163@code{kill-ring}. This section describes how the @code{kill-ring}
9164variable is created and initialized using the @code{defvar} special
9165form.
9166
9167(Again we note that the term @code{kill-ring} is a misnomer. The text
9168that is clipped out of the buffer can be brought back; it is not a ring
9169of corpses, but a ring of resurrectable text.)
9170
9171In Emacs Lisp, a variable such as the @code{kill-ring} is created and
9172given an initial value by using the @code{defvar} special form. The
9173name comes from ``define variable''.
9174
9175The @code{defvar} special form is similar to @code{setq} in that it sets
9176the value of a variable. It is unlike @code{setq} in two ways: first,
9177it only sets the value of the variable if the variable does not already
9178have a value. If the variable already has a value, @code{defvar} does
9179not override the existing value. Second, @code{defvar} has a
9180documentation string.
9181
2325c82f
XF
9182(There is a related macro, @code{defcustom}, designed for variables
9183that people customize. It has more features than @code{defvar}.
9184(@xref{defcustom, , Setting Variables with @code{defcustom}}.)
9185
8cda6f8f
GM
9186@menu
9187* See variable current value::
9188* defvar and asterisk::
9189@end menu
9190
8cda6f8f 9191@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 9192@node See variable current value
8cda6f8f
GM
9193@unnumberedsubsec Seeing the Current Value of a Variable
9194@end ifnottex
9195
9196You can see the current value of a variable, any variable, by using
9197the @code{describe-variable} function, which is usually invoked by
9198typing @kbd{C-h v}. If you type @kbd{C-h v} and then @code{kill-ring}
9199(followed by @key{RET}) when prompted, you will see what is in your
9200current kill ring---this may be quite a lot! Conversely, if you have
9201been doing nothing this Emacs session except read this document, you
9202may have nothing in it. Also, you will see the documentation for
9203@code{kill-ring}:
9204
9205@smallexample
9206@group
9207Documentation:
9208List of killed text sequences.
9209Since the kill ring is supposed to interact nicely with cut-and-paste
9210facilities offered by window systems, use of this variable should
9211@end group
9212@group
9213interact nicely with `interprogram-cut-function' and
9214`interprogram-paste-function'. The functions `kill-new',
9215`kill-append', and `current-kill' are supposed to implement this
9216interaction; you may want to use them instead of manipulating the kill
9217ring directly.
9218@end group
9219@end smallexample
9220
9221@need 800
9222The kill ring is defined by a @code{defvar} in the following way:
9223
9224@smallexample
9225@group
9226(defvar kill-ring nil
9227 "List of killed text sequences.
9228@dots{}")
9229@end group
9230@end smallexample
9231
9232@noindent
9233In this variable definition, the variable is given an initial value of
9234@code{nil}, which makes sense, since if you have saved nothing, you want
9235nothing back if you give a @code{yank} command. The documentation
9236string is written just like the documentation string of a @code{defun}.
9237As with the documentation string of the @code{defun}, the first line of
9238the documentation should be a complete sentence, since some commands,
9239like @code{apropos}, print only the first line of documentation.
9240Succeeding lines should not be indented; otherwise they look odd when
9241you use @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}).
9242
d6adf7e7 9243@node defvar and asterisk
8cda6f8f
GM
9244@subsection @code{defvar} and an asterisk
9245@findex defvar @r{for a user customizable variable}
9246@findex defvar @r{with an asterisk}
9247
9248In the past, Emacs used the @code{defvar} special form both for
9249internal variables that you would not expect a user to change and for
9250variables that you do expect a user to change. Although you can still
9251use @code{defvar} for user customizable variables, please use
09b98a01 9252@code{defcustom} instead, since it provides a path into
8cda6f8f
GM
9253the Customization commands. (@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables
9254using @code{defcustom}}.)
9255
9256When you specified a variable using the @code{defvar} special form,
943157cf
GM
9257you could distinguish a variable that a user might want to change from
9258others by typing an asterisk, @samp{*}, in the first column of its
9259documentation string. For example:
8cda6f8f
GM
9260
9261@smallexample
9262@group
9263(defvar shell-command-default-error-buffer nil
9264 "*Buffer name for `shell-command' @dots{} error output.
9265@dots{} ")
9266@end group
9267@end smallexample
9268
9269@findex set-variable
9270@noindent
9271You could (and still can) use the @code{set-variable} command to
9272change the value of @code{shell-command-default-error-buffer}
9273temporarily. However, options set using @code{set-variable} are set
9274only for the duration of your editing session. The new values are not
9275saved between sessions. Each time Emacs starts, it reads the original
9276value, unless you change the value within your @file{.emacs} file,
9277either by setting it manually or by using @code{customize}.
9278@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
9279
9280For me, the major use of the @code{set-variable} command is to suggest
9281variables that I might want to set in my @file{.emacs} file. There
f99f1641 9282are now more than 700 such variables, far too many to remember
8cda6f8f
GM
9283readily. Fortunately, you can press @key{TAB} after calling the
9284@code{M-x set-variable} command to see the list of variables.
9285(@xref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs,
9286The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
9287
9288@need 1250
d6adf7e7 9289@node cons & search-fwd Review
8cda6f8f
GM
9290@section Review
9291
9292Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
9293
9294@table @code
9295@item car
9296@itemx cdr
9297@code{car} returns the first element of a list; @code{cdr} returns the
9298second and subsequent elements of a list.
9299
9300@need 1250
9301For example:
9302
9303@smallexample
9304@group
9305(car '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9306 @result{} 1
9307(cdr '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9308 @result{} (2 3 4 5 6 7)
9309@end group
9310@end smallexample
9311
9312@item cons
9313@code{cons} constructs a list by prepending its first argument to its
9314second argument.
9315
9316@need 1250
9317For example:
9318
9319@smallexample
9320@group
9321(cons 1 '(2 3 4))
9322 @result{} (1 2 3 4)
9323@end group
9324@end smallexample
9325
9326@item funcall
9327@code{funcall} evaluates its first argument as a function. It passes
9328its remaining arguments to its first argument.
9329
9330@item nthcdr
9331Return the result of taking @sc{cdr} `n' times on a list.
9332@iftex
9333The
9334@tex
9335$n^{th}$
9336@end tex
9337@code{cdr}.
9338@end iftex
9339The `rest of the rest', as it were.
9340
9341@need 1250
9342For example:
9343
9344@smallexample
9345@group
9346(nthcdr 3 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9347 @result{} (4 5 6 7)
9348@end group
9349@end smallexample
9350
9351@item setcar
9352@itemx setcdr
9353@code{setcar} changes the first element of a list; @code{setcdr}
9354changes the second and subsequent elements of a list.
9355
9356@need 1250
9357For example:
9358
9359@smallexample
9360@group
9361(setq triple '(1 2 3))
9362
9363(setcar triple '37)
9364
9365triple
9366 @result{} (37 2 3)
9367
9368(setcdr triple '("foo" "bar"))
9369
9370triple
9371 @result{} (37 "foo" "bar")
9372@end group
9373@end smallexample
9374
9375@item progn
9376Evaluate each argument in sequence and then return the value of the
9377last.
9378
9379@need 1250
9380For example:
9381
9382@smallexample
9383@group
9384(progn 1 2 3 4)
9385 @result{} 4
9386@end group
9387@end smallexample
9388
9389@item save-restriction
9390Record whatever narrowing is in effect in the current buffer, if any,
9391and restore that narrowing after evaluating the arguments.
9392
9393@item search-forward
9394Search for a string, and if the string is found, move point. With a
9395regular expression, use the similar @code{re-search-forward}.
9396(@xref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, for an
9397explanation of regular expression patterns and searches.)
9398
9399@need 1250
9400@noindent
9401@code{search-forward} and @code{re-search-forward} take four
9402arguments:
9403
9404@enumerate
9405@item
9406The string or regular expression to search for.
9407
9408@item
9409Optionally, the limit of the search.
9410
9411@item
9412Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
9413error message.
9414
9415@item
9416Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
9417search goes backwards.
9418@end enumerate
9419
9420@item kill-region
9421@itemx delete-and-extract-region
9422@itemx copy-region-as-kill
9423
9424@code{kill-region} cuts the text between point and mark from the
9425buffer and stores that text in the kill ring, so you can get it back
9426by yanking.
9427
9428@code{copy-region-as-kill} copies the text between point and mark into
9429the kill ring, from which you can get it by yanking. The function
9430does not cut or remove the text from the buffer.
9431@end table
9432
9433@code{delete-and-extract-region} removes the text between point and
9434mark from the buffer and throws it away. You cannot get it back.
9435(This is not an interactive command.)
9436
9437@need 1500
d6adf7e7 9438@node search Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
9439@section Searching Exercises
9440
9441@itemize @bullet
9442@item
9443Write an interactive function that searches for a string. If the
9444search finds the string, leave point after it and display a message
9445that says ``Found!''. (Do not use @code{search-forward} for the name
9446of this function; if you do, you will overwrite the existing version of
9447@code{search-forward} that comes with Emacs. Use a name such as
9448@code{test-search} instead.)
9449
9450@item
9451Write a function that prints the third element of the kill ring in the
9452echo area, if any; if the kill ring does not contain a third element,
9453print an appropriate message.
9454@end itemize
9455
d6adf7e7 9456@node List Implementation
8cda6f8f
GM
9457@chapter How Lists are Implemented
9458@cindex Lists in a computer
9459
9460In Lisp, atoms are recorded in a straightforward fashion; if the
9461implementation is not straightforward in practice, it is, nonetheless,
9462straightforward in theory. The atom @samp{rose}, for example, is
9463recorded as the four contiguous letters @samp{r}, @samp{o}, @samp{s},
9464@samp{e}. A list, on the other hand, is kept differently. The mechanism
9465is equally simple, but it takes a moment to get used to the idea. A
9466list is kept using a series of pairs of pointers. In the series, the
9467first pointer in each pair points to an atom or to another list, and the
9468second pointer in each pair points to the next pair, or to the symbol
9469@code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9470
9471A pointer itself is quite simply the electronic address of what is
9472pointed to. Hence, a list is kept as a series of electronic addresses.
9473
9474@menu
9475* Lists diagrammed::
9476* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
9477* List Exercise::
9478@end menu
9479
8cda6f8f 9480@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 9481@node Lists diagrammed
8cda6f8f
GM
9482@unnumberedsec Lists diagrammed
9483@end ifnottex
9484
9485For example, the list @code{(rose violet buttercup)} has three elements,
9486@samp{rose}, @samp{violet}, and @samp{buttercup}. In the computer, the
9487electronic address of @samp{rose} is recorded in a segment of computer
9488memory along with the address that gives the electronic address of where
9489the atom @samp{violet} is located; and that address (the one that tells
9490where @samp{violet} is located) is kept along with an address that tells
9491where the address for the atom @samp{buttercup} is located.
9492
9493@need 1200
9494This sounds more complicated than it is and is easier seen in a diagram:
9495
9496@c clear print-postscript-figures
9497@c !!! cons-cell-diagram #1
9498@ifnottex
9499@smallexample
9500@group
9501 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9502 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9503 | | |
9504 | | |
9505 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9506@end group
9507@end smallexample
9508@end ifnottex
9509@ifset print-postscript-figures
9510@sp 1
9511@tex
9512@center @image{cons-1}
8cda6f8f
GM
9513@end tex
9514@sp 1
9515@end ifset
9516@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9517@iftex
9518@smallexample
9519@group
9520 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9521 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9522 | | |
9523 | | |
9524 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9525@end group
9526@end smallexample
9527@end iftex
9528@end ifclear
9529
9530@noindent
9531In the diagram, each box represents a word of computer memory that
9532holds a Lisp object, usually in the form of a memory address. The boxes,
1df7defd 9533i.e., the addresses, are in pairs. Each arrow points to what the address
8cda6f8f
GM
9534is the address of, either an atom or another pair of addresses. The
9535first box is the electronic address of @samp{rose} and the arrow points
9536to @samp{rose}; the second box is the address of the next pair of boxes,
9537the first part of which is the address of @samp{violet} and the second
9538part of which is the address of the next pair. The very last box
9539points to the symbol @code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9540
9541@need 1200
9542When a variable is set to a list with a function such as @code{setq},
9543it stores the address of the first box in the variable. Thus,
9544evaluation of the expression
9545
9546@smallexample
9547(setq bouquet '(rose violet buttercup))
9548@end smallexample
9549
9550@need 1250
9551@noindent
9552creates a situation like this:
9553
9554@c cons-cell-diagram #2
9555@ifnottex
9556@smallexample
9557@group
9558bouquet
9559 |
9560 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9561 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9562 | | |
9563 | | |
9564 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9565@end group
9566@end smallexample
9567@end ifnottex
9568@ifset print-postscript-figures
9569@sp 1
9570@tex
9571@center @image{cons-2}
8cda6f8f
GM
9572@end tex
9573@sp 1
9574@end ifset
9575@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9576@iftex
9577@smallexample
9578@group
9579bouquet
9580 |
9581 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9582 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9583 | | |
9584 | | |
9585 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9586@end group
9587@end smallexample
9588@end iftex
9589@end ifclear
9590
9591@noindent
9592In this example, the symbol @code{bouquet} holds the address of the first
9593pair of boxes.
9594
9595@need 1200
9596This same list can be illustrated in a different sort of box notation
9597like this:
9598
9599@c cons-cell-diagram #2a
9600@ifnottex
9601@smallexample
9602@group
9603bouquet
9604 |
9605 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9606 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9607 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9608 | | | | | | | cup | |
9609 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9610@end group
9611@end smallexample
9612@end ifnottex
9613@ifset print-postscript-figures
9614@sp 1
9615@tex
9616@center @image{cons-2a}
8cda6f8f
GM
9617@end tex
9618@sp 1
9619@end ifset
9620@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9621@iftex
9622@smallexample
9623@group
9624bouquet
9625 |
9626 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9627 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9628 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9629 | | | | | | | cup | |
9630 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9631@end group
9632@end smallexample
9633@end iftex
9634@end ifclear
9635
9636(Symbols consist of more than pairs of addresses, but the structure of
9637a symbol is made up of addresses. Indeed, the symbol @code{bouquet}
9638consists of a group of address-boxes, one of which is the address of
9639the printed word @samp{bouquet}, a second of which is the address of a
9640function definition attached to the symbol, if any, a third of which
9641is the address of the first pair of address-boxes for the list
9642@code{(rose violet buttercup)}, and so on. Here we are showing that
9643the symbol's third address-box points to the first pair of
9644address-boxes for the list.)
9645
9646If a symbol is set to the @sc{cdr} of a list, the list itself is not
9647changed; the symbol simply has an address further down the list. (In
9648the jargon, @sc{car} and @sc{cdr} are `non-destructive'.) Thus,
9649evaluation of the following expression
9650
9651@smallexample
9652(setq flowers (cdr bouquet))
9653@end smallexample
9654
9655@need 800
9656@noindent
9657produces this:
9658
9659@c cons-cell-diagram #3
9660@ifnottex
9661@sp 1
9662@smallexample
9663@group
9664bouquet flowers
9665 | |
9666 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9667 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9668 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9669 | | |
9670 | | |
9671 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9672@end group
9673@end smallexample
9674@sp 1
9675@end ifnottex
9676@ifset print-postscript-figures
9677@sp 1
9678@tex
9679@center @image{cons-3}
8cda6f8f
GM
9680@end tex
9681@sp 1
9682@end ifset
9683@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9684@iftex
9685@sp 1
9686@smallexample
9687@group
9688bouquet flowers
9689 | |
9690 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9691 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9692 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9693 | | |
9694 | | |
9695 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9696@end group
9697@end smallexample
9698@sp 1
9699@end iftex
9700@end ifclear
9701
9702@noindent
9703The value of @code{flowers} is @code{(violet buttercup)}, which is
9704to say, the symbol @code{flowers} holds the address of the pair of
9705address-boxes, the first of which holds the address of @code{violet},
9706and the second of which holds the address of @code{buttercup}.
9707
9708A pair of address-boxes is called a @dfn{cons cell} or @dfn{dotted
9709pair}. @xref{Cons Cell Type, , Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9710Reference Manual}, and @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted Pair
9711Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
9712information about cons cells and dotted pairs.
9713
9714@need 1200
9715The function @code{cons} adds a new pair of addresses to the front of
9716a series of addresses like that shown above. For example, evaluating
9717the expression
9718
9719@smallexample
9720(setq bouquet (cons 'lily bouquet))
9721@end smallexample
9722
9723@need 1500
9724@noindent
9725produces:
9726
9727@c cons-cell-diagram #4
9728@ifnottex
9729@sp 1
9730@smallexample
9731@group
9732bouquet flowers
9733 | |
9734 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9735 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9736 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9737 | | | |
9738 | | | |
9739 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9740@end group
9741@end smallexample
9742@sp 1
9743@end ifnottex
9744@ifset print-postscript-figures
9745@sp 1
9746@tex
9747@center @image{cons-4}
8cda6f8f
GM
9748@end tex
9749@sp 1
9750@end ifset
9751@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9752@iftex
9753@sp 1
9754@smallexample
9755@group
9756bouquet flowers
9757 | |
9758 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9759 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9760 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9761 | | | |
9762 | | | |
9763 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9764@end group
9765@end smallexample
9766@sp 1
9767@end iftex
9768@end ifclear
9769
9770@need 1200
9771@noindent
9772However, this does not change the value of the symbol
9773@code{flowers}, as you can see by evaluating the following,
9774
9775@smallexample
9776(eq (cdr (cdr bouquet)) flowers)
9777@end smallexample
9778
9779@noindent
9780which returns @code{t} for true.
9781
9782Until it is reset, @code{flowers} still has the value
9783@code{(violet buttercup)}; that is, it has the address of the cons
9784cell whose first address is of @code{violet}. Also, this does not
9785alter any of the pre-existing cons cells; they are all still there.
9786
9787Thus, in Lisp, to get the @sc{cdr} of a list, you just get the address
9788of the next cons cell in the series; to get the @sc{car} of a list,
9789you get the address of the first element of the list; to @code{cons} a
9790new element on a list, you add a new cons cell to the front of the list.
9791That is all there is to it! The underlying structure of Lisp is
9792brilliantly simple!
9793
9794And what does the last address in a series of cons cells refer to? It
9795is the address of the empty list, of @code{nil}.
9796
9797In summary, when a Lisp variable is set to a value, it is provided with
9798the address of the list to which the variable refers.
9799
d6adf7e7 9800@node Symbols as Chest
8cda6f8f
GM
9801@section Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
9802@cindex Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
9803@cindex Chest of Drawers, metaphor for a symbol
9804@cindex Drawers, Chest of, metaphor for a symbol
9805
9806In an earlier section, I suggested that you might imagine a symbol as
9807being a chest of drawers. The function definition is put in one
9808drawer, the value in another, and so on. What is put in the drawer
9809holding the value can be changed without affecting the contents of the
9810drawer holding the function definition, and vice-verse.
9811
9812Actually, what is put in each drawer is the address of the value or
9813function definition. It is as if you found an old chest in the attic,
9814and in one of its drawers you found a map giving you directions to
9815where the buried treasure lies.
9816
9817(In addition to its name, symbol definition, and variable value, a
9818symbol has a `drawer' for a @dfn{property list} which can be used to
9819record other information. Property lists are not discussed here; see
9820@ref{Property Lists, , Property Lists, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9821Reference Manual}.)
9822
9823@need 1500
9824Here is a fanciful representation:
9825
9826@c chest-of-drawers diagram
9827@ifnottex
9828@sp 1
9829@smallexample
9830@group
9831 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
9832
9833 __ o0O0o __
9834 / \
9835 ---------------------
9836 | directions to | [map to]
9837 | symbol name | bouquet
9838 | |
9839 +---------------------+
9840 | directions to |
9841 | symbol definition | [none]
9842 | |
9843 +---------------------+
9844 | directions to | [map to]
9845 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
9846 | |
9847 +---------------------+
9848 | directions to |
9849 | property list | [not described here]
9850 | |
9851 +---------------------+
9852 |/ \|
9853@end group
9854@end smallexample
9855@sp 1
9856@end ifnottex
9857@ifset print-postscript-figures
9858@sp 1
9859@tex
9860@center @image{drawers}
8cda6f8f
GM
9861@end tex
9862@sp 1
9863@end ifset
9864@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9865@iftex
9866@sp 1
9867@smallexample
9868@group
9869 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
9870
9871 __ o0O0o __
9872 / \
9873 ---------------------
9874 | directions to | [map to]
9875 | symbol name | bouquet
9876 | |
9877 +---------------------+
9878 | directions to |
9879 | symbol definition | [none]
9880 | |
9881 +---------------------+
9882 | directions to | [map to]
9883 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
9884 | |
9885 +---------------------+
9886 | directions to |
9887 | property list | [not described here]
9888 | |
9889 +---------------------+
9890 |/ \|
9891@end group
9892@end smallexample
9893@sp 1
9894@end iftex
9895@end ifclear
9896
d6adf7e7 9897@node List Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
9898@section Exercise
9899
9900Set @code{flowers} to @code{violet} and @code{buttercup}. Cons two
9901more flowers on to this list and set this new list to
9902@code{more-flowers}. Set the @sc{car} of @code{flowers} to a fish.
9903What does the @code{more-flowers} list now contain?
9904
d6adf7e7 9905@node Yanking
8cda6f8f
GM
9906@chapter Yanking Text Back
9907@findex yank
9908@cindex Text retrieval
9909@cindex Retrieving text
9910@cindex Pasting text
9911
9912Whenever you cut text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in GNU Emacs,
9913you can bring it back with a `yank' command. The text that is cut out of
9914the buffer is put in the kill ring and the yank commands insert the
9915appropriate contents of the kill ring back into a buffer (not necessarily
9916the original buffer).
9917
9918A simple @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) command inserts the first item from
9919the kill ring into the current buffer. If the @kbd{C-y} command is
9920followed immediately by @kbd{M-y}, the first element is replaced by
9921the second element. Successive @kbd{M-y} commands replace the second
9922element with the third, fourth, or fifth element, and so on. When the
9923last element in the kill ring is reached, it is replaced by the first
9924element and the cycle is repeated. (Thus the kill ring is called a
9925`ring' rather than just a `list'. However, the actual data structure
9926that holds the text is a list.
9927@xref{Kill Ring, , Handling the Kill Ring}, for the details of how the
9928list is handled as a ring.)
9929
9930@menu
9931* Kill Ring Overview::
9932* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
9933* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
9934@end menu
9935
d6adf7e7 9936@node Kill Ring Overview
8cda6f8f
GM
9937@section Kill Ring Overview
9938@cindex Kill ring overview
9939
9940The kill ring is a list of textual strings. This is what it looks like:
9941
9942@smallexample
9943("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
9944@end smallexample
9945
9946If this were the contents of my kill ring and I pressed @kbd{C-y}, the
9947string of characters saying @samp{some text} would be inserted in this
9948buffer where my cursor is located.
9949
9950The @code{yank} command is also used for duplicating text by copying it.
9951The copied text is not cut from the buffer, but a copy of it is put on the
9952kill ring and is inserted by yanking it back.
9953
9954Three functions are used for bringing text back from the kill ring:
9955@code{yank}, which is usually bound to @kbd{C-y}; @code{yank-pop},
9956which is usually bound to @kbd{M-y}; and @code{rotate-yank-pointer},
9957which is used by the two other functions.
9958
9959These functions refer to the kill ring through a variable called the
9960@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. Indeed, the insertion code for both the
9961@code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} functions is:
9962
9963@smallexample
9964(insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer))
9965@end smallexample
9966
9967@noindent
9968(Well, no more. In GNU Emacs 22, the function has been replaced by
9969@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{insert-for-yank-1}
9970repetitively for each @code{yank-handler} segment. In turn,
9971@code{insert-for-yank-1} strips text properties from the inserted text
9972according to @code{yank-excluded-properties}. Otherwise, it is just
9973like @code{insert}. We will stick with plain @code{insert} since it
9974is easier to understand.)
9975
9976To begin to understand how @code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} work, it is
9977first necessary to look at the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
9978
d6adf7e7 9979@node kill-ring-yank-pointer
8cda6f8f
GM
9980@section The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} Variable
9981
9982@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a variable, just as @code{kill-ring} is
9983a variable. It points to something by being bound to the value of what
9984it points to, like any other Lisp variable.
9985
9986@need 1000
9987Thus, if the value of the kill ring is:
9988
9989@smallexample
9990("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
9991@end smallexample
9992
9993@need 1250
9994@noindent
9995and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points to the second clause, the
9996value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is:
9997
9998@smallexample
9999("a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10000@end smallexample
10001
10002As explained in the previous chapter (@pxref{List Implementation}), the
10003computer does not keep two different copies of the text being pointed to
10004by both the @code{kill-ring} and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. The
10005words ``a different piece of text'' and ``yet more text'' are not
10006duplicated. Instead, the two Lisp variables point to the same pieces of
10007text. Here is a diagram:
10008
10009@c cons-cell-diagram #5
10010@ifnottex
10011@smallexample
10012@group
10013kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10014 | |
10015 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10016 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10017 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10018 | | |
10019 | | |
10020 | | --> "yet more text"
10021 | |
10022 | --> "a different piece of text"
10023 |
10024 --> "some text"
10025@end group
10026@end smallexample
10027@sp 1
10028@end ifnottex
10029@ifset print-postscript-figures
10030@sp 1
10031@tex
10032@center @image{cons-5}
8cda6f8f
GM
10033@end tex
10034@sp 1
10035@end ifset
10036@ifclear print-postscript-figures
10037@iftex
10038@smallexample
10039@group
10040kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10041 | |
10042 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10043 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10044 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10045 | | |
10046 | | |
10047 | | --> "yet more text"
10048 | |
10049 | --> "a different piece of text
10050 |
10051 --> "some text"
10052@end group
10053@end smallexample
10054@sp 1
10055@end iftex
10056@end ifclear
10057
10058Both the variable @code{kill-ring} and the variable
10059@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} are pointers. But the kill ring itself is
10060usually described as if it were actually what it is composed of. The
10061@code{kill-ring} is spoken of as if it were the list rather than that it
10062points to the list. Conversely, the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is
10063spoken of as pointing to a list.
10064
10065These two ways of talking about the same thing sound confusing at first but
10066make sense on reflection. The kill ring is generally thought of as the
10067complete structure of data that holds the information of what has recently
10068been cut out of the Emacs buffers. The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
10069on the other hand, serves to indicate---that is, to `point to'---that part
10070of the kill ring of which the first element (the @sc{car}) will be
10071inserted.
10072
10073@ignore
10074In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{kill-new} function calls
10075
10076@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)}
10077
10078(defun rotate-yank-pointer (arg)
10079 "Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring.
10080With argument, rotate that many kills forward (or backward, if negative)."
10081 (interactive "p")
10082 (current-kill arg))
10083
10084(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
10085 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
10086If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
10087returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
10088kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
10089If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
10090yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
10091 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
10092 interprogram-paste-function
10093 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
10094 (if interprogram-paste
10095 (progn
10096 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
10097 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
10098 ;; selection, with identical text.
10099 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
10100 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
10101 interprogram-paste)
10102 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
10103 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
10104 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
10105 (length kill-ring))
10106 kill-ring)))
10107 (or do-not-move
10108 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
10109 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
10110
10111@end ignore
10112
10113@need 1500
d6adf7e7 10114@node yank nthcdr Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
10115@section Exercises with @code{yank} and @code{nthcdr}
10116
10117@itemize @bullet
10118@item
10119Using @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}), look at the value of
10120your kill ring. Add several items to your kill ring; look at its
10121value again. Using @kbd{M-y} (@code{yank-pop)}, move all the way
10122around the kill ring. How many items were in your kill ring? Find
10123the value of @code{kill-ring-max}. Was your kill ring full, or could
10124you have kept more blocks of text within it?
10125
10126@item
10127Using @code{nthcdr} and @code{car}, construct a series of expressions
10128to return the first, second, third, and fourth elements of a list.
10129@end itemize
10130
d6adf7e7 10131@node Loops & Recursion
8cda6f8f
GM
10132@chapter Loops and Recursion
10133@cindex Loops and recursion
10134@cindex Recursion and loops
10135@cindex Repetition (loops)
10136
10137Emacs Lisp has two primary ways to cause an expression, or a series of
10138expressions, to be evaluated repeatedly: one uses a @code{while}
10139loop, and the other uses @dfn{recursion}.
10140
10141Repetition can be very valuable. For example, to move forward four
10142sentences, you need only write a program that will move forward one
10143sentence and then repeat the process four times. Since a computer does
10144not get bored or tired, such repetitive action does not have the
10145deleterious effects that excessive or the wrong kinds of repetition can
10146have on humans.
10147
10148People mostly write Emacs Lisp functions using @code{while} loops and
10149their kin; but you can use recursion, which provides a very powerful
10150way to think about and then to solve problems@footnote{You can write
10151recursive functions to be frugal or wasteful of mental or computer
10152resources; as it happens, methods that people find easy---that are
10153frugal of `mental resources'---sometimes use considerable computer
10154resources. Emacs was designed to run on machines that we now consider
10155limited and its default settings are conservative. You may want to
10156increase the values of @code{max-specpdl-size} and
10157@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}. In my @file{.emacs} file, I set them to
1015815 and 30 times their default value.}.
10159
10160@menu
10161* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
10162* dolist dotimes::
10163* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
10164* Looping exercise::
10165@end menu
10166
d6adf7e7 10167@node while
8cda6f8f
GM
10168@section @code{while}
10169@cindex Loops
10170@findex while
10171
10172The @code{while} special form tests whether the value returned by
10173evaluating its first argument is true or false. This is similar to what
10174the Lisp interpreter does with an @code{if}; what the interpreter does
10175next, however, is different.
10176
10177In a @code{while} expression, if the value returned by evaluating the
10178first argument is false, the Lisp interpreter skips the rest of the
10179expression (the @dfn{body} of the expression) and does not evaluate it.
10180However, if the value is true, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the body
10181of the expression and then again tests whether the first argument to
10182@code{while} is true or false. If the value returned by evaluating the
10183first argument is again true, the Lisp interpreter again evaluates the
10184body of the expression.
10185
10186@need 1200
10187The template for a @code{while} expression looks like this:
10188
10189@smallexample
10190@group
10191(while @var{true-or-false-test}
10192 @var{body}@dots{})
10193@end group
10194@end smallexample
10195
10196@menu
10197* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
10198* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
10199* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
10200* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
10201* Incrementing Loop Details::
10202* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
10203@end menu
10204
8cda6f8f 10205@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 10206@node Looping with while
8cda6f8f
GM
10207@unnumberedsubsec Looping with @code{while}
10208@end ifnottex
10209
10210So long as the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} expression
10211returns a true value when it is evaluated, the body is repeatedly
10212evaluated. This process is called a loop since the Lisp interpreter
10213repeats the same thing again and again, like an airplane doing a loop.
10214When the result of evaluating the true-or-false-test is false, the
10215Lisp interpreter does not evaluate the rest of the @code{while}
10216expression and `exits the loop'.
10217
10218Clearly, if the value returned by evaluating the first argument to
10219@code{while} is always true, the body following will be evaluated
10220again and again @dots{} and again @dots{} forever. Conversely, if the
10221value returned is never true, the expressions in the body will never
10222be evaluated. The craft of writing a @code{while} loop consists of
10223choosing a mechanism such that the true-or-false-test returns true
10224just the number of times that you want the subsequent expressions to
10225be evaluated, and then have the test return false.
10226
10227The value returned by evaluating a @code{while} is the value of the
10228true-or-false-test. An interesting consequence of this is that a
10229@code{while} loop that evaluates without error will return @code{nil}
10230or false regardless of whether it has looped 1 or 100 times or none at
10231all. A @code{while} expression that evaluates successfully never
10232returns a true value! What this means is that @code{while} is always
10233evaluated for its side effects, which is to say, the consequences of
10234evaluating the expressions within the body of the @code{while} loop.
10235This makes sense. It is not the mere act of looping that is desired,
10236but the consequences of what happens when the expressions in the loop
10237are repeatedly evaluated.
10238
d6adf7e7 10239@node Loop Example
8cda6f8f
GM
10240@subsection A @code{while} Loop and a List
10241
10242A common way to control a @code{while} loop is to test whether a list
10243has any elements. If it does, the loop is repeated; but if it does not,
10244the repetition is ended. Since this is an important technique, we will
10245create a short example to illustrate it.
10246
10247A simple way to test whether a list has elements is to evaluate the
10248list: if it has no elements, it is an empty list and will return the
10249empty list, @code{()}, which is a synonym for @code{nil} or false. On
10250the other hand, a list with elements will return those elements when it
10251is evaluated. Since Emacs Lisp considers as true any value that is not
10252@code{nil}, a list that returns elements will test true in a
10253@code{while} loop.
10254
10255@need 1200
10256For example, you can set the variable @code{empty-list} to @code{nil} by
10257evaluating the following @code{setq} expression:
10258
10259@smallexample
10260(setq empty-list ())
10261@end smallexample
10262
10263@noindent
10264After evaluating the @code{setq} expression, you can evaluate the
10265variable @code{empty-list} in the usual way, by placing the cursor after
10266the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}; @code{nil} will appear in your
10267echo area:
10268
10269@smallexample
10270empty-list
10271@end smallexample
10272
10273On the other hand, if you set a variable to be a list with elements, the
10274list will appear when you evaluate the variable, as you can see by
10275evaluating the following two expressions:
10276
10277@smallexample
10278@group
10279(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10280
10281animals
10282@end group
10283@end smallexample
10284
10285Thus, to create a @code{while} loop that tests whether there are any
10286items in the list @code{animals}, the first part of the loop will be
10287written like this:
10288
10289@smallexample
10290@group
10291(while animals
10292 @dots{}
10293@end group
10294@end smallexample
10295
10296@noindent
10297When the @code{while} tests its first argument, the variable
10298@code{animals} is evaluated. It returns a list. So long as the list
10299has elements, the @code{while} considers the results of the test to be
10300true; but when the list is empty, it considers the results of the test
10301to be false.
10302
10303To prevent the @code{while} loop from running forever, some mechanism
10304needs to be provided to empty the list eventually. An oft-used
10305technique is to have one of the subsequent forms in the @code{while}
10306expression set the value of the list to be the @sc{cdr} of the list.
10307Each time the @code{cdr} function is evaluated, the list will be made
10308shorter, until eventually only the empty list will be left. At this
10309point, the test of the @code{while} loop will return false, and the
10310arguments to the @code{while} will no longer be evaluated.
10311
10312For example, the list of animals bound to the variable @code{animals}
10313can be set to be the @sc{cdr} of the original list with the
10314following expression:
10315
10316@smallexample
10317(setq animals (cdr animals))
10318@end smallexample
10319
10320@noindent
10321If you have evaluated the previous expressions and then evaluate this
10322expression, you will see @code{(giraffe lion tiger)} appear in the echo
10323area. If you evaluate the expression again, @code{(lion tiger)} will
10324appear in the echo area. If you evaluate it again and yet again,
10325@code{(tiger)} appears and then the empty list, shown by @code{nil}.
10326
10327A template for a @code{while} loop that uses the @code{cdr} function
10328repeatedly to cause the true-or-false-test eventually to test false
10329looks like this:
10330
10331@smallexample
10332@group
10333(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
10334 @var{body}@dots{}
10335 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
10336@end group
10337@end smallexample
10338
10339This test and use of @code{cdr} can be put together in a function that
10340goes through a list and prints each element of the list on a line of its
10341own.
10342
d6adf7e7 10343@node print-elements-of-list
8cda6f8f
GM
10344@subsection An Example: @code{print-elements-of-list}
10345@findex print-elements-of-list
10346
10347The @code{print-elements-of-list} function illustrates a @code{while}
10348loop with a list.
10349
10350@cindex @file{*scratch*} buffer
10351The function requires several lines for its output. If you are
10352reading this in a recent instance of GNU Emacs,
10353@c GNU Emacs 21, GNU Emacs 22, or a later version,
10354you can evaluate the following expression inside of Info, as usual.
10355
10356If you are using an earlier version of Emacs, you need to copy the
10357necessary expressions to your @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate
10358them there. This is because the echo area had only one line in the
10359earlier versions.
10360
10361You can copy the expressions by marking the beginning of the region
10362with @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}), moving the cursor to
10363the end of the region and then copying the region using @kbd{M-w}
10364(@code{kill-ring-save}, which calls @code{copy-region-as-kill} and
10365then provides visual feedback). In the @file{*scratch*}
10366buffer, you can yank the expressions back by typing @kbd{C-y}
10367(@code{yank}).
10368
10369After you have copied the expressions to the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
10370evaluate each expression in turn. Be sure to evaluate the last
10371expression, @code{(print-elements-of-list animals)}, by typing
10372@kbd{C-u C-x C-e}, that is, by giving an argument to
10373@code{eval-last-sexp}. This will cause the result of the evaluation
10374to be printed in the @file{*scratch*} buffer instead of being printed
10375in the echo area. (Otherwise you will see something like this in your
10376echo area: @code{^Jgazelle^J^Jgiraffe^J^Jlion^J^Jtiger^Jnil}, in which
10377each @samp{^J} stands for a `newline'.)
10378
10379@need 1500
10380In a recent instance of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate these expressions
10381directly in the Info buffer, and the echo area will grow to show the
10382results.
10383
10384@smallexample
10385@group
10386(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10387
10388(defun print-elements-of-list (list)
10389 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own."
10390 (while list
10391 (print (car list))
10392 (setq list (cdr list))))
10393
10394(print-elements-of-list animals)
10395@end group
10396@end smallexample
10397
10398@need 1200
10399@noindent
10400When you evaluate the three expressions in sequence, you will see
10401this:
10402
10403@smallexample
10404@group
10405gazelle
10406
10407giraffe
10408
10409lion
10410
10411tiger
10412nil
10413@end group
10414@end smallexample
10415
10416Each element of the list is printed on a line of its own (that is what
10417the function @code{print} does) and then the value returned by the
10418function is printed. Since the last expression in the function is the
10419@code{while} loop, and since @code{while} loops always return
10420@code{nil}, a @code{nil} is printed after the last element of the list.
10421
d6adf7e7 10422@node Incrementing Loop
8cda6f8f
GM
10423@subsection A Loop with an Incrementing Counter
10424
10425A loop is not useful unless it stops when it ought. Besides
10426controlling a loop with a list, a common way of stopping a loop is to
10427write the first argument as a test that returns false when the correct
10428number of repetitions are complete. This means that the loop must
10429have a counter---an expression that counts how many times the loop
10430repeats itself.
10431
8cda6f8f 10432@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 10433@node Incrementing Loop Details
8cda6f8f
GM
10434@unnumberedsubsec Details of an Incrementing Loop
10435@end ifnottex
10436
10437The test for a loop with an incrementing counter can be an expression
10438such as @code{(< count desired-number)} which returns @code{t} for
10439true if the value of @code{count} is less than the
10440@code{desired-number} of repetitions and @code{nil} for false if the
10441value of @code{count} is equal to or is greater than the
10442@code{desired-number}. The expression that increments the count can
10443be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq count (1+ count))}, where
10444@code{1+} is a built-in function in Emacs Lisp that adds 1 to its
10445argument. (The expression @w{@code{(1+ count)}} has the same result
10446as @w{@code{(+ count 1)}}, but is easier for a human to read.)
10447
10448@need 1250
10449The template for a @code{while} loop controlled by an incrementing
10450counter looks like this:
10451
10452@smallexample
10453@group
10454@var{set-count-to-initial-value}
10455(while (< count desired-number) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10456 @var{body}@dots{}
10457 (setq count (1+ count))) ; @r{incrementer}
10458@end group
10459@end smallexample
10460
10461@noindent
10462Note that you need to set the initial value of @code{count}; usually it
10463is set to 1.
10464
10465@menu
10466* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
10467* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10468* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10469@end menu
10470
d6adf7e7 10471@node Incrementing Example
8cda6f8f
GM
10472@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with incrementing counter
10473
10474Suppose you are playing on the beach and decide to make a triangle of
10475pebbles, putting one pebble in the first row, two in the second row,
10476three in the third row and so on, like this:
10477
10478@sp 1
10479@c pebble diagram
10480@ifnottex
10481@smallexample
10482@group
10483 *
10484 * *
10485 * * *
10486 * * * *
10487@end group
10488@end smallexample
10489@end ifnottex
10490@iftex
10491@smallexample
10492@group
10493 @bullet{}
10494 @bullet{} @bullet{}
10495 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10496 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10497@end group
10498@end smallexample
10499@end iftex
10500@sp 1
10501
10502@noindent
10503(About 2500 years ago, Pythagoras and others developed the beginnings of
10504number theory by considering questions such as this.)
10505
10506Suppose you want to know how many pebbles you will need to make a
10507triangle with 7 rows?
10508
10509Clearly, what you need to do is add up the numbers from 1 to 7. There
10510are two ways to do this; start with the smallest number, one, and add up
10511the list in sequence, 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on; or start with the largest
10512number and add the list going down: 7, 6, 5, 4 and so on. Because both
10513mechanisms illustrate common ways of writing @code{while} loops, we will
10514create two examples, one counting up and the other counting down. In
10515this first example, we will start with 1 and add 2, 3, 4 and so on.
10516
10517If you are just adding up a short list of numbers, the easiest way to do
10518it is to add up all the numbers at once. However, if you do not know
10519ahead of time how many numbers your list will have, or if you want to be
10520prepared for a very long list, then you need to design your addition so
10521that what you do is repeat a simple process many times instead of doing
10522a more complex process once.
10523
10524For example, instead of adding up all the pebbles all at once, what you
10525can do is add the number of pebbles in the first row, 1, to the number
10526in the second row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to the
10527third row, 3. Then you can add the number in the fourth row, 4, to the
10528total of the first three rows; and so on.
10529
10530The critical characteristic of the process is that each repetitive
10531action is simple. In this case, at each step we add only two numbers,
10532the number of pebbles in the row and the total already found. This
10533process of adding two numbers is repeated again and again until the last
10534row has been added to the total of all the preceding rows. In a more
10535complex loop the repetitive action might not be so simple, but it will
10536be simpler than doing everything all at once.
10537
d6adf7e7 10538@node Inc Example parts
8cda6f8f
GM
10539@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10540
10541The preceding analysis gives us the bones of our function definition:
10542first, we will need a variable that we can call @code{total} that will
10543be the total number of pebbles. This will be the value returned by
10544the function.
10545
10546Second, we know that the function will require an argument: this
10547argument will be the total number of rows in the triangle. It can be
10548called @code{number-of-rows}.
10549
10550Finally, we need a variable to use as a counter. We could call this
10551variable @code{counter}, but a better name is @code{row-number}. That
10552is because what the counter does in this function is count rows, and a
10553program should be written to be as understandable as possible.
10554
10555When the Lisp interpreter first starts evaluating the expressions in the
10556function, the value of @code{total} should be set to zero, since we have
10557not added anything to it. Then the function should add the number of
10558pebbles in the first row to the total, and then add the number of
10559pebbles in the second to the total, and then add the number of
10560pebbles in the third row to the total, and so on, until there are no
10561more rows left to add.
10562
10563Both @code{total} and @code{row-number} are used only inside the
10564function, so they can be declared as local variables with @code{let}
10565and given initial values. Clearly, the initial value for @code{total}
10566should be 0. The initial value of @code{row-number} should be 1,
10567since we start with the first row. This means that the @code{let}
10568statement will look like this:
10569
10570@smallexample
10571@group
10572 (let ((total 0)
10573 (row-number 1))
10574 @var{body}@dots{})
10575@end group
10576@end smallexample
10577
10578After the internal variables are declared and bound to their initial
10579values, we can begin the @code{while} loop. The expression that serves
10580as the test should return a value of @code{t} for true so long as the
10581@code{row-number} is less than or equal to the @code{number-of-rows}.
10582(If the expression tests true only so long as the row number is less
10583than the number of rows in the triangle, the last row will never be
10584added to the total; hence the row number has to be either less than or
10585equal to the number of rows.)
10586
10587@need 1500
10588@findex <= @r{(less than or equal)}
10589Lisp provides the @code{<=} function that returns true if the value of
10590its first argument is less than or equal to the value of its second
10591argument and false otherwise. So the expression that the @code{while}
10592will evaluate as its test should look like this:
10593
10594@smallexample
10595(<= row-number number-of-rows)
10596@end smallexample
10597
10598The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10599of pebbles in a row to the total already found. Since the number of
10600pebbles in the row is equal to the row number, the total can be found by
10601adding the row number to the total. (Clearly, in a more complex
10602situation, the number of pebbles in the row might be related to the row
10603number in a more complicated way; if this were the case, the row number
10604would be replaced by the appropriate expression.)
10605
10606@smallexample
10607(setq total (+ total row-number))
10608@end smallexample
10609
10610@noindent
10611What this does is set the new value of @code{total} to be equal to the
10612sum of adding the number of pebbles in the row to the previous total.
10613
10614After setting the value of @code{total}, the conditions need to be
10615established for the next repetition of the loop, if there is one. This
10616is done by incrementing the value of the @code{row-number} variable,
10617which serves as a counter. After the @code{row-number} variable has
10618been incremented, the true-or-false-test at the beginning of the
10619@code{while} loop tests whether its value is still less than or equal to
10620the value of the @code{number-of-rows} and if it is, adds the new value
10621of the @code{row-number} variable to the @code{total} of the previous
10622repetition of the loop.
10623
10624@need 1200
10625The built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1+} adds 1 to a number, so the
10626@code{row-number} variable can be incremented with this expression:
10627
10628@smallexample
10629(setq row-number (1+ row-number))
10630@end smallexample
10631
d6adf7e7 10632@node Inc Example altogether
8cda6f8f
GM
10633@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10634
10635We have created the parts for the function definition; now we need to
10636put them together.
10637
10638@need 800
10639First, the contents of the @code{while} expression:
10640
10641@smallexample
10642@group
10643(while (<= row-number number-of-rows) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10644 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10645 (setq row-number (1+ row-number))) ; @r{incrementer}
10646@end group
10647@end smallexample
10648
10649Along with the @code{let} expression varlist, this very nearly
10650completes the body of the function definition. However, it requires
10651one final element, the need for which is somewhat subtle.
10652
10653The final touch is to place the variable @code{total} on a line by
10654itself after the @code{while} expression. Otherwise, the value returned
10655by the whole function is the value of the last expression that is
10656evaluated in the body of the @code{let}, and this is the value
10657returned by the @code{while}, which is always @code{nil}.
10658
10659This may not be evident at first sight. It almost looks as if the
10660incrementing expression is the last expression of the whole function.
10661But that expression is part of the body of the @code{while}; it is the
10662last element of the list that starts with the symbol @code{while}.
10663Moreover, the whole of the @code{while} loop is a list within the body
10664of the @code{let}.
10665
10666@need 1250
10667In outline, the function will look like this:
10668
10669@smallexample
10670@group
10671(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
10672 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
10673 (let (@var{varlist})
10674 (while (@var{true-or-false-test})
10675 @var{body-of-while}@dots{} )
10676 @dots{} )) ; @r{Need final expression here.}
10677@end group
10678@end smallexample
10679
10680The result of evaluating the @code{let} is what is going to be returned
10681by the @code{defun} since the @code{let} is not embedded within any
10682containing list, except for the @code{defun} as a whole. However, if
10683the @code{while} is the last element of the @code{let} expression, the
10684function will always return @code{nil}. This is not what we want!
10685Instead, what we want is the value of the variable @code{total}. This
10686is returned by simply placing the symbol as the last element of the list
10687starting with @code{let}. It gets evaluated after the preceding
10688elements of the list are evaluated, which means it gets evaluated after
10689it has been assigned the correct value for the total.
10690
10691It may be easier to see this by printing the list starting with
10692@code{let} all on one line. This format makes it evident that the
10693@var{varlist} and @code{while} expressions are the second and third
10694elements of the list starting with @code{let}, and the @code{total} is
10695the last element:
10696
10697@smallexample
10698@group
10699(let (@var{varlist}) (while (@var{true-or-false-test}) @var{body-of-while}@dots{} ) total)
10700@end group
10701@end smallexample
10702
10703@need 1200
10704Putting everything together, the @code{triangle} function definition
10705looks like this:
10706
10707@smallexample
10708@group
10709(defun triangle (number-of-rows) ; @r{Version with}
10710 ; @r{ incrementing counter.}
10711 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
10712The first row has one pebble, the second row two pebbles,
10713the third row three pebbles, and so on.
10714The argument is NUMBER-OF-ROWS."
10715@end group
10716@group
10717 (let ((total 0)
10718 (row-number 1))
10719 (while (<= row-number number-of-rows)
10720 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10721 (setq row-number (1+ row-number)))
10722 total))
10723@end group
10724@end smallexample
10725
10726@need 1200
10727After you have installed @code{triangle} by evaluating the function, you
10728can try it out. Here are two examples:
10729
10730@smallexample
10731@group
10732(triangle 4)
10733
10734(triangle 7)
10735@end group
10736@end smallexample
10737
10738@noindent
10739The sum of the first four numbers is 10 and the sum of the first seven
10740numbers is 28.
10741
d6adf7e7 10742@node Decrementing Loop
8cda6f8f
GM
10743@subsection Loop with a Decrementing Counter
10744
10745Another common way to write a @code{while} loop is to write the test
10746so that it determines whether a counter is greater than zero. So long
10747as the counter is greater than zero, the loop is repeated. But when
10748the counter is equal to or less than zero, the loop is stopped. For
10749this to work, the counter has to start out greater than zero and then
10750be made smaller and smaller by a form that is evaluated
10751repeatedly.
10752
10753The test will be an expression such as @code{(> counter 0)} which
10754returns @code{t} for true if the value of @code{counter} is greater
10755than zero, and @code{nil} for false if the value of @code{counter} is
10756equal to or less than zero. The expression that makes the number
10757smaller and smaller can be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq
10758counter (1- counter))}, where @code{1-} is a built-in function in
10759Emacs Lisp that subtracts 1 from its argument.
10760
10761@need 1250
10762The template for a decrementing @code{while} loop looks like this:
10763
10764@smallexample
10765@group
10766(while (> counter 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10767 @var{body}@dots{}
10768 (setq counter (1- counter))) ; @r{decrementer}
10769@end group
10770@end smallexample
10771
10772@menu
10773* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
10774* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10775* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10776@end menu
10777
d6adf7e7 10778@node Decrementing Example
8cda6f8f
GM
10779@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with decrementing counter
10780
10781To illustrate a loop with a decrementing counter, we will rewrite the
10782@code{triangle} function so the counter decreases to zero.
10783
10784This is the reverse of the earlier version of the function. In this
10785case, to find out how many pebbles are needed to make a triangle with
107863 rows, add the number of pebbles in the third row, 3, to the number
10787in the preceding row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to
10788the row that precedes them, which is 1.
10789
10790Likewise, to find the number of pebbles in a triangle with 7 rows, add
10791the number of pebbles in the seventh row, 7, to the number in the
10792preceding row, which is 6, and then add the total of those two rows to
10793the row that precedes them, which is 5, and so on. As in the previous
10794example, each addition only involves adding two numbers, the total of
10795the rows already added up and the number of pebbles in the row that is
10796being added to the total. This process of adding two numbers is
10797repeated again and again until there are no more pebbles to add.
10798
10799We know how many pebbles to start with: the number of pebbles in the
10800last row is equal to the number of rows. If the triangle has seven
10801rows, the number of pebbles in the last row is 7. Likewise, we know how
10802many pebbles are in the preceding row: it is one less than the number in
10803the row.
10804
d6adf7e7 10805@node Dec Example parts
8cda6f8f
GM
10806@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10807
10808We start with three variables: the total number of rows in the
10809triangle; the number of pebbles in a row; and the total number of
10810pebbles, which is what we want to calculate. These variables can be
10811named @code{number-of-rows}, @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}, and
10812@code{total}, respectively.
10813
10814Both @code{total} and @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} are used only
10815inside the function and are declared with @code{let}. The initial
10816value of @code{total} should, of course, be zero. However, the
10817initial value of @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be equal to
10818the number of rows in the triangle, since the addition will start with
10819the longest row.
10820
10821@need 1250
10822This means that the beginning of the @code{let} expression will look
10823like this:
10824
10825@smallexample
10826@group
10827(let ((total 0)
10828 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
10829 @var{body}@dots{})
10830@end group
10831@end smallexample
10832
10833The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10834of pebbles in a row to the total already found, that is, by repeatedly
10835evaluating the following expression:
10836
10837@smallexample
10838(setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10839@end smallexample
10840
10841@noindent
10842After the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is added to the @code{total},
10843the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be decremented by one, since
10844the next time the loop repeats, the preceding row will be
10845added to the total.
10846
10847The number of pebbles in a preceding row is one less than the number of
10848pebbles in a row, so the built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1-} can be
10849used to compute the number of pebbles in the preceding row. This can be
10850done with the following expression:
10851
10852@smallexample
10853@group
10854(setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
10855 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10856@end group
10857@end smallexample
10858
10859Finally, we know that the @code{while} loop should stop making repeated
10860additions when there are no pebbles in a row. So the test for
10861the @code{while} loop is simply:
10862
10863@smallexample
10864(while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
10865@end smallexample
10866
d6adf7e7 10867@node Dec Example altogether
8cda6f8f
GM
10868@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10869
10870We can put these expressions together to create a function definition
10871that works. However, on examination, we find that one of the local
10872variables is unneeded!
10873
10874@need 1250
10875The function definition looks like this:
10876
10877@smallexample
10878@group
10879;;; @r{First subtractive version.}
10880(defun triangle (number-of-rows)
10881 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
10882 (let ((total 0)
10883 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
10884 (while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
10885 (setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10886 (setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
10887 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row)))
10888 total))
10889@end group
10890@end smallexample
10891
10892As written, this function works.
10893
10894However, we do not need @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}.
10895
10896@cindex Argument as local variable
10897When the @code{triangle} function is evaluated, the symbol
10898@code{number-of-rows} will be bound to a number, giving it an initial
10899value. That number can be changed in the body of the function as if
10900it were a local variable, without any fear that such a change will
10901effect the value of the variable outside of the function. This is a
10902very useful characteristic of Lisp; it means that the variable
10903@code{number-of-rows} can be used anywhere in the function where
10904@code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is used.
10905
10906@need 800
10907Here is a second version of the function written a bit more cleanly:
10908
10909@smallexample
10910@group
10911(defun triangle (number) ; @r{Second version.}
10912 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
10913 (let ((total 0))
10914 (while (> number 0)
10915 (setq total (+ total number))
10916 (setq number (1- number)))
10917 total))
10918@end group
10919@end smallexample
10920
10921In brief, a properly written @code{while} loop will consist of three parts:
10922
10923@enumerate
10924@item
10925A test that will return false after the loop has repeated itself the
10926correct number of times.
10927
10928@item
10929An expression the evaluation of which will return the value desired
10930after being repeatedly evaluated.
10931
10932@item
10933An expression to change the value passed to the true-or-false-test so
10934that the test returns false after the loop has repeated itself the right
10935number of times.
10936@end enumerate
10937
d6adf7e7 10938@node dolist dotimes
8cda6f8f
GM
10939@section Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
10940
10941In addition to @code{while}, both @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
10942provide for looping. Sometimes these are quicker to write than the
10943equivalent @code{while} loop. Both are Lisp macros. (@xref{Macros, ,
10944Macros, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. )
10945
10946@code{dolist} works like a @code{while} loop that `@sc{cdr}s down a
10947list': @code{dolist} automatically shortens the list each time it
10948loops---takes the @sc{cdr} of the list---and binds the @sc{car} of
10949each shorter version of the list to the first of its arguments.
10950
10951@code{dotimes} loops a specific number of times: you specify the number.
10952
10953@menu
10954* dolist::
10955* dotimes::
10956@end menu
10957
d6adf7e7
GM
10958@node dolist
10959@unnumberedsubsec The @code{dolist} Macro
8cda6f8f
GM
10960@findex dolist
10961
10962Suppose, for example, you want to reverse a list, so that
10963``first'' ``second'' ``third'' becomes ``third'' ``second'' ``first''.
10964
10965@need 1250
10966In practice, you would use the @code{reverse} function, like this:
10967
10968@smallexample
10969@group
10970(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10971
10972(reverse animals)
10973@end group
10974@end smallexample
10975
10976@need 800
10977@noindent
10978Here is how you could reverse the list using a @code{while} loop:
10979
10980@smallexample
10981@group
10982(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10983
10984(defun reverse-list-with-while (list)
10985 "Using while, reverse the order of LIST."
10986 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
10987 (while list
10988 (setq value (cons (car list) value))
10989 (setq list (cdr list)))
10990 value))
10991
10992(reverse-list-with-while animals)
10993@end group
10994@end smallexample
10995
10996@need 800
10997@noindent
10998And here is how you could use the @code{dolist} macro:
10999
11000@smallexample
11001@group
11002(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11003
11004(defun reverse-list-with-dolist (list)
11005 "Using dolist, reverse the order of LIST."
11006 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
11007 (dolist (element list value)
11008 (setq value (cons element value)))))
11009
11010(reverse-list-with-dolist animals)
11011@end group
11012@end smallexample
11013
11014@need 1250
11015@noindent
11016In Info, you can place your cursor after the closing parenthesis of
11017each expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}; in each case, you should see
11018
11019@smallexample
11020(tiger lion giraffe gazelle)
11021@end smallexample
11022
11023@noindent
11024in the echo area.
11025
11026For this example, the existing @code{reverse} function is obviously best.
11027The @code{while} loop is just like our first example (@pxref{Loop
11028Example, , A @code{while} Loop and a List}). The @code{while} first
11029checks whether the list has elements; if so, it constructs a new list
11030by adding the first element of the list to the existing list (which in
11031the first iteration of the loop is @code{nil}). Since the second
11032element is prepended in front of the first element, and the third
11033element is prepended in front of the second element, the list is reversed.
11034
11035In the expression using a @code{while} loop,
11036the @w{@code{(setq list (cdr list))}}
11037expression shortens the list, so the @code{while} loop eventually
11038stops. In addition, it provides the @code{cons} expression with a new
11039first element by creating a new and shorter list at each repetition of
11040the loop.
11041
11042The @code{dolist} expression does very much the same as the
11043@code{while} expression, except that the @code{dolist} macro does some
11044of the work you have to do when writing a @code{while} expression.
11045
11046Like a @code{while} loop, a @code{dolist} loops. What is different is
f99f1641
PE
11047that it automatically shortens the list each time it loops---it
11048`@sc{cdr}s down the list' on its own---and it automatically binds
8cda6f8f
GM
11049the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list to the first of its
11050arguments.
11051
11052In the example, the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list is
11053referred to using the symbol @samp{element}, the list itself is called
11054@samp{list}, and the value returned is called @samp{value}. The
11055remainder of the @code{dolist} expression is the body.
11056
11057The @code{dolist} expression binds the @sc{car} of each shorter
11058version of the list to @code{element} and then evaluates the body of
11059the expression; and repeats the loop. The result is returned in
11060@code{value}.
11061
d6adf7e7
GM
11062@node dotimes
11063@unnumberedsubsec The @code{dotimes} Macro
8cda6f8f
GM
11064@findex dotimes
11065
11066The @code{dotimes} macro is similar to @code{dolist}, except that it
11067loops a specific number of times.
11068
11069The first argument to @code{dotimes} is assigned the numbers 0, 1, 2
11070and so forth each time around the loop, and the value of the third
11071argument is returned. You need to provide the value of the second
11072argument, which is how many times the macro loops.
11073
11074@need 1250
11075For example, the following binds the numbers from 0 up to, but not
11076including, the number 3 to the first argument, @var{number}, and then
11077constructs a list of the three numbers. (The first number is 0, the
11078second number is 1, and the third number is 2; this makes a total of
11079three numbers in all, starting with zero as the first number.)
11080
11081@smallexample
11082@group
11083(let (value) ; otherwise a value is a void variable
11084 (dotimes (number 3 value)
11085 (setq value (cons number value))))
11086
11087@result{} (2 1 0)
11088@end group
11089@end smallexample
11090
11091@noindent
11092@code{dotimes} returns @code{value}, so the way to use
11093@code{dotimes} is to operate on some expression @var{number} number of
11094times and then return the result, either as a list or an atom.
11095
11096@need 1250
11097Here is an example of a @code{defun} that uses @code{dotimes} to add
11098up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
11099
11100@smallexample
11101@group
11102(defun triangle-using-dotimes (number-of-rows)
11103 "Using dotimes, add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
11104(let ((total 0)) ; otherwise a total is a void variable
11105 (dotimes (number number-of-rows total)
11106 (setq total (+ total (1+ number))))))
11107
11108(triangle-using-dotimes 4)
11109@end group
11110@end smallexample
11111
d6adf7e7 11112@node Recursion
8cda6f8f
GM
11113@section Recursion
11114@cindex Recursion
11115
11116A recursive function contains code that tells the Lisp interpreter to
11117call a program that runs exactly like itself, but with slightly
11118different arguments. The code runs exactly the same because it has
11119the same name. However, even though the program has the same name, it
11120is not the same entity. It is different. In the jargon, it is a
11121different `instance'.
11122
11123Eventually, if the program is written correctly, the `slightly
11124different arguments' will become sufficiently different from the first
11125arguments that the final instance will stop.
11126
11127@menu
11128* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
11129* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
11130* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
11131* Recursive triangle function::
11132* Recursion with cond::
11133* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
11134* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
11135* No deferment solution::
11136@end menu
11137
d6adf7e7 11138@node Building Robots
8cda6f8f
GM
11139@subsection Building Robots: Extending the Metaphor
11140@cindex Building robots
11141@cindex Robots, building
11142
11143It is sometimes helpful to think of a running program as a robot that
11144does a job. In doing its job, a recursive function calls on a second
11145robot to help it. The second robot is identical to the first in every
11146way, except that the second robot helps the first and has been
11147passed different arguments than the first.
11148
11149In a recursive function, the second robot may call a third; and the
11150third may call a fourth, and so on. Each of these is a different
11151entity; but all are clones.
11152
11153Since each robot has slightly different instructions---the arguments
11154will differ from one robot to the next---the last robot should know
11155when to stop.
11156
11157Let's expand on the metaphor in which a computer program is a robot.
11158
11159A function definition provides the blueprints for a robot. When you
11160install a function definition, that is, when you evaluate a
767b8eae
XF
11161@code{defun} macro, you install the necessary equipment to build
11162robots. It is as if you were in a factory, setting up an assembly
11163line. Robots with the same name are built according to the same
11164blueprints. So they have, as it were, the same `model number', but a
11165different `serial number'.
8cda6f8f
GM
11166
11167We often say that a recursive function `calls itself'. What we mean
11168is that the instructions in a recursive function cause the Lisp
11169interpreter to run a different function that has the same name and
11170does the same job as the first, but with different arguments.
11171
11172It is important that the arguments differ from one instance to the
11173next; otherwise, the process will never stop.
11174
d6adf7e7 11175@node Recursive Definition Parts
8cda6f8f
GM
11176@subsection The Parts of a Recursive Definition
11177@cindex Parts of a Recursive Definition
11178@cindex Recursive Definition Parts
11179
11180A recursive function typically contains a conditional expression which
11181has three parts:
11182
11183@enumerate
11184@item
11185A true-or-false-test that determines whether the function is called
11186again, here called the @dfn{do-again-test}.
11187
11188@item
11189The name of the function. When this name is called, a new instance of
11190the function---a new robot, as it were---is created and told what to do.
11191
11192@item
11193An expression that returns a different value each time the function is
11194called, here called the @dfn{next-step-expression}. Consequently, the
11195argument (or arguments) passed to the new instance of the function
11196will be different from that passed to the previous instance. This
11197causes the conditional expression, the @dfn{do-again-test}, to test
11198false after the correct number of repetitions.
11199@end enumerate
11200
11201Recursive functions can be much simpler than any other kind of
11202function. Indeed, when people first start to use them, they often look
11203so mysteriously simple as to be incomprehensible. Like riding a
11204bicycle, reading a recursive function definition takes a certain knack
11205which is hard at first but then seems simple.
11206
11207@need 1200
11208There are several different common recursive patterns. A very simple
11209pattern looks like this:
11210
11211@smallexample
11212@group
11213(defun @var{name-of-recursive-function} (@var{argument-list})
11214 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
11215 (if @var{do-again-test}
11216 @var{body}@dots{}
11217 (@var{name-of-recursive-function}
11218 @var{next-step-expression})))
11219@end group
11220@end smallexample
11221
11222Each time a recursive function is evaluated, a new instance of it is
11223created and told what to do. The arguments tell the instance what to do.
11224
11225An argument is bound to the value of the next-step-expression. Each
11226instance runs with a different value of the next-step-expression.
11227
11228The value in the next-step-expression is used in the do-again-test.
11229
11230The value returned by the next-step-expression is passed to the new
11231instance of the function, which evaluates it (or some
11232transmogrification of it) to determine whether to continue or stop.
11233The next-step-expression is designed so that the do-again-test returns
11234false when the function should no longer be repeated.
11235
11236The do-again-test is sometimes called the @dfn{stop condition},
11237since it stops the repetitions when it tests false.
11238
d6adf7e7 11239@node Recursion with list
8cda6f8f
GM
11240@subsection Recursion with a List
11241
11242The example of a @code{while} loop that printed the elements of a list
11243of numbers can be written recursively. Here is the code, including
11244an expression to set the value of the variable @code{animals} to a list.
11245
8f4ea8e0
GM
11246If you are reading this in Info in Emacs, you can evaluate this
11247expression directly in Info. Otherwise, you must copy the example
11248to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate each expression there.
11249Use @kbd{C-u C-x C-e} to evaluate the
8cda6f8f
GM
11250@code{(print-elements-recursively animals)} expression so that the
11251results are printed in the buffer; otherwise the Lisp interpreter will
11252try to squeeze the results into the one line of the echo area.
11253
11254Also, place your cursor immediately after the last closing parenthesis
11255of the @code{print-elements-recursively} function, before the comment.
11256Otherwise, the Lisp interpreter will try to evaluate the comment.
11257
8cda6f8f
GM
11258@findex print-elements-recursively
11259@smallexample
11260@group
11261(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11262
11263(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11264 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11265Uses recursion."
11266 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11267 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11268 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11269 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11270
11271(print-elements-recursively animals)
11272@end group
11273@end smallexample
11274
11275The @code{print-elements-recursively} function first tests whether
11276there is any content in the list; if there is, the function prints the
11277first element of the list, the @sc{car} of the list. Then the
11278function `invokes itself', but gives itself as its argument, not the
11279whole list, but the second and subsequent elements of the list, the
11280@sc{cdr} of the list.
11281
11282Put another way, if the list is not empty, the function invokes
11283another instance of code that is similar to the initial code, but is a
11284different thread of execution, with different arguments than the first
11285instance.
11286
11287Put in yet another way, if the list is not empty, the first robot
2d7752a0 11288assembles a second robot and tells it what to do; the second robot is
8cda6f8f
GM
11289a different individual from the first, but is the same model.
11290
11291When the second evaluation occurs, the @code{when} expression is
11292evaluated and if true, prints the first element of the list it
11293receives as its argument (which is the second element of the original
11294list). Then the function `calls itself' with the @sc{cdr} of the list
11295it is invoked with, which (the second time around) is the @sc{cdr} of
11296the @sc{cdr} of the original list.
11297
11298Note that although we say that the function `calls itself', what we
11299mean is that the Lisp interpreter assembles and instructs a new
11300instance of the program. The new instance is a clone of the first,
11301but is a separate individual.
11302
11303Each time the function `invokes itself', it invokes itself on a
11304shorter version of the original list. It creates a new instance that
11305works on a shorter list.
11306
11307Eventually, the function invokes itself on an empty list. It creates
11308a new instance whose argument is @code{nil}. The conditional expression
11309tests the value of @code{list}. Since the value of @code{list} is
11310@code{nil}, the @code{when} expression tests false so the then-part is
11311not evaluated. The function as a whole then returns @code{nil}.
11312
11313@need 1200
a9097c6d
KB
11314When you evaluate the expression @code{(print-elements-recursively
11315animals)} in the @file{*scratch*} buffer, you see this result:
8cda6f8f
GM
11316
11317@smallexample
11318@group
11319gazelle
11320
11321giraffe
11322
11323lion
11324
11325tiger
11326nil
11327@end group
11328@end smallexample
11329
11330@need 2000
d6adf7e7 11331@node Recursive triangle function
8cda6f8f
GM
11332@subsection Recursion in Place of a Counter
11333@findex triangle-recursively
11334
11335@need 1200
11336The @code{triangle} function described in a previous section can also
11337be written recursively. It looks like this:
11338
11339@smallexample
11340@group
11341(defun triangle-recursively (number)
11342 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11343Uses recursion."
11344 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11345 1 ; @r{then-part}
11346 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11347 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11348 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11349
11350(triangle-recursively 7)
11351@end group
11352@end smallexample
11353
11354@noindent
11355You can install this function by evaluating it and then try it by
11356evaluating @code{(triangle-recursively 7)}. (Remember to put your
11357cursor immediately after the last parenthesis of the function
11358definition, before the comment.) The function evaluates to 28.
11359
11360To understand how this function works, let's consider what happens in the
11361various cases when the function is passed 1, 2, 3, or 4 as the value of
11362its argument.
11363
11364@menu
11365* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
11366* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
11367@end menu
11368
8cda6f8f 11369@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 11370@node Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2
8cda6f8f
GM
11371@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 1 or 2
11372@end ifnottex
11373
11374First, what happens if the value of the argument is 1?
11375
11376The function has an @code{if} expression after the documentation
11377string. It tests whether the value of @code{number} is equal to 1; if
11378so, Emacs evaluates the then-part of the @code{if} expression, which
11379returns the number 1 as the value of the function. (A triangle with
11380one row has one pebble in it.)
11381
11382Suppose, however, that the value of the argument is 2. In this case,
11383Emacs evaluates the else-part of the @code{if} expression.
11384
11385@need 1200
11386The else-part consists of an addition, the recursive call to
11387@code{triangle-recursively} and a decrementing action; and it looks like
11388this:
11389
11390@smallexample
11391(+ number (triangle-recursively (1- number)))
11392@end smallexample
11393
11394When Emacs evaluates this expression, the innermost expression is
11395evaluated first; then the other parts in sequence. Here are the steps
11396in detail:
11397
11398@table @i
11399@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression.
11400
11401The innermost expression is @code{(1- number)} so Emacs decrements the
11402value of @code{number} from 2 to 1.
11403
11404@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11405
11406The Lisp interpreter creates an individual instance of
11407@code{triangle-recursively}. It does not matter that this function is
11408contained within itself. Emacs passes the result Step 1 as the
11409argument used by this instance of the @code{triangle-recursively}
11410function
11411
11412In this case, Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with an
11413argument of 1. This means that this evaluation of
11414@code{triangle-recursively} returns 1.
11415
11416@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the value of @code{number}.
11417
11418The variable @code{number} is the second element of the list that
11419starts with @code{+}; its value is 2.
11420
11421@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{+} expression.
11422
11423The @code{+} expression receives two arguments, the first
11424from the evaluation of @code{number} (Step 3) and the second from the
11425evaluation of @code{triangle-recursively} (Step 2).
11426
11427The result of the addition is the sum of 2 plus 1, and the number 3 is
11428returned, which is correct. A triangle with two rows has three
11429pebbles in it.
11430@end table
11431
d6adf7e7 11432@node Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4
8cda6f8f
GM
11433@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 3 or 4
11434
11435Suppose that @code{triangle-recursively} is called with an argument of
114363.
11437
11438@table @i
11439@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the do-again-test.
11440
11441The @code{if} expression is evaluated first. This is the do-again
11442test and returns false, so the else-part of the @code{if} expression
11443is evaluated. (Note that in this example, the do-again-test causes
11444the function to call itself when it tests false, not when it tests
11445true.)
11446
11447@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression of the else-part.
11448
11449The innermost expression of the else-part is evaluated, which decrements
114503 to 2. This is the next-step-expression.
11451
11452@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11453
11454The number 2 is passed to the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11455
a9097c6d 11456We already know what happens when Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with
8cda6f8f
GM
11457an argument of 2. After going through the sequence of actions described
11458earlier, it returns a value of 3. So that is what will happen here.
11459
11460@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the addition.
11461
114623 will be passed as an argument to the addition and will be added to the
11463number with which the function was called, which is 3.
11464@end table
11465
11466@noindent
11467The value returned by the function as a whole will be 6.
11468
11469Now that we know what will happen when @code{triangle-recursively} is
11470called with an argument of 3, it is evident what will happen if it is
11471called with an argument of 4:
11472
11473@quotation
11474@need 800
11475In the recursive call, the evaluation of
11476
11477@smallexample
11478(triangle-recursively (1- 4))
11479@end smallexample
11480
11481@need 800
11482@noindent
11483will return the value of evaluating
11484
11485@smallexample
11486(triangle-recursively 3)
11487@end smallexample
11488
11489@noindent
11490which is 6 and this value will be added to 4 by the addition in the
11491third line.
11492@end quotation
11493
11494@noindent
11495The value returned by the function as a whole will be 10.
11496
11497Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is evaluated, it evaluates a
11498version of itself---a different instance of itself---with a smaller
11499argument, until the argument is small enough so that it does not
11500evaluate itself.
11501
11502Note that this particular design for a recursive function
11503requires that operations be deferred.
11504
11505Before @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} can calculate its answer, it
11506must call @code{(triangle-recursively 6)}; and before
11507@code{(triangle-recursively 6)} can calculate its answer, it must call
11508@code{(triangle-recursively 5)}; and so on. That is to say, the
11509calculation that @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} makes must be
11510deferred until @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} makes its calculation;
11511and @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} must defer until
11512@code{(triangle-recursively 5)} completes; and so on.
11513
11514If each of these instances of @code{triangle-recursively} are thought
11515of as different robots, the first robot must wait for the second to
11516complete its job, which must wait until the third completes, and so
11517on.
11518
11519There is a way around this kind of waiting, which we will discuss in
11520@ref{No Deferment, , Recursion without Deferments}.
11521
d6adf7e7 11522@node Recursion with cond
8cda6f8f
GM
11523@subsection Recursion Example Using @code{cond}
11524@findex cond
11525
11526The version of @code{triangle-recursively} described earlier is written
11527with the @code{if} special form. It can also be written using another
11528special form called @code{cond}. The name of the special form
11529@code{cond} is an abbreviation of the word @samp{conditional}.
11530
11531Although the @code{cond} special form is not used as often in the
11532Emacs Lisp sources as @code{if}, it is used often enough to justify
11533explaining it.
11534
11535@need 800
11536The template for a @code{cond} expression looks like this:
11537
11538@smallexample
11539@group
11540(cond
11541 @var{body}@dots{})
11542@end group
11543@end smallexample
11544
11545@noindent
11546where the @var{body} is a series of lists.
11547
11548@need 800
11549Written out more fully, the template looks like this:
11550
11551@smallexample
11552@group
11553(cond
11554 (@var{first-true-or-false-test} @var{first-consequent})
11555 (@var{second-true-or-false-test} @var{second-consequent})
11556 (@var{third-true-or-false-test} @var{third-consequent})
11557 @dots{})
11558@end group
11559@end smallexample
11560
11561When the Lisp interpreter evaluates the @code{cond} expression, it
11562evaluates the first element (the @sc{car} or true-or-false-test) of
11563the first expression in a series of expressions within the body of the
11564@code{cond}.
11565
11566If the true-or-false-test returns @code{nil} the rest of that
11567expression, the consequent, is skipped and the true-or-false-test of the
11568next expression is evaluated. When an expression is found whose
11569true-or-false-test returns a value that is not @code{nil}, the
11570consequent of that expression is evaluated. The consequent can be one
11571or more expressions. If the consequent consists of more than one
11572expression, the expressions are evaluated in sequence and the value of
11573the last one is returned. If the expression does not have a consequent,
11574the value of the true-or-false-test is returned.
11575
11576If none of the true-or-false-tests test true, the @code{cond} expression
11577returns @code{nil}.
11578
11579@need 1250
11580Written using @code{cond}, the @code{triangle} function looks like this:
11581
11582@smallexample
11583@group
11584(defun triangle-using-cond (number)
11585 (cond ((<= number 0) 0)
11586 ((= number 1) 1)
11587 ((> number 1)
11588 (+ number (triangle-using-cond (1- number))))))
11589@end group
11590@end smallexample
11591
11592@noindent
11593In this example, the @code{cond} returns 0 if the number is less than or
11594equal to 0, it returns 1 if the number is 1 and it evaluates @code{(+
11595number (triangle-using-cond (1- number)))} if the number is greater than
115961.
11597
d6adf7e7 11598@node Recursive Patterns
8cda6f8f
GM
11599@subsection Recursive Patterns
11600@cindex Recursive Patterns
11601
11602Here are three common recursive patterns. Each involves a list.
11603Recursion does not need to involve lists, but Lisp is designed for lists
11604and this provides a sense of its primal capabilities.
11605
11606@menu
11607* Every::
11608* Accumulate::
11609* Keep::
11610@end menu
11611
d6adf7e7 11612@node Every
8cda6f8f
GM
11613@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{every}
11614@cindex Every, type of recursive pattern
11615@cindex Recursive pattern: every
11616
11617In the @code{every} recursive pattern, an action is performed on every
11618element of a list.
11619
11620@need 1500
11621The basic pattern is:
11622
11623@itemize @bullet
11624@item
11625If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11626@item
11627Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list)
11628 @itemize @minus
11629 @item
11630 through a recursive call by the function on the rest (the
11631 @sc{cdr}) of the list,
11632 @item
11633 and, optionally, combine the acted-on element, using @code{cons},
11634 with the results of acting on the rest.
11635 @end itemize
11636@end itemize
11637
11638@need 1500
11639Here is example:
11640
11641@smallexample
11642@group
11643(defun square-each (numbers-list)
11644 "Square each of a NUMBERS LIST, recursively."
11645 (if (not numbers-list) ; do-again-test
11646 nil
11647 (cons
11648 (* (car numbers-list) (car numbers-list))
11649 (square-each (cdr numbers-list))))) ; next-step-expression
11650@end group
11651
11652@group
11653(square-each '(1 2 3))
11654 @result{} (1 4 9)
11655@end group
11656@end smallexample
11657
11658@need 1200
11659@noindent
11660If @code{numbers-list} is empty, do nothing. But if it has content,
11661construct a list combining the square of the first number in the list
11662with the result of the recursive call.
11663
11664(The example follows the pattern exactly: @code{nil} is returned if
11665the numbers' list is empty. In practice, you would write the
11666conditional so it carries out the action when the numbers' list is not
11667empty.)
11668
11669The @code{print-elements-recursively} function (@pxref{Recursion with
11670list, , Recursion with a List}) is another example of an @code{every}
11671pattern, except in this case, rather than bring the results together
11672using @code{cons}, we print each element of output.
11673
11674@need 1250
11675The @code{print-elements-recursively} function looks like this:
11676
11677@smallexample
11678@group
11679(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11680@end group
11681
11682@group
11683(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11684 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11685Uses recursion."
11686 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11687 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11688 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11689 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11690
11691(print-elements-recursively animals)
11692@end group
11693@end smallexample
11694
11695@need 1500
11696The pattern for @code{print-elements-recursively} is:
11697
11698@itemize @bullet
11699@item
11700When the list is empty, do nothing.
11701@item
11702But when the list has at least one element,
11703 @itemize @minus
11704 @item
11705 act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11706 @item
11707 and make a recursive call on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11708 @end itemize
11709@end itemize
11710
d6adf7e7 11711@node Accumulate
8cda6f8f
GM
11712@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}
11713@cindex Accumulate, type of recursive pattern
11714@cindex Recursive pattern: accumulate
11715
11716Another recursive pattern is called the @code{accumulate} pattern. In
11717the @code{accumulate} recursive pattern, an action is performed on
11718every element of a list and the result of that action is accumulated
11719with the results of performing the action on the other elements.
11720
11721This is very like the `every' pattern using @code{cons}, except that
11722@code{cons} is not used, but some other combiner.
11723
11724@need 1500
11725The pattern is:
11726
11727@itemize @bullet
11728@item
11729If a list be empty, return zero or some other constant.
11730@item
11731Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11732 @itemize @minus
11733 @item
11734 and combine that acted-on element, using @code{+} or
11735 some other combining function, with
11736 @item
11737 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11738 @end itemize
11739@end itemize
11740
11741@need 1500
11742Here is an example:
11743
11744@smallexample
11745@group
11746(defun add-elements (numbers-list)
11747 "Add the elements of NUMBERS-LIST together."
11748 (if (not numbers-list)
11749 0
11750 (+ (car numbers-list) (add-elements (cdr numbers-list)))))
11751@end group
11752
11753@group
11754(add-elements '(1 2 3 4))
11755 @result{} 10
11756@end group
11757@end smallexample
11758
11759@xref{Files List, , Making a List of Files}, for an example of the
11760accumulate pattern.
11761
d6adf7e7 11762@node Keep
8cda6f8f
GM
11763@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{keep}
11764@cindex Keep, type of recursive pattern
11765@cindex Recursive pattern: keep
11766
11767A third recursive pattern is called the @code{keep} pattern.
11768In the @code{keep} recursive pattern, each element of a list is tested;
11769the element is acted on and the results are kept only if the element
11770meets a criterion.
11771
11772Again, this is very like the `every' pattern, except the element is
11773skipped unless it meets a criterion.
11774
11775@need 1500
11776The pattern has three parts:
11777
11778@itemize @bullet
11779@item
11780If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11781@item
11782Else, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) passes
11783 a test
11784 @itemize @minus
11785 @item
11786 act on that element and combine it, using @code{cons} with
11787 @item
11788 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11789 @end itemize
11790@item
11791Otherwise, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) fails
11792the test
11793 @itemize @minus
11794 @item
11795 skip on that element,
11796 @item
11797 and, recursively call the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11798 @end itemize
11799@end itemize
11800
11801@need 1500
11802Here is an example that uses @code{cond}:
11803
11804@smallexample
11805@group
11806(defun keep-three-letter-words (word-list)
11807 "Keep three letter words in WORD-LIST."
11808 (cond
11809 ;; First do-again-test: stop-condition
11810 ((not word-list) nil)
11811
11812 ;; Second do-again-test: when to act
11813 ((eq 3 (length (symbol-name (car word-list))))
11814 ;; combine acted-on element with recursive call on shorter list
11815 (cons (car word-list) (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list))))
11816
11817 ;; Third do-again-test: when to skip element;
11818 ;; recursively call shorter list with next-step expression
11819 (t (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list)))))
11820@end group
11821
11822@group
11823(keep-three-letter-words '(one two three four five six))
11824 @result{} (one two six)
11825@end group
11826@end smallexample
11827
11828It goes without saying that you need not use @code{nil} as the test for
11829when to stop; and you can, of course, combine these patterns.
11830
d6adf7e7 11831@node No Deferment
8cda6f8f
GM
11832@subsection Recursion without Deferments
11833@cindex Deferment in recursion
11834@cindex Recursion without Deferments
11835
11836Let's consider again what happens with the @code{triangle-recursively}
11837function. We will find that the intermediate calculations are
11838deferred until all can be done.
11839
11840@need 800
11841Here is the function definition:
11842
11843@smallexample
11844@group
11845(defun triangle-recursively (number)
11846 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11847Uses recursion."
11848 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11849 1 ; @r{then-part}
11850 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11851 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11852 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11853@end group
11854@end smallexample
11855
11856What happens when we call this function with a argument of 7?
11857
11858The first instance of the @code{triangle-recursively} function adds
11859the number 7 to the value returned by a second instance of
11860@code{triangle-recursively}, an instance that has been passed an
11861argument of 6. That is to say, the first calculation is:
11862
11863@smallexample
11864(+ 7 (triangle-recursively 6))
11865@end smallexample
11866
11867@noindent
11868The first instance of @code{triangle-recursively}---you may want to
11869think of it as a little robot---cannot complete its job. It must hand
11870off the calculation for @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} to a second
11871instance of the program, to a second robot. This second individual is
11872completely different from the first one; it is, in the jargon, a
11873`different instantiation'. Or, put another way, it is a different
11874robot. It is the same model as the first; it calculates triangle
11875numbers recursively; but it has a different serial number.
11876
11877And what does @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} return? It returns the
11878number 6 added to the value returned by evaluating
11879@code{triangle-recursively} with an argument of 5. Using the robot
11880metaphor, it asks yet another robot to help it.
11881
11882@need 800
11883Now the total is:
11884
11885@smallexample
11886(+ 7 6 (triangle-recursively 5))
11887@end smallexample
11888
11889@need 800
11890And what happens next?
11891
11892@smallexample
11893(+ 7 6 5 (triangle-recursively 4))
11894@end smallexample
11895
11896Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is called, except for the last
11897time, it creates another instance of the program---another robot---and
11898asks it to make a calculation.
11899
11900@need 800
11901Eventually, the full addition is set up and performed:
11902
11903@smallexample
11904(+ 7 6 5 4 3 2 1)
11905@end smallexample
11906
11907This design for the function defers the calculation of the first step
11908until the second can be done, and defers that until the third can be
11909done, and so on. Each deferment means the computer must remember what
11910is being waited on. This is not a problem when there are only a few
11911steps, as in this example. But it can be a problem when there are
11912more steps.
11913
d6adf7e7 11914@node No deferment solution
8cda6f8f
GM
11915@subsection No Deferment Solution
11916@cindex No deferment solution
11917@cindex Defermentless solution
11918@cindex Solution without deferment
11919
11920The solution to the problem of deferred operations is to write in a
11921manner that does not defer operations@footnote{The phrase @dfn{tail
11922recursive} is used to describe such a process, one that uses
11923`constant space'.}. This requires
11924writing to a different pattern, often one that involves writing two
11925function definitions, an `initialization' function and a `helper'
11926function.
11927
11928The `initialization' function sets up the job; the `helper' function
11929does the work.
11930
11931@need 1200
11932Here are the two function definitions for adding up numbers. They are
11933so simple, I find them hard to understand.
11934
11935@smallexample
11936@group
11937(defun triangle-initialization (number)
11938 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11939This is the `initialization' component of a two function
11940duo that uses recursion."
11941 (triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 number))
11942@end group
11943@end smallexample
11944
11945@smallexample
11946@group
11947(defun triangle-recursive-helper (sum counter number)
11948 "Return SUM, using COUNTER, through NUMBER inclusive.
11949This is the `helper' component of a two function duo
11950that uses recursion."
11951 (if (> counter number)
11952 sum
11953 (triangle-recursive-helper (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum}
11954 (1+ counter) ; @r{counter}
11955 number))) ; @r{number}
11956@end group
11957@end smallexample
11958
11959@need 1250
11960Install both function definitions by evaluating them, then call
11961@code{triangle-initialization} with 2 rows:
11962
11963@smallexample
11964@group
11965(triangle-initialization 2)
11966 @result{} 3
11967@end group
11968@end smallexample
11969
11970The `initialization' function calls the first instance of the `helper'
11971function with three arguments: zero, zero, and a number which is the
11972number of rows in the triangle.
11973
11974The first two arguments passed to the `helper' function are
11975initialization values. These values are changed when
11976@code{triangle-recursive-helper} invokes new instances.@footnote{The
11977jargon is mildly confusing: @code{triangle-recursive-helper} uses a
11978process that is iterative in a procedure that is recursive. The
11979process is called iterative because the computer need only record the
11980three values, @code{sum}, @code{counter}, and @code{number}; the
11981procedure is recursive because the function `calls itself'. On the
11982other hand, both the process and the procedure used by
11983@code{triangle-recursively} are called recursive. The word
11984`recursive' has different meanings in the two contexts.}
11985
11986Let's see what happens when we have a triangle that has one row. (This
11987triangle will have one pebble in it!)
11988
11989@need 1200
11990@code{triangle-initialization} will call its helper with
11991the arguments @w{@code{0 0 1}}. That function will run the conditional
11992test whether @code{(> counter number)}:
11993
11994@smallexample
11995(> 0 1)
11996@end smallexample
11997
11998@need 1200
11999@noindent
12000and find that the result is false, so it will invoke
12001the else-part of the @code{if} clause:
12002
12003@smallexample
12004@group
12005 (triangle-recursive-helper
12006 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12007 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12008 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12009@end group
12010@end smallexample
12011
12012@need 800
12013@noindent
12014which will first compute:
12015
12016@smallexample
12017@group
12018(triangle-recursive-helper (+ 0 0) ; @r{sum}
12019 (1+ 0) ; @r{counter}
12020 1) ; @r{number}
12021@exdent which is:
12022
12023(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 1)
12024@end group
12025@end smallexample
12026
12027Again, @code{(> counter number)} will be false, so again, the Lisp
12028interpreter will evaluate @code{triangle-recursive-helper}, creating a
12029new instance with new arguments.
12030
12031@need 800
12032This new instance will be;
12033
12034@smallexample
12035@group
12036 (triangle-recursive-helper
12037 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12038 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12039 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12040
12041@exdent which is:
12042
12043(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 1)
12044@end group
12045@end smallexample
12046
12047In this case, the @code{(> counter number)} test will be true! So the
12048instance will return the value of the sum, which will be 1, as
12049expected.
12050
12051Now, let's pass @code{triangle-initialization} an argument
12052of 2, to find out how many pebbles there are in a triangle with two rows.
12053
12054That function calls @code{(triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 2)}.
12055
12056@need 800
12057In stages, the instances called will be:
12058
12059@smallexample
12060@group
12061 @r{sum counter number}
12062(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 2)
12063
12064(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 2)
12065
12066(triangle-recursive-helper 3 3 2)
12067@end group
12068@end smallexample
12069
12070When the last instance is called, the @code{(> counter number)} test
12071will be true, so the instance will return the value of @code{sum},
12072which will be 3.
12073
12074This kind of pattern helps when you are writing functions that can use
12075many resources in a computer.
12076
12077@need 1500
d6adf7e7 12078@node Looping exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
12079@section Looping Exercise
12080
12081@itemize @bullet
12082@item
12083Write a function similar to @code{triangle} in which each row has a
12084value which is the square of the row number. Use a @code{while} loop.
12085
12086@item
12087Write a function similar to @code{triangle} that multiplies instead of
12088adds the values.
12089
12090@item
12091Rewrite these two functions recursively. Rewrite these functions
12092using @code{cond}.
12093
12094@c comma in printed title causes problem in Info cross reference
12095@item
12096Write a function for Texinfo mode that creates an index entry at the
12097beginning of a paragraph for every @samp{@@dfn} within the paragraph.
12098(In a Texinfo file, @samp{@@dfn} marks a definition. This book is
12099written in Texinfo.)
12100
12101Many of the functions you will need are described in two of the
12102previous chapters, @ref{Cutting & Storing Text, , Cutting and Storing
12103Text}, and @ref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}. If you use
12104@code{forward-paragraph} to put the index entry at the beginning of
12105the paragraph, you will have to use @w{@kbd{C-h f}}
12106(@code{describe-function}) to find out how to make the command go
12107backwards.
12108
12109For more information, see
12110@ifinfo
12111@ref{Indicating, , Indicating Definitions, texinfo}.
12112@end ifinfo
12113@ifhtml
12114@ref{Indicating, , Indicating, texinfo, Texinfo Manual}, which goes to
12115a Texinfo manual in the current directory. Or, if you are on the
12116Internet, see
12117@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/}
12118@end ifhtml
12119@iftex
12120``Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.'' in @cite{Texinfo, The GNU
12121Documentation Format}.
12122@end iftex
12123@end itemize
12124
d6adf7e7 12125@node Regexp Search
8cda6f8f
GM
12126@chapter Regular Expression Searches
12127@cindex Searches, illustrating
12128@cindex Regular expression searches
12129@cindex Patterns, searching for
12130@cindex Motion by sentence and paragraph
12131@cindex Sentences, movement by
12132@cindex Paragraphs, movement by
12133
12134Regular expression searches are used extensively in GNU Emacs. The
12135two functions, @code{forward-sentence} and @code{forward-paragraph},
12136illustrate these searches well. They use regular expressions to find
12137where to move point. The phrase `regular expression' is often written
12138as `regexp'.
12139
12140Regular expression searches are described in @ref{Regexp Search, ,
12141Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, as well as in
12142@ref{Regular Expressions, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
12143Manual}. In writing this chapter, I am presuming that you have at
12144least a mild acquaintance with them. The major point to remember is
12145that regular expressions permit you to search for patterns as well as
12146for literal strings of characters. For example, the code in
12147@code{forward-sentence} searches for the pattern of possible
12148characters that could mark the end of a sentence, and moves point to
12149that spot.
12150
12151Before looking at the code for the @code{forward-sentence} function, it
12152is worth considering what the pattern that marks the end of a sentence
12153must be. The pattern is discussed in the next section; following that
12154is a description of the regular expression search function,
12155@code{re-search-forward}. The @code{forward-sentence} function
12156is described in the section following. Finally, the
12157@code{forward-paragraph} function is described in the last section of
12158this chapter. @code{forward-paragraph} is a complex function that
12159introduces several new features.
12160
12161@menu
12162* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
12163* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
12164* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
12165* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
12166* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
12167* Regexp Review::
12168* re-search Exercises::
12169@end menu
12170
d6adf7e7 12171@node sentence-end
8cda6f8f
GM
12172@section The Regular Expression for @code{sentence-end}
12173@findex sentence-end
12174
12175The symbol @code{sentence-end} is bound to the pattern that marks the
12176end of a sentence. What should this regular expression be?
12177
12178Clearly, a sentence may be ended by a period, a question mark, or an
12179exclamation mark. Indeed, in English, only clauses that end with one
12180of those three characters should be considered the end of a sentence.
12181This means that the pattern should include the character set:
12182
12183@smallexample
12184[.?!]
12185@end smallexample
12186
12187However, we do not want @code{forward-sentence} merely to jump to a
12188period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark, because such a character
12189might be used in the middle of a sentence. A period, for example, is
12190used after abbreviations. So other information is needed.
12191
12192According to convention, you type two spaces after every sentence, but
12193only one space after a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark in
12194the body of a sentence. So a period, a question mark, or an exclamation
12195mark followed by two spaces is a good indicator of an end of sentence.
12196However, in a file, the two spaces may instead be a tab or the end of a
12197line. This means that the regular expression should include these three
12198items as alternatives.
12199
12200@need 800
12201This group of alternatives will look like this:
12202
12203@smallexample
12204@group
12205\\($\\| \\| \\)
12206 ^ ^^
12207 TAB SPC
12208@end group
12209@end smallexample
12210
12211@noindent
12212Here, @samp{$} indicates the end of the line, and I have pointed out
12213where the tab and two spaces are inserted in the expression. Both are
12214inserted by putting the actual characters into the expression.
12215
12216Two backslashes, @samp{\\}, are required before the parentheses and
12217vertical bars: the first backslash quotes the following backslash in
12218Emacs; and the second indicates that the following character, the
12219parenthesis or the vertical bar, is special.
12220
12221@need 1000
12222Also, a sentence may be followed by one or more carriage returns, like
12223this:
12224
12225@smallexample
12226@group
12227[
12228]*
12229@end group
12230@end smallexample
12231
12232@noindent
12233Like tabs and spaces, a carriage return is inserted into a regular
12234expression by inserting it literally. The asterisk indicates that the
12235@key{RET} is repeated zero or more times.
12236
12237But a sentence end does not consist only of a period, a question mark or
12238an exclamation mark followed by appropriate space: a closing quotation
12239mark or a closing brace of some kind may precede the space. Indeed more
12240than one such mark or brace may precede the space. These require a
12241expression that looks like this:
12242
12243@smallexample
12244[]\"')@}]*
12245@end smallexample
12246
12247In this expression, the first @samp{]} is the first character in the
12248expression; the second character is @samp{"}, which is preceded by a
12249@samp{\} to tell Emacs the @samp{"} is @emph{not} special. The last
12250three characters are @samp{'}, @samp{)}, and @samp{@}}.
12251
12252All this suggests what the regular expression pattern for matching the
12253end of a sentence should be; and, indeed, if we evaluate
12254@code{sentence-end} we find that it returns the following value:
12255
12256@smallexample
12257@group
12258sentence-end
12259 @result{} "[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12260]*"
12261@end group
12262@end smallexample
12263
12264@noindent
12265(Well, not in GNU Emacs 22; that is because of an effort to make the
12266process simpler and to handle more glyphs and languages. When the
12267value of @code{sentence-end} is @code{nil}, then use the value defined
12268by the function @code{sentence-end}. (Here is a use of the difference
12269between a value and a function in Emacs Lisp.) The function returns a
12270value constructed from the variables @code{sentence-end-base},
12271@code{sentence-end-double-space}, @code{sentence-end-without-period},
12272and @code{sentence-end-without-space}. The critical variable is
12273@code{sentence-end-base}; its global value is similar to the one
12274described above but it also contains two additional quotation marks.
12275These have differing degrees of curliness. The
12276@code{sentence-end-without-period} variable, when true, tells Emacs
12277that a sentence may end without a period, such as text in Thai.)
12278
12279@ignore
12280@noindent
12281(Note that here the @key{TAB}, two spaces, and @key{RET} are shown
12282literally in the pattern.)
12283
12284This regular expression can be deciphered as follows:
12285
12286@table @code
12287@item [.?!]
12288The first part of the pattern is the three characters, a period, a question
12289mark and an exclamation mark, within square brackets. The pattern must
12290begin with one or other of these characters.
12291
12292@item []\"')@}]*
12293The second part of the pattern is the group of closing braces and
12294quotation marks, which can appear zero or more times. These may follow
12295the period, question mark or exclamation mark. In a regular expression,
12296the backslash, @samp{\}, followed by the double quotation mark,
12297@samp{"}, indicates the class of string-quote characters. Usually, the
12298double quotation mark is the only character in this class. The
12299asterisk, @samp{*}, indicates that the items in the previous group (the
12300group surrounded by square brackets, @samp{[]}) may be repeated zero or
12301more times.
12302
12303@item \\($\\| \\| \\)
12304The third part of the pattern is one or other of: either the end of a
12305line, or two blank spaces, or a tab. The double back-slashes are used
12306to prevent Emacs from reading the parentheses and vertical bars as part
12307of the search pattern; the parentheses are used to mark the group and
12308the vertical bars are used to indicated that the patterns to either side
12309of them are alternatives. The dollar sign is used to indicate the end
12310of a line and both the two spaces and the tab are each inserted as is to
12311indicate what they are.
12312
12313@item [@key{RET}]*
12314Finally, the last part of the pattern indicates that the end of the line
12315or the whitespace following the period, question mark or exclamation
12316mark may, but need not, be followed by one or more carriage returns. In
12317the pattern, the carriage return is inserted as an actual carriage
12318return between square brackets but here it is shown as @key{RET}.
12319@end table
12320@end ignore
12321
d6adf7e7 12322@node re-search-forward
8cda6f8f
GM
12323@section The @code{re-search-forward} Function
12324@findex re-search-forward
12325
12326The @code{re-search-forward} function is very like the
12327@code{search-forward} function. (@xref{search-forward, , The
12328@code{search-forward} Function}.)
12329
12330@code{re-search-forward} searches for a regular expression. If the
12331search is successful, it leaves point immediately after the last
12332character in the target. If the search is backwards, it leaves point
12333just before the first character in the target. You may tell
12334@code{re-search-forward} to return @code{t} for true. (Moving point
12335is therefore a `side effect'.)
12336
12337Like @code{search-forward}, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes
12338four arguments:
12339
12340@enumerate
12341@item
12342The first argument is the regular expression that the function searches
7b4b1301 12343for. The regular expression will be a string between quotation marks.
8cda6f8f
GM
12344
12345@item
12346The optional second argument limits how far the function will search; it is a
12347bound, which is specified as a position in the buffer.
12348
12349@item
12350The optional third argument specifies how the function responds to
12351failure: @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
12352signal an error (and print a message) when the search fails; any other
12353value causes it to return @code{nil} if the search fails and @code{t}
12354if the search succeeds.
12355
12356@item
12357The optional fourth argument is the repeat count. A negative repeat
12358count causes @code{re-search-forward} to search backwards.
12359@end enumerate
12360
12361@need 800
12362The template for @code{re-search-forward} looks like this:
12363
12364@smallexample
12365@group
12366(re-search-forward "@var{regular-expression}"
12367 @var{limit-of-search}
12368 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
12369 @var{repeat-count})
12370@end group
12371@end smallexample
12372
12373The second, third, and fourth arguments are optional. However, if you
12374want to pass a value to either or both of the last two arguments, you
12375must also pass a value to all the preceding arguments. Otherwise, the
12376Lisp interpreter will mistake which argument you are passing the value
12377to.
12378
12379@need 1200
12380In the @code{forward-sentence} function, the regular expression will be
12381the value of the variable @code{sentence-end}. In simple form, that is:
12382
12383@smallexample
12384@group
12385"[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12386]*"
12387@end group
12388@end smallexample
12389
12390@noindent
12391The limit of the search will be the end of the paragraph (since a
12392sentence cannot go beyond a paragraph). If the search fails, the
12393function will return @code{nil}; and the repeat count will be provided
12394by the argument to the @code{forward-sentence} function.
12395
d6adf7e7 12396@node forward-sentence
8cda6f8f
GM
12397@section @code{forward-sentence}
12398@findex forward-sentence
12399
12400The command to move the cursor forward a sentence is a straightforward
12401illustration of how to use regular expression searches in Emacs Lisp.
12402Indeed, the function looks longer and more complicated than it is; this
12403is because the function is designed to go backwards as well as forwards;
12404and, optionally, over more than one sentence. The function is usually
12405bound to the key command @kbd{M-e}.
12406
12407@menu
12408* Complete forward-sentence::
12409* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
12410* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
12411@end menu
12412
8cda6f8f 12413@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 12414@node Complete forward-sentence
8cda6f8f
GM
12415@unnumberedsubsec Complete @code{forward-sentence} function definition
12416@end ifnottex
12417
12418@need 1250
12419Here is the code for @code{forward-sentence}:
12420
12421@c in GNU Emacs 22
12422@smallexample
12423@group
12424(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12425 "Move forward to next `sentence-end'. With argument, repeat.
12426With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to `sentence-beginning'.
12427
12428The variable `sentence-end' is a regular expression that matches ends of
12429sentences. Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well."
12430@end group
12431@group
12432 (interactive "p")
12433 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12434 (let ((opoint (point))
12435 (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12436 (while (< arg 0)
12437 (let ((pos (point))
12438 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12439 (if (and (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)
12440 (or (< (match-end 0) pos)
12441 (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)))
12442 (goto-char (match-end 0))
12443 (goto-char par-beg)))
12444 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12445@end group
12446@group
12447 (while (> arg 0)
12448 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12449 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12450 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12451 (goto-char par-end)))
12452 (setq arg (1- arg)))
12453 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)))
12454@end group
12455@end smallexample
12456
12457@ignore
12458GNU Emacs 21
12459@smallexample
12460@group
12461(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12462 "Move forward to next sentence-end. With argument, repeat.
12463With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to sentence-beginning.
12464Sentence ends are identified by the value of sentence-end
12465treated as a regular expression. Also, every paragraph boundary
12466terminates sentences as well."
12467@end group
12468@group
12469 (interactive "p")
12470 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12471 (while (< arg 0)
12472 (let ((par-beg
12473 (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12474 (if (re-search-backward
12475 (concat sentence-end "[^ \t\n]") par-beg t)
12476 (goto-char (1- (match-end 0)))
12477 (goto-char par-beg)))
12478 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12479 (while (> arg 0)
12480 (let ((par-end
12481 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12482 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12483 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12484 (goto-char par-end)))
12485 (setq arg (1- arg))))
12486@end group
12487@end smallexample
12488@end ignore
12489
12490The function looks long at first sight and it is best to look at its
12491skeleton first, and then its muscle. The way to see the skeleton is to
12492look at the expressions that start in the left-most columns:
12493
12494@smallexample
12495@group
12496(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12497 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12498 (interactive "p")
12499 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12500 (let ((opoint (point)) (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12501 (while (< arg 0)
12502 (let ((pos (point))
12503 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12504 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-backwards}
12505 (while (> arg 0)
12506 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12507 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-forwards}
12508 @var{handle-forms-and-equivalent}
12509@end group
12510@end smallexample
12511
12512This looks much simpler! The function definition consists of
12513documentation, an @code{interactive} expression, an @code{or}
12514expression, a @code{let} expression, and @code{while} loops.
12515
12516Let's look at each of these parts in turn.
12517
12518We note that the documentation is thorough and understandable.
12519
12520The function has an @code{interactive "p"} declaration. This means
12521that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the
12522function as its argument. (This will be a number.) If the function
12523is not passed an argument (it is optional) then the argument
12524@code{arg} will be bound to 1.
12525
12526When @code{forward-sentence} is called non-interactively without an
12527argument, @code{arg} is bound to @code{nil}. The @code{or} expression
12528handles this. What it does is either leave the value of @code{arg} as
12529it is, but only if @code{arg} is bound to a value; or it sets the
12530value of @code{arg} to 1, in the case when @code{arg} is bound to
12531@code{nil}.
12532
12533Next is a @code{let}. That specifies the values of two local
12534variables, @code{point} and @code{sentence-end}. The local value of
12535point, from before the search, is used in the
12536@code{constrain-to-field} function which handles forms and
12537equivalents. The @code{sentence-end} variable is set by the
12538@code{sentence-end} function.
12539
d6adf7e7 12540@node fwd-sentence while loops
8cda6f8f
GM
12541@unnumberedsubsec The @code{while} loops
12542
12543Two @code{while} loops follow. The first @code{while} has a
12544true-or-false-test that tests true if the prefix argument for
12545@code{forward-sentence} is a negative number. This is for going
12546backwards. The body of this loop is similar to the body of the second
12547@code{while} clause, but it is not exactly the same. We will skip
12548this @code{while} loop and concentrate on the second @code{while}
12549loop.
12550
12551@need 1500
12552The second @code{while} loop is for moving point forward. Its skeleton
12553looks like this:
12554
12555@smallexample
12556@group
12557(while (> arg 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
12558 (let @var{varlist}
12559 (if (@var{true-or-false-test})
12560 @var{then-part}
12561 @var{else-part}
12562 (setq arg (1- arg)))) ; @code{while} @r{loop decrementer}
12563@end group
12564@end smallexample
12565
12566The @code{while} loop is of the decrementing kind.
12567(@xref{Decrementing Loop, , A Loop with a Decrementing Counter}.) It
12568has a true-or-false-test that tests true so long as the counter (in
12569this case, the variable @code{arg}) is greater than zero; and it has a
12570decrementer that subtracts 1 from the value of the counter every time
12571the loop repeats.
12572
12573If no prefix argument is given to @code{forward-sentence}, which is
12574the most common way the command is used, this @code{while} loop will
12575run once, since the value of @code{arg} will be 1.
12576
12577The body of the @code{while} loop consists of a @code{let} expression,
12578which creates and binds a local variable, and has, as its body, an
12579@code{if} expression.
12580
12581@need 1250
12582The body of the @code{while} loop looks like this:
12583
12584@smallexample
12585@group
12586(let ((par-end
12587 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12588 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12589 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12590 (goto-char par-end)))
12591@end group
12592@end smallexample
12593
12594The @code{let} expression creates and binds the local variable
12595@code{par-end}. As we shall see, this local variable is designed to
12596provide a bound or limit to the regular expression search. If the
12597search fails to find a proper sentence ending in the paragraph, it will
12598stop on reaching the end of the paragraph.
12599
12600But first, let us examine how @code{par-end} is bound to the value of
12601the end of the paragraph. What happens is that the @code{let} sets the
12602value of @code{par-end} to the value returned when the Lisp interpreter
12603evaluates the expression
12604
12605@smallexample
12606@group
12607(save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))
12608@end group
12609@end smallexample
12610
12611@noindent
12612In this expression, @code{(end-of-paragraph-text)} moves point to the
12613end of the paragraph, @code{(point)} returns the value of point, and then
12614@code{save-excursion} restores point to its original position. Thus,
12615the @code{let} binds @code{par-end} to the value returned by the
12616@code{save-excursion} expression, which is the position of the end of
12617the paragraph. (The @code{end-of-paragraph-text} function uses
12618@code{forward-paragraph}, which we will discuss shortly.)
12619
12620@need 1200
12621Emacs next evaluates the body of the @code{let}, which is an @code{if}
12622expression that looks like this:
12623
12624@smallexample
12625@group
12626(if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) ; @r{if-part}
12627 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") ; @r{then-part}
12628 (goto-char par-end))) ; @r{else-part}
12629@end group
12630@end smallexample
12631
12632The @code{if} tests whether its first argument is true and if so,
12633evaluates its then-part; otherwise, the Emacs Lisp interpreter
12634evaluates the else-part. The true-or-false-test of the @code{if}
12635expression is the regular expression search.
12636
12637It may seem odd to have what looks like the `real work' of
12638the @code{forward-sentence} function buried here, but this is a common
12639way this kind of operation is carried out in Lisp.
12640
d6adf7e7 12641@node fwd-sentence re-search
8cda6f8f
GM
12642@unnumberedsubsec The regular expression search
12643
12644The @code{re-search-forward} function searches for the end of the
12645sentence, that is, for the pattern defined by the @code{sentence-end}
12646regular expression. If the pattern is found---if the end of the sentence is
12647found---then the @code{re-search-forward} function does two things:
12648
12649@enumerate
12650@item
12651The @code{re-search-forward} function carries out a side effect, which
12652is to move point to the end of the occurrence found.
12653
12654@item
12655The @code{re-search-forward} function returns a value of true. This is
12656the value received by the @code{if}, and means that the search was
12657successful.
12658@end enumerate
12659
12660@noindent
12661The side effect, the movement of point, is completed before the
12662@code{if} function is handed the value returned by the successful
12663conclusion of the search.
12664
12665When the @code{if} function receives the value of true from a successful
12666call to @code{re-search-forward}, the @code{if} evaluates the then-part,
12667which is the expression @code{(skip-chars-backward " \t\n")}. This
12668expression moves backwards over any blank spaces, tabs or carriage
12669returns until a printed character is found and then leaves point after
12670the character. Since point has already been moved to the end of the
12671pattern that marks the end of the sentence, this action leaves point
12672right after the closing printed character of the sentence, which is
12673usually a period.
12674
12675On the other hand, if the @code{re-search-forward} function fails to
12676find a pattern marking the end of the sentence, the function returns
12677false. The false then causes the @code{if} to evaluate its third
12678argument, which is @code{(goto-char par-end)}: it moves point to the
12679end of the paragraph.
12680
12681(And if the text is in a form or equivalent, and point may not move
12682fully, then the @code{constrain-to-field} function comes into play.)
12683
12684Regular expression searches are exceptionally useful and the pattern
12685illustrated by @code{re-search-forward}, in which the search is the
12686test of an @code{if} expression, is handy. You will see or write code
12687incorporating this pattern often.
12688
d6adf7e7 12689@node forward-paragraph
8cda6f8f
GM
12690@section @code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
12691@findex forward-paragraph
12692
12693@ignore
12694@c in GNU Emacs 22
12695(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12696 "Move forward to end of paragraph.
12697With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
12698a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N paragraphs.
12699
12700A line which `paragraph-start' matches either separates paragraphs
12701\(if `paragraph-separate' matches it also) or is the first line of a paragraph.
12702A paragraph end is the beginning of a line which is not part of the paragraph
12703to which the end of the previous line belongs, or the end of the buffer.
12704Returns the count of paragraphs left to move."
12705 (interactive "p")
12706 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12707 (let* ((opoint (point))
12708 (fill-prefix-regexp
12709 (and fill-prefix (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12710 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12711 (regexp-quote fill-prefix)))
12712 ;; Remove ^ from paragraph-start and paragraph-sep if they are there.
12713 ;; These regexps shouldn't be anchored, because we look for them
12714 ;; starting at the left-margin. This allows paragraph commands to
12715 ;; work normally with indented text.
12716 ;; This hack will not find problem cases like "whatever\\|^something".
12717 (parstart (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-start))
12718 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-start 0)))
12719 (substring paragraph-start 1)
12720 paragraph-start))
12721 (parsep (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-separate))
12722 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-separate 0)))
12723 (substring paragraph-separate 1)
12724 paragraph-separate))
12725 (parsep
12726 (if fill-prefix-regexp
12727 (concat parsep "\\|"
12728 fill-prefix-regexp "[ \t]*$")
12729 parsep))
12730 ;; This is used for searching.
12731 (sp-parstart (concat "^[ \t]*\\(?:" parstart "\\|" parsep "\\)"))
12732 start found-start)
12733 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp)))
12734 (if (and (not (looking-at parsep))
12735 (re-search-backward "^\n" (max (1- (point)) (point-min)) t)
12736 (looking-at parsep))
12737 (setq arg (1+ arg))
12738 (setq start (point))
12739 ;; Move back over paragraph-separating lines.
12740 (forward-char -1) (beginning-of-line)
12741 (while (and (not (bobp))
12742 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12743 (looking-at parsep)))
12744 (forward-line -1))
12745 (if (bobp)
12746 nil
12747 (setq arg (1+ arg))
12748 ;; Go to end of the previous (non-separating) line.
12749 (end-of-line)
12750 ;; Search back for line that starts or separates paragraphs.
12751 (if (if fill-prefix-regexp
12752 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
12753 (let (multiple-lines)
12754 (while (and (progn (beginning-of-line) (not (bobp)))
12755 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12756 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12757 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12758 (unless (= (point) start)
12759 (setq multiple-lines t))
12760 (forward-line -1))
12761 (move-to-left-margin)
12762 ;; This deleted code caused a long hanging-indent line
12763 ;; not to be filled together with the following lines.
12764 ;; ;; Don't move back over a line before the paragraph
12765 ;; ;; which doesn't start with fill-prefix
12766 ;; ;; unless that is the only line we've moved over.
12767 ;; (and (not (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12768 ;; multiple-lines
12769 ;; (forward-line 1))
12770 (not (bobp)))
12771 (while (and (re-search-backward sp-parstart nil 1)
12772 (setq found-start t)
12773 ;; Found a candidate, but need to check if it is a
12774 ;; REAL parstart.
12775 (progn (setq start (point))
12776 (move-to-left-margin)
12777 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12778 (not (and (looking-at parstart)
12779 (or (not use-hard-newlines)
12780 (bobp)
12781 (get-text-property
12782 (1- start) 'hard)))))
12783 (setq found-start nil)
12784 (goto-char start))
12785 found-start)
12786 ;; Found one.
12787 (progn
12788 ;; Move forward over paragraph separators.
12789 ;; We know this cannot reach the place we started
12790 ;; because we know we moved back over a non-separator.
12791 (while (and (not (eobp))
12792 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12793 (looking-at parsep)))
12794 (forward-line 1))
12795 ;; If line before paragraph is just margin, back up to there.
12796 (end-of-line 0)
12797 (if (> (current-column) (current-left-margin))
12798 (forward-char 1)
12799 (skip-chars-backward " \t")
12800 (if (not (bolp))
12801 (forward-line 1))))
12802 ;; No starter or separator line => use buffer beg.
12803 (goto-char (point-min))))))
12804
12805 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
12806 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
12807 (while (and (not (eobp))
12808 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
12809 (looking-at parsep))
12810 (forward-line 1))
12811 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
12812 ;; ... and one more line.
12813 (forward-line 1)
12814 (if fill-prefix-regexp
12815 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
12816 (while (and (not (eobp))
12817 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
12818 (not (looking-at parsep))
12819 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12820 (forward-line 1))
12821 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
12822 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
12823 (goto-char start)
12824 (not (eobp)))
12825 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12826 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12827 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
12828 (and use-hard-newlines
12829 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
12830 (forward-char 1))
12831 (if (< (point) (point-max))
12832 (goto-char start))))
12833 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)
12834 ;; Return the number of steps that could not be done.
12835 arg))
12836@end ignore
12837
12838The @code{forward-paragraph} function moves point forward to the end
12839of the paragraph. It is usually bound to @kbd{M-@}} and makes use of a
12840number of functions that are important in themselves, including
12841@code{let*}, @code{match-beginning}, and @code{looking-at}.
12842
12843The function definition for @code{forward-paragraph} is considerably
12844longer than the function definition for @code{forward-sentence}
12845because it works with a paragraph, each line of which may begin with a
12846fill prefix.
12847
12848A fill prefix consists of a string of characters that are repeated at
12849the beginning of each line. For example, in Lisp code, it is a
12850convention to start each line of a paragraph-long comment with
12851@samp{;;; }. In Text mode, four blank spaces make up another common
12852fill prefix, creating an indented paragraph. (@xref{Fill Prefix, , ,
12853emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information about fill
12854prefixes.)
12855
12856The existence of a fill prefix means that in addition to being able to
12857find the end of a paragraph whose lines begin on the left-most
12858column, the @code{forward-paragraph} function must be able to find the
12859end of a paragraph when all or many of the lines in the buffer begin
12860with the fill prefix.
12861
12862Moreover, it is sometimes practical to ignore a fill prefix that
12863exists, especially when blank lines separate paragraphs.
12864This is an added complication.
12865
12866@menu
12867* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
12868* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
12869* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
12870@end menu
12871
8cda6f8f 12872@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 12873@node forward-paragraph in brief
8cda6f8f
GM
12874@unnumberedsubsec Shortened @code{forward-paragraph} function definition
12875@end ifnottex
12876
12877Rather than print all of the @code{forward-paragraph} function, we
12878will only print parts of it. Read without preparation, the function
12879can be daunting!
12880
12881@need 800
12882In outline, the function looks like this:
12883
12884@smallexample
12885@group
12886(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12887 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12888 (interactive "p")
12889 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12890 (let*
12891 @var{varlist}
12892 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp))) ; @r{backward-moving-code}
12893 @dots{}
12894 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp))) ; @r{forward-moving-code}
12895 @dots{}
12896@end group
12897@end smallexample
12898
12899The first parts of the function are routine: the function's argument
12900list consists of one optional argument. Documentation follows.
12901
12902The lower case @samp{p} in the @code{interactive} declaration means
12903that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the function.
12904This will be a number, and is the repeat count of how many paragraphs
12905point will move. The @code{or} expression in the next line handles
12906the common case when no argument is passed to the function, which occurs
12907if the function is called from other code rather than interactively.
12908This case was described earlier. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
12909@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Now we reach the end of the
12910familiar part of this function.
12911
d6adf7e7 12912@node fwd-para let
8cda6f8f
GM
12913@unnumberedsubsec The @code{let*} expression
12914
12915The next line of the @code{forward-paragraph} function begins a
12916@code{let*} expression. This is a different than @code{let}. The
12917symbol is @code{let*} not @code{let}.
12918
12919The @code{let*} special form is like @code{let} except that Emacs sets
12920each variable in sequence, one after another, and variables in the
12921latter part of the varlist can make use of the values to which Emacs
12922set variables in the earlier part of the varlist.
12923
12924@ignore
12925( refappend save-excursion, , code save-excursion in code append-to-buffer .)
12926@end ignore
12927
12928(@ref{append save-excursion, , @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
12929
12930In the @code{let*} expression in this function, Emacs binds a total of
12931seven variables: @code{opoint}, @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
12932@code{parstart}, @code{parsep}, @code{sp-parstart}, @code{start}, and
12933@code{found-start}.
12934
12935The variable @code{parsep} appears twice, first, to remove instances
12936of @samp{^}, and second, to handle fill prefixes.
12937
12938The variable @code{opoint} is just the value of @code{point}. As you
12939can guess, it is used in a @code{constrain-to-field} expression, just
12940as in @code{forward-sentence}.
12941
12942The variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is set to the value returned by
12943evaluating the following list:
12944
12945@smallexample
12946@group
12947(and fill-prefix
12948 (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12949 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12950 (regexp-quote fill-prefix))
12951@end group
12952@end smallexample
12953
12954@noindent
12955This is an expression whose first element is the @code{and} special form.
12956
12957As we learned earlier (@pxref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new}
12958function}), the @code{and} special form evaluates each of its
12959arguments until one of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in
12960which case the @code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if
12961none of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value
12962resulting from evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such
12963a value is not @code{nil}, it is considered true in Lisp.) In other
12964words, an @code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its
12965arguments are true.
12966@findex and
12967
12968In this case, the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to a
12969non-@code{nil} value only if the following four expressions produce a
12970true (i.e., a non-@code{nil}) value when they are evaluated; otherwise,
12971@code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to @code{nil}.
12972
12973@table @code
12974@item fill-prefix
12975When this variable is evaluated, the value of the fill prefix, if any,
12976is returned. If there is no fill prefix, this variable returns
12977@code{nil}.
12978
12979@item (not (equal fill-prefix "")
12980This expression checks whether an existing fill prefix is an empty
12981string, that is, a string with no characters in it. An empty string is
12982not a useful fill prefix.
12983
12984@item (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12985This expression returns @code{nil} if the variable
12986@code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix} has been turned on by being set to a
12987true value such as @code{t}.
12988
12989@item (regexp-quote fill-prefix)
12990This is the last argument to the @code{and} special form. If all the
12991arguments to the @code{and} are true, the value resulting from
12992evaluating this expression will be returned by the @code{and} expression
12993and bound to the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
12994@end table
12995
12996@findex regexp-quote
12997@noindent
12998The result of evaluating this @code{and} expression successfully is that
12999@code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be bound to the value of
13000@code{fill-prefix} as modified by the @code{regexp-quote} function.
13001What @code{regexp-quote} does is read a string and return a regular
13002expression that will exactly match the string and match nothing else.
13003This means that @code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be set to a value that
13004will exactly match the fill prefix if the fill prefix exists.
13005Otherwise, the variable will be set to @code{nil}.
13006
13007The next two local variables in the @code{let*} expression are
13008designed to remove instances of @samp{^} from @code{parstart} and
13009@code{parsep}, the local variables which indicate the paragraph start
13010and the paragraph separator. The next expression sets @code{parsep}
13011again. That is to handle fill prefixes.
13012
13013This is the setting that requires the definition call @code{let*}
13014rather than @code{let}. The true-or-false-test for the @code{if}
13015depends on whether the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} evaluates to
13016@code{nil} or some other value.
13017
13018If @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does not have a value, Emacs evaluates
13019the else-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to
13020its local value. (@code{parsep} is a regular expression that matches
13021what separates paragraphs.)
13022
13023But if @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does have a value, Emacs evaluates
13024the then-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to a
13025regular expression that includes the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} as part
13026of the pattern.
13027
13028Specifically, @code{parsep} is set to the original value of the
13029paragraph separate regular expression concatenated with an alternative
13030expression that consists of the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} followed by
13031optional whitespace to the end of the line. The whitespace is defined
13032by @w{@code{"[ \t]*$"}}.) The @samp{\\|} defines this portion of the
13033regexp as an alternative to @code{parsep}.
13034
13035According to a comment in the code, the next local variable,
13036@code{sp-parstart}, is used for searching, and then the final two,
13037@code{start} and @code{found-start}, are set to @code{nil}.
13038
13039Now we get into the body of the @code{let*}. The first part of the body
13040of the @code{let*} deals with the case when the function is given a
13041negative argument and is therefore moving backwards. We will skip this
13042section.
13043
d6adf7e7 13044@node fwd-para while
8cda6f8f
GM
13045@unnumberedsubsec The forward motion @code{while} loop
13046
13047The second part of the body of the @code{let*} deals with forward
13048motion. It is a @code{while} loop that repeats itself so long as the
13049value of @code{arg} is greater than zero. In the most common use of
13050the function, the value of the argument is 1, so the body of the
13051@code{while} loop is evaluated exactly once, and the cursor moves
13052forward one paragraph.
13053
13054@ignore
13055(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13056
13057 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13058 (while (and (not (eobp))
13059 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13060 (looking-at parsep))
13061 (forward-line 1))
13062 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13063 ;; ... and one more line.
13064 (forward-line 1)
13065
13066 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13067 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13068 (while (and (not (eobp))
13069 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13070 (not (looking-at parsep))
13071 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13072 (forward-line 1))
13073
13074 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13075 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13076 (goto-char start)
13077 (not (eobp)))
13078 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13079 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13080 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13081 (and use-hard-newlines
13082 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13083 (forward-char 1))
13084
13085 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13086 (goto-char start))))
13087@end ignore
13088
13089This part handles three situations: when point is between paragraphs,
13090when there is a fill prefix and when there is no fill prefix.
13091
13092@need 800
13093The @code{while} loop looks like this:
13094
13095@smallexample
13096@group
13097;; @r{going forwards and not at the end of the buffer}
13098(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13099
13100 ;; @r{between paragraphs}
13101 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13102 (while (and (not (eobp))
13103 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13104 (looking-at parsep))
13105 (forward-line 1))
13106 ;; @r{This decrements the loop}
13107 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13108 ;; ... and one more line.
13109 (forward-line 1)
13110@end group
13111
13112@group
13113 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13114 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13115 ;; we go forward line by line
13116 (while (and (not (eobp))
13117 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13118 (not (looking-at parsep))
13119 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13120 (forward-line 1))
13121@end group
13122
13123@group
13124 ;; There is no fill prefix;
13125 ;; we go forward character by character
13126 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13127 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13128 (goto-char start)
13129 (not (eobp)))
13130 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13131 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13132 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13133 (and use-hard-newlines
13134 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13135 (forward-char 1))
13136@end group
13137
13138@group
13139 ;; and if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the end,
13140 ;; go to whatever was found in the regular expression search
13141 ;; for sp-parstart
13142 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13143 (goto-char start))))
13144@end group
13145@end smallexample
13146
13147@findex eobp
13148We can see that this is a decrementing counter @code{while} loop,
13149using the expression @code{(setq arg (1- arg))} as the decrementer.
13150That expression is not far from the @code{while}, but is hidden in
13151another Lisp macro, an @code{unless} macro. Unless we are at the end
f99f1641
PE
13152of the buffer---that is what the @code{eobp} function determines; it
13153is an abbreviation of @samp{End Of Buffer P}---we decrease the value
8cda6f8f
GM
13154of @code{arg} by one.
13155
13156(If we are at the end of the buffer, we cannot go forward any more and
13157the next loop of the @code{while} expression will test false since the
13158test is an @code{and} with @code{(not (eobp))}. The @code{not}
13159function means exactly as you expect; it is another name for
13160@code{null}, a function that returns true when its argument is false.)
13161
13162Interestingly, the loop count is not decremented until we leave the
13163space between paragraphs, unless we come to the end of buffer or stop
13164seeing the local value of the paragraph separator.
13165
13166That second @code{while} also has a @code{(move-to-left-margin)}
13167expression. The function is self-explanatory. It is inside a
13168@code{progn} expression and not the last element of its body, so it is
13169only invoked for its side effect, which is to move point to the left
13170margin of the current line.
13171
13172@findex looking-at
13173The @code{looking-at} function is also self-explanatory; it returns
13174true if the text after point matches the regular expression given as
13175its argument.
13176
13177The rest of the body of the loop looks difficult at first, but makes
13178sense as you come to understand it.
13179
13180@need 800
13181First consider what happens if there is a fill prefix:
13182
13183@smallexample
13184@group
13185 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13186 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13187 ;; we go forward line by line
13188 (while (and (not (eobp))
13189 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13190 (not (looking-at parsep))
13191 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13192 (forward-line 1))
13193@end group
13194@end smallexample
13195
13196@noindent
13197This expression moves point forward line by line so long
13198as four conditions are true:
13199
13200@enumerate
13201@item
13202Point is not at the end of the buffer.
13203
13204@item
13205We can move to the left margin of the text and are
13206not at the end of the buffer.
13207
13208@item
13209The text following point does not separate paragraphs.
13210
13211@item
13212The pattern following point is the fill prefix regular expression.
13213@end enumerate
13214
13215The last condition may be puzzling, until you remember that point was
13216moved to the beginning of the line early in the @code{forward-paragraph}
13217function. This means that if the text has a fill prefix, the
13218@code{looking-at} function will see it.
13219
13220@need 1250
13221Consider what happens when there is no fill prefix.
13222
13223@smallexample
13224@group
13225 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13226 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13227 (goto-char start)
13228 (not (eobp)))
13229 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13230 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13231 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13232 (and use-hard-newlines
13233 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13234 (forward-char 1))
13235@end group
13236@end smallexample
13237
13238@noindent
13239This @code{while} loop has us searching forward for
13240@code{sp-parstart}, which is the combination of possible whitespace
13241with a the local value of the start of a paragraph or of a paragraph
13242separator. (The latter two are within an expression starting
13243@code{\(?:} so that they are not referenced by the
13244@code{match-beginning} function.)
13245
13246@need 800
13247The two expressions,
13248
13249@smallexample
13250@group
13251(setq start (match-beginning 0))
13252(goto-char start)
13253@end group
13254@end smallexample
13255
13256@noindent
13257mean go to the start of the text matched by the regular expression
13258search.
13259
13260The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression is new. It returns a number
13261specifying the location of the start of the text that was matched by
13262the last search.
13263
13264The @code{match-beginning} function is used here because of a
13265characteristic of a forward search: a successful forward search,
13266regardless of whether it is a plain search or a regular expression
13267search, moves point to the end of the text that is found. In this
13268case, a successful search moves point to the end of the pattern for
13269@code{sp-parstart}.
13270
13271However, we want to put point at the end of the current paragraph, not
13272somewhere else. Indeed, since the search possibly includes the
13273paragraph separator, point may end up at the beginning of the next one
13274unless we use an expression that includes @code{match-beginning}.
13275
13276@findex match-beginning
13277When given an argument of 0, @code{match-beginning} returns the
13278position that is the start of the text matched by the most recent
13279search. In this case, the most recent search looks for
13280@code{sp-parstart}. The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression returns
13281the beginning position of that pattern, rather than the end position
13282of that pattern.
13283
13284(Incidentally, when passed a positive number as an argument, the
13285@code{match-beginning} function returns the location of point at that
13286parenthesized expression in the last search unless that parenthesized
13287expression begins with @code{\(?:}. I don't know why @code{\(?:}
13288appears here since the argument is 0.)
13289
13290@need 1250
13291The last expression when there is no fill prefix is
13292
13293@smallexample
13294@group
13295(if (< (point) (point-max))
13296 (goto-char start))))
13297@end group
13298@end smallexample
13299
13300@noindent
13301This says that if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the
13302end, point should move to the beginning of whatever was found by the
13303regular expression search for @code{sp-parstart}.
13304
13305The full definition for the @code{forward-paragraph} function not only
13306includes code for going forwards, but also code for going backwards.
13307
13308If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs and you want to see the
13309whole function, you can type @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function})
13310and the name of the function. This gives you the function
13311documentation and the name of the library containing the function's
13312source. Place point over the name of the library and press the RET
13313key; you will be taken directly to the source. (Be sure to install
13314your sources! Without them, you are like a person who tries to drive
13315a car with his eyes shut!)
13316
d6adf7e7 13317@node etags
8cda6f8f
GM
13318@section Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File
13319@findex etags
13320@cindex @file{TAGS} file, create own
13321
13322Besides @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}), another way to see the
13323source of a function is to type @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) and the
13324name of the function when prompted for it. This is a good habit to
13325get into. The @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) command takes you directly
13326to the source for a function, variable, or node. The function depends
13327on tags tables to tell it where to go.
13328
13329If the @code{find-tag} function first asks you for the name of a
13330@file{TAGS} table, give it the name of a @file{TAGS} file such as
13331@file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}. (The exact path to your
13332@file{TAGS} file depends on how your copy of Emacs was installed. I
13333just told you the location that provides both my C and my Emacs Lisp
13334sources.)
13335
13336You can also create your own @file{TAGS} file for directories that
13337lack one.
13338
13339You often need to build and install tags tables yourself. They are
13340not built automatically. A tags table is called a @file{TAGS} file;
13341the name is in upper case letters.
13342
13343You can create a @file{TAGS} file by calling the @code{etags} program
13344that comes as a part of the Emacs distribution. Usually, @code{etags}
13345is compiled and installed when Emacs is built. (@code{etags} is not
13346an Emacs Lisp function or a part of Emacs; it is a C program.)
13347
13348@need 1250
13349To create a @file{TAGS} file, first switch to the directory in which
13350you want to create the file. In Emacs you can do this with the
13351@kbd{M-x cd} command, or by visiting a file in the directory, or by
13352listing the directory with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the
13353compile command, with @w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute
13354
13355@smallexample
13356M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
13357@end smallexample
13358
13359@noindent
13360to create a @file{TAGS} file for Emacs Lisp.
13361
13362For example, if you have a large number of files in your
13363@file{~/emacs} directory, as I do---I have 137 @file{.el} files in it,
13364of which I load 12---you can create a @file{TAGS} file for the Emacs
13365Lisp files in that directory.
13366
13367@need 1250
13368The @code{etags} program takes all the usual shell `wildcards'. For
13369example, if you have two directories for which you want a single
13370@file{TAGS} file, type @w{@code{etags *.el ../elisp/*.el}}, where
13371@file{../elisp/} is the second directory:
13372
13373@smallexample
13374M-x compile RET etags *.el ../elisp/*.el RET
13375@end smallexample
13376
13377@need 1250
13378Type
13379
13380@smallexample
13381M-x compile RET etags --help RET
13382@end smallexample
13383
13384@noindent
13385to see a list of the options accepted by @code{etags} as well as a
13386list of supported languages.
13387
13388The @code{etags} program handles more than 20 languages, including
13389Emacs Lisp, Common Lisp, Scheme, C, C++, Ada, Fortran, HTML, Java,
7877f373 13390LaTeX, Pascal, Perl, PostScript, Python, TeX, Texinfo, makefiles, and
8cda6f8f
GM
13391most assemblers. The program has no switches for specifying the
13392language; it recognizes the language in an input file according to its
13393file name and contents.
13394
13395@file{etags} is very helpful when you are writing code yourself and
13396want to refer back to functions you have already written. Just run
13397@code{etags} again at intervals as you write new functions, so they
13398become part of the @file{TAGS} file.
13399
13400If you think an appropriate @file{TAGS} file already exists for what
13401you want, but do not know where it is, you can use the @code{locate}
13402program to attempt to find it.
13403
13404Type @w{@kbd{M-x locate @key{RET} TAGS @key{RET}}} and Emacs will list
13405for you the full path names of all your @file{TAGS} files. On my
13406system, this command lists 34 @file{TAGS} files. On the other hand, a
13407`plain vanilla' system I recently installed did not contain any
13408@file{TAGS} files.
13409
13410If the tags table you want has been created, you can use the @code{M-x
13411visit-tags-table} command to specify it. Otherwise, you will need to
13412create the tag table yourself and then use @code{M-x
13413visit-tags-table}.
13414
13415@subsubheading Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13416@cindex Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13417@cindex Tags in the Emacs sources
13418@findex make tags
13419
13420The GNU Emacs sources come with a @file{Makefile} that contains a
13421sophisticated @code{etags} command that creates, collects, and merges
13422tags tables from all over the Emacs sources and puts the information
13423into one @file{TAGS} file in the @file{src/} directory. (The
13424@file{src/} directory is below the top level of your Emacs directory.)
13425
13426@need 1250
13427To build this @file{TAGS} file, go to the top level of your Emacs
13428source directory and run the compile command @code{make tags}:
13429
13430@smallexample
13431M-x compile RET make tags RET
13432@end smallexample
13433
13434@noindent
13435(The @code{make tags} command works well with the GNU Emacs sources,
13436as well as with some other source packages.)
13437
13438For more information, see @ref{Tags, , Tag Tables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13439Manual}.
13440
d6adf7e7 13441@node Regexp Review
8cda6f8f
GM
13442@section Review
13443
13444Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
13445
13446@table @code
13447@item while
13448Repeatedly evaluate the body of the expression so long as the first
13449element of the body tests true. Then return @code{nil}. (The
13450expression is evaluated only for its side effects.)
13451
13452@need 1250
13453For example:
13454
13455@smallexample
13456@group
13457(let ((foo 2))
13458 (while (> foo 0)
13459 (insert (format "foo is %d.\n" foo))
13460 (setq foo (1- foo))))
13461
13462 @result{} foo is 2.
13463 foo is 1.
13464 nil
13465@end group
13466@end smallexample
13467
13468@noindent
13469(The @code{insert} function inserts its arguments at point; the
13470@code{format} function returns a string formatted from its arguments
13471the way @code{message} formats its arguments; @code{\n} produces a new
13472line.)
13473
13474@item re-search-forward
13475Search for a pattern, and if the pattern is found, move point to rest
13476just after it.
13477
13478@noindent
13479Takes four arguments, like @code{search-forward}:
13480
13481@enumerate
13482@item
13483A regular expression that specifies the pattern to search for.
13484(Remember to put quotation marks around this argument!)
13485
13486@item
13487Optionally, the limit of the search.
13488
13489@item
13490Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
13491error message.
13492
13493@item
13494Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
13495search goes backwards.
13496@end enumerate
13497
13498@item let*
13499Bind some variables locally to particular values,
13500and then evaluate the remaining arguments, returning the value of the
13501last one. While binding the local variables, use the local values of
13502variables bound earlier, if any.
13503
13504@need 1250
13505For example:
13506
13507@smallexample
13508@group
13509(let* ((foo 7)
13510 (bar (* 3 foo)))
13511 (message "`bar' is %d." bar))
13512 @result{} `bar' is 21.
13513@end group
13514@end smallexample
13515
13516@item match-beginning
13517Return the position of the start of the text found by the last regular
13518expression search.
13519
13520@item looking-at
13521Return @code{t} for true if the text after point matches the argument,
13522which should be a regular expression.
13523
13524@item eobp
13525Return @code{t} for true if point is at the end of the accessible part
13526of a buffer. The end of the accessible part is the end of the buffer
13527if the buffer is not narrowed; it is the end of the narrowed part if
13528the buffer is narrowed.
13529@end table
13530
13531@need 1500
d6adf7e7 13532@node re-search Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
13533@section Exercises with @code{re-search-forward}
13534
13535@itemize @bullet
13536@item
13537Write a function to search for a regular expression that matches two
13538or more blank lines in sequence.
13539
13540@item
13541Write a function to search for duplicated words, such as `the the'.
13542@xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13543Manual}, for information on how to write a regexp (a regular
13544expression) to match a string that is composed of two identical
13545halves. You can devise several regexps; some are better than others.
13546The function I use is described in an appendix, along with several
13547regexps. @xref{the-the, , @code{the-the} Duplicated Words Function}.
13548@end itemize
13549
d6adf7e7 13550@node Counting Words
8cda6f8f
GM
13551@chapter Counting: Repetition and Regexps
13552@cindex Repetition for word counting
13553@cindex Regular expressions for word counting
13554
13555Repetition and regular expression searches are powerful tools that you
13556often use when you write code in Emacs Lisp. This chapter illustrates
13557the use of regular expression searches through the construction of
13558word count commands using @code{while} loops and recursion.
13559
13560@menu
13561* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 13562* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
13563* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
13564* Counting Exercise::
13565@end menu
13566
8cda6f8f 13567@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 13568@node Why Count Words
8cda6f8f
GM
13569@unnumberedsec Counting words
13570@end ifnottex
13571
ea4f7750
GM
13572The standard Emacs distribution contains functions for counting the
13573number of lines and words within a region.
8cda6f8f
GM
13574
13575Certain types of writing ask you to count words. Thus, if you write
13576an essay, you may be limited to 800 words; if you write a novel, you
ea4f7750
GM
13577may discipline yourself to write 1000 words a day. It seems odd, but
13578for a long time, Emacs lacked a word count command. Perhaps people used
13579Emacs mostly for code or types of documentation that did not require
13580word counts; or perhaps they restricted themselves to the operating
13581system word count command, @code{wc}. Alternatively, people may have
13582followed the publishers' convention and computed a word count by
13583dividing the number of characters in a document by five.
13584
13585There are many ways to implement a command to count words. Here are
13586some examples, which you may wish to compare with the standard Emacs
13587command, @code{count-words-region}.
13588
d6adf7e7 13589@node @value{COUNT-WORDS}
ea4f7750
GM
13590@section The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
13591@findex @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f
GM
13592
13593A word count command could count words in a line, paragraph, region,
13594or buffer. What should the command cover? You could design the
13595command to count the number of words in a complete buffer. However,
13596the Emacs tradition encourages flexibility---you may want to count
13597words in just a section, rather than all of a buffer. So it makes
13598more sense to design the command to count the number of words in a
ea4f7750 13599region. Once you have a command to count words in a region, you can,
8cda6f8f
GM
13600if you wish, count words in a whole buffer by marking it with
13601@w{@kbd{C-x h}} (@code{mark-whole-buffer}).
13602
13603Clearly, counting words is a repetitive act: starting from the
13604beginning of the region, you count the first word, then the second
13605word, then the third word, and so on, until you reach the end of the
13606region. This means that word counting is ideally suited to recursion
13607or to a @code{while} loop.
13608
13609@menu
ea4f7750
GM
13610* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
13611* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13612@end menu
13613
8cda6f8f 13614@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 13615@node Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}
ea4f7750 13616@unnumberedsubsec Designing @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13617@end ifnottex
13618
13619First, we will implement the word count command with a @code{while}
13620loop, then with recursion. The command will, of course, be
13621interactive.
13622
13623@need 800
13624The template for an interactive function definition is, as always:
13625
13626@smallexample
13627@group
13628(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
13629 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
13630 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
13631 @var{body}@dots{})
13632@end group
13633@end smallexample
13634
13635What we need to do is fill in the slots.
13636
13637The name of the function should be self-explanatory and similar to the
13638existing @code{count-lines-region} name. This makes the name easier
ea4f7750
GM
13639to remember. @code{count-words-region} is the obvious choice. Since
13640that name is now used for the standard Emacs command to count words, we
13641will name our implementation @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13642
13643The function counts words within a region. This means that the
13644argument list must contain symbols that are bound to the two
13645positions, the beginning and end of the region. These two positions
13646can be called @samp{beginning} and @samp{end} respectively. The first
13647line of the documentation should be a single sentence, since that is
13648all that is printed as documentation by a command such as
13649@code{apropos}. The interactive expression will be of the form
13650@samp{(interactive "r")}, since that will cause Emacs to pass the
13651beginning and end of the region to the function's argument list. All
13652this is routine.
13653
13654The body of the function needs to be written to do three tasks:
13655first, to set up conditions under which the @code{while} loop can
13656count words, second, to run the @code{while} loop, and third, to send
13657a message to the user.
13658
ea4f7750 13659When a user calls @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, point may be at the
8cda6f8f
GM
13660beginning or the end of the region. However, the counting process
13661must start at the beginning of the region. This means we will want
13662to put point there if it is not already there. Executing
13663@code{(goto-char beginning)} ensures this. Of course, we will want to
13664return point to its expected position when the function finishes its
13665work. For this reason, the body must be enclosed in a
13666@code{save-excursion} expression.
13667
13668The central part of the body of the function consists of a
13669@code{while} loop in which one expression jumps point forward word by
13670word, and another expression counts those jumps. The true-or-false-test
13671of the @code{while} loop should test true so long as point should jump
13672forward, and false when point is at the end of the region.
13673
13674We could use @code{(forward-word 1)} as the expression for moving point
13675forward word by word, but it is easier to see what Emacs identifies as a
13676`word' if we use a regular expression search.
13677
13678A regular expression search that finds the pattern for which it is
13679searching leaves point after the last character matched. This means
13680that a succession of successful word searches will move point forward
13681word by word.
13682
13683As a practical matter, we want the regular expression search to jump
13684over whitespace and punctuation between words as well as over the
13685words themselves. A regexp that refuses to jump over interword
13686whitespace would never jump more than one word! This means that
13687the regexp should include the whitespace and punctuation that follows
13688a word, if any, as well as the word itself. (A word may end a buffer
13689and not have any following whitespace or punctuation, so that part of
13690the regexp must be optional.)
13691
13692Thus, what we want for the regexp is a pattern defining one or more
13693word constituent characters followed, optionally, by one or more
13694characters that are not word constituents. The regular expression for
13695this is:
13696
13697@smallexample
13698\w+\W*
13699@end smallexample
13700
13701@noindent
13702The buffer's syntax table determines which characters are and are not
0fd2c9a3
GM
13703word constituents. For more information about syntax,
13704@pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
13705Reference Manual}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13706
13707@need 800
13708The search expression looks like this:
13709
13710@smallexample
13711(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13712@end smallexample
13713
13714@noindent
13715(Note that paired backslashes precede the @samp{w} and @samp{W}. A
13716single backslash has special meaning to the Emacs Lisp interpreter.
13717It indicates that the following character is interpreted differently
13718than usual. For example, the two characters, @samp{\n}, stand for
13719@samp{newline}, rather than for a backslash followed by @samp{n}. Two
13720backslashes in a row stand for an ordinary, `unspecial' backslash, so
13721Emacs Lisp interpreter ends of seeing a single backslash followed by a
13722letter. So it discovers the letter is special.)
13723
13724We need a counter to count how many words there are; this variable
13725must first be set to 0 and then incremented each time Emacs goes
13726around the @code{while} loop. The incrementing expression is simply:
13727
13728@smallexample
13729(setq count (1+ count))
13730@end smallexample
13731
13732Finally, we want to tell the user how many words there are in the
13733region. The @code{message} function is intended for presenting this
13734kind of information to the user. The message has to be phrased so
13735that it reads properly regardless of how many words there are in the
13736region: we don't want to say that ``there are 1 words in the region''.
13737The conflict between singular and plural is ungrammatical. We can
13738solve this problem by using a conditional expression that evaluates
13739different messages depending on the number of words in the region.
13740There are three possibilities: no words in the region, one word in the
13741region, and more than one word. This means that the @code{cond}
13742special form is appropriate.
13743
13744@need 1500
13745All this leads to the following function definition:
13746
13747@smallexample
13748@group
13749;;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 13750(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
13751 "Print number of words in the region.
13752Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
13753character followed by at least one character that
13754is not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax
13755table determines which characters these are."
13756 (interactive "r")
13757 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
13758@end group
13759
13760@group
13761;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
13762 (save-excursion
13763 (goto-char beginning)
13764 (let ((count 0))
13765@end group
13766
13767@group
13768;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
13769 (while (< (point) end)
13770 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13771 (setq count (1+ count)))
13772@end group
13773
13774@group
13775;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
13776 (cond ((zerop count)
13777 (message
13778 "The region does NOT have any words."))
13779 ((= 1 count)
13780 (message
13781 "The region has 1 word."))
13782 (t
13783 (message
13784 "The region has %d words." count))))))
13785@end group
13786@end smallexample
13787
13788@noindent
13789As written, the function works, but not in all circumstances.
13790
d6adf7e7 13791@node Whitespace Bug
ea4f7750 13792@subsection The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f 13793
ea4f7750 13794The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command described in the preceding
8cda6f8f
GM
13795section has two bugs, or rather, one bug with two manifestations.
13796First, if you mark a region containing only whitespace in the middle
ea4f7750 13797of some text, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command tells you that the
8cda6f8f
GM
13798region contains one word! Second, if you mark a region containing
13799only whitespace at the end of the buffer or the accessible portion of
13800a narrowed buffer, the command displays an error message that looks
13801like this:
13802
13803@smallexample
13804Search failed: "\\w+\\W*"
13805@end smallexample
13806
13807If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can test for these
13808bugs yourself.
13809
13810First, evaluate the function in the usual manner to install it.
13811@ifinfo
13812Here is a copy of the definition. Place your cursor after the closing
13813parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e} to install it.
13814
13815@smallexample
13816@group
13817;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 13818(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
13819 "Print number of words in the region.
13820Words are defined as at least one word-constituent character followed
13821by at least one character that is not a word-constituent. The buffer's
13822syntax table determines which characters these are."
13823@end group
13824@group
13825 (interactive "r")
13826 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
13827@end group
13828
13829@group
13830;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
13831 (save-excursion
13832 (goto-char beginning)
13833 (let ((count 0))
13834@end group
13835
13836@group
13837;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
13838 (while (< (point) end)
13839 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13840 (setq count (1+ count)))
13841@end group
13842
13843@group
13844;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
13845 (cond ((zerop count)
13846 (message "The region does NOT have any words."))
13847 ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word."))
13848 (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
13849@end group
13850@end smallexample
13851@end ifinfo
13852
13853@need 1000
13854If you wish, you can also install this keybinding by evaluating it:
13855
13856@smallexample
ea4f7750 13857(global-set-key "\C-c=" '@value{COUNT-WORDS})
8cda6f8f
GM
13858@end smallexample
13859
13860To conduct the first test, set mark and point to the beginning and end
13861of the following line and then type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x
ea4f7750 13862@value{COUNT-WORDS}} if you have not bound @kbd{C-c =}):
8cda6f8f
GM
13863
13864@smallexample
13865 one two three
13866@end smallexample
13867
13868@noindent
13869Emacs will tell you, correctly, that the region has three words.
13870
13871Repeat the test, but place mark at the beginning of the line and place
13872point just @emph{before} the word @samp{one}. Again type the command
ea4f7750 13873@kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}). Emacs should tell you
8cda6f8f
GM
13874that the region has no words, since it is composed only of the
13875whitespace at the beginning of the line. But instead Emacs tells you
13876that the region has one word!
13877
13878For the third test, copy the sample line to the end of the
13879@file{*scratch*} buffer and then type several spaces at the end of the
13880line. Place mark right after the word @samp{three} and point at the
13881end of line. (The end of the line will be the end of the buffer.)
ea4f7750 13882Type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}) as you did before.
8cda6f8f
GM
13883Again, Emacs should tell you that the region has no words, since it is
13884composed only of the whitespace at the end of the line. Instead,
13885Emacs displays an error message saying @samp{Search failed}.
13886
13887The two bugs stem from the same problem.
13888
13889Consider the first manifestation of the bug, in which the command
13890tells you that the whitespace at the beginning of the line contains
ea4f7750 13891one word. What happens is this: The @code{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13892command moves point to the beginning of the region. The @code{while}
13893tests whether the value of point is smaller than the value of
13894@code{end}, which it is. Consequently, the regular expression search
13895looks for and finds the first word. It leaves point after the word.
13896@code{count} is set to one. The @code{while} loop repeats; but this
13897time the value of point is larger than the value of @code{end}, the
13898loop is exited; and the function displays a message saying the number
13899of words in the region is one. In brief, the regular expression
13900search looks for and finds the word even though it is outside
13901the marked region.
13902
13903In the second manifestation of the bug, the region is whitespace at
13904the end of the buffer. Emacs says @samp{Search failed}. What happens
13905is that the true-or-false-test in the @code{while} loop tests true, so
13906the search expression is executed. But since there are no more words
13907in the buffer, the search fails.
13908
13909In both manifestations of the bug, the search extends or attempts to
13910extend outside of the region.
13911
13912The solution is to limit the search to the region---this is a fairly
13913simple action, but as you may have come to expect, it is not quite as
13914simple as you might think.
13915
13916As we have seen, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes a search
13917pattern as its first argument. But in addition to this first,
13918mandatory argument, it accepts three optional arguments. The optional
13919second argument bounds the search. The optional third argument, if
13920@code{t}, causes the function to return @code{nil} rather than signal
13921an error if the search fails. The optional fourth argument is a
13922repeat count. (In Emacs, you can see a function's documentation by
13923typing @kbd{C-h f}, the name of the function, and then @key{RET}.)
13924
ea4f7750 13925In the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition, the value of the end of
8cda6f8f
GM
13926the region is held by the variable @code{end} which is passed as an
13927argument to the function. Thus, we can add @code{end} as an argument
13928to the regular expression search expression:
13929
13930@smallexample
13931(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end)
13932@end smallexample
13933
ea4f7750 13934However, if you make only this change to the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13935definition and then test the new version of the definition on a
13936stretch of whitespace, you will receive an error message saying
13937@samp{Search failed}.
13938
13939What happens is this: the search is limited to the region, and fails
13940as you expect because there are no word-constituent characters in the
13941region. Since it fails, we receive an error message. But we do not
13942want to receive an error message in this case; we want to receive the
13943message that "The region does NOT have any words."
13944
13945The solution to this problem is to provide @code{re-search-forward}
13946with a third argument of @code{t}, which causes the function to return
13947@code{nil} rather than signal an error if the search fails.
13948
13949However, if you make this change and try it, you will see the message
13950``Counting words in region ... '' and @dots{} you will keep on seeing
13951that message @dots{}, until you type @kbd{C-g} (@code{keyboard-quit}).
13952
13953Here is what happens: the search is limited to the region, as before,
13954and it fails because there are no word-constituent characters in the
13955region, as expected. Consequently, the @code{re-search-forward}
13956expression returns @code{nil}. It does nothing else. In particular,
13957it does not move point, which it does as a side effect if it finds the
13958search target. After the @code{re-search-forward} expression returns
13959@code{nil}, the next expression in the @code{while} loop is evaluated.
13960This expression increments the count. Then the loop repeats. The
13961true-or-false-test tests true because the value of point is still less
13962than the value of end, since the @code{re-search-forward} expression
13963did not move point. @dots{} and the cycle repeats @dots{}
13964
ea4f7750 13965The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition requires yet another
8cda6f8f
GM
13966modification, to cause the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} loop
13967to test false if the search fails. Put another way, there are two
13968conditions that must be satisfied in the true-or-false-test before the
13969word count variable is incremented: point must still be within the
13970region and the search expression must have found a word to count.
13971
13972Since both the first condition and the second condition must be true
13973together, the two expressions, the region test and the search
13974expression, can be joined with an @code{and} special form and embedded in
13975the @code{while} loop as the true-or-false-test, like this:
13976
13977@smallexample
13978(and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
13979@end smallexample
13980
13981@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
13982@c also trouble with an overfull hbox
13983@iftex
13984@noindent
13985(For information about @code{and}, see
13986@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
13987@end iftex
13988@ifinfo
13989@noindent
13990(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
13991information about @code{and}.)
13992@end ifinfo
13993
13994The @code{re-search-forward} expression returns @code{t} if the search
13995succeeds and as a side effect moves point. Consequently, as words are
13996found, point is moved through the region. When the search expression
13997fails to find another word, or when point reaches the end of the
13998region, the true-or-false-test tests false, the @code{while} loop
ea4f7750 13999exits, and the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function displays one or
8cda6f8f
GM
14000other of its messages.
14001
ea4f7750 14002After incorporating these final changes, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14003works without bugs (or at least, without bugs that I have found!).
14004Here is what it looks like:
14005
14006@smallexample
14007@group
14008;;; @r{Final version:} @code{while}
ea4f7750 14009(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14010 "Print number of words in the region."
14011 (interactive "r")
14012 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14013@end group
14014
14015@group
14016;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14017 (save-excursion
14018 (let ((count 0))
14019 (goto-char beginning)
14020@end group
14021
14022@group
14023;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14024 (while (and (< (point) end)
14025 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
14026 (setq count (1+ count)))
14027@end group
14028
14029@group
14030;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14031 (cond ((zerop count)
14032 (message
14033 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14034 ((= 1 count)
14035 (message
14036 "The region has 1 word."))
14037 (t
14038 (message
14039 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14040@end group
14041@end smallexample
14042
d6adf7e7 14043@node recursive-count-words
8cda6f8f
GM
14044@section Count Words Recursively
14045@cindex Count words recursively
14046@cindex Recursively counting words
14047@cindex Words, counted recursively
14048
14049You can write the function for counting words recursively as well as
14050with a @code{while} loop. Let's see how this is done.
14051
ea4f7750 14052First, we need to recognize that the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14053function has three jobs: it sets up the appropriate conditions for
14054counting to occur; it counts the words in the region; and it sends a
14055message to the user telling how many words there are.
14056
14057If we write a single recursive function to do everything, we will
14058receive a message for every recursive call. If the region contains 13
14059words, we will receive thirteen messages, one right after the other.
14060We don't want this! Instead, we must write two functions to do the
14061job, one of which (the recursive function) will be used inside of the
14062other. One function will set up the conditions and display the
14063message; the other will return the word count.
14064
14065Let us start with the function that causes the message to be displayed.
ea4f7750 14066We can continue to call this @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14067
14068This is the function that the user will call. It will be interactive.
14069Indeed, it will be similar to our previous versions of this
14070function, except that it will call @code{recursive-count-words} to
14071determine how many words are in the region.
14072
14073@need 1250
14074We can readily construct a template for this function, based on our
14075previous versions:
14076
14077@smallexample
14078@group
14079;; @r{Recursive version; uses regular expression search}
ea4f7750 14080(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14081 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14082 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
14083@end group
14084@group
14085
14086;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14087 (@var{explanatory message})
14088 (@var{set-up functions}@dots{}
14089@end group
14090@group
14091
14092;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14093 @var{recursive call}
14094@end group
14095@group
14096
14097;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14098 @var{message providing word count}))
14099@end group
14100@end smallexample
14101
14102The definition looks straightforward, except that somehow the count
14103returned by the recursive call must be passed to the message
14104displaying the word count. A little thought suggests that this can be
14105done by making use of a @code{let} expression: we can bind a variable
14106in the varlist of a @code{let} expression to the number of words in
14107the region, as returned by the recursive call; and then the
14108@code{cond} expression, using binding, can display the value to the
14109user.
14110
14111Often, one thinks of the binding within a @code{let} expression as
14112somehow secondary to the `primary' work of a function. But in this
14113case, what you might consider the `primary' job of the function,
14114counting words, is done within the @code{let} expression.
14115
14116@need 1250
14117Using @code{let}, the function definition looks like this:
14118
14119@smallexample
14120@group
ea4f7750 14121(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14122 "Print number of words in the region."
14123 (interactive "r")
14124@end group
14125
14126@group
14127;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14128 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14129 (save-excursion
14130 (goto-char beginning)
14131@end group
14132
14133@group
14134;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14135 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14136@end group
14137
14138@group
14139;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14140 (cond ((zerop count)
14141 (message
14142 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14143 ((= 1 count)
14144 (message
14145 "The region has 1 word."))
14146 (t
14147 (message
14148 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14149@end group
14150@end smallexample
14151
14152Next, we need to write the recursive counting function.
14153
14154A recursive function has at least three parts: the `do-again-test', the
14155`next-step-expression', and the recursive call.
14156
14157The do-again-test determines whether the function will or will not be
14158called again. Since we are counting words in a region and can use a
14159function that moves point forward for every word, the do-again-test
14160can check whether point is still within the region. The do-again-test
14161should find the value of point and determine whether point is before,
14162at, or after the value of the end of the region. We can use the
14163@code{point} function to locate point. Clearly, we must pass the
14164value of the end of the region to the recursive counting function as an
14165argument.
14166
14167In addition, the do-again-test should also test whether the search finds a
14168word. If it does not, the function should not call itself again.
14169
14170The next-step-expression changes a value so that when the recursive
14171function is supposed to stop calling itself, it stops. More
14172precisely, the next-step-expression changes a value so that at the
14173right time, the do-again-test stops the recursive function from
14174calling itself again. In this case, the next-step-expression can be
14175the expression that moves point forward, word by word.
14176
14177The third part of a recursive function is the recursive call.
14178
14179Somewhere, also, we also need a part that does the `work' of the
14180function, a part that does the counting. A vital part!
14181
14182@need 1250
14183But already, we have an outline of the recursive counting function:
14184
14185@smallexample
14186@group
14187(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14188 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14189 @var{do-again-test}
14190 @var{next-step-expression}
14191 @var{recursive call})
14192@end group
14193@end smallexample
14194
14195Now we need to fill in the slots. Let's start with the simplest cases
14196first: if point is at or beyond the end of the region, there cannot
14197be any words in the region, so the function should return zero.
14198Likewise, if the search fails, there are no words to count, so the
14199function should return zero.
14200
14201On the other hand, if point is within the region and the search
14202succeeds, the function should call itself again.
14203
14204@need 800
14205Thus, the do-again-test should look like this:
14206
14207@smallexample
14208@group
14209(and (< (point) region-end)
14210 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14211@end group
14212@end smallexample
14213
14214Note that the search expression is part of the do-again-test---the
14215function returns @code{t} if its search succeeds and @code{nil} if it
14216fails. (@xref{Whitespace Bug, , The Whitespace Bug in
ea4f7750 14217@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}}, for an explanation of how
8cda6f8f
GM
14218@code{re-search-forward} works.)
14219
14220The do-again-test is the true-or-false test of an @code{if} clause.
14221Clearly, if the do-again-test succeeds, the then-part of the @code{if}
14222clause should call the function again; but if it fails, the else-part
14223should return zero since either point is outside the region or the
14224search failed because there were no words to find.
14225
14226But before considering the recursive call, we need to consider the
14227next-step-expression. What is it? Interestingly, it is the search
14228part of the do-again-test.
14229
14230In addition to returning @code{t} or @code{nil} for the
14231do-again-test, @code{re-search-forward} moves point forward as a side
14232effect of a successful search. This is the action that changes the
14233value of point so that the recursive function stops calling itself
14234when point completes its movement through the region. Consequently,
14235the @code{re-search-forward} expression is the next-step-expression.
14236
14237@need 1200
14238In outline, then, the body of the @code{recursive-count-words}
14239function looks like this:
14240
14241@smallexample
14242@group
14243(if @var{do-again-test-and-next-step-combined}
14244 ;; @r{then}
14245 @var{recursive-call-returning-count}
14246 ;; @r{else}
14247 @var{return-zero})
14248@end group
14249@end smallexample
14250
14251How to incorporate the mechanism that counts?
14252
14253If you are not used to writing recursive functions, a question like
14254this can be troublesome. But it can and should be approached
14255systematically.
14256
14257We know that the counting mechanism should be associated in some way
14258with the recursive call. Indeed, since the next-step-expression moves
14259point forward by one word, and since a recursive call is made for
14260each word, the counting mechanism must be an expression that adds one
14261to the value returned by a call to @code{recursive-count-words}.
14262
14263@need 800
14264Consider several cases:
14265
14266@itemize @bullet
14267@item
14268If there are two words in the region, the function should return
14269a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14270the first word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14271words in the region, which in this case is one.
14272
14273@item
14274If there is one word in the region, the function should return
14275a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14276that word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14277words in the region, which in this case is zero.
14278
14279@item
14280If there are no words in the region, the function should return zero.
14281@end itemize
14282
14283From the sketch we can see that the else-part of the @code{if} returns
14284zero for the case of no words. This means that the then-part of the
14285@code{if} must return a value resulting from adding one to the value
14286returned from a count of the remaining words.
14287
14288@need 1200
14289The expression will look like this, where @code{1+} is a function that
14290adds one to its argument.
14291
14292@smallexample
14293(1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14294@end smallexample
14295
14296@need 1200
14297The whole @code{recursive-count-words} function will then look like
14298this:
14299
14300@smallexample
14301@group
14302(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14303 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14304
14305;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14306 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14307 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14308@end group
14309
14310@group
14311;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14312 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14313
14314;;; @r{3. else-part}
14315 0))
14316@end group
14317@end smallexample
14318
14319@need 1250
14320Let's examine how this works:
14321
14322If there are no words in the region, the else part of the @code{if}
14323expression is evaluated and consequently the function returns zero.
14324
14325If there is one word in the region, the value of point is less than
14326the value of @code{region-end} and the search succeeds. In this case,
14327the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression tests true, and the
14328then-part of the @code{if} expression is evaluated. The counting
14329expression is evaluated. This expression returns a value (which will
14330be the value returned by the whole function) that is the sum of one
14331added to the value returned by a recursive call.
14332
14333Meanwhile, the next-step-expression has caused point to jump over the
14334first (and in this case only) word in the region. This means that
14335when @code{(recursive-count-words region-end)} is evaluated a second
14336time, as a result of the recursive call, the value of point will be
14337equal to or greater than the value of region end. So this time,
14338@code{recursive-count-words} will return zero. The zero will be added
14339to one, and the original evaluation of @code{recursive-count-words}
14340will return one plus zero, which is one, which is the correct amount.
14341
14342Clearly, if there are two words in the region, the first call to
14343@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14344by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14345remaining word---that is, it adds one to one, producing two, which is
14346the correct amount.
14347
14348Similarly, if there are three words in the region, the first call to
14349@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14350by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14351remaining two words---and so on and so on.
14352
14353@need 1250
14354@noindent
14355With full documentation the two functions look like this:
14356
14357@need 1250
14358@noindent
14359The recursive function:
14360
14361@findex recursive-count-words
14362@smallexample
14363@group
14364(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14365 "Number of words between point and REGION-END."
14366@end group
14367
14368@group
14369;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14370 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14371 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14372@end group
14373
14374@group
14375;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14376 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14377
14378;;; @r{3. else-part}
14379 0))
14380@end group
14381@end smallexample
14382
14383@need 800
14384@noindent
14385The wrapper:
14386
14387@smallexample
14388@group
14389;;; @r{Recursive version}
ea4f7750 14390(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14391 "Print number of words in the region.
14392@end group
14393
14394@group
14395Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
14396character followed by at least one character that is
14397not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax table
14398determines which characters these are."
14399@end group
14400@group
14401 (interactive "r")
14402 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14403 (save-excursion
14404 (goto-char beginning)
14405 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14406@end group
14407@group
14408 (cond ((zerop count)
14409 (message
14410 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14411@end group
14412@group
14413 ((= 1 count)
14414 (message "The region has 1 word."))
14415 (t
14416 (message
14417 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14418@end group
14419@end smallexample
14420
d6adf7e7 14421@node Counting Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
14422@section Exercise: Counting Punctuation
14423
14424Using a @code{while} loop, write a function to count the number of
14425punctuation marks in a region---period, comma, semicolon, colon,
14426exclamation mark, and question mark. Do the same using recursion.
14427
d6adf7e7 14428@node Words in a defun
8cda6f8f
GM
14429@chapter Counting Words in a @code{defun}
14430@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14431@cindex Word counting in a @code{defun}
14432
14433Our next project is to count the number of words in a function
14434definition. Clearly, this can be done using some variant of
ea4f7750 14435@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}. @xref{Counting Words, , Counting Words:
8cda6f8f
GM
14436Repetition and Regexps}. If we are just going to count the words in
14437one definition, it is easy enough to mark the definition with the
14438@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}) command, and then call
ea4f7750 14439@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14440
14441However, I am more ambitious: I want to count the words and symbols in
14442every definition in the Emacs sources and then print a graph that
14443shows how many functions there are of each length: how many contain 40
14444to 49 words or symbols, how many contain 50 to 59 words or symbols,
14445and so on. I have often been curious how long a typical function is,
14446and this will tell.
14447
14448@menu
14449* Divide and Conquer::
14450* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
14451* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 14452* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14453* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
14454* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
14455* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
14456* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
14457* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
14458* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
14459@end menu
14460
8cda6f8f 14461@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 14462@node Divide and Conquer
8cda6f8f
GM
14463@unnumberedsec Divide and Conquer
14464@end ifnottex
14465
14466Described in one phrase, the histogram project is daunting; but
14467divided into numerous small steps, each of which we can take one at a
14468time, the project becomes less fearsome. Let us consider what the
14469steps must be:
14470
14471@itemize @bullet
14472@item
14473First, write a function to count the words in one definition. This
14474includes the problem of handling symbols as well as words.
14475
14476@item
14477Second, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14478in a file. This function can use the @code{count-words-in-defun}
14479function.
14480
14481@item
14482Third, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14483in each of several files. This entails automatically finding the
14484various files, switching to them, and counting the words in the
14485definitions within them.
14486
14487@item
14488Fourth, write a function to convert the list of numbers that we
14489created in step three to a form that will be suitable for printing as
14490a graph.
14491
14492@item
14493Fifth, write a function to print the results as a graph.
14494@end itemize
14495
14496This is quite a project! But if we take each step slowly, it will not
14497be difficult.
14498
d6adf7e7 14499@node Words and Symbols
8cda6f8f
GM
14500@section What to Count?
14501@cindex Words and symbols in defun
14502
14503When we first start thinking about how to count the words in a
14504function definition, the first question is (or ought to be) what are
14505we going to count? When we speak of `words' with respect to a Lisp
14506function definition, we are actually speaking, in large part, of
14507`symbols'. For example, the following @code{multiply-by-seven}
14508function contains the five symbols @code{defun},
14509@code{multiply-by-seven}, @code{number}, @code{*}, and @code{7}. In
14510addition, in the documentation string, it contains the four words
14511@samp{Multiply}, @samp{NUMBER}, @samp{by}, and @samp{seven}. The
14512symbol @samp{number} is repeated, so the definition contains a total
14513of ten words and symbols.
14514
14515@smallexample
14516@group
14517(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14518 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14519 (* 7 number))
14520@end group
14521@end smallexample
14522
14523@noindent
14524However, if we mark the @code{multiply-by-seven} definition with
14525@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}), and then call
ea4f7750
GM
14526@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} on it, we will find that
14527@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} claims the definition has eleven words, not
8cda6f8f
GM
14528ten! Something is wrong!
14529
ea4f7750 14530The problem is twofold: @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} does not count the
8cda6f8f
GM
14531@samp{*} as a word, and it counts the single symbol,
14532@code{multiply-by-seven}, as containing three words. The hyphens are
14533treated as if they were interword spaces rather than intraword
14534connectors: @samp{multiply-by-seven} is counted as if it were written
14535@samp{multiply by seven}.
14536
14537The cause of this confusion is the regular expression search within
ea4f7750
GM
14538the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition that moves point forward word
14539by word. In the canonical version of @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, the
8cda6f8f
GM
14540regexp is:
14541
14542@smallexample
14543"\\w+\\W*"
14544@end smallexample
14545
14546@noindent
14547This regular expression is a pattern defining one or more word
14548constituent characters possibly followed by one or more characters
14549that are not word constituents. What is meant by `word constituent
14550characters' brings us to the issue of syntax, which is worth a section
14551of its own.
14552
d6adf7e7 14553@node Syntax
8cda6f8f
GM
14554@section What Constitutes a Word or Symbol?
14555@cindex Syntax categories and tables
14556
14557Emacs treats different characters as belonging to different
14558@dfn{syntax categories}. For example, the regular expression,
14559@samp{\\w+}, is a pattern specifying one or more @emph{word
14560constituent} characters. Word constituent characters are members of
14561one syntax category. Other syntax categories include the class of
14562punctuation characters, such as the period and the comma, and the
14563class of whitespace characters, such as the blank space and the tab
0fd2c9a3 14564character. (For more information, @pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax
8cda6f8f
GM
14565Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
14566
14567Syntax tables specify which characters belong to which categories.
14568Usually, a hyphen is not specified as a `word constituent character'.
14569Instead, it is specified as being in the `class of characters that are
14570part of symbol names but not words.' This means that the
ea4f7750
GM
14571@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function treats it in the same way it treats
14572an interword white space, which is why @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14573counts @samp{multiply-by-seven} as three words.
14574
14575There are two ways to cause Emacs to count @samp{multiply-by-seven} as
14576one symbol: modify the syntax table or modify the regular expression.
14577
14578We could redefine a hyphen as a word constituent character by
14579modifying the syntax table that Emacs keeps for each mode. This
14580action would serve our purpose, except that a hyphen is merely the
14581most common character within symbols that is not typically a word
14582constituent character; there are others, too.
14583
52af8e0a 14584Alternatively, we can redefine the regexp used in the
ea4f7750 14585@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition so as to include symbols. This
8cda6f8f
GM
14586procedure has the merit of clarity, but the task is a little tricky.
14587
14588@need 1200
14589The first part is simple enough: the pattern must match ``at least one
14590character that is a word or symbol constituent''. Thus:
14591
14592@smallexample
14593"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+"
14594@end smallexample
14595
14596@noindent
14597The @samp{\\(} is the first part of the grouping construct that
14598includes the @samp{\\w} and the @samp{\\s_} as alternatives, separated
14599by the @samp{\\|}. The @samp{\\w} matches any word-constituent
14600character and the @samp{\\s_} matches any character that is part of a
14601symbol name but not a word-constituent character. The @samp{+}
14602following the group indicates that the word or symbol constituent
14603characters must be matched at least once.
14604
14605However, the second part of the regexp is more difficult to design.
14606What we want is to follow the first part with ``optionally one or more
14607characters that are not constituents of a word or symbol''. At first,
14608I thought I could define this with the following:
14609
14610@smallexample
14611"\\(\\W\\|\\S_\\)*"
14612@end smallexample
14613
14614@noindent
14615The upper case @samp{W} and @samp{S} match characters that are
14616@emph{not} word or symbol constituents. Unfortunately, this
14617expression matches any character that is either not a word constituent
14618or not a symbol constituent. This matches any character!
14619
14620I then noticed that every word or symbol in my test region was
14621followed by white space (blank space, tab, or newline). So I tried
14622placing a pattern to match one or more blank spaces after the pattern
14623for one or more word or symbol constituents. This failed, too. Words
14624and symbols are often separated by whitespace, but in actual code
14625parentheses may follow symbols and punctuation may follow words. So
14626finally, I designed a pattern in which the word or symbol constituents
14627are followed optionally by characters that are not white space and
14628then followed optionally by white space.
14629
14630@need 800
14631Here is the full regular expression:
14632
14633@smallexample
14634"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14635@end smallexample
14636
d6adf7e7 14637@node count-words-in-defun
8cda6f8f
GM
14638@section The @code{count-words-in-defun} Function
14639@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14640
14641We have seen that there are several ways to write a
ea4f7750 14642@code{count-words-region} function. To write a
8cda6f8f
GM
14643@code{count-words-in-defun}, we need merely adapt one of these
14644versions.
14645
14646The version that uses a @code{while} loop is easy to understand, so I
14647am going to adapt that. Because @code{count-words-in-defun} will be
14648part of a more complex program, it need not be interactive and it need
14649not display a message but just return the count. These considerations
14650simplify the definition a little.
14651
14652On the other hand, @code{count-words-in-defun} will be used within a
14653buffer that contains function definitions. Consequently, it is
14654reasonable to ask that the function determine whether it is called
14655when point is within a function definition, and if it is, to return
14656the count for that definition. This adds complexity to the
14657definition, but saves us from needing to pass arguments to the
14658function.
14659
14660@need 1250
14661These considerations lead us to prepare the following template:
14662
14663@smallexample
14664@group
14665(defun count-words-in-defun ()
14666 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14667 (@var{set up}@dots{}
14668 (@var{while loop}@dots{})
14669 @var{return count})
14670@end group
14671@end smallexample
14672
14673@noindent
14674As usual, our job is to fill in the slots.
14675
14676First, the set up.
14677
14678We are presuming that this function will be called within a buffer
14679containing function definitions. Point will either be within a
14680function definition or not. For @code{count-words-in-defun} to work,
14681point must move to the beginning of the definition, a counter must
14682start at zero, and the counting loop must stop when point reaches the
14683end of the definition.
14684
14685The @code{beginning-of-defun} function searches backwards for an
14686opening delimiter such as a @samp{(} at the beginning of a line, and
14687moves point to that position, or else to the limit of the search. In
14688practice, this means that @code{beginning-of-defun} moves point to the
14689beginning of an enclosing or preceding function definition, or else to
14690the beginning of the buffer. We can use @code{beginning-of-defun} to
14691place point where we wish to start.
14692
14693The @code{while} loop requires a counter to keep track of the words or
14694symbols being counted. A @code{let} expression can be used to create
14695a local variable for this purpose, and bind it to an initial value of zero.
14696
14697The @code{end-of-defun} function works like @code{beginning-of-defun}
14698except that it moves point to the end of the definition.
14699@code{end-of-defun} can be used as part of an expression that
14700determines the position of the end of the definition.
14701
14702The set up for @code{count-words-in-defun} takes shape rapidly: first
14703we move point to the beginning of the definition, then we create a
14704local variable to hold the count, and finally, we record the position
14705of the end of the definition so the @code{while} loop will know when to stop
14706looping.
14707
14708@need 1250
14709The code looks like this:
14710
14711@smallexample
14712@group
14713(beginning-of-defun)
14714(let ((count 0)
14715 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14716@end group
14717@end smallexample
14718
14719@noindent
14720The code is simple. The only slight complication is likely to concern
14721@code{end}: it is bound to the position of the end of the definition
14722by a @code{save-excursion} expression that returns the value of point
14723after @code{end-of-defun} temporarily moves it to the end of the
14724definition.
14725
14726The second part of the @code{count-words-in-defun}, after the set up,
14727is the @code{while} loop.
14728
14729The loop must contain an expression that jumps point forward word by
14730word and symbol by symbol, and another expression that counts the
14731jumps. The true-or-false-test for the @code{while} loop should test
14732true so long as point should jump forward, and false when point is at
14733the end of the definition. We have already redefined the regular
0fd2c9a3 14734expression for this, so the loop is straightforward:
8cda6f8f
GM
14735
14736@smallexample
14737@group
14738(while (and (< (point) end)
14739 (re-search-forward
1ef17681 14740 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*" end t))
8cda6f8f
GM
14741 (setq count (1+ count)))
14742@end group
14743@end smallexample
14744
14745The third part of the function definition returns the count of words
14746and symbols. This part is the last expression within the body of the
14747@code{let} expression, and can be, very simply, the local variable
14748@code{count}, which when evaluated returns the count.
14749
14750@need 1250
14751Put together, the @code{count-words-in-defun} definition looks like this:
14752
14753@findex count-words-in-defun
14754@smallexample
14755@group
14756(defun count-words-in-defun ()
14757 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
14758 (beginning-of-defun)
14759 (let ((count 0)
14760 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14761@end group
14762@group
14763 (while
14764 (and (< (point) end)
14765 (re-search-forward
14766 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14767 end t))
14768 (setq count (1+ count)))
14769 count))
14770@end group
14771@end smallexample
14772
14773How to test this? The function is not interactive, but it is easy to
14774put a wrapper around the function to make it interactive; we can use
14775almost the same code as for the recursive version of
ea4f7750 14776@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}:
8cda6f8f
GM
14777
14778@smallexample
14779@group
14780;;; @r{Interactive version.}
14781(defun count-words-defun ()
14782 "Number of words and symbols in a function definition."
14783 (interactive)
14784 (message
14785 "Counting words and symbols in function definition ... ")
14786@end group
14787@group
14788 (let ((count (count-words-in-defun)))
14789 (cond
14790 ((zerop count)
14791 (message
14792 "The definition does NOT have any words or symbols."))
14793@end group
14794@group
14795 ((= 1 count)
14796 (message
14797 "The definition has 1 word or symbol."))
14798 (t
14799 (message
14800 "The definition has %d words or symbols." count)))))
14801@end group
14802@end smallexample
14803
14804@need 800
14805@noindent
14806Let's re-use @kbd{C-c =} as a convenient keybinding:
14807
14808@smallexample
14809(global-set-key "\C-c=" 'count-words-defun)
14810@end smallexample
14811
14812Now we can try out @code{count-words-defun}: install both
14813@code{count-words-in-defun} and @code{count-words-defun}, and set the
14814keybinding, and then place the cursor within the following definition:
14815
14816@smallexample
14817@group
14818(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14819 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14820 (* 7 number))
14821 @result{} 10
14822@end group
14823@end smallexample
14824
14825@noindent
14826Success! The definition has 10 words and symbols.
14827
14828The next problem is to count the numbers of words and symbols in
14829several definitions within a single file.
14830
d6adf7e7 14831@node Several defuns
8cda6f8f
GM
14832@section Count Several @code{defuns} Within a File
14833
14834A file such as @file{simple.el} may have a hundred or more function
14835definitions within it. Our long term goal is to collect statistics on
14836many files, but as a first step, our immediate goal is to collect
14837statistics on one file.
14838
14839The information will be a series of numbers, each number being the
14840length of a function definition. We can store the numbers in a list.
14841
14842We know that we will want to incorporate the information regarding one
14843file with information about many other files; this means that the
14844function for counting definition lengths within one file need only
14845return the list of lengths. It need not and should not display any
14846messages.
14847
14848The word count commands contain one expression to jump point forward
14849word by word and another expression to count the jumps. The function
14850to return the lengths of definitions can be designed to work the same
14851way, with one expression to jump point forward definition by
14852definition and another expression to construct the lengths' list.
14853
14854This statement of the problem makes it elementary to write the
14855function definition. Clearly, we will start the count at the
14856beginning of the file, so the first command will be @code{(goto-char
14857(point-min))}. Next, we start the @code{while} loop; and the
14858true-or-false test of the loop can be a regular expression search for
14859the next function definition---so long as the search succeeds, point
14860is moved forward and then the body of the loop is evaluated. The body
14861needs an expression that constructs the lengths' list. @code{cons},
14862the list construction command, can be used to create the list. That
14863is almost all there is to it.
14864
14865@need 800
14866Here is what this fragment of code looks like:
14867
14868@smallexample
14869@group
14870(goto-char (point-min))
14871(while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
14872 (setq lengths-list
14873 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
14874@end group
14875@end smallexample
14876
14877What we have left out is the mechanism for finding the file that
14878contains the function definitions.
14879
14880In previous examples, we either used this, the Info file, or we
14881switched back and forth to some other buffer, such as the
14882@file{*scratch*} buffer.
14883
14884Finding a file is a new process that we have not yet discussed.
14885
d6adf7e7 14886@node Find a File
8cda6f8f
GM
14887@section Find a File
14888@cindex Find a File
14889
14890To find a file in Emacs, you use the @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file})
14891command. This command is almost, but not quite right for the lengths
14892problem.
14893
14894@need 1200
14895Let's look at the source for @code{find-file}:
14896
14897@smallexample
14898@group
14899(defun find-file (filename)
14900 "Edit file FILENAME.
14901Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
14902creating one if none already exists."
14903 (interactive "FFind file: ")
14904 (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect filename)))
14905@end group
14906@end smallexample
14907
14908@noindent
14909(The most recent version of the @code{find-file} function definition
14910permits you to specify optional wildcards to visit multiple files; that
14911makes the definition more complex and we will not discuss it here,
14912since it is not relevant. You can see its source using either
14913@kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) or @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}).)
14914
14915@ignore
14916In Emacs 22
14917(defun find-file (filename &optional wildcards)
14918 "Edit file FILENAME.
14919Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
14920creating one if none already exists.
14921Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
14922but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
14923type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.
14924
14925Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
14926expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files. You can
14927suppress wildcard expansion by setting `find-file-wildcards' to nil.
14928
14929To visit a file without any kind of conversion and without
14930automatically choosing a major mode, use \\[find-file-literally]."
14931 (interactive (find-file-read-args "Find file: " nil))
14932 (let ((value (find-file-noselect filename nil nil wildcards)))
14933 (if (listp value)
14934 (mapcar 'switch-to-buffer (nreverse value))
14935 (switch-to-buffer value))))
14936@end ignore
14937
14938The definition I am showing possesses short but complete documentation
14939and an interactive specification that prompts you for a file name when
14940you use the command interactively. The body of the definition
14941contains two functions, @code{find-file-noselect} and
14942@code{switch-to-buffer}.
14943
14944According to its documentation as shown by @kbd{C-h f} (the
14945@code{describe-function} command), the @code{find-file-noselect}
14946function reads the named file into a buffer and returns the buffer.
14947(Its most recent version includes an optional wildcards argument,
14948too, as well as another to read a file literally and an other you
14949suppress warning messages. These optional arguments are irrelevant.)
14950
14951However, the @code{find-file-noselect} function does not select the
14952buffer in which it puts the file. Emacs does not switch its attention
14953(or yours if you are using @code{find-file-noselect}) to the selected
14954buffer. That is what @code{switch-to-buffer} does: it switches the
14955buffer to which Emacs attention is directed; and it switches the
14956buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer. We have discussed
14957buffer switching elsewhere. (@xref{Switching Buffers}.)
14958
14959In this histogram project, we do not need to display each file on the
14960screen as the program determines the length of each definition within
14961it. Instead of employing @code{switch-to-buffer}, we can work with
14962@code{set-buffer}, which redirects the attention of the computer
14963program to a different buffer but does not redisplay it on the screen.
14964So instead of calling on @code{find-file} to do the job, we must write
14965our own expression.
14966
14967The task is easy: use @code{find-file-noselect} and @code{set-buffer}.
14968
d6adf7e7 14969@node lengths-list-file
8cda6f8f
GM
14970@section @code{lengths-list-file} in Detail
14971
14972The core of the @code{lengths-list-file} function is a @code{while}
14973loop containing a function to move point forward `defun by defun' and
14974a function to count the number of words and symbols in each defun.
14975This core must be surrounded by functions that do various other tasks,
14976including finding the file, and ensuring that point starts out at the
14977beginning of the file. The function definition looks like this:
14978@findex lengths-list-file
14979
14980@smallexample
14981@group
14982(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
14983 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
14984The returned list is a list of numbers.
14985Each number is the number of words or
14986symbols in one function definition."
14987@end group
14988@group
14989 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
14990 (save-excursion
14991 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
14992 (lengths-list))
14993 (set-buffer buffer)
14994 (setq buffer-read-only t)
14995 (widen)
14996 (goto-char (point-min))
14997 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
14998 (setq lengths-list
14999 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
15000 (kill-buffer buffer)
15001 lengths-list)))
15002@end group
15003@end smallexample
15004
15005@noindent
15006The function is passed one argument, the name of the file on which it
15007will work. It has four lines of documentation, but no interactive
15008specification. Since people worry that a computer is broken if they
15009don't see anything going on, the first line of the body is a
15010message.
15011
44e97401 15012The next line contains a @code{save-excursion} that returns Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
15013attention to the current buffer when the function completes. This is
15014useful in case you embed this function in another function that
15015presumes point is restored to the original buffer.
15016
15017In the varlist of the @code{let} expression, Emacs finds the file and
15018binds the local variable @code{buffer} to the buffer containing the
15019file. At the same time, Emacs creates @code{lengths-list} as a local
15020variable.
15021
15022Next, Emacs switches its attention to the buffer.
15023
15024In the following line, Emacs makes the buffer read-only. Ideally,
15025this line is not necessary. None of the functions for counting words
15026and symbols in a function definition should change the buffer.
15027Besides, the buffer is not going to be saved, even if it were changed.
15028This line is entirely the consequence of great, perhaps excessive,
15029caution. The reason for the caution is that this function and those
15030it calls work on the sources for Emacs and it is inconvenient if they
15031are inadvertently modified. It goes without saying that I did not
15032realize a need for this line until an experiment went awry and started
15033to modify my Emacs source files @dots{}
15034
15035Next comes a call to widen the buffer if it is narrowed. This
15036function is usually not needed---Emacs creates a fresh buffer if none
15037already exists; but if a buffer visiting the file already exists Emacs
15038returns that one. In this case, the buffer may be narrowed and must
15039be widened. If we wanted to be fully `user-friendly', we would
15040arrange to save the restriction and the location of point, but we
15041won't.
15042
15043The @code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression moves point to the
15044beginning of the buffer.
15045
15046Then comes a @code{while} loop in which the `work' of the function is
15047carried out. In the loop, Emacs determines the length of each
15048definition and constructs a lengths' list containing the information.
15049
15050Emacs kills the buffer after working through it. This is to save
15051space inside of Emacs. My version of GNU Emacs 19 contained over 300
15052source files of interest; GNU Emacs 22 contains over a thousand source
15053files. Another function will apply @code{lengths-list-file} to each
15054of the files.
15055
15056Finally, the last expression within the @code{let} expression is the
15057@code{lengths-list} variable; its value is returned as the value of
15058the whole function.
15059
15060You can try this function by installing it in the usual fashion. Then
15061place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
15062C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}).
15063
15064@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15065@smallexample
15066(lengths-list-file
15067 "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el")
15068@end smallexample
15069
15070@noindent
15071(You may need to change the pathname of the file; the one here is for
15072GNU Emacs version 22.1.1. To change the expression, copy it to
15073the @file{*scratch*} buffer and edit it.
15074
15075@need 1200
15076@noindent
15077(Also, to see the full length of the list, rather than a truncated
15078version, you may have to evaluate the following:
15079
15080@smallexample
15081(custom-set-variables '(eval-expression-print-length nil))
15082@end smallexample
15083
15084@noindent
15085(@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}}.
15086Then evaluate the @code{lengths-list-file} expression.)
15087
15088@need 1200
15089The lengths' list for @file{debug.el} takes less than a second to
15090produce and looks like this in GNU Emacs 22:
15091
15092@smallexample
15093(83 113 105 144 289 22 30 97 48 89 25 52 52 88 28 29 77 49 43 290 232 587)
15094@end smallexample
15095
15096@need 1500
15097(Using my old machine, the version 19 lengths' list for @file{debug.el}
15098took seven seconds to produce and looked like this:
15099
15100@smallexample
15101(75 41 80 62 20 45 44 68 45 12 34 235)
15102@end smallexample
15103
15104(The newer version of @file{debug.el} contains more defuns than the
15105earlier one; and my new machine is much faster than the old one.)
15106
15107Note that the length of the last definition in the file is first in
15108the list.
15109
d6adf7e7 15110@node Several files
8cda6f8f
GM
15111@section Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
15112
15113In the previous section, we created a function that returns a list of
15114the lengths of each definition in a file. Now, we want to define a
15115function to return a master list of the lengths of the definitions in
15116a list of files.
15117
15118Working on each of a list of files is a repetitious act, so we can use
15119either a @code{while} loop or recursion.
15120
15121@menu
15122* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
15123* append:: Attach one list to another.
15124@end menu
15125
8cda6f8f 15126@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 15127@node lengths-list-many-files
8cda6f8f
GM
15128@unnumberedsubsec Determine the lengths of @code{defuns}
15129@end ifnottex
15130
15131The design using a @code{while} loop is routine. The argument passed
15132the function is a list of files. As we saw earlier (@pxref{Loop
15133Example}), you can write a @code{while} loop so that the body of the
15134loop is evaluated if such a list contains elements, but to exit the
15135loop if the list is empty. For this design to work, the body of the
15136loop must contain an expression that shortens the list each time the
15137body is evaluated, so that eventually the list is empty. The usual
15138technique is to set the value of the list to the value of the @sc{cdr}
15139of the list each time the body is evaluated.
15140
15141@need 800
15142The template looks like this:
15143
15144@smallexample
15145@group
15146(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
15147 @var{body}@dots{}
15148 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
15149@end group
15150@end smallexample
15151
15152Also, we remember that a @code{while} loop returns @code{nil} (the
15153result of evaluating the true-or-false-test), not the result of any
15154evaluation within its body. (The evaluations within the body of the
15155loop are done for their side effects.) However, the expression that
15156sets the lengths' list is part of the body---and that is the value
15157that we want returned by the function as a whole. To do this, we
15158enclose the @code{while} loop within a @code{let} expression, and
15159arrange that the last element of the @code{let} expression contains
15160the value of the lengths' list. (@xref{Incrementing Example, , Loop
15161Example with an Incrementing Counter}.)
15162
15163@findex lengths-list-many-files
15164@need 1250
15165These considerations lead us directly to the function itself:
15166
15167@smallexample
15168@group
15169;;; @r{Use @code{while} loop.}
15170(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15171 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
15172@end group
15173@group
15174 (let (lengths-list)
15175
15176;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
15177 (while list-of-files
15178 (setq lengths-list
15179 (append
15180 lengths-list
15181
15182;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
15183 (lengths-list-file
15184 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
15185@end group
15186
15187@group
15188;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
15189 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
15190
15191;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
15192 lengths-list))
15193@end group
15194@end smallexample
15195
15196@code{expand-file-name} is a built-in function that converts a file
15197name to the absolute, long, path name form. The function employs the
15198name of the directory in which the function is called.
15199
15200@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15201@need 1500
15202Thus, if @code{expand-file-name} is called on @code{debug.el} when
15203Emacs is visiting the
15204@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/} directory,
15205
15206@smallexample
15207debug.el
15208@end smallexample
15209
15210@need 800
15211@noindent
15212becomes
15213
15214@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15215@smallexample
15216/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el
15217@end smallexample
15218
15219The only other new element of this function definition is the as yet
15220unstudied function @code{append}, which merits a short section for
15221itself.
15222
d6adf7e7 15223@node append
8cda6f8f
GM
15224@subsection The @code{append} Function
15225
15226@need 800
15227The @code{append} function attaches one list to another. Thus,
15228
15229@smallexample
15230(append '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15231@end smallexample
15232
15233@need 800
15234@noindent
15235produces the list
15236
15237@smallexample
15238(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8)
15239@end smallexample
15240
15241This is exactly how we want to attach two lengths' lists produced by
15242@code{lengths-list-file} to each other. The results contrast with
15243@code{cons},
15244
15245@smallexample
15246(cons '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15247@end smallexample
15248
15249@need 1250
15250@noindent
15251which constructs a new list in which the first argument to @code{cons}
15252becomes the first element of the new list:
15253
15254@smallexample
15255((1 2 3 4) 5 6 7 8)
15256@end smallexample
15257
d6adf7e7 15258@node Several files recursively
8cda6f8f
GM
15259@section Recursively Count Words in Different Files
15260
15261Besides a @code{while} loop, you can work on each of a list of files
15262with recursion. A recursive version of @code{lengths-list-many-files}
15263is short and simple.
15264
15265The recursive function has the usual parts: the `do-again-test', the
15266`next-step-expression', and the recursive call. The `do-again-test'
15267determines whether the function should call itself again, which it
15268will do if the @code{list-of-files} contains any remaining elements;
15269the `next-step-expression' resets the @code{list-of-files} to the
15270@sc{cdr} of itself, so eventually the list will be empty; and the
15271recursive call calls itself on the shorter list. The complete
15272function is shorter than this description!
15273@findex recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15274
15275@smallexample
15276@group
15277(defun recursive-lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15278 "Return list of lengths of each defun in LIST-OF-FILES."
15279 (if list-of-files ; @r{do-again-test}
15280 (append
15281 (lengths-list-file
15282 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))
15283 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15284 (cdr list-of-files)))))
15285@end group
15286@end smallexample
15287
15288@noindent
15289In a sentence, the function returns the lengths' list for the first of
15290the @code{list-of-files} appended to the result of calling itself on
15291the rest of the @code{list-of-files}.
15292
15293Here is a test of @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}, along with
15294the results of running @code{lengths-list-file} on each of the files
15295individually.
15296
15297Install @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} and
15298@code{lengths-list-file}, if necessary, and then evaluate the
15299following expressions. You may need to change the files' pathnames;
15300those here work when this Info file and the Emacs sources are located
15301in their customary places. To change the expressions, copy them to
15302the @file{*scratch*} buffer, edit them, and then evaluate them.
15303
15304The results are shown after the @samp{@result{}}. (These results are
15305for files from Emacs version 22.1.1; files from other versions of
15306Emacs may produce different results.)
15307
15308@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15309@smallexample
15310@group
15311(cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/")
15312
15313(lengths-list-file "./lisp/macros.el")
15314 @result{} (283 263 480 90)
15315@end group
15316
15317@group
15318(lengths-list-file "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el")
15319 @result{} (38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324)
15320@end group
15321
15322@group
15323(lengths-list-file "./lisp/makesum.el")
15324 @result{} (85 181)
15325@end group
15326
15327@group
15328 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15329 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15330 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15331 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15332 @result{} (283 263 480 90 38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324 85 181)
15333@end group
15334@end smallexample
15335
15336The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function produces the
15337output we want.
15338
15339The next step is to prepare the data in the list for display in a graph.
15340
d6adf7e7 15341@node Prepare the data
8cda6f8f
GM
15342@section Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
15343
15344The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a list
15345of numbers. Each number records the length of a function definition.
15346What we need to do now is transform this data into a list of numbers
15347suitable for generating a graph. The new list will tell how many
15348functions definitions contain less than 10 words and
15349symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
15350many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15351
15352In brief, we need to go through the lengths' list produced by the
15353@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function and count the number
15354of defuns within each range of lengths, and produce a list of those
15355numbers.
15356
15357@menu
15358* Data for Display in Detail::
15359* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
15360* Files List:: Making a list of files.
15361* Counting function definitions::
15362@end menu
15363
8cda6f8f 15364@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 15365@node Data for Display in Detail
8cda6f8f
GM
15366@unnumberedsubsec The Data for Display in Detail
15367@end ifnottex
15368
15369Based on what we have done before, we can readily foresee that it
15370should not be too hard to write a function that `@sc{cdr}s' down the
15371lengths' list, looks at each element, determines which length range it
15372is in, and increments a counter for that range.
15373
15374However, before beginning to write such a function, we should consider
15375the advantages of sorting the lengths' list first, so the numbers are
15376ordered from smallest to largest. First, sorting will make it easier
15377to count the numbers in each range, since two adjacent numbers will
15378either be in the same length range or in adjacent ranges. Second, by
15379inspecting a sorted list, we can discover the highest and lowest
15380number, and thereby determine the largest and smallest length range
15381that we will need.
15382
d6adf7e7 15383@node Sorting
8cda6f8f
GM
15384@subsection Sorting Lists
15385@findex sort
15386
15387Emacs contains a function to sort lists, called (as you might guess)
15388@code{sort}. The @code{sort} function takes two arguments, the list
15389to be sorted, and a predicate that determines whether the first of
15390two list elements is ``less'' than the second.
15391
15392As we saw earlier (@pxref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong
15393Type Object as an Argument}), a predicate is a function that
15394determines whether some property is true or false. The @code{sort}
15395function will reorder a list according to whatever property the
15396predicate uses; this means that @code{sort} can be used to sort
15397non-numeric lists by non-numeric criteria---it can, for example,
15398alphabetize a list.
15399
15400@need 1250
15401The @code{<} function is used when sorting a numeric list. For example,
15402
15403@smallexample
15404(sort '(4 8 21 17 33 7 21 7) '<)
15405@end smallexample
15406
15407@need 800
15408@noindent
15409produces this:
15410
15411@smallexample
15412(4 7 7 8 17 21 21 33)
15413@end smallexample
15414
15415@noindent
15416(Note that in this example, both the arguments are quoted so that the
15417symbols are not evaluated before being passed to @code{sort} as
15418arguments.)
15419
15420Sorting the list returned by the
15421@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function is straightforward;
15422it uses the @code{<} function:
15423
15424@ignore
154252006 Oct 29
15426In GNU Emacs 22, eval
15427(progn
15428 (cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.0.50/")
15429 (sort
15430 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15431 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15432 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15433 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15434 '<))
15435
15436@end ignore
15437
15438@smallexample
15439@group
15440(sort
15441 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15442 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15443 "./lisp/mailalias.el"
15444 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15445 '<)
15446@end group
15447@end smallexample
15448
15449@need 800
15450@noindent
15451which produces:
15452
15453@smallexample
15454(29 32 38 85 90 95 178 180 181 218 263 283 321 324 480)
15455@end smallexample
15456
15457@noindent
15458(Note that in this example, the first argument to @code{sort} is not
15459quoted, since the expression must be evaluated so as to produce the
15460list that is passed to @code{sort}.)
15461
d6adf7e7 15462@node Files List
8cda6f8f
GM
15463@subsection Making a List of Files
15464
15465The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function requires a list
15466of files as its argument. For our test examples, we constructed such
15467a list by hand; but the Emacs Lisp source directory is too large for
15468us to do for that. Instead, we will write a function to do the job
15469for us. In this function, we will use both a @code{while} loop and a
15470recursive call.
15471
15472@findex directory-files
15473We did not have to write a function like this for older versions of
15474GNU Emacs, since they placed all the @samp{.el} files in one
15475directory. Instead, we were able to use the @code{directory-files}
15476function, which lists the names of files that match a specified
15477pattern within a single directory.
15478
15479However, recent versions of Emacs place Emacs Lisp files in
15480sub-directories of the top level @file{lisp} directory. This
15481re-arrangement eases navigation. For example, all the mail related
15482files are in a @file{lisp} sub-directory called @file{mail}. But at
15483the same time, this arrangement forces us to create a file listing
15484function that descends into the sub-directories.
15485
15486@findex files-in-below-directory
15487We can create this function, called @code{files-in-below-directory},
15488using familiar functions such as @code{car}, @code{nthcdr}, and
15489@code{substring} in conjunction with an existing function called
15490@code{directory-files-and-attributes}. This latter function not only
15491lists all the filenames in a directory, including the names
15492of sub-directories, but also their attributes.
15493
15494To restate our goal: to create a function that will enable us
15495to feed filenames to @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}
15496as a list that looks like this (but with more elements):
15497
15498@smallexample
15499@group
15500("./lisp/macros.el"
15501 "./lisp/mail/rmail.el"
15502 "./lisp/makesum.el")
15503@end group
15504@end smallexample
15505
15506The @code{directory-files-and-attributes} function returns a list of
15507lists. Each of the lists within the main list consists of 13
15508elements. The first element is a string that contains the name of the
f99f1641 15509file---which, in GNU/Linux, may be a `directory file', that is to
8cda6f8f
GM
15510say, a file with the special attributes of a directory. The second
15511element of the list is @code{t} for a directory, a string
15512for symbolic link (the string is the name linked to), or @code{nil}.
15513
15514For example, the first @samp{.el} file in the @file{lisp/} directory
15515is @file{abbrev.el}. Its name is
15516@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/abbrev.el} and it is not a
15517directory or a symbolic link.
15518
15519@need 1000
15520This is how @code{directory-files-and-attributes} lists that file and
15521its attributes:
15522
15523@smallexample
15524@group
15525("abbrev.el"
15526nil
155271
155281000
15529100
15530@end group
15531@group
72ec96fb
PE
15532(20615 27034 579989 697000)
15533(17905 55681 0 0)
15534(20615 26327 734791 805000)
1553513188
15536"-rw-r--r--"
8cda6f8f
GM
15537@end group
15538@group
97976f9f 15539t
8cda6f8f
GM
155402971624
15541773)
15542@end group
15543@end smallexample
15544
15545@need 1200
15546On the other hand, @file{mail/} is a directory within the @file{lisp/}
15547directory. The beginning of its listing looks like this:
15548
15549@smallexample
15550@group
15551("mail"
15552t
15553@dots{}
15554)
15555@end group
15556@end smallexample
15557
15558(To learn about the different attributes, look at the documentation of
15559@code{file-attributes}. Bear in mind that the @code{file-attributes}
15560function does not list the filename, so its first element is
15561@code{directory-files-and-attributes}'s second element.)
15562
15563We will want our new function, @code{files-in-below-directory}, to
15564list the @samp{.el} files in the directory it is told to check, and in
15565any directories below that directory.
15566
15567This gives us a hint on how to construct
15568@code{files-in-below-directory}: within a directory, the function
15569should add @samp{.el} filenames to a list; and if, within a directory,
15570the function comes upon a sub-directory, it should go into that
15571sub-directory and repeat its actions.
15572
15573However, we should note that every directory contains a name that
15574refers to itself, called @file{.}, (``dot'') and a name that refers to
15575its parent directory, called @file{..} (``double dot''). (In
15576@file{/}, the root directory, @file{..} refers to itself, since
15577@file{/} has no parent.) Clearly, we do not want our
15578@code{files-in-below-directory} function to enter those directories,
15579since they always lead us, directly or indirectly, to the current
15580directory.
15581
15582Consequently, our @code{files-in-below-directory} function must do
15583several tasks:
15584
15585@itemize @bullet
15586@item
15587Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that ends in
15588@samp{.el}; and if so, add its name to a list.
15589
15590@item
15591Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that is the name of a
15592directory; and if so,
15593
15594@itemize @minus
15595@item
15596Check to see whether it is looking at @file{.} or @file{..}; and if
15597so skip it.
15598
15599@item
15600Or else, go into that directory and repeat the process.
15601@end itemize
15602@end itemize
15603
15604Let's write a function definition to do these tasks. We will use a
15605@code{while} loop to move from one filename to another within a
15606directory, checking what needs to be done; and we will use a recursive
15607call to repeat the actions on each sub-directory. The recursive
15608pattern is `accumulate'
15609(@pxref{Accumulate, , Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}}),
15610using @code{append} as the combiner.
15611
15612@ignore
15613(directory-files "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15614(shell-command "find /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15615
15616(directory-files "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15617(shell-command "find /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15618@end ignore
15619
15620@c /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/
15621
15622@need 800
15623Here is the function:
15624
15625@smallexample
15626@group
15627(defun files-in-below-directory (directory)
15628 "List the .el files in DIRECTORY and in its sub-directories."
15629 ;; Although the function will be used non-interactively,
15630 ;; it will be easier to test if we make it interactive.
15631 ;; The directory will have a name such as
15632 ;; "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"
15633 (interactive "DDirectory name: ")
15634@end group
15635@group
15636 (let (el-files-list
15637 (current-directory-list
15638 (directory-files-and-attributes directory t)))
15639 ;; while we are in the current directory
15640 (while current-directory-list
15641@end group
15642@group
15643 (cond
15644 ;; check to see whether filename ends in `.el'
15645 ;; and if so, append its name to a list.
15646 ((equal ".el" (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -3))
15647 (setq el-files-list
15648 (cons (car (car current-directory-list)) el-files-list)))
15649@end group
15650@group
15651 ;; check whether filename is that of a directory
15652 ((eq t (car (cdr (car current-directory-list))))
15653 ;; decide whether to skip or recurse
15654 (if
15655 (equal "."
15656 (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -1))
15657 ;; then do nothing since filename is that of
15658 ;; current directory or parent, "." or ".."
15659 ()
15660@end group
15661@group
15662 ;; else descend into the directory and repeat the process
15663 (setq el-files-list
15664 (append
15665 (files-in-below-directory
15666 (car (car current-directory-list)))
15667 el-files-list)))))
15668 ;; move to the next filename in the list; this also
15669 ;; shortens the list so the while loop eventually comes to an end
15670 (setq current-directory-list (cdr current-directory-list)))
15671 ;; return the filenames
15672 el-files-list))
15673@end group
15674@end smallexample
15675
15676@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/")
15677@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15678
15679The @code{files-in-below-directory} @code{directory-files} function
15680takes one argument, the name of a directory.
15681
15682@need 1250
15683Thus, on my system,
15684
15685@c (length (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15686
15687@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15688@smallexample
15689@group
15690(length
15691 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"))
15692@end group
15693@end smallexample
15694
15695@noindent
15696tells me that in and below my Lisp sources directory are 1031
15697@samp{.el} files.
15698
15699@code{files-in-below-directory} returns a list in reverse alphabetical
15700order. An expression to sort the list in alphabetical order looks
15701like this:
15702
15703@smallexample
15704@group
15705(sort
15706 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15707 'string-lessp)
15708@end group
15709@end smallexample
15710
15711@ignore
15712(defun test ()
15713 "Test how long it takes to find lengths of all sorted elisp defuns."
15714 (insert "\n" (current-time-string) "\n")
15715 (sit-for 0)
15716 (sort
15717 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15718 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15719 '<)
15720 (insert (format "%s" (current-time-string))))
15721@end ignore
15722
d6adf7e7 15723@node Counting function definitions
8cda6f8f
GM
15724@subsection Counting function definitions
15725
15726Our immediate goal is to generate a list that tells us how many
15727function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and symbols, how many
15728contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how many contain between
1572920 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15730
15731With a sorted list of numbers, this is easy: count how many elements
15732of the list are smaller than 10, then, after moving past the numbers
15733just counted, count how many are smaller than 20, then, after moving
15734past the numbers just counted, count how many are smaller than 30, and
15735so on. Each of the numbers, 10, 20, 30, 40, and the like, is one
15736larger than the top of that range. We can call the list of such
15737numbers the @code{top-of-ranges} list.
15738
15739@need 1200
15740If we wished, we could generate this list automatically, but it is
15741simpler to write a list manually. Here it is:
15742@vindex top-of-ranges
15743
15744@smallexample
15745@group
15746(defvar top-of-ranges
15747 '(10 20 30 40 50
15748 60 70 80 90 100
15749 110 120 130 140 150
15750 160 170 180 190 200
15751 210 220 230 240 250
15752 260 270 280 290 300)
15753 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
15754@end group
15755@end smallexample
15756
15757To change the ranges, we edit this list.
15758
15759Next, we need to write the function that creates the list of the
15760number of definitions within each range. Clearly, this function must
15761take the @code{sorted-lengths} and the @code{top-of-ranges} lists
15762as arguments.
15763
15764The @code{defuns-per-range} function must do two things again and
15765again: it must count the number of definitions within a range
15766specified by the current top-of-range value; and it must shift to the
15767next higher value in the @code{top-of-ranges} list after counting the
15768number of definitions in the current range. Since each of these
15769actions is repetitive, we can use @code{while} loops for the job.
15770One loop counts the number of definitions in the range defined by the
15771current top-of-range value, and the other loop selects each of the
15772top-of-range values in turn.
15773
15774Several entries of the @code{sorted-lengths} list are counted for each
15775range; this means that the loop for the @code{sorted-lengths} list
15776will be inside the loop for the @code{top-of-ranges} list, like a
15777small gear inside a big gear.
15778
15779The inner loop counts the number of definitions within the range. It
15780is a simple counting loop of the type we have seen before.
15781(@xref{Incrementing Loop, , A loop with an incrementing counter}.)
15782The true-or-false test of the loop tests whether the value from the
15783@code{sorted-lengths} list is smaller than the current value of the
15784top of the range. If it is, the function increments the counter and
15785tests the next value from the @code{sorted-lengths} list.
15786
15787@need 1250
15788The inner loop looks like this:
15789
15790@smallexample
15791@group
15792(while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
15793 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15794 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15795@end group
15796@end smallexample
15797
15798The outer loop must start with the lowest value of the
15799@code{top-of-ranges} list, and then be set to each of the succeeding
15800higher values in turn. This can be done with a loop like this:
15801
15802@smallexample
15803@group
15804(while top-of-ranges
15805 @var{body-of-loop}@dots{}
15806 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
15807@end group
15808@end smallexample
15809
15810@need 1200
15811Put together, the two loops look like this:
15812
15813@smallexample
15814@group
15815(while top-of-ranges
15816
15817 ;; @r{Count the number of elements within the current range.}
15818 (while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
15819 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15820 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15821
15822 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
15823 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
15824@end group
15825@end smallexample
15826
15827In addition, in each circuit of the outer loop, Emacs should record
15828the number of definitions within that range (the value of
15829@code{number-within-range}) in a list. We can use @code{cons} for
15830this purpose. (@xref{cons, , @code{cons}}.)
15831
15832The @code{cons} function works fine, except that the list it
15833constructs will contain the number of definitions for the highest
15834range at its beginning and the number of definitions for the lowest
15835range at its end. This is because @code{cons} attaches new elements
15836of the list to the beginning of the list, and since the two loops are
15837working their way through the lengths' list from the lower end first,
15838the @code{defuns-per-range-list} will end up largest number first.
15839But we will want to print our graph with smallest values first and the
15840larger later. The solution is to reverse the order of the
15841@code{defuns-per-range-list}. We can do this using the
15842@code{nreverse} function, which reverses the order of a list.
15843@findex nreverse
15844
15845@need 800
15846For example,
15847
15848@smallexample
15849(nreverse '(1 2 3 4))
15850@end smallexample
15851
15852@need 800
15853@noindent
15854produces:
15855
15856@smallexample
15857(4 3 2 1)
15858@end smallexample
15859
15860Note that the @code{nreverse} function is ``destructive''---that is,
15861it changes the list to which it is applied; this contrasts with the
15862@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions, which are non-destructive. In
15863this case, we do not want the original @code{defuns-per-range-list},
15864so it does not matter that it is destroyed. (The @code{reverse}
15865function provides a reversed copy of a list, leaving the original list
15866as is.)
15867@findex reverse
15868
15869@need 1250
15870Put all together, the @code{defuns-per-range} looks like this:
15871
15872@smallexample
15873@group
15874(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
15875 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
15876 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
15877 (number-within-range 0)
15878 defuns-per-range-list)
15879@end group
15880
15881@group
15882 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
15883 (while top-of-ranges
15884@end group
15885
15886@group
15887 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
15888 (while (and
15889 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
15890 (car sorted-lengths)
15891 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
15892@end group
15893
15894@group
15895 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
15896 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15897 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15898
15899 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
15900@end group
15901
15902@group
15903 (setq defuns-per-range-list
15904 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
15905 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
15906@end group
15907
15908@group
15909 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
15910 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
15911 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
15912 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
15913@end group
15914
15915@group
15916 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
15917 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
15918 (setq defuns-per-range-list
15919 (cons
15920 (length sorted-lengths)
15921 defuns-per-range-list))
15922@end group
15923
15924@group
15925 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
15926 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
15927 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
15928@end group
15929@end smallexample
15930
15931@need 1200
15932@noindent
15933The function is straightforward except for one subtle feature. The
15934true-or-false test of the inner loop looks like this:
15935
15936@smallexample
15937@group
15938(and (car sorted-lengths)
15939 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
15940@end group
15941@end smallexample
15942
15943@need 800
15944@noindent
15945instead of like this:
15946
15947@smallexample
15948(< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range)
15949@end smallexample
15950
15951The purpose of the test is to determine whether the first item in the
15952@code{sorted-lengths} list is less than the value of the top of the
15953range.
15954
15955The simple version of the test works fine unless the
15956@code{sorted-lengths} list has a @code{nil} value. In that case, the
15957@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression function returns
15958@code{nil}. The @code{<} function cannot compare a number to
15959@code{nil}, which is an empty list, so Emacs signals an error and
15960stops the function from attempting to continue to execute.
15961
15962The @code{sorted-lengths} list always becomes @code{nil} when the
15963counter reaches the end of the list. This means that any attempt to
15964use the @code{defuns-per-range} function with the simple version of
15965the test will fail.
15966
15967We solve the problem by using the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
15968expression in conjunction with the @code{and} expression. The
15969@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression returns a non-@code{nil}
15970value so long as the list has at least one number within it, but
15971returns @code{nil} if the list is empty. The @code{and} expression
15972first evaluates the @code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression, and
15973if it is @code{nil}, returns false @emph{without} evaluating the
15974@code{<} expression. But if the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
15975expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, the @code{and} expression
15976evaluates the @code{<} expression, and returns that value as the value
15977of the @code{and} expression.
15978
15979@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
15980This way, we avoid an error.
15981@iftex
15982@noindent
15983(For information about @code{and}, see
15984@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
15985@end iftex
15986@ifinfo
15987@noindent
15988(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
15989information about @code{and}.)
15990@end ifinfo
15991
15992Here is a short test of the @code{defuns-per-range} function. First,
15993evaluate the expression that binds (a shortened)
15994@code{top-of-ranges} list to the list of values, then evaluate the
15995expression for binding the @code{sorted-lengths} list, and then
15996evaluate the @code{defuns-per-range} function.
15997
15998@smallexample
15999@group
16000;; @r{(Shorter list than we will use later.)}
16001(setq top-of-ranges
16002 '(110 120 130 140 150
16003 160 170 180 190 200))
16004
16005(setq sorted-lengths
16006 '(85 86 110 116 122 129 154 176 179 200 265 300 300))
16007
16008(defuns-per-range sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
16009@end group
16010@end smallexample
16011
16012@need 800
16013@noindent
16014The list returned looks like this:
16015
16016@smallexample
16017(2 2 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 4)
16018@end smallexample
16019
16020@noindent
16021Indeed, there are two elements of the @code{sorted-lengths} list
16022smaller than 110, two elements between 110 and 119, two elements
16023between 120 and 129, and so on. There are four elements with a value
16024of 200 or larger.
16025
16026@c The next step is to turn this numbers' list into a graph.
d6adf7e7 16027@node Readying a Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
16028@chapter Readying a Graph
16029@cindex Readying a graph
16030@cindex Graph prototype
16031@cindex Prototype graph
16032@cindex Body of graph
16033
16034Our goal is to construct a graph showing the numbers of function
16035definitions of various lengths in the Emacs lisp sources.
16036
16037As a practical matter, if you were creating a graph, you would
16038probably use a program such as @code{gnuplot} to do the job.
16039(@code{gnuplot} is nicely integrated into GNU Emacs.) In this case,
16040however, we create one from scratch, and in the process we will
16041re-acquaint ourselves with some of what we learned before and learn
16042more.
16043
16044In this chapter, we will first write a simple graph printing function.
16045This first definition will be a @dfn{prototype}, a rapidly written
16046function that enables us to reconnoiter this unknown graph-making
16047territory. We will discover dragons, or find that they are myth.
16048After scouting the terrain, we will feel more confident and enhance
16049the function to label the axes automatically.
16050
16051@menu
16052* Columns of a graph::
16053* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
16054* recursive-graph-body-print::
16055* Printed Axes::
16056* Line Graph Exercise::
16057@end menu
16058
8cda6f8f 16059@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 16060@node Columns of a graph
8cda6f8f
GM
16061@unnumberedsec Printing the Columns of a Graph
16062@end ifnottex
16063
16064Since Emacs is designed to be flexible and work with all kinds of
16065terminals, including character-only terminals, the graph will need to
16066be made from one of the `typewriter' symbols. An asterisk will do; as
16067we enhance the graph-printing function, we can make the choice of
16068symbol a user option.
16069
16070We can call this function @code{graph-body-print}; it will take a
16071@code{numbers-list} as its only argument. At this stage, we will not
16072label the graph, but only print its body.
16073
16074The @code{graph-body-print} function inserts a vertical column of
16075asterisks for each element in the @code{numbers-list}. The height of
16076each line is determined by the value of that element of the
16077@code{numbers-list}.
16078
16079Inserting columns is a repetitive act; that means that this function can
16080be written either with a @code{while} loop or recursively.
16081
16082Our first challenge is to discover how to print a column of asterisks.
16083Usually, in Emacs, we print characters onto a screen horizontally,
16084line by line, by typing. We have two routes we can follow: write our
16085own column-insertion function or discover whether one exists in Emacs.
16086
16087To see whether there is one in Emacs, we can use the @kbd{M-x apropos}
16088command. This command is like the @kbd{C-h a} (@code{command-apropos})
16089command, except that the latter finds only those functions that are
16090commands. The @kbd{M-x apropos} command lists all symbols that match
16091a regular expression, including functions that are not interactive.
16092@findex apropos
16093
16094What we want to look for is some command that prints or inserts
16095columns. Very likely, the name of the function will contain either
16096the word `print' or the word `insert' or the word `column'.
16097Therefore, we can simply type @kbd{M-x apropos RET
16098print\|insert\|column RET} and look at the result. On my system, this
16099command once too takes quite some time, and then produced a list of 79
16100functions and variables. Now it does not take much time at all and
16101produces a list of 211 functions and variables. Scanning down the
16102list, the only function that looks as if it might do the job is
16103@code{insert-rectangle}.
16104
16105@need 1200
16106Indeed, this is the function we want; its documentation says:
16107
16108@smallexample
16109@group
16110insert-rectangle:
16111Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
16112RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point,
16113its second line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
16114RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
16115After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
16116and point is at the lower right corner.
16117@end group
16118@end smallexample
16119
16120We can run a quick test, to make sure it does what we expect of it.
16121
16122Here is the result of placing the cursor after the
16123@code{insert-rectangle} expression and typing @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
16124(@code{eval-last-sexp}). The function inserts the strings
16125@samp{"first"}, @samp{"second"}, and @samp{"third"} at and below
16126point. Also the function returns @code{nil}.
16127
16128@smallexample
16129@group
16130(insert-rectangle '("first" "second" "third"))first
16131 second
16132 thirdnil
16133@end group
16134@end smallexample
16135
16136@noindent
16137Of course, we won't be inserting the text of the
16138@code{insert-rectangle} expression itself into the buffer in which we
16139are making the graph, but will call the function from our program. We
16140shall, however, have to make sure that point is in the buffer at the
16141place where the @code{insert-rectangle} function will insert its
16142column of strings.
16143
16144If you are reading this in Info, you can see how this works by
16145switching to another buffer, such as the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
16146placing point somewhere in the buffer, typing @kbd{M-:}, typing the
16147@code{insert-rectangle} expression into the minibuffer at the prompt,
16148and then typing @key{RET}. This causes Emacs to evaluate the
16149expression in the minibuffer, but to use as the value of point the
16150position of point in the @file{*scratch*} buffer. (@kbd{M-:} is the
16151keybinding for @code{eval-expression}. Also, @code{nil} does not
16152appear in the @file{*scratch*} buffer since the expression is
16153evaluated in the minibuffer.)
16154
16155We find when we do this that point ends up at the end of the last
16156inserted line---that is to say, this function moves point as a
16157side-effect. If we were to repeat the command, with point at this
16158position, the next insertion would be below and to the right of the
16159previous insertion. We don't want this! If we are going to make a
16160bar graph, the columns need to be beside each other.
16161
16162So we discover that each cycle of the column-inserting @code{while}
16163loop must reposition point to the place we want it, and that place
16164will be at the top, not the bottom, of the column. Moreover, we
16165remember that when we print a graph, we do not expect all the columns
16166to be the same height. This means that the top of each column may be
16167at a different height from the previous one. We cannot simply
16168reposition point to the same line each time, but moved over to the
16169right---or perhaps we can@dots{}
16170
16171We are planning to make the columns of the bar graph out of asterisks.
16172The number of asterisks in the column is the number specified by the
16173current element of the @code{numbers-list}. We need to construct a
16174list of asterisks of the right length for each call to
16175@code{insert-rectangle}. If this list consists solely of the requisite
16176number of asterisks, then we will have position point the right number
16177of lines above the base for the graph to print correctly. This could
16178be difficult.
16179
16180Alternatively, if we can figure out some way to pass
16181@code{insert-rectangle} a list of the same length each time, then we
16182can place point on the same line each time, but move it over one
16183column to the right for each new column. If we do this, however, some
16184of the entries in the list passed to @code{insert-rectangle} must be
16185blanks rather than asterisks. For example, if the maximum height of
16186the graph is 5, but the height of the column is 3, then
16187@code{insert-rectangle} requires an argument that looks like this:
16188
16189@smallexample
16190(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16191@end smallexample
16192
16193This last proposal is not so difficult, so long as we can determine
16194the column height. There are two ways for us to specify the column
16195height: we can arbitrarily state what it will be, which would work
16196fine for graphs of that height; or we can search through the list of
16197numbers and use the maximum height of the list as the maximum height
16198of the graph. If the latter operation were difficult, then the former
16199procedure would be easiest, but there is a function built into Emacs
16200that determines the maximum of its arguments. We can use that
16201function. The function is called @code{max} and it returns the
16202largest of all its arguments, which must be numbers. Thus, for
16203example,
16204
16205@smallexample
16206(max 3 4 6 5 7 3)
16207@end smallexample
16208
16209@noindent
16210returns 7. (A corresponding function called @code{min} returns the
16211smallest of all its arguments.)
16212@findex max
16213@findex min
16214
16215However, we cannot simply call @code{max} on the @code{numbers-list};
16216the @code{max} function expects numbers as its argument, not a list of
16217numbers. Thus, the following expression,
16218
16219@smallexample
16220(max '(3 4 6 5 7 3))
16221@end smallexample
16222
16223@need 800
16224@noindent
16225produces the following error message;
16226
16227@smallexample
16228Wrong type of argument: number-or-marker-p, (3 4 6 5 7 3)
16229@end smallexample
16230
16231@findex apply
16232We need a function that passes a list of arguments to a function.
16233This function is @code{apply}. This function `applies' its first
16234argument (a function) to its remaining arguments, the last of which
16235may be a list.
16236
16237@need 1250
16238For example,
16239
16240@smallexample
16241(apply 'max 3 4 7 3 '(4 8 5))
16242@end smallexample
16243
16244@noindent
16245returns 8.
16246
16247(Incidentally, I don't know how you would learn of this function
16248without a book such as this. It is possible to discover other
16249functions, like @code{search-forward} or @code{insert-rectangle}, by
16250guessing at a part of their names and then using @code{apropos}. Even
16251though its base in metaphor is clear---`apply' its first argument to
16252the rest---I doubt a novice would come up with that particular word
16253when using @code{apropos} or other aid. Of course, I could be wrong;
16254after all, the function was first named by someone who had to invent
16255it.)
16256
16257The second and subsequent arguments to @code{apply} are optional, so
16258we can use @code{apply} to call a function and pass the elements of a
16259list to it, like this, which also returns 8:
16260
16261@smallexample
16262(apply 'max '(4 8 5))
16263@end smallexample
16264
16265This latter way is how we will use @code{apply}. The
16266@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a numbers'
16267list to which we can apply @code{max} (we could also apply @code{max} to
16268the sorted numbers' list; it does not matter whether the list is
16269sorted or not.)
16270
16271@need 800
16272Hence, the operation for finding the maximum height of the graph is this:
16273
16274@smallexample
16275(setq max-graph-height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16276@end smallexample
16277
16278Now we can return to the question of how to create a list of strings
16279for a column of the graph. Told the maximum height of the graph
16280and the number of asterisks that should appear in the column, the
16281function should return a list of strings for the
16282@code{insert-rectangle} command to insert.
16283
16284Each column is made up of asterisks or blanks. Since the function is
16285passed the value of the height of the column and the number of
16286asterisks in the column, the number of blanks can be found by
16287subtracting the number of asterisks from the height of the column.
16288Given the number of blanks and the number of asterisks, two
16289@code{while} loops can be used to construct the list:
16290
16291@smallexample
16292@group
16293;;; @r{First version.}
16294(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16295 "Return list of strings that is one column of a graph."
16296 (let ((insert-list nil)
16297 (number-of-top-blanks
16298 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16299@end group
16300
16301@group
16302 ;; @r{Fill in asterisks.}
16303 (while (> actual-height 0)
16304 (setq insert-list (cons "*" insert-list))
16305 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16306@end group
16307
16308@group
16309 ;; @r{Fill in blanks.}
16310 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16311 (setq insert-list (cons " " insert-list))
16312 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16313 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16314@end group
16315
16316@group
16317 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16318 insert-list))
16319@end group
16320@end smallexample
16321
16322If you install this function and then evaluate the following
16323expression you will see that it returns the list as desired:
16324
16325@smallexample
16326(column-of-graph 5 3)
16327@end smallexample
16328
16329@need 800
16330@noindent
16331returns
16332
16333@smallexample
16334(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16335@end smallexample
16336
16337As written, @code{column-of-graph} contains a major flaw: the symbols
16338used for the blank and for the marked entries in the column are
16339`hard-coded' as a space and asterisk. This is fine for a prototype,
16340but you, or another user, may wish to use other symbols. For example,
16341in testing the graph function, you many want to use a period in place
16342of the space, to make sure the point is being repositioned properly
16343each time the @code{insert-rectangle} function is called; or you might
16344want to substitute a @samp{+} sign or other symbol for the asterisk.
16345You might even want to make a graph-column that is more than one
16346display column wide. The program should be more flexible. The way to
16347do that is to replace the blank and the asterisk with two variables
16348that we can call @code{graph-blank} and @code{graph-symbol} and define
16349those variables separately.
16350
16351Also, the documentation is not well written. These considerations
16352lead us to the second version of the function:
16353
16354@smallexample
16355@group
16356(defvar graph-symbol "*"
16357 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
16358@end group
16359
16360@group
16361(defvar graph-blank " "
16362 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
16363graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
16364as graph-symbol.")
16365@end group
16366@end smallexample
16367
16368@noindent
16369(For an explanation of @code{defvar}, see
16370@ref{defvar, , Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}}.)
16371
16372@smallexample
16373@group
16374;;; @r{Second version.}
16375(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16376 "Return MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings; ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
16377
16378@end group
16379@group
16380The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
16381of the list.
16382The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
16383The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
16384@end group
16385
16386@group
16387 (let ((insert-list nil)
16388 (number-of-top-blanks
16389 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16390@end group
16391
16392@group
16393 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
16394 (while (> actual-height 0)
16395 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
16396 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16397@end group
16398
16399@group
16400 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
16401 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16402 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
16403 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16404 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16405
16406 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16407 insert-list))
16408@end group
16409@end smallexample
16410
16411If we wished, we could rewrite @code{column-of-graph} a third time to
16412provide optionally for a line graph as well as for a bar graph. This
16413would not be hard to do. One way to think of a line graph is that it
16414is no more than a bar graph in which the part of each bar that is
16415below the top is blank. To construct a column for a line graph, the
16416function first constructs a list of blanks that is one shorter than
16417the value, then it uses @code{cons} to attach a graph symbol to the
16418list; then it uses @code{cons} again to attach the `top blanks' to
16419the list.
16420
16421It is easy to see how to write such a function, but since we don't
16422need it, we will not do it. But the job could be done, and if it were
16423done, it would be done with @code{column-of-graph}. Even more
16424important, it is worth noting that few changes would have to be made
16425anywhere else. The enhancement, if we ever wish to make it, is
16426simple.
16427
16428Now, finally, we come to our first actual graph printing function.
16429This prints the body of a graph, not the labels for the vertical and
16430horizontal axes, so we can call this @code{graph-body-print}.
16431
d6adf7e7 16432@node graph-body-print
8cda6f8f
GM
16433@section The @code{graph-body-print} Function
16434@findex graph-body-print
16435
16436After our preparation in the preceding section, the
16437@code{graph-body-print} function is straightforward. The function
16438will print column after column of asterisks and blanks, using the
16439elements of a numbers' list to specify the number of asterisks in each
16440column. This is a repetitive act, which means we can use a
16441decrementing @code{while} loop or recursive function for the job. In
16442this section, we will write the definition using a @code{while} loop.
16443
16444The @code{column-of-graph} function requires the height of the graph
16445as an argument, so we should determine and record that as a local variable.
16446
16447This leads us to the following template for the @code{while} loop
16448version of this function:
16449
16450@smallexample
16451@group
16452(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16453 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
16454 (let ((height @dots{}
16455 @dots{}))
16456@end group
16457
16458@group
16459 (while numbers-list
16460 @var{insert-columns-and-reposition-point}
16461 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))))
16462@end group
16463@end smallexample
16464
16465@noindent
16466We need to fill in the slots of the template.
16467
16468Clearly, we can use the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression to
16469determine the height of the graph.
16470
16471The @code{while} loop will cycle through the @code{numbers-list} one
16472element at a time. As it is shortened by the @code{(setq numbers-list
16473(cdr numbers-list))} expression, the @sc{car} of each instance of the
16474list is the value of the argument for @code{column-of-graph}.
16475
16476At each cycle of the @code{while} loop, the @code{insert-rectangle}
16477function inserts the list returned by @code{column-of-graph}. Since
16478the @code{insert-rectangle} function moves point to the lower right of
16479the inserted rectangle, we need to save the location of point at the
16480time the rectangle is inserted, move back to that position after the
16481rectangle is inserted, and then move horizontally to the next place
16482from which @code{insert-rectangle} is called.
16483
16484If the inserted columns are one character wide, as they will be if
16485single blanks and asterisks are used, the repositioning command is
16486simply @code{(forward-char 1)}; however, the width of a column may be
16487greater than one. This means that the repositioning command should be
16488written @code{(forward-char symbol-width)}. The @code{symbol-width}
16489itself is the length of a @code{graph-blank} and can be found using
16490the expression @code{(length graph-blank)}. The best place to bind
16491the @code{symbol-width} variable to the value of the width of graph
16492column is in the varlist of the @code{let} expression.
16493
16494@need 1250
16495These considerations lead to the following function definition:
16496
16497@smallexample
16498@group
16499(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16500 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16501The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16502
16503 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16504 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16505 from-position)
16506@end group
16507
16508@group
16509 (while numbers-list
16510 (setq from-position (point))
16511 (insert-rectangle
16512 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16513 (goto-char from-position)
16514 (forward-char symbol-width)
16515@end group
16516@group
16517 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16518 (sit-for 0)
16519 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
16520@end group
16521@group
16522 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
16523 (forward-line height)
16524 (insert "\n")
16525))
16526@end group
16527@end smallexample
16528
16529@noindent
16530The one unexpected expression in this function is the
16531@w{@code{(sit-for 0)}} expression in the @code{while} loop. This
16532expression makes the graph printing operation more interesting to
16533watch than it would be otherwise. The expression causes Emacs to
16534`sit' or do nothing for a zero length of time and then redraw the
16535screen. Placed here, it causes Emacs to redraw the screen column by
16536column. Without it, Emacs would not redraw the screen until the
16537function exits.
16538
16539We can test @code{graph-body-print} with a short list of numbers.
16540
16541@enumerate
16542@item
16543Install @code{graph-symbol}, @code{graph-blank},
16544@code{column-of-graph}, which are in
16545@iftex
16546@ref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph},
16547@end iftex
16548@ifinfo
16549@ref{Columns of a graph},
16550@end ifinfo
16551and @code{graph-body-print}.
16552
16553@need 800
16554@item
16555Copy the following expression:
16556
16557@smallexample
16558(graph-body-print '(1 2 3 4 6 4 3 5 7 6 5 2 3))
16559@end smallexample
16560
16561@item
16562Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
16563want the graph to start.
16564
16565@item
16566Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
16567
16568@item
16569Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
16570with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
16571
16572@item
16573Press @key{RET} to evaluate the @code{graph-body-print} expression.
16574@end enumerate
16575
16576@need 800
16577Emacs will print a graph like this:
16578
16579@smallexample
16580@group
16581 *
16582 * **
16583 * ****
16584 *** ****
16585 ********* *
16586 ************
16587 *************
16588@end group
16589@end smallexample
16590
d6adf7e7 16591@node recursive-graph-body-print
8cda6f8f
GM
16592@section The @code{recursive-graph-body-print} Function
16593@findex recursive-graph-body-print
16594
16595The @code{graph-body-print} function may also be written recursively.
16596The recursive solution is divided into two parts: an outside `wrapper'
16597that uses a @code{let} expression to determine the values of several
16598variables that need only be found once, such as the maximum height of
16599the graph, and an inside function that is called recursively to print
16600the graph.
16601
16602@need 1250
16603The `wrapper' is uncomplicated:
16604
16605@smallexample
16606@group
16607(defun recursive-graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16608 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16609The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16610 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16611 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16612 from-position)
16613 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16614 numbers-list
16615 height
16616 symbol-width)))
16617@end group
16618@end smallexample
16619
16620The recursive function is a little more difficult. It has four parts:
16621the `do-again-test', the printing code, the recursive call, and the
16622`next-step-expression'. The `do-again-test' is a @code{when}
16623expression that determines whether the @code{numbers-list} contains
16624any remaining elements; if it does, the function prints one column of
16625the graph using the printing code and calls itself again. The
16626function calls itself again according to the value produced by the
16627`next-step-expression' which causes the call to act on a shorter
16628version of the @code{numbers-list}.
16629
16630@smallexample
16631@group
16632(defun recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16633 (numbers-list height symbol-width)
16634 "Print a bar graph.
16635Used within recursive-graph-body-print function."
16636@end group
16637
16638@group
16639 (when numbers-list
16640 (setq from-position (point))
16641 (insert-rectangle
16642 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16643@end group
16644@group
16645 (goto-char from-position)
16646 (forward-char symbol-width)
16647 (sit-for 0) ; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16648 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16649 (cdr numbers-list) height symbol-width)))
16650@end group
16651@end smallexample
16652
16653@need 1250
16654After installation, this expression can be tested; here is a sample:
16655
16656@smallexample
16657(recursive-graph-body-print '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
16658@end smallexample
16659
16660@need 800
16661Here is what @code{recursive-graph-body-print} produces:
16662
16663@smallexample
16664@group
16665 *
16666 ** *
16667 **** *
16668 **** ***
16669 * *********
16670 ************
16671 *************
16672@end group
16673@end smallexample
16674
16675Either of these two functions, @code{graph-body-print} or
16676@code{recursive-graph-body-print}, create the body of a graph.
16677
d6adf7e7 16678@node Printed Axes
8cda6f8f
GM
16679@section Need for Printed Axes
16680
16681A graph needs printed axes, so you can orient yourself. For a do-once
44e97401 16682project, it may be reasonable to draw the axes by hand using Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
16683Picture mode; but a graph drawing function may be used more than once.
16684
16685For this reason, I have written enhancements to the basic
16686@code{print-graph-body} function that automatically print labels for
16687the horizontal and vertical axes. Since the label printing functions
16688do not contain much new material, I have placed their description in
09e80d9f 16689an appendix. @xref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled Axes}.
8cda6f8f 16690
d6adf7e7 16691@node Line Graph Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
16692@section Exercise
16693
16694Write a line graph version of the graph printing functions.
16695
d6adf7e7 16696@node Emacs Initialization
8cda6f8f
GM
16697@chapter Your @file{.emacs} File
16698@cindex @file{.emacs} file
16699@cindex Customizing your @file{.emacs} file
16700@cindex Initialization file
16701
f99f1641 16702``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---this seemingly
8cda6f8f
GM
16703paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of
16704the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize
16705it to suit themselves.
16706
16707GNU Emacs is mostly written in Emacs Lisp; this means that by writing
16708expressions in Emacs Lisp you can change or extend Emacs.
16709
16710@menu
16711* Default Configuration::
16712* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
16713* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
f2243267 16714* Beginning init File:: How to write a @file{.emacs} init file.
8cda6f8f
GM
16715* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
16716* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
16717* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
16718* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
16719* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
16720* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
16721* Autoload:: Make functions available.
16722* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
16723* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
16724* Miscellaneous::
16725* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
16726@end menu
16727
8cda6f8f 16728@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 16729@node Default Configuration
44e97401 16730@unnumberedsec Emacs's Default Configuration
8cda6f8f
GM
16731@end ifnottex
16732
44e97401 16733There are those who appreciate Emacs's default configuration. After
8cda6f8f
GM
16734all, Emacs starts you in C mode when you edit a C file, starts you in
16735Fortran mode when you edit a Fortran file, and starts you in
16736Fundamental mode when you edit an unadorned file. This all makes
16737sense, if you do not know who is going to use Emacs. Who knows what a
16738person hopes to do with an unadorned file? Fundamental mode is the
16739right default for such a file, just as C mode is the right default for
16740editing C code. (Enough programming languages have syntaxes
16741that enable them to share or nearly share features, so C mode is
6bd6c2fa 16742now provided by CC mode, the `C Collection'.)
8cda6f8f
GM
16743
16744But when you do know who is going to use Emacs---you,
16745yourself---then it makes sense to customize Emacs.
16746
16747For example, I seldom want Fundamental mode when I edit an
16748otherwise undistinguished file; I want Text mode. This is why I
16749customize Emacs: so it suits me.
16750
16751You can customize and extend Emacs by writing or adapting a
16752@file{~/.emacs} file. This is your personal initialization file; its
16753contents, written in Emacs Lisp, tell Emacs what to do.@footnote{You
16754may also add @file{.el} to @file{~/.emacs} and call it a
16755@file{~/.emacs.el} file. In the past, you were forbidden to type the
16756extra keystrokes that the name @file{~/.emacs.el} requires, but now
16757you may. The new format is consistent with the Emacs Lisp file
16758naming conventions; the old format saves typing.}
16759
16760A @file{~/.emacs} file contains Emacs Lisp code. You can write this
44e97401 16761code yourself; or you can use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to write
8cda6f8f
GM
16762the code for you. You can combine your own expressions and
16763auto-written Customize expressions in your @file{.emacs} file.
16764
16765(I myself prefer to write my own expressions, except for those,
16766particularly fonts, that I find easier to manipulate using the
16767@code{customize} command. I combine the two methods.)
16768
16769Most of this chapter is about writing expressions yourself. It
16770describes a simple @file{.emacs} file; for more information, see
16771@ref{Init File, , The Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and
16772@ref{Init File, , The Init File, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
16773Manual}.
16774
d6adf7e7 16775@node Site-wide Init
8cda6f8f
GM
16776@section Site-wide Initialization Files
16777
16778@cindex @file{default.el} init file
16779@cindex @file{site-init.el} init file
16780@cindex @file{site-load.el} init file
16781In addition to your personal initialization file, Emacs automatically
16782loads various site-wide initialization files, if they exist. These
16783have the same form as your @file{.emacs} file, but are loaded by
16784everyone.
16785
16786Two site-wide initialization files, @file{site-load.el} and
16787@file{site-init.el}, are loaded into Emacs and then `dumped' if a
16788`dumped' version of Emacs is created, as is most common. (Dumped
16789copies of Emacs load more quickly. However, once a file is loaded and
16790dumped, a change to it does not lead to a change in Emacs unless you
16791load it yourself or re-dump Emacs. @xref{Building Emacs, , Building
16792Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and the
16793@file{INSTALL} file.)
16794
16795Three other site-wide initialization files are loaded automatically
16796each time you start Emacs, if they exist. These are
16797@file{site-start.el}, which is loaded @emph{before} your @file{.emacs}
16798file, and @file{default.el}, and the terminal type file, which are both
16799loaded @emph{after} your @file{.emacs} file.
16800
16801Settings and definitions in your @file{.emacs} file will overwrite
16802conflicting settings and definitions in a @file{site-start.el} file,
16803if it exists; but the settings and definitions in a @file{default.el}
16804or terminal type file will overwrite those in your @file{.emacs} file.
16805(You can prevent interference from a terminal type file by setting
16806@code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}. @xref{Simple Extension, , A
16807Simple Extension}.)
16808
16809@c Rewritten to avoid overfull hbox.
16810The @file{INSTALL} file that comes in the distribution contains
16811descriptions of the @file{site-init.el} and @file{site-load.el} files.
16812
16813The @file{loadup.el}, @file{startup.el}, and @file{loaddefs.el} files
16814control loading. These files are in the @file{lisp} directory of the
16815Emacs distribution and are worth perusing.
16816
16817The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains a good many suggestions as to
16818what to put into your own @file{.emacs} file, or into a site-wide
16819initialization file.
16820
d6adf7e7 16821@node defcustom
8cda6f8f
GM
16822@section Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}
16823@findex defcustom
16824
16825You can specify variables using @code{defcustom} so that you and
44e97401 16826others can then use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to set their
8cda6f8f
GM
16827values. (You cannot use @code{customize} to write function
16828definitions; but you can write @code{defuns} in your @file{.emacs}
16829file. Indeed, you can write any Lisp expression in your @file{.emacs}
16830file.)
16831
767b8eae
XF
16832The @code{customize} feature depends on the @code{defcustom} macro.
16833Although you can use @code{defvar} or @code{setq} for variables that
16834users set, the @code{defcustom} macro is designed for the job.
8cda6f8f
GM
16835
16836You can use your knowledge of @code{defvar} for writing the
16837first three arguments for @code{defcustom}. The first argument to
16838@code{defcustom} is the name of the variable. The second argument is
16839the variable's initial value, if any; and this value is set only if
16840the value has not already been set. The third argument is the
16841documentation.
16842
16843The fourth and subsequent arguments to @code{defcustom} specify types
16844and options; these are not featured in @code{defvar}. (These
16845arguments are optional.)
16846
16847Each of these arguments consists of a keyword followed by a value.
16848Each keyword starts with the colon character @samp{:}.
16849
16850@need 1250
16851For example, the customizable user option variable
16852@code{text-mode-hook} looks like this:
16853
16854@smallexample
16855@group
16856(defcustom text-mode-hook nil
16857 "Normal hook run when entering Text mode and many related modes."
16858 :type 'hook
16859 :options '(turn-on-auto-fill flyspell-mode)
cfe1c0af 16860 :group 'wp)
8cda6f8f
GM
16861@end group
16862@end smallexample
16863
16864@noindent
16865The name of the variable is @code{text-mode-hook}; it has no default
16866value; and its documentation string tells you what it does.
16867
16868The @code{:type} keyword tells Emacs the kind of data to which
16869@code{text-mode-hook} should be set and how to display the value in a
16870Customization buffer.
16871
16872The @code{:options} keyword specifies a suggested list of values for
16873the variable. Usually, @code{:options} applies to a hook.
16874The list is only a suggestion; it is not exclusive; a person who sets
16875the variable may set it to other values; the list shown following the
16876@code{:options} keyword is intended to offer convenient choices to a
16877user.
16878
16879Finally, the @code{:group} keyword tells the Emacs Customization
16880command in which group the variable is located. This tells where to
16881find it.
16882
09b98a01 16883The @code{defcustom} macro recognizes more than a dozen keywords.
8cda6f8f
GM
16884For more information, see @ref{Customization, , Writing Customization
16885Definitions, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
16886
16887Consider @code{text-mode-hook} as an example.
16888
16889There are two ways to customize this variable. You can use the
16890customization command or write the appropriate expressions yourself.
16891
16892@need 800
16893Using the customization command, you can type:
16894
16895@smallexample
16896M-x customize
16897@end smallexample
16898
16899@noindent
16900and find that the group for editing files of data is called `data'.
16901Enter that group. Text Mode Hook is the first member. You can click
16902on its various options, such as @code{turn-on-auto-fill}, to set the
16903values. After you click on the button to
16904
16905@smallexample
16906Save for Future Sessions
16907@end smallexample
16908
16909@noindent
16910Emacs will write an expression into your @file{.emacs} file.
16911It will look like this:
16912
16913@smallexample
16914@group
16915(custom-set-variables
16916 ;; custom-set-variables was added by Custom.
16917 ;; If you edit it by hand, you could mess it up, so be careful.
16918 ;; Your init file should contain only one such instance.
16919 ;; If there is more than one, they won't work right.
16920 '(text-mode-hook (quote (turn-on-auto-fill text-mode-hook-identify))))
16921@end group
16922@end smallexample
16923
16924@noindent
16925(The @code{text-mode-hook-identify} function tells
16926@code{toggle-text-mode-auto-fill} which buffers are in Text mode.
16927It comes on automatically.)
16928
16929The @code{custom-set-variables} function works somewhat differently
16930than a @code{setq}. While I have never learned the differences, I
16931modify the @code{custom-set-variables} expressions in my @file{.emacs}
16932file by hand: I make the changes in what appears to me to be a
16933reasonable manner and have not had any problems. Others prefer to use
16934the Customization command and let Emacs do the work for them.
16935
16936Another @code{custom-set-@dots{}} function is @code{custom-set-faces}.
16937This function sets the various font faces. Over time, I have set a
16938considerable number of faces. Some of the time, I re-set them using
16939@code{customize}; other times, I simply edit the
16940@code{custom-set-faces} expression in my @file{.emacs} file itself.
16941
16942The second way to customize your @code{text-mode-hook} is to set it
16943yourself in your @file{.emacs} file using code that has nothing to do
16944with the @code{custom-set-@dots{}} functions.
16945
16946@need 800
16947When you do this, and later use @code{customize}, you will see a
16948message that says
16949
16950@smallexample
16951CHANGED outside Customize; operating on it here may be unreliable.
16952@end smallexample
16953
16954@need 800
16955This message is only a warning. If you click on the button to
16956
16957@smallexample
16958Save for Future Sessions
16959@end smallexample
16960
16961@noindent
16962Emacs will write a @code{custom-set-@dots{}} expression near the end
16963of your @file{.emacs} file that will be evaluated after your
16964hand-written expression. It will, therefore, overrule your
16965hand-written expression. No harm will be done. When you do this,
16966however, be careful to remember which expression is active; if you
16967forget, you may confuse yourself.
16968
16969So long as you remember where the values are set, you will have no
16970trouble. In any event, the values are always set in your
16971initialization file, which is usually called @file{.emacs}.
16972
16973I myself use @code{customize} for hardly anything. Mostly, I write
16974expressions myself.
16975
16976@findex defsubst
16977@findex defconst
16978Incidentally, to be more complete concerning defines: @code{defsubst}
16979defines an inline function. The syntax is just like that of
16980@code{defun}. @code{defconst} defines a symbol as a constant. The
16981intent is that neither programs nor users should ever change a value
16982set by @code{defconst}. (You can change it; the value set is a
16983variable; but please do not.)
16984
f2243267 16985@node Beginning init File
8cda6f8f
GM
16986@section Beginning a @file{.emacs} File
16987@cindex @file{.emacs} file, beginning of
16988
16989When you start Emacs, it loads your @file{.emacs} file unless you tell
16990it not to by specifying @samp{-q} on the command line. (The
16991@code{emacs -q} command gives you a plain, out-of-the-box Emacs.)
16992
16993A @file{.emacs} file contains Lisp expressions. Often, these are no
16994more than expressions to set values; sometimes they are function
16995definitions.
16996
16997@xref{Init File, , The Init File @file{~/.emacs}, emacs, The GNU Emacs
16998Manual}, for a short description of initialization files.
16999
17000This chapter goes over some of the same ground, but is a walk among
17001extracts from a complete, long-used @file{.emacs} file---my own.
17002
17003The first part of the file consists of comments: reminders to myself.
17004By now, of course, I remember these things, but when I started, I did
17005not.
17006
17007@need 1200
17008@smallexample
17009@group
17010;;;; Bob's .emacs file
17011; Robert J. Chassell
17012; 26 September 1985
17013@end group
17014@end smallexample
17015
17016@noindent
17017Look at that date! I started this file a long time ago. I have been
17018adding to it ever since.
17019
17020@smallexample
17021@group
17022; Each section in this file is introduced by a
17023; line beginning with four semicolons; and each
17024; entry is introduced by a line beginning with
17025; three semicolons.
17026@end group
17027@end smallexample
17028
17029@noindent
17030This describes the usual conventions for comments in Emacs Lisp.
17031Everything on a line that follows a semicolon is a comment. Two,
17032three, and four semicolons are used as subsection and section markers.
17033(@xref{Comments, ,, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for
17034more about comments.)
17035
17036@smallexample
17037@group
17038;;;; The Help Key
17039; Control-h is the help key;
17040; after typing control-h, type a letter to
17041; indicate the subject about which you want help.
17042; For an explanation of the help facility,
17043; type control-h two times in a row.
17044@end group
17045@end smallexample
17046
17047@noindent
17048Just remember: type @kbd{C-h} two times for help.
17049
17050@smallexample
17051@group
17052; To find out about any mode, type control-h m
17053; while in that mode. For example, to find out
17054; about mail mode, enter mail mode and then type
17055; control-h m.
17056@end group
17057@end smallexample
17058
17059@noindent
17060`Mode help', as I call this, is very helpful. Usually, it tells you
17061all you need to know.
17062
17063Of course, you don't need to include comments like these in your
17064@file{.emacs} file. I included them in mine because I kept forgetting
17065about Mode help or the conventions for comments---but I was able to
17066remember to look here to remind myself.
17067
d6adf7e7 17068@node Text and Auto-fill
8cda6f8f
GM
17069@section Text and Auto Fill Mode
17070
17071Now we come to the part that `turns on' Text mode and
17072Auto Fill mode.
17073
17074@smallexample
17075@group
17076;;; Text mode and Auto Fill mode
cd61af01
SM
17077;; The next two lines put Emacs into Text mode
17078;; and Auto Fill mode, and are for writers who
17079;; want to start writing prose rather than code.
17080(setq-default major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17081(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17082@end group
17083@end smallexample
17084
17085Here is the first part of this @file{.emacs} file that does something
17086besides remind a forgetful human!
17087
17088The first of the two lines in parentheses tells Emacs to turn on Text
17089mode when you find a file, @emph{unless} that file should go into some
17090other mode, such as C mode.
17091
17092@cindex Per-buffer, local variables list
17093@cindex Local variables list, per-buffer,
17094@cindex Automatic mode selection
17095@cindex Mode selection, automatic
17096When Emacs reads a file, it looks at the extension to the file name,
17097if any. (The extension is the part that comes after a @samp{.}.) If
17098the file ends with a @samp{.c} or @samp{.h} extension then Emacs turns
17099on C mode. Also, Emacs looks at first nonblank line of the file; if
17100the line says @w{@samp{-*- C -*-}}, Emacs turns on C mode. Emacs
17101possesses a list of extensions and specifications that it uses
17102automatically. In addition, Emacs looks near the last page for a
17103per-buffer, ``local variables list'', if any.
17104
17105@ifinfo
17106@xref{Choosing Modes, , How Major Modes are Chosen, emacs, The GNU
17107Emacs Manual}.
17108
17109@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17110Manual}.
17111@end ifinfo
17112@iftex
17113See sections ``How Major Modes are Chosen'' and ``Local Variables in
17114Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17115@end iftex
17116
17117Now, back to the @file{.emacs} file.
17118
17119@need 800
17120Here is the line again; how does it work?
17121
17122@cindex Text Mode turned on
17123@smallexample
4e3b4528 17124(setq major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17125@end smallexample
17126
17127@noindent
17128This line is a short, but complete Emacs Lisp expression.
17129
17130We are already familiar with @code{setq}. It sets the following variable,
4e3b4528
SM
17131@code{major-mode}, to the subsequent value, which is @code{text-mode}.
17132The single quote mark before @code{text-mode} tells Emacs to deal directly
17133with the @code{text-mode} symbol, not with whatever it might stand for.
17134@xref{set & setq, , Setting the Value of a Variable},
17135for a reminder of how @code{setq} works.
17136The main point is that there is no difference between the procedure you
17137use to set a value in your @file{.emacs} file and the procedure you use
17138anywhere else in Emacs.
8cda6f8f
GM
17139
17140@need 800
17141Here is the next line:
17142
17143@cindex Auto Fill mode turned on
17144@findex add-hook
17145@smallexample
17146(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17147@end smallexample
17148
17149@noindent
17150In this line, the @code{add-hook} command adds
17151@code{turn-on-auto-fill} to the variable.
17152
17153@code{turn-on-auto-fill} is the name of a program, that, you guessed
17154it!, turns on Auto Fill mode.
17155
17156Every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs runs the commands `hooked'
17157onto Text mode. So every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs also
17158turns on Auto Fill mode.
17159
17160In brief, the first line causes Emacs to enter Text mode when you edit a
17161file, unless the file name extension, a first non-blank line, or local
17162variables to tell Emacs otherwise.
17163
17164Text mode among other actions, sets the syntax table to work
17165conveniently for writers. In Text mode, Emacs considers an apostrophe
17166as part of a word like a letter; but Emacs does not consider a period
17167or a space as part of a word. Thus, @kbd{M-f} moves you over
17168@samp{it's}. On the other hand, in C mode, @kbd{M-f} stops just after
17169the @samp{t} of @samp{it's}.
17170
17171The second line causes Emacs to turn on Auto Fill mode when it turns
17172on Text mode. In Auto Fill mode, Emacs automatically breaks a line
17173that is too wide and brings the excessively wide part of the line down
17174to the next line. Emacs breaks lines between words, not within them.
17175
17176When Auto Fill mode is turned off, lines continue to the right as you
17177type them. Depending on how you set the value of
17178@code{truncate-lines}, the words you type either disappear off the
17179right side of the screen, or else are shown, in a rather ugly and
17180unreadable manner, as a continuation line on the screen.
17181
17182@need 1250
17183In addition, in this part of my @file{.emacs} file, I tell the Emacs
17184fill commands to insert two spaces after a colon:
17185
17186@smallexample
17187(setq colon-double-space t)
17188@end smallexample
17189
d6adf7e7 17190@node Mail Aliases
8cda6f8f
GM
17191@section Mail Aliases
17192
17193Here is a @code{setq} that `turns on' mail aliases, along with more
17194reminders.
17195
17196@smallexample
17197@group
17198;;; Mail mode
17199; To enter mail mode, type `C-x m'
17200; To enter RMAIL (for reading mail),
17201; type `M-x rmail'
17202(setq mail-aliases t)
17203@end group
17204@end smallexample
17205
17206@cindex Mail aliases
17207@noindent
17208This @code{setq} command sets the value of the variable
17209@code{mail-aliases} to @code{t}. Since @code{t} means true, the line
17210says, in effect, ``Yes, use mail aliases.''
17211
17212Mail aliases are convenient short names for long email addresses or
17213for lists of email addresses. The file where you keep your `aliases'
17214is @file{~/.mailrc}. You write an alias like this:
17215
17216@smallexample
17217alias geo george@@foobar.wiz.edu
17218@end smallexample
17219
17220@noindent
17221When you write a message to George, address it to @samp{geo}; the
17222mailer will automatically expand @samp{geo} to the full address.
17223
d6adf7e7 17224@node Indent Tabs Mode
8cda6f8f
GM
17225@section Indent Tabs Mode
17226@cindex Tabs, preventing
17227@findex indent-tabs-mode
17228
17229By default, Emacs inserts tabs in place of multiple spaces when it
17230formats a region. (For example, you might indent many lines of text
17231all at once with the @code{indent-region} command.) Tabs look fine on
17232a terminal or with ordinary printing, but they produce badly indented
17233output when you use @TeX{} or Texinfo since @TeX{} ignores tabs.
17234
17235@need 1250
17236The following turns off Indent Tabs mode:
17237
17238@smallexample
17239@group
17240;;; Prevent Extraneous Tabs
17241(setq-default indent-tabs-mode nil)
17242@end group
17243@end smallexample
17244
17245Note that this line uses @code{setq-default} rather than the
17246@code{setq} command that we have seen before. The @code{setq-default}
17247command sets values only in buffers that do not have their own local
17248values for the variable.
17249
17250@ifinfo
17251@xref{Just Spaces, , Tabs vs. Spaces, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17252
17253@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17254Manual}.
17255@end ifinfo
17256@iftex
17257See sections ``Tabs vs.@: Spaces'' and ``Local Variables in
17258Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17259@end iftex
17260
17261@need 1700
d6adf7e7 17262@node Keybindings
8cda6f8f
GM
17263@section Some Keybindings
17264
17265Now for some personal keybindings:
17266
17267@smallexample
17268@group
17269;;; Compare windows
17270(global-set-key "\C-cw" 'compare-windows)
17271@end group
17272@end smallexample
17273
17274@findex compare-windows
17275@code{compare-windows} is a nifty command that compares the text in
17276your current window with text in the next window. It makes the
17277comparison by starting at point in each window, moving over text in
17278each window as far as they match. I use this command all the time.
17279
17280This also shows how to set a key globally, for all modes.
17281
17282@cindex Setting a key globally
17283@cindex Global set key
17284@cindex Key setting globally
17285@findex global-set-key
17286The command is @code{global-set-key}. It is followed by the
17287keybinding. In a @file{.emacs} file, the keybinding is written as
17288shown: @code{\C-c} stands for `control-c', which means `press the
17289control key and the @key{c} key at the same time'. The @code{w} means
17290`press the @key{w} key'. The keybinding is surrounded by double
17291quotation marks. In documentation, you would write this as
17292@w{@kbd{C-c w}}. (If you were binding a @key{META} key, such as
17293@kbd{M-c}, rather than a @key{CTRL} key, you would write
17294@w{@code{\M-c}} in your @file{.emacs} file. @xref{Init Rebinding, ,
17295Rebinding Keys in Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for
17296details.)
17297
17298The command invoked by the keys is @code{compare-windows}. Note that
17299@code{compare-windows} is preceded by a single quote; otherwise, Emacs
17300would first try to evaluate the symbol to determine its value.
17301
17302These three things, the double quotation marks, the backslash before
17303the @samp{C}, and the single quote mark are necessary parts of
17304keybinding that I tend to forget. Fortunately, I have come to
17305remember that I should look at my existing @file{.emacs} file, and
17306adapt what is there.
17307
17308As for the keybinding itself: @kbd{C-c w}. This combines the prefix
17309key, @kbd{C-c}, with a single character, in this case, @kbd{w}. This
17310set of keys, @kbd{C-c} followed by a single character, is strictly
17311reserved for individuals' own use. (I call these `own' keys, since
17312these are for my own use.) You should always be able to create such a
17313keybinding for your own use without stomping on someone else's
17314keybinding. If you ever write an extension to Emacs, please avoid
17315taking any of these keys for public use. Create a key like @kbd{C-c
17316C-w} instead. Otherwise, we will run out of `own' keys.
17317
17318@need 1250
17319Here is another keybinding, with a comment:
17320
17321@smallexample
17322@group
17323;;; Keybinding for `occur'
17324; I use occur a lot, so let's bind it to a key:
17325(global-set-key "\C-co" 'occur)
17326@end group
17327@end smallexample
17328
17329@findex occur
17330The @code{occur} command shows all the lines in the current buffer
17331that contain a match for a regular expression. Matching lines are
17332shown in a buffer called @file{*Occur*}. That buffer serves as a menu
17333to jump to occurrences.
17334
17335@findex global-unset-key
17336@cindex Unbinding key
17337@cindex Key unbinding
17338@need 1250
17339Here is how to unbind a key, so it does not
17340work:
17341
17342@smallexample
17343@group
17344;;; Unbind `C-x f'
17345(global-unset-key "\C-xf")
17346@end group
17347@end smallexample
17348
17349There is a reason for this unbinding: I found I inadvertently typed
17350@w{@kbd{C-x f}} when I meant to type @kbd{C-x C-f}. Rather than find a
17351file, as I intended, I accidentally set the width for filled text,
17352almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my
17353default width, I simply unbound the key.
17354
17355@findex list-buffers, @r{rebound}
17356@findex buffer-menu, @r{bound to key}
17357@need 1250
17358The following rebinds an existing key:
17359
17360@smallexample
17361@group
17362;;; Rebind `C-x C-b' for `buffer-menu'
17363(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17364@end group
17365@end smallexample
17366
17367By default, @kbd{C-x C-b} runs the
17368@code{list-buffers} command. This command lists
17369your buffers in @emph{another} window. Since I
17370almost always want to do something in that
17371window, I prefer the @code{buffer-menu}
17372command, which not only lists the buffers,
17373but moves point into that window.
17374
d6adf7e7 17375@node Keymaps
8cda6f8f
GM
17376@section Keymaps
17377@cindex Keymaps
17378@cindex Rebinding keys
17379
17380Emacs uses @dfn{keymaps} to record which keys call which commands.
17381When you use @code{global-set-key} to set the keybinding for a single
17382command in all parts of Emacs, you are specifying the keybinding in
17383@code{current-global-map}.
17384
17385Specific modes, such as C mode or Text mode, have their own keymaps;
17386the mode-specific keymaps override the global map that is shared by
17387all buffers.
17388
17389The @code{global-set-key} function binds, or rebinds, the global
17390keymap. For example, the following binds the key @kbd{C-x C-b} to the
17391function @code{buffer-menu}:
17392
17393@smallexample
17394(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17395@end smallexample
17396
17397Mode-specific keymaps are bound using the @code{define-key} function,
17398which takes a specific keymap as an argument, as well as the key and
17399the command. For example, my @file{.emacs} file contains the
17400following expression to bind the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} command
17401to @kbd{C-c C-c g}:
17402
17403@smallexample
17404@group
17405(define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cg" 'texinfo-insert-@@group)
17406@end group
17407@end smallexample
17408
17409@noindent
17410The @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function itself is a little extension
17411to Texinfo mode that inserts @samp{@@group} into a Texinfo file. I
17412use this command all the time and prefer to type the three strokes
17413@kbd{C-c C-c g} rather than the six strokes @kbd{@@ g r o u p}.
17414(@samp{@@group} and its matching @samp{@@end group} are commands that
17415keep all enclosed text together on one page; many multi-line examples
17416in this book are surrounded by @samp{@@group @dots{} @@end group}.)
17417
17418@need 1250
17419Here is the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function definition:
17420
17421@smallexample
17422@group
17423(defun texinfo-insert-@@group ()
17424 "Insert the string @@group in a Texinfo buffer."
17425 (interactive)
17426 (beginning-of-line)
17427 (insert "@@group\n"))
17428@end group
17429@end smallexample
17430
17431(Of course, I could have used Abbrev mode to save typing, rather than
17432write a function to insert a word; but I prefer key strokes consistent
17433with other Texinfo mode key bindings.)
17434
17435You will see numerous @code{define-key} expressions in
17436@file{loaddefs.el} as well as in the various mode libraries, such as
17437@file{cc-mode.el} and @file{lisp-mode.el}.
17438
17439@xref{Key Bindings, , Customizing Key Bindings, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17440Manual}, and @ref{Keymaps, , Keymaps, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17441Reference Manual}, for more information about keymaps.
17442
d6adf7e7 17443@node Loading Files
8cda6f8f
GM
17444@section Loading Files
17445@cindex Loading files
17446@c findex load
17447
17448Many people in the GNU Emacs community have written extensions to
17449Emacs. As time goes by, these extensions are often included in new
17450releases. For example, the Calendar and Diary packages are now part
17451of the standard GNU Emacs, as is Calc.
17452
17453You can use a @code{load} command to evaluate a complete file and
17454thereby install all the functions and variables in the file into Emacs.
17455For example:
17456
17457@c (auto-compression-mode t)
17458
17459@smallexample
17460(load "~/emacs/slowsplit")
17461@end smallexample
17462
1df7defd 17463This evaluates, i.e., loads, the @file{slowsplit.el} file or if it
8cda6f8f
GM
17464exists, the faster, byte compiled @file{slowsplit.elc} file from the
17465@file{emacs} sub-directory of your home directory. The file contains
17466the function @code{split-window-quietly}, which John Robinson wrote in
174671989.
17468
17469The @code{split-window-quietly} function splits a window with the
17470minimum of redisplay. I installed it in 1989 because it worked well
17471with the slow 1200 baud terminals I was then using. Nowadays, I only
17472occasionally come across such a slow connection, but I continue to use
17473the function because I like the way it leaves the bottom half of a
17474buffer in the lower of the new windows and the top half in the upper
17475window.
17476
17477@need 1250
17478To replace the key binding for the default
17479@code{split-window-vertically}, you must also unset that key and bind
17480the keys to @code{split-window-quietly}, like this:
17481
17482@smallexample
17483@group
17484(global-unset-key "\C-x2")
17485(global-set-key "\C-x2" 'split-window-quietly)
17486@end group
17487@end smallexample
17488
17489@vindex load-path
17490If you load many extensions, as I do, then instead of specifying the
17491exact location of the extension file, as shown above, you can specify
44e97401 17492that directory as part of Emacs's @code{load-path}. Then, when Emacs
8cda6f8f
GM
17493loads a file, it will search that directory as well as its default
17494list of directories. (The default list is specified in @file{paths.h}
17495when Emacs is built.)
17496
17497@need 1250
17498The following command adds your @file{~/emacs} directory to the
17499existing load path:
17500
17501@smallexample
17502@group
17503;;; Emacs Load Path
17504(setq load-path (cons "~/emacs" load-path))
17505@end group
17506@end smallexample
17507
17508Incidentally, @code{load-library} is an interactive interface to the
17509@code{load} function. The complete function looks like this:
17510
17511@findex load-library
17512@smallexample
17513@group
17514(defun load-library (library)
17515 "Load the library named LIBRARY.
17516This is an interface to the function `load'."
17517 (interactive
17518 (list (completing-read "Load library: "
e0e10d9d 17519 (apply-partially 'locate-file-completion-table
f51f97dd
SM
17520 load-path
17521 (get-load-suffixes)))))
8cda6f8f
GM
17522 (load library))
17523@end group
17524@end smallexample
17525
17526The name of the function, @code{load-library}, comes from the use of
17527`library' as a conventional synonym for `file'. The source for the
17528@code{load-library} command is in the @file{files.el} library.
17529
17530Another interactive command that does a slightly different job is
17531@code{load-file}. @xref{Lisp Libraries, , Libraries of Lisp Code for
17532Emacs, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information on the
17533distinction between @code{load-library} and this command.
17534
d6adf7e7 17535@node Autoload
8cda6f8f
GM
17536@section Autoloading
17537@findex autoload
17538
17539Instead of installing a function by loading the file that contains it,
17540or by evaluating the function definition, you can make the function
17541available but not actually install it until it is first called. This
17542is called @dfn{autoloading}.
17543
17544When you execute an autoloaded function, Emacs automatically evaluates
17545the file that contains the definition, and then calls the function.
17546
17547Emacs starts quicker with autoloaded functions, since their libraries
17548are not loaded right away; but you need to wait a moment when you
17549first use such a function, while its containing file is evaluated.
17550
17551Rarely used functions are frequently autoloaded. The
17552@file{loaddefs.el} library contains hundreds of autoloaded functions,
17553from @code{bookmark-set} to @code{wordstar-mode}. Of course, you may
17554come to use a `rare' function frequently. When you do, you should
17555load that function's file with a @code{load} expression in your
17556@file{.emacs} file.
17557
17558In my @file{.emacs} file, I load 14 libraries that contain functions
17559that would otherwise be autoloaded. (Actually, it would have been
17560better to include these files in my `dumped' Emacs, but I forgot.
17561@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17562Reference Manual}, and the @file{INSTALL} file for more about
17563dumping.)
17564
17565You may also want to include autoloaded expressions in your @file{.emacs}
17566file. @code{autoload} is a built-in function that takes up to five
17567arguments, the final three of which are optional. The first argument
17568is the name of the function to be autoloaded; the second is the name
17569of the file to be loaded. The third argument is documentation for the
17570function, and the fourth tells whether the function can be called
17571interactively. The fifth argument tells what type of
17572object---@code{autoload} can handle a keymap or macro as well as a
17573function (the default is a function).
17574
17575@need 800
17576Here is a typical example:
17577
17578@smallexample
17579@group
17580(autoload 'html-helper-mode
17581 "html-helper-mode" "Edit HTML documents" t)
17582@end group
17583@end smallexample
17584
17585@noindent
17586(@code{html-helper-mode} is an older alternative to @code{html-mode},
17587which is a standard part of the distribution.)
17588
17589@noindent
17590This expression autoloads the @code{html-helper-mode} function. It
17591takes it from the @file{html-helper-mode.el} file (or from the byte
a9097c6d
KB
17592compiled version @file{html-helper-mode.elc}, if that exists.) The
17593file must be located in a directory specified by @code{load-path}.
17594The documentation says that this is a mode to help you edit documents
8cda6f8f
GM
17595written in the HyperText Markup Language. You can call this mode
17596interactively by typing @kbd{M-x html-helper-mode}. (You need to
17597duplicate the function's regular documentation in the autoload
17598expression because the regular function is not yet loaded, so its
17599documentation is not available.)
17600
17601@xref{Autoload, , Autoload, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
17602Manual}, for more information.
17603
d6adf7e7 17604@node Simple Extension
8cda6f8f
GM
17605@section A Simple Extension: @code{line-to-top-of-window}
17606@findex line-to-top-of-window
17607@cindex Simple extension in @file{.emacs} file
17608
17609Here is a simple extension to Emacs that moves the line point is on to
17610the top of the window. I use this all the time, to make text easier
17611to read.
17612
17613You can put the following code into a separate file and then load it
17614from your @file{.emacs} file, or you can include it within your
17615@file{.emacs} file.
17616
17617@need 1250
17618Here is the definition:
17619
17620@smallexample
17621@group
17622;;; Line to top of window;
17623;;; replace three keystroke sequence C-u 0 C-l
17624(defun line-to-top-of-window ()
17625 "Move the line point is on to top of window."
17626 (interactive)
17627 (recenter 0))
17628@end group
17629@end smallexample
17630
17631@need 1250
17632Now for the keybinding.
17633
17634Nowadays, function keys as well as mouse button events and
17635non-@sc{ascii} characters are written within square brackets, without
17636quotation marks. (In Emacs version 18 and before, you had to write
17637different function key bindings for each different make of terminal.)
17638
17639I bind @code{line-to-top-of-window} to my @key{F6} function key like
17640this:
17641
17642@smallexample
17643(global-set-key [f6] 'line-to-top-of-window)
17644@end smallexample
17645
17646For more information, see @ref{Init Rebinding, , Rebinding Keys in
17647Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17648
17649@cindex Conditional 'twixt two versions of Emacs
17650@cindex Version of Emacs, choosing
17651@cindex Emacs version, choosing
6dd28193 17652If you run two versions of GNU Emacs, such as versions 22 and 23, and
8cda6f8f
GM
17653use one @file{.emacs} file, you can select which code to evaluate with
17654the following conditional:
17655
17656@smallexample
17657@group
17658(cond
6dd28193 17659 ((= 22 emacs-major-version)
8cda6f8f 17660 ;; evaluate version 22 code
6dd28193
CY
17661 ( @dots{} ))
17662 ((= 23 emacs-major-version)
17663 ;; evaluate version 23 code
8cda6f8f
GM
17664 ( @dots{} )))
17665@end group
17666@end smallexample
17667
8f4ea8e0 17668For example, recent versions blink
8cda6f8f
GM
17669their cursors by default. I hate such blinking, as well as other
17670features, so I placed the following in my @file{.emacs}
17671file@footnote{When I start instances of Emacs that do not load my
17672@file{.emacs} file or any site file, I also turn off blinking:
17673
17674@smallexample
17675emacs -q --no-site-file -eval '(blink-cursor-mode nil)'
17676
17677@exdent Or nowadays, using an even more sophisticated set of options,
17678
9450ac06 17679emacs -Q -D
8cda6f8f
GM
17680@end smallexample
17681}:
17682
17683@smallexample
17684@group
6dd28193
CY
17685(when (>= emacs-major-version 21)
17686 (blink-cursor-mode 0)
17687 ;; Insert newline when you press `C-n' (next-line)
17688 ;; at the end of the buffer
17689 (setq next-line-add-newlines t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17690@end group
17691@group
6dd28193
CY
17692 ;; Turn on image viewing
17693 (auto-image-file-mode t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17694@end group
17695@group
6dd28193
CY
17696 ;; Turn on menu bar (this bar has text)
17697 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17698 (menu-bar-mode 1)
8cda6f8f
GM
17699@end group
17700@group
6dd28193
CY
17701 ;; Turn off tool bar (this bar has icons)
17702 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17703 (tool-bar-mode nil)
8cda6f8f 17704@end group
8cda6f8f 17705@group
6dd28193
CY
17706 ;; Turn off tooltip mode for tool bar
17707 ;; (This mode causes icon explanations to pop up)
17708 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17709 (tooltip-mode nil)
17710 ;; If tooltips turned on, make tips appear promptly
17711 (setq tooltip-delay 0.1) ; default is 0.7 second
17712 )
8cda6f8f
GM
17713@end group
17714@end smallexample
17715
d6adf7e7 17716@node X11 Colors
8cda6f8f
GM
17717@section X11 Colors
17718
17719You can specify colors when you use Emacs with the MIT X Windowing
17720system.
17721
17722I dislike the default colors and specify my own.
17723
17724@need 1250
17725Here are the expressions in my @file{.emacs}
17726file that set values:
17727
17728@smallexample
17729@group
17730;; Set cursor color
17731(set-cursor-color "white")
17732
17733;; Set mouse color
17734(set-mouse-color "white")
17735
17736;; Set foreground and background
17737(set-foreground-color "white")
17738(set-background-color "darkblue")
17739@end group
17740
17741@group
17742;;; Set highlighting colors for isearch and drag
17743(set-face-foreground 'highlight "white")
17744(set-face-background 'highlight "blue")
17745@end group
17746
17747@group
17748(set-face-foreground 'region "cyan")
17749(set-face-background 'region "blue")
17750@end group
17751
17752@group
17753(set-face-foreground 'secondary-selection "skyblue")
17754(set-face-background 'secondary-selection "darkblue")
17755@end group
17756
17757@group
17758;; Set calendar highlighting colors
17759(setq calendar-load-hook
d1069532
SM
17760 (lambda ()
17761 (set-face-foreground 'diary-face "skyblue")
17762 (set-face-background 'holiday-face "slate blue")
17763 (set-face-foreground 'holiday-face "white")))
8cda6f8f
GM
17764@end group
17765@end smallexample
17766
17767The various shades of blue soothe my eye and prevent me from seeing
17768the screen flicker.
17769
17770Alternatively, I could have set my specifications in various X
17771initialization files. For example, I could set the foreground,
17772background, cursor, and pointer (i.e., mouse) colors in my
17773@file{~/.Xresources} file like this:
17774
17775@smallexample
17776@group
17777Emacs*foreground: white
17778Emacs*background: darkblue
17779Emacs*cursorColor: white
17780Emacs*pointerColor: white
17781@end group
17782@end smallexample
17783
17784In any event, since it is not part of Emacs, I set the root color of
17785my X window in my @file{~/.xinitrc} file, like this@footnote{I also
17786run more modern window managers, such as Enlightenment, Gnome, or KDE;
17787in those cases, I often specify an image rather than a plain color.}:
17788
17789@smallexample
17790xsetroot -solid Navy -fg white &
17791@end smallexample
17792
17793@need 1700
d6adf7e7 17794@node Miscellaneous
8cda6f8f
GM
17795@section Miscellaneous Settings for a @file{.emacs} File
17796
17797@need 1250
17798Here are a few miscellaneous settings:
17799@sp 1
17800
17801@itemize @minus
17802@item
17803Set the shape and color of the mouse cursor:
17804
17805@smallexample
17806@group
17807; Cursor shapes are defined in
17808; `/usr/include/X11/cursorfont.h';
17809; for example, the `target' cursor is number 128;
17810; the `top_left_arrow' cursor is number 132.
17811@end group
17812
17813@group
17814(let ((mpointer (x-get-resource "*mpointer"
17815 "*emacs*mpointer")))
17816 ;; If you have not set your mouse pointer
17817 ;; then set it, otherwise leave as is:
17818 (if (eq mpointer nil)
17819 (setq mpointer "132")) ; top_left_arrow
17820@end group
17821@group
17822 (setq x-pointer-shape (string-to-int mpointer))
17823 (set-mouse-color "white"))
17824@end group
17825@end smallexample
17826
17827@item
17828Or you can set the values of a variety of features in an alist, like
17829this:
17830
17831@smallexample
17832@group
17833(setq-default
17834 default-frame-alist
17835 '((cursor-color . "white")
17836 (mouse-color . "white")
17837 (foreground-color . "white")
17838 (background-color . "DodgerBlue4")
17839 ;; (cursor-type . bar)
17840 (cursor-type . box)
17841@end group
17842@group
17843 (tool-bar-lines . 0)
17844 (menu-bar-lines . 1)
17845 (width . 80)
17846 (height . 58)
17847 (font .
17848 "-Misc-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--20-200-75-75-C-100-ISO8859-1")
17849 ))
17850@end group
17851@end smallexample
17852
17853@item
17854Convert @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h} into @key{DEL} and @key{DEL}
17855into @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h}.@*
17856(Some older keyboards needed this, although I have not seen the
17857problem recently.)
17858
17859@smallexample
17860@group
17861;; Translate `C-h' to <DEL>.
17862; (keyboard-translate ?\C-h ?\C-?)
17863
17864;; Translate <DEL> to `C-h'.
17865(keyboard-translate ?\C-? ?\C-h)
17866@end group
17867@end smallexample
17868
17869@item Turn off a blinking cursor!
17870
17871@smallexample
17872@group
17873(if (fboundp 'blink-cursor-mode)
17874 (blink-cursor-mode -1))
17875@end group
17876@end smallexample
17877
17878@noindent
17879or start GNU Emacs with the command @code{emacs -nbc}.
17880
17881@need 1250
17882@item When using `grep'@*
17883@samp{-i}@w{ } Ignore case distinctions@*
17884@samp{-n}@w{ } Prefix each line of output with line number@*
17885@samp{-H}@w{ } Print the filename for each match.@*
17886@samp{-e}@w{ } Protect patterns beginning with a hyphen character, @samp{-}
17887
17888@smallexample
17889(setq grep-command "grep -i -nH -e ")
17890@end smallexample
17891
17892@ignore
17893@c Evidently, no longer needed in GNU Emacs 22
17894
17895item Automatically uncompress compressed files when visiting them
17896
17897smallexample
17898(load "uncompress")
17899end smallexample
17900
17901@end ignore
17902
17903@item Find an existing buffer, even if it has a different name@*
17904This avoids problems with symbolic links.
17905
17906@smallexample
17907(setq find-file-existing-other-name t)
17908@end smallexample
17909
17910@item Set your language environment and default input method
17911
17912@smallexample
17913@group
17914(set-language-environment "latin-1")
17915;; Remember you can enable or disable multilingual text input
17916;; with the @code{toggle-input-method'} (@kbd{C-\}) command
17917(setq default-input-method "latin-1-prefix")
17918@end group
17919@end smallexample
17920
17921If you want to write with Chinese `GB' characters, set this instead:
17922
17923@smallexample
17924@group
17925(set-language-environment "Chinese-GB")
17926(setq default-input-method "chinese-tonepy")
17927@end group
17928@end smallexample
17929@end itemize
17930
17931@subsubheading Fixing Unpleasant Key Bindings
17932@cindex Key bindings, fixing
17933@cindex Bindings, key, fixing unpleasant
17934
17935Some systems bind keys unpleasantly. Sometimes, for example, the
17936@key{CTRL} key appears in an awkward spot rather than at the far left
17937of the home row.
17938
17939Usually, when people fix these sorts of keybindings, they do not
17940change their @file{~/.emacs} file. Instead, they bind the proper keys
17941on their consoles with the @code{loadkeys} or @code{install-keymap}
17942commands in their boot script and then include @code{xmodmap} commands
17943in their @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file for X Windows.
17944
17945@need 1250
17946@noindent
17947For a boot script:
17948
17949@smallexample
17950@group
17951loadkeys /usr/share/keymaps/i386/qwerty/emacs2.kmap.gz
17952@exdent or
17953install-keymap emacs2
17954@end group
17955@end smallexample
17956
17957@need 1250
17958@noindent
17959For a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file when the @key{Caps
17960Lock} key is at the far left of the home row:
17961
17962@smallexample
17963@group
17964# Bind the key labeled `Caps Lock' to `Control'
17965# (Such a broken user interface suggests that keyboard manufacturers
17966# think that computers are typewriters from 1885.)
17967
17968xmodmap -e "clear Lock"
17969xmodmap -e "add Control = Caps_Lock"
17970@end group
17971@end smallexample
17972
17973@need 1250
17974@noindent
17975In a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file, to convert an @key{ALT}
17976key to a @key{META} key:
17977
17978@smallexample
17979@group
17980# Some ill designed keyboards have a key labeled ALT and no Meta
17981xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_L = Meta_L Alt_L"
17982@end group
17983@end smallexample
17984
17985@need 1700
d6adf7e7 17986@node Mode Line
8cda6f8f 17987@section A Modified Mode Line
cd61af01 17988@vindex mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
17989@cindex Mode line format
17990
17991Finally, a feature I really like: a modified mode line.
17992
17993When I work over a network, I forget which machine I am using. Also,
17994I tend to I lose track of where I am, and which line point is on.
17995
17996So I reset my mode line to look like this:
17997
17998@smallexample
17999-:-- foo.texi rattlesnake:/home/bob/ Line 1 (Texinfo Fill) Top
18000@end smallexample
18001
18002I am visiting a file called @file{foo.texi}, on my machine
18003@file{rattlesnake} in my @file{/home/bob} buffer. I am on line 1, in
18004Texinfo mode, and am at the top of the buffer.
18005
18006@need 1200
18007My @file{.emacs} file has a section that looks like this:
18008
18009@smallexample
18010@group
18011;; Set a Mode Line that tells me which machine, which directory,
18012;; and which line I am on, plus the other customary information.
cd61af01 18013(setq-default mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
18014 (quote
18015 (#("-" 0 1
18016 (help-echo
18017 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18018 mode-line-mule-info
18019 mode-line-modified
18020 mode-line-frame-identification
18021 " "
18022@end group
18023@group
18024 mode-line-buffer-identification
18025 " "
18026 (:eval (substring
18027 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18028 ":"
18029 default-directory
18030 #(" " 0 1
18031 (help-echo
18032 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18033 (line-number-mode " Line %l ")
18034 global-mode-string
18035@end group
18036@group
18037 #(" %[(" 0 6
18038 (help-echo
18039 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18040 (:eval (mode-line-mode-name))
18041 mode-line-process
18042 minor-mode-alist
18043 #("%n" 0 2 (help-echo "mouse-2: widen" local-map (keymap ...)))
18044 ")%] "
18045 (-3 . "%P")
18046 ;; "-%-"
18047 )))
18048@end group
18049@end smallexample
18050
18051@noindent
18052Here, I redefine the default mode line. Most of the parts are from
18053the original; but I make a few changes. I set the @emph{default} mode
18054line format so as to permit various modes, such as Info, to override
18055it.
18056
18057Many elements in the list are self-explanatory:
18058@code{mode-line-modified} is a variable that tells whether the buffer
18059has been modified, @code{mode-name} tells the name of the mode, and so
18060on. However, the format looks complicated because of two features we
18061have not discussed.
18062
18063@cindex Properties, in mode line example
18064The first string in the mode line is a dash or hyphen, @samp{-}. In
18065the old days, it would have been specified simply as @code{"-"}. But
18066nowadays, Emacs can add properties to a string, such as highlighting
18067or, as in this case, a help feature. If you place your mouse cursor
18068over the hyphen, some help information appears (By default, you must
18069wait seven-tenths of a second before the information appears. You can
18070change that timing by changing the value of @code{tooltip-delay}.)
18071
18072@need 1000
18073The new string format has a special syntax:
18074
18075@smallexample
18076#("-" 0 1 (help-echo "mouse-1: select window, ..."))
18077@end smallexample
18078
18079@noindent
18080The @code{#(} begins a list. The first element of the list is the
18081string itself, just one @samp{-}. The second and third
18082elements specify the range over which the fourth element applies. A
18083range starts @emph{after} a character, so a zero means the range
18084starts just before the first character; a 1 means that the range ends
18085just after the first character. The third element is the property for
18086the range. It consists of a property list, a
18087property name, in this case, @samp{help-echo}, followed by a value, in this
18088case, a string. The second, third, and fourth elements of this new
18089string format can be repeated.
18090
18091@xref{Text Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18092Reference Manual}, and see @ref{Mode Line Format, , Mode Line Format,
18093elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more information.
18094
18095@code{mode-line-buffer-identification}
18096displays the current buffer name. It is a list
18097beginning @code{(#("%12b" 0 4 @dots{}}.
18098The @code{#(} begins the list.
18099
18100The @samp{"%12b"} displays the current buffer name, using the
18101@code{buffer-name} function with which we are familiar; the `12'
18102specifies the maximum number of characters that will be displayed.
18103When a name has fewer characters, whitespace is added to fill out to
18104this number. (Buffer names can and often should be longer than 12
18105characters; this length works well in a typical 80 column wide
18106window.)
18107
18108@code{:eval} says to evaluate the following form and use the result as
18109a string to display. In this case, the expression displays the first
18110component of the full system name. The end of the first component is
18111a @samp{.} (`period'), so I use the @code{string-match} function to
18112tell me the length of the first component. The substring from the
18113zeroth character to that length is the name of the machine.
18114
18115@need 1250
18116This is the expression:
18117
18118@smallexample
18119@group
18120(:eval (substring
18121 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18122@end group
18123@end smallexample
18124
18125@samp{%[} and @samp{%]} cause a pair of square brackets
18126to appear for each recursive editing level. @samp{%n} says `Narrow'
18127when narrowing is in effect. @samp{%P} tells you the percentage of
18128the buffer that is above the bottom of the window, or `Top', `Bottom',
18129or `All'. (A lower case @samp{p} tell you the percentage above the
18130@emph{top} of the window.) @samp{%-} inserts enough dashes to fill
18131out the line.
18132
f99f1641 18133Remember, ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---your own
8cda6f8f
GM
18134Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different
18135keys than a default Emacs.
18136
18137On the other hand, if you want to bring up a plain `out of the box'
18138Emacs, with no customization, type:
18139
18140@smallexample
18141emacs -q
18142@end smallexample
18143
18144@noindent
18145This will start an Emacs that does @emph{not} load your
18146@file{~/.emacs} initialization file. A plain, default Emacs. Nothing
18147more.
18148
d6adf7e7 18149@node Debugging
8cda6f8f
GM
18150@chapter Debugging
18151@cindex debugging
18152
18153GNU Emacs has two debuggers, @code{debug} and @code{edebug}. The
18154first is built into the internals of Emacs and is always with you;
18155the second requires that you instrument a function before you can use it.
18156
18157Both debuggers are described extensively in @ref{Debugging, ,
18158Debugging Lisp Programs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18159In this chapter, I will walk through a short example of each.
18160
18161@menu
18162* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
18163* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
18164* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
18165* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
18166* Debugging Exercises::
18167@end menu
18168
d6adf7e7 18169@node debug
8cda6f8f
GM
18170@section @code{debug}
18171@findex debug
18172
18173Suppose you have written a function definition that is intended to
18174return the sum of the numbers 1 through a given number. (This is the
18175@code{triangle} function discussed earlier. @xref{Decrementing
18176Example, , Example with Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18177@c xref{Decrementing Loop,, Loop with a Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18178
18179However, your function definition has a bug. You have mistyped
18180@samp{1=} for @samp{1-}. Here is the broken definition:
18181
18182@findex triangle-bugged
18183@smallexample
18184@group
18185(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18186 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18187 (let ((total 0))
18188 (while (> number 0)
18189 (setq total (+ total number))
18190 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18191 total))
18192@end group
18193@end smallexample
18194
18195If you are reading this in Info, you can evaluate this definition in
18196the normal fashion. You will see @code{triangle-bugged} appear in the
18197echo area.
18198
18199@need 1250
18200Now evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged} function with an
18201argument of 4:
18202
18203@smallexample
18204(triangle-bugged 4)
18205@end smallexample
18206
18207@noindent
18208In a recent GNU Emacs, you will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*}
18209buffer that says:
18210
18211@noindent
18212@smallexample
18213@group
18214---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18215Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18216 (1= number)
18217 (setq number (1= number))
18218 (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18219 (setq number (1= number)))
18220 (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18221 (setq number ...)) total)
18222 triangle-bugged(4)
18223@end group
18224@group
18225 eval((triangle-bugged 4))
18226 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18227 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18228 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18229---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18230@end group
18231@end smallexample
18232
18233@noindent
18234(I have reformatted this example slightly; the debugger does not fold
18235long lines. As usual, you can quit the debugger by typing @kbd{q} in
18236the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
18237
18238In practice, for a bug as simple as this, the `Lisp error' line will
18239tell you what you need to know to correct the definition. The
18240function @code{1=} is `void'.
18241
18242@ignore
18243@need 800
18244In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will see:
18245
18246@smallexample
18247Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18248@end smallexample
18249
18250@noindent
18251which has the same meaning as the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer line in
18252version 21.
18253@end ignore
18254
18255However, suppose you are not quite certain what is going on?
18256You can read the complete backtrace.
18257
18258In this case, you need to run a recent GNU Emacs, which automatically
18259starts the debugger that puts you in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer; or
18260else, you need to start the debugger manually as described below.
18261
18262Read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells you
18263what Emacs did that led to the error. Emacs made an interactive call
18264to @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}), which led to the evaluation
18265of the @code{triangle-bugged} expression. Each line above tells you
18266what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
18267
18268@need 1250
18269The third line from the top of the buffer is
18270
18271@smallexample
18272(setq number (1= number))
18273@end smallexample
18274
18275@noindent
18276Emacs tried to evaluate this expression; in order to do so, it tried
18277to evaluate the inner expression shown on the second line from the
18278top:
18279
18280@smallexample
18281(1= number)
18282@end smallexample
18283
18284@need 1250
18285@noindent
18286This is where the error occurred; as the top line says:
18287
18288@smallexample
18289Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18290@end smallexample
18291
18292@noindent
18293You can correct the mistake, re-evaluate the function definition, and
18294then run your test again.
18295
d6adf7e7 18296@node debug-on-entry
8cda6f8f
GM
18297@section @code{debug-on-entry}
18298@findex debug-on-entry
18299
18300A recent GNU Emacs starts the debugger automatically when your
18301function has an error.
18302
18303@ignore
18304GNU Emacs version 20 and before did not; it simply
18305presented you with an error message. You had to start the debugger
18306manually.
18307@end ignore
18308
18309Incidentally, you can start the debugger manually for all versions of
18310Emacs; the advantage is that the debugger runs even if you do not have
18311a bug in your code. Sometimes your code will be free of bugs!
18312
18313You can enter the debugger when you call the function by calling
18314@code{debug-on-entry}.
18315
18316@need 1250
18317@noindent
18318Type:
18319
18320@smallexample
18321M-x debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18322@end smallexample
18323
18324@need 1250
18325@noindent
18326Now, evaluate the following:
18327
18328@smallexample
18329(triangle-bugged 5)
18330@end smallexample
18331
18332@noindent
18333All versions of Emacs will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer and tell
18334you that it is beginning to evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged}
18335function:
18336
18337@smallexample
18338@group
18339---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18340Debugger entered--entering a function:
18341* triangle-bugged(5)
18342 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18343@end group
18344@group
18345 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18346 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18347 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18348---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18349@end group
18350@end smallexample
18351
18352In the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, type @kbd{d}. Emacs will evaluate
18353the first expression in @code{triangle-bugged}; the buffer will look
18354like this:
18355
18356@smallexample
18357@group
18358---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18359Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18360* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18361 (setq number ...)) total)
18362* triangle-bugged(5)
18363 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18364@end group
18365@group
18366 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18367 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18368 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18369---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18370@end group
18371@end smallexample
18372
18373@noindent
18374Now, type @kbd{d} again, eight times, slowly. Each time you type
18375@kbd{d}, Emacs will evaluate another expression in the function
18376definition.
18377
18378@need 1750
18379Eventually, the buffer will look like this:
18380
18381@smallexample
18382@group
18383---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18384Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18385* (setq number (1= number))
18386* (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18387 (setq number (1= number)))
18388@group
18389@end group
18390* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18391 (setq number ...)) total)
18392* triangle-bugged(5)
18393 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18394@group
18395@end group
18396 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18397 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18398 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18399---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18400@end group
18401@end smallexample
18402
18403@need 1500
18404@noindent
18405Finally, after you type @kbd{d} two more times, Emacs will reach the
18406error, and the top two lines of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will look
18407like this:
18408
18409@smallexample
18410@group
18411---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18412Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18413* (1= number)
18414@dots{}
18415---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18416@end group
18417@end smallexample
18418
18419By typing @kbd{d}, you were able to step through the function.
18420
18421You can quit a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer by typing @kbd{q} in it; this
18422quits the trace, but does not cancel @code{debug-on-entry}.
18423
18424@findex cancel-debug-on-entry
18425To cancel the effect of @code{debug-on-entry}, call
18426@code{cancel-debug-on-entry} and the name of the function, like this:
18427
18428@smallexample
18429M-x cancel-debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18430@end smallexample
18431
18432@noindent
18433(If you are reading this in Info, cancel @code{debug-on-entry} now.)
18434
d6adf7e7 18435@node debug-on-quit
8cda6f8f
GM
18436@section @code{debug-on-quit} and @code{(debug)}
18437
18438In addition to setting @code{debug-on-error} or calling @code{debug-on-entry},
18439there are two other ways to start @code{debug}.
18440
18441@findex debug-on-quit
18442You can start @code{debug} whenever you type @kbd{C-g}
18443(@code{keyboard-quit}) by setting the variable @code{debug-on-quit} to
18444@code{t}. This is useful for debugging infinite loops.
18445
18446@need 1500
18447@cindex @code{(debug)} in code
18448Or, you can insert a line that says @code{(debug)} into your code
18449where you want the debugger to start, like this:
18450
18451@smallexample
18452@group
18453(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18454 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18455 (let ((total 0))
18456 (while (> number 0)
18457 (setq total (+ total number))
18458 (debug) ; @r{Start debugger.}
18459 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18460 total))
18461@end group
18462@end smallexample
18463
18464The @code{debug} function is described in detail in @ref{Debugger, ,
18465The Lisp Debugger, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18466
d6adf7e7 18467@node edebug
8cda6f8f
GM
18468@section The @code{edebug} Source Level Debugger
18469@cindex Source level debugger
18470@findex edebug
18471
18472Edebug is a source level debugger. Edebug normally displays the
18473source of the code you are debugging, with an arrow at the left that
18474shows which line you are currently executing.
18475
18476You can walk through the execution of a function, line by line, or run
18477quickly until reaching a @dfn{breakpoint} where execution stops.
18478
a944db14 18479Edebug is described in @ref{Edebug, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs
8cda6f8f
GM
18480Lisp Reference Manual}.
18481
18482@need 1250
18483Here is a bugged function definition for @code{triangle-recursively}.
18484@xref{Recursive triangle function, , Recursion in place of a counter},
18485for a review of it.
18486
18487@smallexample
18488@group
18489(defun triangle-recursively-bugged (number)
18490 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
18491Uses recursion."
18492 (if (= number 1)
18493 1
18494 (+ number
18495 (triangle-recursively-bugged
18496 (1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18497@end group
18498@end smallexample
18499
18500@noindent
18501Normally, you would install this definition by positioning your cursor
18502after the function's closing parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}
18503(@code{eval-last-sexp}) or else by positioning your cursor within the
18504definition and typing @kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}). (By default,
18505the @code{eval-defun} command works only in Emacs Lisp mode or in Lisp
a1539cd7 18506Interaction mode.)
8cda6f8f
GM
18507
18508@need 1500
18509However, to prepare this function definition for Edebug, you must
18510first @dfn{instrument} the code using a different command. You can do
18511this by positioning your cursor within or just after the definition
18512and typing
18513
18514@smallexample
18515M-x edebug-defun RET
18516@end smallexample
18517
18518@noindent
18519This will cause Emacs to load Edebug automatically if it is not
18520already loaded, and properly instrument the function.
18521
18522After instrumenting the function, place your cursor after the
18523following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}):
18524
18525@smallexample
18526(triangle-recursively-bugged 3)
18527@end smallexample
18528
18529@noindent
18530You will be jumped back to the source for
18531@code{triangle-recursively-bugged} and the cursor positioned at the
18532beginning of the @code{if} line of the function. Also, you will see
18533an arrowhead at the left hand side of that line. The arrowhead marks
18534the line where the function is executing. (In the following examples,
18535we show the arrowhead with @samp{=>}; in a windowing system, you may
18536see the arrowhead as a solid triangle in the window `fringe'.)
18537
18538@smallexample
18539=>@point{}(if (= number 1)
18540@end smallexample
18541
18542@noindent
18543@iftex
18544In the example, the location of point is displayed with a star,
18545@samp{@point{}} (in Info, it is displayed as @samp{-!-}).
18546@end iftex
18547@ifnottex
18548In the example, the location of point is displayed as @samp{@point{}}
18549(in a printed book, it is displayed with a five pointed star).
18550@end ifnottex
18551
18552If you now press @key{SPC}, point will move to the next expression to
18553be executed; the line will look like this:
18554
18555@smallexample
18556=>(if @point{}(= number 1)
18557@end smallexample
18558
18559@noindent
18560As you continue to press @key{SPC}, point will move from expression to
18561expression. At the same time, whenever an expression returns a value,
18562that value will be displayed in the echo area. For example, after you
18563move point past @code{number}, you will see the following:
18564
18565@smallexample
18566Result: 3 (#o3, #x3, ?\C-c)
18567@end smallexample
18568
18569@noindent
18570This means the value of @code{number} is 3, which is octal three,
18571hexadecimal three, and @sc{ascii} `control-c' (the third letter of the
18572alphabet, in case you need to know this information).
18573
18574You can continue moving through the code until you reach the line with
18575the error. Before evaluation, that line looks like this:
18576
18577@smallexample
18578=> @point{}(1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18579@end smallexample
18580
18581@need 1250
18582@noindent
18583When you press @key{SPC} once again, you will produce an error message
18584that says:
18585
18586@smallexample
18587Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18588@end smallexample
18589
18590@noindent
18591This is the bug.
18592
18593Press @kbd{q} to quit Edebug.
18594
18595To remove instrumentation from a function definition, simply
18596re-evaluate it with a command that does not instrument it.
18597For example, you could place your cursor after the definition's
18598closing parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
18599
18600Edebug does a great deal more than walk with you through a function.
18601You can set it so it races through on its own, stopping only at an
18602error or at specified stopping points; you can cause it to display the
18603changing values of various expressions; you can find out how many
18604times a function is called, and more.
18605
a944db14 18606Edebug is described in @ref{Edebug, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs
8cda6f8f
GM
18607Lisp Reference Manual}.
18608
18609@need 1500
d6adf7e7 18610@node Debugging Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
18611@section Debugging Exercises
18612
18613@itemize @bullet
18614@item
ea4f7750 18615Install the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function and then cause it to
8cda6f8f
GM
18616enter the built-in debugger when you call it. Run the command on a
18617region containing two words. You will need to press @kbd{d} a
18618remarkable number of times. On your system, is a `hook' called after
18619the command finishes? (For information on hooks, see @ref{Command
18620Overview, , Command Loop Overview, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
18621Manual}.)
18622
18623@item
ea4f7750 18624Copy @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} into the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
8cda6f8f
GM
18625instrument the function for Edebug, and walk through its execution.
18626The function does not need to have a bug, although you can introduce
18627one if you wish. If the function lacks a bug, the walk-through
18628completes without problems.
18629
18630@item
18631While running Edebug, type @kbd{?} to see a list of all the Edebug commands.
1df7defd 18632(The @code{global-edebug-prefix} is usually @kbd{C-x X}, i.e.,
8cda6f8f
GM
18633@kbd{@key{CTRL}-x} followed by an upper case @kbd{X}; use this prefix
18634for commands made outside of the Edebug debugging buffer.)
18635
18636@item
18637In the Edebug debugging buffer, use the @kbd{p}
18638(@code{edebug-bounce-point}) command to see where in the region the
ea4f7750 18639@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} is working.
8cda6f8f
GM
18640
18641@item
18642Move point to some spot further down the function and then type the
18643@kbd{h} (@code{edebug-goto-here}) command to jump to that location.
18644
18645@item
18646Use the @kbd{t} (@code{edebug-trace-mode}) command to cause Edebug to
18647walk through the function on its own; use an upper case @kbd{T} for
18648@code{edebug-Trace-fast-mode}.
18649
18650@item
18651Set a breakpoint, then run Edebug in Trace mode until it reaches the
18652stopping point.
18653@end itemize
18654
d6adf7e7 18655@node Conclusion
8cda6f8f
GM
18656@chapter Conclusion
18657
18658We have now reached the end of this Introduction. You have now
18659learned enough about programming in Emacs Lisp to set values, to write
18660simple @file{.emacs} files for yourself and your friends, and write
18661simple customizations and extensions to Emacs.
18662
18663This is a place to stop. Or, if you wish, you can now go onward, and
18664teach yourself.
18665
18666You have learned some of the basic nuts and bolts of programming. But
18667only some. There are a great many more brackets and hinges that are
18668easy to use that we have not touched.
18669
18670A path you can follow right now lies among the sources to GNU Emacs
18671and in
18672@ifnotinfo
18673@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18674@end ifnotinfo
18675@ifinfo
18676@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
18677Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18678@end ifinfo
18679
18680The Emacs Lisp sources are an adventure. When you read the sources and
18681come across a function or expression that is unfamiliar, you need to
18682figure out or find out what it does.
18683
18684Go to the Reference Manual. It is a thorough, complete, and fairly
18685easy-to-read description of Emacs Lisp. It is written not only for
18686experts, but for people who know what you know. (The @cite{Reference
18687Manual} comes with the standard GNU Emacs distribution. Like this
18688introduction, it comes as a Texinfo source file, so you can read it
18689on-line and as a typeset, printed book.)
18690
18691Go to the other on-line help that is part of GNU Emacs: the on-line
88c26f5c 18692documentation for all functions and variables, and @code{find-tag},
8cda6f8f
GM
18693the program that takes you to sources.
18694
18695Here is an example of how I explore the sources. Because of its name,
18696@file{simple.el} is the file I looked at first, a long time ago. As
18697it happens some of the functions in @file{simple.el} are complicated,
18698or at least look complicated at first sight. The @code{open-line}
18699function, for example, looks complicated.
18700
18701You may want to walk through this function slowly, as we did with the
18702@code{forward-sentence} function. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
18703@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Or you may want to skip that
18704function and look at another, such as @code{split-line}. You don't
18705need to read all the functions. According to
18706@code{count-words-in-defun}, the @code{split-line} function contains
18707102 words and symbols.
18708
18709Even though it is short, @code{split-line} contains expressions
18710we have not studied: @code{skip-chars-forward}, @code{indent-to},
18711@code{current-column} and @code{insert-and-inherit}.
18712
18713Consider the @code{skip-chars-forward} function. (It is part of the
18714function definition for @code{back-to-indentation}, which is shown in
18715@ref{Review, , Review}.)
18716
18717In GNU Emacs, you can find out more about @code{skip-chars-forward} by
18718typing @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and the name of the
18719function. This gives you the function documentation.
18720
18721You may be able to guess what is done by a well named function such as
18722@code{indent-to}; or you can look it up, too. Incidentally, the
18723@code{describe-function} function itself is in @file{help.el}; it is
18724one of those long, but decipherable functions. You can look up
18725@code{describe-function} using the @kbd{C-h f} command!
18726
18727In this instance, since the code is Lisp, the @file{*Help*} buffer
18728contains the name of the library containing the function's source.
18729You can put point over the name of the library and press the RET key,
18730which in this situation is bound to @code{help-follow}, and be taken
18731directly to the source, in the same way as @kbd{M-.}
18732(@code{find-tag}).
18733
18734The definition for @code{describe-function} illustrates how to
18735customize the @code{interactive} expression without using the standard
18736character codes; and it shows how to create a temporary buffer.
18737
18738(The @code{indent-to} function is written in C rather than Emacs Lisp;
18739it is a `built-in' function. @code{help-follow} takes you to its
18740source as does @code{find-tag}, when properly set up.)
18741
18742You can look at a function's source using @code{find-tag}, which is
18743bound to @kbd{M-.} Finally, you can find out what the Reference
18744Manual has to say by visiting the manual in Info, and typing @kbd{i}
18745(@code{Info-index}) and the name of the function, or by looking up the
18746function in the index to a printed copy of the manual.
18747
18748Similarly, you can find out what is meant by
18749@code{insert-and-inherit}.
18750
18751Other interesting source files include @file{paragraphs.el},
18752@file{loaddefs.el}, and @file{loadup.el}. The @file{paragraphs.el}
18753file includes short, easily understood functions as well as longer
18754ones. The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains the many standard
18755autoloads and many keymaps. I have never looked at it all; only at
18756parts. @file{loadup.el} is the file that loads the standard parts of
18757Emacs; it tells you a great deal about how Emacs is built.
18758(@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18759Reference Manual}, for more about building.)
18760
18761As I said, you have learned some nuts and bolts; however, and very
18762importantly, we have hardly touched major aspects of programming; I
18763have said nothing about how to sort information, except to use the
18764predefined @code{sort} function; I have said nothing about how to store
18765information, except to use variables and lists; I have said nothing
18766about how to write programs that write programs. These are topics for
18767another, and different kind of book, a different kind of learning.
18768
18769What you have done is learn enough for much practical work with GNU
18770Emacs. What you have done is get started. This is the end of a
18771beginning.
18772
18773@c ================ Appendix ================
18774
d6adf7e7 18775@node the-the
8cda6f8f
GM
18776@appendix The @code{the-the} Function
18777@findex the-the
18778@cindex Duplicated words function
18779@cindex Words, duplicated
18780
18781Sometimes when you you write text, you duplicate words---as with ``you
18782you'' near the beginning of this sentence. I find that most
18783frequently, I duplicate ``the''; hence, I call the function for
18784detecting duplicated words, @code{the-the}.
18785
18786@need 1250
18787As a first step, you could use the following regular expression to
18788search for duplicates:
18789
18790@smallexample
18791\\(\\w+[ \t\n]+\\)\\1
18792@end smallexample
18793
18794@noindent
18795This regexp matches one or more word-constituent characters followed
18796by one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines. However, it does not detect
18797duplicated words on different lines, since the ending of the first
18798word, the end of the line, is different from the ending of the second
18799word, a space. (For more information about regular expressions, see
18800@ref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, as well as
18801@ref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
18802Manual}, and @ref{Regular Expressions, , Regular Expressions, elisp,
18803The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
18804
18805You might try searching just for duplicated word-constituent
18806characters but that does not work since the pattern detects doubles
18807such as the two occurrences of `th' in `with the'.
18808
18809Another possible regexp searches for word-constituent characters
18810followed by non-word-constituent characters, reduplicated. Here,
18811@w{@samp{\\w+}} matches one or more word-constituent characters and
18812@w{@samp{\\W*}} matches zero or more non-word-constituent characters.
18813
18814@smallexample
18815\\(\\(\\w+\\)\\W*\\)\\1
18816@end smallexample
18817
18818@noindent
18819Again, not useful.
18820
18821Here is the pattern that I use. It is not perfect, but good enough.
18822@w{@samp{\\b}} matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning
18823or end of a word; @w{@samp{[^@@ \n\t]+}} matches one or more occurrences of
18824any characters that are @emph{not} an @@-sign, space, newline, or tab.
18825
18826@smallexample
18827\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b
18828@end smallexample
18829
18830One can write more complicated expressions, but I found that this
18831expression is good enough, so I use it.
18832
18833Here is the @code{the-the} function, as I include it in my
18834@file{.emacs} file, along with a handy global key binding:
18835
18836@smallexample
18837@group
18838(defun the-the ()
18839 "Search forward for for a duplicated word."
18840 (interactive)
18841 (message "Searching for for duplicated words ...")
18842 (push-mark)
18843@end group
18844@group
18845 ;; This regexp is not perfect
18846 ;; but is fairly good over all:
18847 (if (re-search-forward
18848 "\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b" nil 'move)
18849 (message "Found duplicated word.")
18850 (message "End of buffer")))
18851@end group
18852
18853@group
18854;; Bind `the-the' to C-c \
18855(global-set-key "\C-c\\" 'the-the)
18856@end group
18857@end smallexample
18858
18859@sp 1
18860Here is test text:
18861
18862@smallexample
18863@group
18864one two two three four five
18865five six seven
18866@end group
18867@end smallexample
18868
18869You can substitute the other regular expressions shown above in the
18870function definition and try each of them on this list.
18871
d6adf7e7 18872@node Kill Ring
8cda6f8f
GM
18873@appendix Handling the Kill Ring
18874@cindex Kill ring handling
18875@cindex Handling the kill ring
18876@cindex Ring, making a list like a
18877
18878The kill ring is a list that is transformed into a ring by the
18879workings of the @code{current-kill} function. The @code{yank} and
18880@code{yank-pop} commands use the @code{current-kill} function.
18881
18882This appendix describes the @code{current-kill} function as well as
18883both the @code{yank} and the @code{yank-pop} commands, but first,
18884consider the workings of the kill ring.
18885
18886@menu
18887* What the Kill Ring Does::
18888* current-kill::
18889* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
18890* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
18891* ring file::
18892@end menu
18893
8cda6f8f 18894@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 18895@node What the Kill Ring Does
8cda6f8f
GM
18896@unnumberedsec What the Kill Ring Does
18897@end ifnottex
18898
18899@need 1250
18900The kill ring has a default maximum length of sixty items; this number
18901is too large for an explanation. Instead, set it to four. Please
18902evaluate the following:
18903
18904@smallexample
18905@group
18906(setq old-kill-ring-max kill-ring-max)
18907(setq kill-ring-max 4)
18908@end group
18909@end smallexample
18910
18911@noindent
18912Then, please copy each line of the following indented example into the
18913kill ring. You may kill each line with @kbd{C-k} or mark it and copy
18914it with @kbd{M-w}.
18915
18916@noindent
18917(In a read-only buffer, such as the @file{*info*} buffer, the kill
18918command, @kbd{C-k} (@code{kill-line}), will not remove the text,
18919merely copy it to the kill ring. However, your machine may beep at
18920you. Alternatively, for silence, you may copy the region of each line
18921with the @kbd{M-w} (@code{kill-ring-save}) command. You must mark
18922each line for this command to succeed, but it does not matter at which
18923end you put point or mark.)
18924
18925@need 1250
18926@noindent
18927Please invoke the calls in order, so that five elements attempt to
18928fill the kill ring:
18929
18930@smallexample
18931@group
18932first some text
18933second piece of text
18934third line
18935fourth line of text
18936fifth bit of text
18937@end group
18938@end smallexample
18939
18940@need 1250
18941@noindent
18942Then find the value of @code{kill-ring} by evaluating
18943
18944@smallexample
18945kill-ring
18946@end smallexample
18947
18948@need 800
18949@noindent
18950It is:
18951
18952@smallexample
18953@group
18954("fifth bit of text" "fourth line of text"
18955"third line" "second piece of text")
18956@end group
18957@end smallexample
18958
18959@noindent
18960The first element, @samp{first some text}, was dropped.
18961
18962@need 1250
18963To return to the old value for the length of the kill ring, evaluate:
18964
18965@smallexample
18966(setq kill-ring-max old-kill-ring-max)
18967@end smallexample
18968
d6adf7e7 18969@node current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
18970@appendixsec The @code{current-kill} Function
18971@findex current-kill
18972
18973The @code{current-kill} function changes the element in the kill ring
18974to which @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points. (Also, the
18975@code{kill-new} function sets @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to point
867d4bb3 18976to the latest element of the kill ring. The @code{kill-new}
8cda6f8f
GM
18977function is used directly or indirectly by @code{kill-append},
18978@code{copy-region-as-kill}, @code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line},
18979and @code{kill-region}.)
18980
18981@menu
18982* Code for current-kill::
18983* Understanding current-kill::
18984@end menu
18985
8cda6f8f 18986@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 18987@node Code for current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
18988@unnumberedsubsec The code for @code{current-kill}
18989@end ifnottex
18990
18991
18992@need 1500
18993The @code{current-kill} function is used by @code{yank} and by
18994@code{yank-pop}. Here is the code for @code{current-kill}:
18995
18996@smallexample
18997@group
18998(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
18999 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
19000If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
19001returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
19002kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
19003@end group
19004@group
19005If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
19006yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
19007 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
19008 interprogram-paste-function
19009 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
19010@end group
19011@group
19012 (if interprogram-paste
19013 (progn
19014 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
19015 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
19016 ;; selection, with identical text.
19017 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
19018 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
19019 interprogram-paste)
19020@end group
19021@group
19022 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19023 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
19024 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19025 (length kill-ring))
19026 kill-ring)))
19027 (or do-not-move
19028 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19029 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
19030@end group
19031@end smallexample
19032
19033Remember also that the @code{kill-new} function sets
867d4bb3 19034@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to the latest element of the kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19035ring, which means that all the functions that call it set the value
19036indirectly: @code{kill-append}, @code{copy-region-as-kill},
19037@code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line}, and @code{kill-region}.
19038
19039@need 1500
19040Here is the line in @code{kill-new}, which is explained in
19041@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.
19042
19043@smallexample
19044(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
19045@end smallexample
19046
8cda6f8f 19047@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19048@node Understanding current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19049@unnumberedsubsec @code{current-kill} in Outline
19050@end ifnottex
19051
19052The @code{current-kill} function looks complex, but as usual, it can
19053be understood by taking it apart piece by piece. First look at it in
19054skeletal form:
19055
19056@smallexample
19057@group
19058(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
19059 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill."
19060 (let @var{varlist}
19061 @var{body}@dots{})
19062@end group
19063@end smallexample
19064
19065This function takes two arguments, one of which is optional. It has a
19066documentation string. It is @emph{not} interactive.
19067
19068@menu
19069* Body of current-kill::
19070* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
19071* Determining the Element::
19072@end menu
19073
8cda6f8f 19074@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19075@node Body of current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19076@unnumberedsubsubsec The Body of @code{current-kill}
19077@end ifnottex
19078
19079The body of the function definition is a @code{let} expression, which
19080itself has a body as well as a @var{varlist}.
19081
19082The @code{let} expression declares a variable that will be only usable
19083within the bounds of this function. This variable is called
19084@code{interprogram-paste} and is for copying to another program. It
19085is not for copying within this instance of GNU Emacs. Most window
19086systems provide a facility for interprogram pasting. Sadly, that
19087facility usually provides only for the last element. Most windowing
19088systems have not adopted a ring of many possibilities, even though
19089Emacs has provided it for decades.
19090
19091The @code{if} expression has two parts, one if there exists
19092@code{interprogram-paste} and one if not.
19093
19094@need 2000
19095Let us consider the `if not' or else-part of the @code{current-kill}
867d4bb3 19096function. (The then-part uses the @code{kill-new} function, which
8cda6f8f
GM
19097we have already described. @xref{kill-new function, , The
19098@code{kill-new} function}.)
19099
19100@smallexample
19101@group
19102(or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19103(let ((ARGth-kill-element
19104 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19105 (length kill-ring))
19106 kill-ring)))
19107 (or do-not-move
19108 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19109 (car ARGth-kill-element))
19110@end group
19111@end smallexample
19112
19113@noindent
19114The code first checks whether the kill ring has content; otherwise it
19115signals an error.
19116
19117@need 1000
19118Note that the @code{or} expression is very similar to testing length
19119with an @code{if}:
19120
19121@findex zerop
19122@findex error
19123@smallexample
19124@group
19125(if (zerop (length kill-ring)) ; @r{if-part}
19126 (error "Kill ring is empty")) ; @r{then-part}
19127 ;; No else-part
19128@end group
19129@end smallexample
19130
19131@noindent
19132If there is not anything in the kill ring, its length must be zero and
19133an error message sent to the user: @samp{Kill ring is empty}. The
19134@code{current-kill} function uses an @code{or} expression which is
19135simpler. But an @code{if} expression reminds us what goes on.
19136
19137This @code{if} expression uses the function @code{zerop} which returns
19138true if the value it is testing is zero. When @code{zerop} tests
19139true, the then-part of the @code{if} is evaluated. The then-part is a
19140list starting with the function @code{error}, which is a function that
19141is similar to the @code{message} function
19142(@pxref{message, , The @code{message} Function}) in that
19143it prints a one-line message in the echo area. However, in addition
19144to printing a message, @code{error} also stops evaluation of the
19145function within which it is embedded. This means that the rest of the
19146function will not be evaluated if the length of the kill ring is zero.
19147
19148Then the @code{current-kill} function selects the element to return.
19149The selection depends on the number of places that @code{current-kill}
19150rotates and on where @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19151
19152Next, either the optional @code{do-not-move} argument is true or the
19153current value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is set to point to the
19154list. Finally, another expression returns the first element of the
19155list even if the @code{do-not-move} argument is true.
19156
8cda6f8f 19157@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19158@node Digression concerning error
8cda6f8f
GM
19159@unnumberedsubsubsec Digression about the word `error'
19160@end ifnottex
19161
19162In my opinion, it is slightly misleading, at least to humans, to use
19163the term `error' as the name of the @code{error} function. A better
19164term would be `cancel'. Strictly speaking, of course, you cannot
19165point to, much less rotate a pointer to a list that has no length, so
19166from the point of view of the computer, the word `error' is correct.
19167But a human expects to attempt this sort of thing, if only to find out
19168whether the kill ring is full or empty. This is an act of
19169exploration.
19170
19171From the human point of view, the act of exploration and discovery is
09e80d9f 19172not necessarily an error, and therefore should not be labeled as one,
8cda6f8f
GM
19173even in the bowels of a computer. As it is, the code in Emacs implies
19174that a human who is acting virtuously, by exploring his or her
19175environment, is making an error. This is bad. Even though the computer
19176takes the same steps as it does when there is an `error', a term such as
19177`cancel' would have a clearer connotation.
19178
8cda6f8f 19179@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19180@node Determining the Element
8cda6f8f
GM
19181@unnumberedsubsubsec Determining the Element
19182@end ifnottex
19183
19184Among other actions, the else-part of the @code{if} expression sets
19185the value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to
19186@code{ARGth-kill-element} when the kill ring has something in it and
19187the value of @code{do-not-move} is @code{nil}.
19188
19189@need 800
19190The code looks like this:
19191
19192@smallexample
19193@group
19194(nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19195 (length kill-ring))
19196 kill-ring)))
19197@end group
19198@end smallexample
19199
19200This needs some examination. Unless it is not supposed to move the
19201pointer, the @code{current-kill} function changes where
19202@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19203That is what the
19204@w{@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))}}
19205expression does. Also, clearly, @code{ARGth-kill-element} is being
19206set to be equal to some @sc{cdr} of the kill ring, using the
19207@code{nthcdr} function that is described in an earlier section.
19208(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.) How does it do this?
19209
19210As we have seen before (@pxref{nthcdr}), the @code{nthcdr} function
19211works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a list---it takes the
19212@sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} @dots{}
19213
19214@need 800
19215The two following expressions produce the same result:
19216
19217@smallexample
19218@group
19219(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (cdr kill-ring))
19220
19221(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 1 kill-ring))
19222@end group
19223@end smallexample
19224
19225However, the @code{nthcdr} expression is more complicated. It uses
19226the @code{mod} function to determine which @sc{cdr} to select.
19227
19228(You will remember to look at inner functions first; indeed, we will
19229have to go inside the @code{mod}.)
19230
19231The @code{mod} function returns the value of its first argument modulo
19232the second; that is to say, it returns the remainder after dividing
19233the first argument by the second. The value returned has the same
19234sign as the second argument.
19235
19236@need 800
19237Thus,
19238
19239@smallexample
19240@group
19241(mod 12 4)
19242 @result{} 0 ;; @r{because there is no remainder}
19243(mod 13 4)
19244 @result{} 1
19245@end group
19246@end smallexample
19247
19248@need 1250
19249In this case, the first argument is often smaller than the second.
19250That is fine.
19251
19252@smallexample
19253@group
19254(mod 0 4)
19255 @result{} 0
19256(mod 1 4)
19257 @result{} 1
19258@end group
19259@end smallexample
19260
19261We can guess what the @code{-} function does. It is like @code{+} but
19262subtracts instead of adds; the @code{-} function subtracts its second
19263argument from its first. Also, we already know what the @code{length}
19264function does (@pxref{length}). It returns the length of a list.
19265
19266And @code{n} is the name of the required argument to the
19267@code{current-kill} function.
19268
19269@need 1250
19270So when the first argument to @code{nthcdr} is zero, the @code{nthcdr}
19271expression returns the whole list, as you can see by evaluating the
19272following:
19273
19274@smallexample
19275@group
19276;; kill-ring-yank-pointer @r{and} kill-ring @r{have a length of four}
19277;; @r{and} (mod (- 0 4) 4) @result{} 0
19278(nthcdr (mod (- 0 4) 4)
19279 '("fourth line of text"
19280 "third line"
19281 "second piece of text"
19282 "first some text"))
19283@end group
19284@end smallexample
19285
19286@need 1250
19287When the first argument to the @code{current-kill} function is one,
19288the @code{nthcdr} expression returns the list without its first
19289element.
19290
19291@smallexample
19292@group
19293(nthcdr (mod (- 1 4) 4)
19294 '("fourth line of text"
19295 "third line"
19296 "second piece of text"
19297 "first some text"))
19298@end group
19299@end smallexample
19300
19301@cindex @samp{global variable} defined
19302@cindex @samp{variable, global}, defined
19303Incidentally, both @code{kill-ring} and @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
19304are @dfn{global variables}. That means that any expression in Emacs
19305Lisp can access them. They are not like the local variables set by
19306@code{let} or like the symbols in an argument list.
19307Local variables can only be accessed
19308within the @code{let} that defines them or the function that specifies
19309them in an argument list (and within expressions called by them).
19310
19311@ignore
19312@c texi2dvi fails when the name of the section is within ifnottex ...
19313(@xref{Prevent confusion, , @code{let} Prevents Confusion}, and
edbf4569 19314@ref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
8cda6f8f
GM
19315@end ignore
19316
d6adf7e7 19317@node yank
8cda6f8f
GM
19318@appendixsec @code{yank}
19319@findex yank
19320
19321After learning about @code{current-kill}, the code for the
19322@code{yank} function is almost easy.
19323
19324The @code{yank} function does not use the
19325@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable directly. It calls
19326@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{current-kill} which sets the
19327@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
19328
19329@need 1250
19330The code looks like this:
19331
19332@c in GNU Emacs 22
19333@smallexample
19334@group
19335(defun yank (&optional arg)
19336 "Reinsert (\"paste\") the last stretch of killed text.
19337More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently
19338killed OR yanked. Put point at end, and set mark at beginning.
19339With just \\[universal-argument] as argument, same but put point at
19340beginning (and mark at end). With argument N, reinsert the Nth most
19341recently killed stretch of killed text.
19342
19343When this command inserts killed text into the buffer, it honors
19344`yank-excluded-properties' and `yank-handler' as described in the
19345doc string for `insert-for-yank-1', which see.
19346
19347See also the command \\[yank-pop]."
19348@end group
19349@group
19350 (interactive "*P")
19351 (setq yank-window-start (window-start))
19352 ;; If we don't get all the way thru, make last-command indicate that
19353 ;; for the following command.
19354 (setq this-command t)
19355 (push-mark (point))
19356@end group
19357@group
19358 (insert-for-yank (current-kill (cond
19359 ((listp arg) 0)
19360 ((eq arg '-) -2)
19361 (t (1- arg)))))
19362 (if (consp arg)
19363 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19364 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19365 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19366 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19367 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19368 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer)))))
19369@end group
19370@group
19371 ;; If we do get all the way thru, make this-command indicate that.
19372 (if (eq this-command t)
19373 (setq this-command 'yank))
19374 nil)
19375@end group
19376@end smallexample
19377
19378The key expression is @code{insert-for-yank}, which inserts the string
19379returned by @code{current-kill}, but removes some text properties from
19380it.
19381
19382However, before getting to that expression, the function sets the value
19383of @code{yank-window-start} to the position returned by the
19384@code{(window-start)} expression, the position at which the display
19385currently starts. The @code{yank} function also sets
19386@code{this-command} and pushes the mark.
19387
19388After it yanks the appropriate element, if the optional argument is a
19389@sc{cons} rather than a number or nothing, it puts point at beginning
19390of the yanked text and mark at its end.
19391
19392(The @code{prog1} function is like @code{progn} but returns the value
19393of its first argument rather than the value of its last argument. Its
19394first argument is forced to return the buffer's mark as an integer.
19395You can see the documentation for these functions by placing point
19396over them in this buffer and then typing @kbd{C-h f}
19397(@code{describe-function}) followed by a @kbd{RET}; the default is the
19398function.)
19399
19400The last part of the function tells what to do when it succeeds.
19401
d6adf7e7 19402@node yank-pop
8cda6f8f
GM
19403@appendixsec @code{yank-pop}
19404@findex yank-pop
19405
19406After understanding @code{yank} and @code{current-kill}, you know how
19407to approach the @code{yank-pop} function. Leaving out the
19408documentation to save space, it looks like this:
19409
19410@c GNU Emacs 22
19411@smallexample
19412@group
19413(defun yank-pop (&optional arg)
19414 "@dots{}"
19415 (interactive "*p")
19416 (if (not (eq last-command 'yank))
19417 (error "Previous command was not a yank"))
19418@end group
19419@group
19420 (setq this-command 'yank)
19421 (unless arg (setq arg 1))
19422 (let ((inhibit-read-only t)
19423 (before (< (point) (mark t))))
19424@end group
19425@group
19426 (if before
19427 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (point) (mark t))
19428 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (mark t) (point)))
19429 (setq yank-undo-function nil)
19430@end group
19431@group
19432 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer))
19433 (insert-for-yank (current-kill arg))
19434 ;; Set the window start back where it was in the yank command,
19435 ;; if possible.
19436 (set-window-start (selected-window) yank-window-start t)
19437@end group
19438@group
19439 (if before
19440 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19441 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19442 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19443 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19444 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19445 (set-marker (mark-marker)
19446 (point)
19447 (current-buffer))))))
19448 nil)
19449@end group
19450@end smallexample
19451
19452The function is interactive with a small @samp{p} so the prefix
19453argument is processed and passed to the function. The command can
19454only be used after a previous yank; otherwise an error message is
19455sent. This check uses the variable @code{last-command} which is set
19456by @code{yank} and is discussed elsewhere.
19457(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
19458
19459The @code{let} clause sets the variable @code{before} to true or false
19460depending whether point is before or after mark and then the region
19461between point and mark is deleted. This is the region that was just
19462inserted by the previous yank and it is this text that will be
19463replaced.
19464
19465@code{funcall} calls its first argument as a function, passing
19466remaining arguments to it. The first argument is whatever the
19467@code{or} expression returns. The two remaining arguments are the
19468positions of point and mark set by the preceding @code{yank} command.
19469
19470There is more, but that is the hardest part.
19471
d6adf7e7 19472@node ring file
8cda6f8f
GM
19473@appendixsec The @file{ring.el} File
19474@cindex @file{ring.el} file
19475
19476Interestingly, GNU Emacs posses a file called @file{ring.el} that
19477provides many of the features we just discussed. But functions such
19478as @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} do not use this library, possibly
19479because they were written earlier.
19480
d6adf7e7 19481@node Full Graph
09e80d9f 19482@appendix A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f
GM
19483
19484Printed axes help you understand a graph. They convey scale. In an
19485earlier chapter (@pxref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}), we
19486wrote the code to print the body of a graph. Here we write the code
09e80d9f 19487for printing and labeling vertical and horizontal axes, along with the
8cda6f8f
GM
19488body itself.
19489
19490@menu
09e80d9f 19491* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
19492* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
19493* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
19494* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
19495* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
19496@end menu
19497
8cda6f8f 19498@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19499@node Labeled Example
09e80d9f 19500@unnumberedsec Labeled Example Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
19501@end ifnottex
19502
19503Since insertions fill a buffer to the right and below point, the new
19504graph printing function should first print the Y or vertical axis,
19505then the body of the graph, and finally the X or horizontal axis.
19506This sequence lays out for us the contents of the function:
19507
19508@enumerate
19509@item
19510Set up code.
19511
19512@item
19513Print Y axis.
19514
19515@item
19516Print body of graph.
19517
19518@item
19519Print X axis.
19520@end enumerate
19521
19522@need 800
19523Here is an example of how a finished graph should look:
19524
19525@smallexample
19526@group
19527 10 -
19528 *
19529 * *
19530 * **
19531 * ***
19532 5 - * *******
19533 * *** *******
19534 *************
19535 ***************
19536 1 - ****************
19537 | | | |
19538 1 5 10 15
19539@end group
19540@end smallexample
19541
19542@noindent
09e80d9f 19543In this graph, both the vertical and the horizontal axes are labeled
8cda6f8f 19544with numbers. However, in some graphs, the horizontal axis is time
09e80d9f 19545and would be better labeled with months, like this:
8cda6f8f
GM
19546
19547@smallexample
19548@group
19549 5 - *
19550 * ** *
19551 *******
19552 ********** **
19553 1 - **************
19554 | ^ |
19555 Jan June Jan
19556@end group
19557@end smallexample
19558
19559Indeed, with a little thought, we can easily come up with a variety of
09e80d9f 19560vertical and horizontal labeling schemes. Our task could become
8cda6f8f 19561complicated. But complications breed confusion. Rather than permit
09e80d9f 19562this, it is better choose a simple labeling scheme for our first
8cda6f8f
GM
19563effort, and to modify or replace it later.
19564
19565@need 1200
19566These considerations suggest the following outline for the
19567@code{print-graph} function:
19568
19569@smallexample
19570@group
19571(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
19572 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
19573 (let ((height @dots{}
19574 @dots{}))
19575@end group
19576@group
19577 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
19578 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
19579 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
19580@end group
19581@end smallexample
19582
19583We can work on each part of the @code{print-graph} function definition
19584in turn.
19585
d6adf7e7 19586@node print-graph Varlist
8cda6f8f
GM
19587@appendixsec The @code{print-graph} Varlist
19588@cindex @code{print-graph} varlist
19589
19590In writing the @code{print-graph} function, the first task is to write
19591the varlist in the @code{let} expression. (We will leave aside for the
19592moment any thoughts about making the function interactive or about the
19593contents of its documentation string.)
19594
19595The varlist should set several values. Clearly, the top of the label
19596for the vertical axis must be at least the height of the graph, which
19597means that we must obtain this information here. Note that the
19598@code{print-graph-body} function also requires this information. There
19599is no reason to calculate the height of the graph in two different
19600places, so we should change @code{print-graph-body} from the way we
19601defined it earlier to take advantage of the calculation.
19602
19603Similarly, both the function for printing the X axis labels and the
19604@code{print-graph-body} function need to learn the value of the width of
19605each symbol. We can perform the calculation here and change the
19606definition for @code{print-graph-body} from the way we defined it in the
19607previous chapter.
19608
19609The length of the label for the horizontal axis must be at least as long
19610as the graph. However, this information is used only in the function
19611that prints the horizontal axis, so it does not need to be calculated here.
19612
19613These thoughts lead us directly to the following form for the varlist
19614in the @code{let} for @code{print-graph}:
19615
19616@smallexample
19617@group
19618(let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) ; @r{First version.}
19619 (symbol-width (length graph-blank)))
19620@end group
19621@end smallexample
19622
19623@noindent
19624As we shall see, this expression is not quite right.
19625
19626@need 2000
d6adf7e7 19627@node print-Y-axis
8cda6f8f
GM
19628@appendixsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
19629@cindex Axis, print vertical
19630@cindex Y axis printing
19631@cindex Vertical axis printing
19632@cindex Print vertical axis
19633
19634The job of the @code{print-Y-axis} function is to print a label for
19635the vertical axis that looks like this:
19636
19637@smallexample
19638@group
19639 10 -
19640
19641
19642
19643
19644 5 -
19645
19646
19647
19648 1 -
19649@end group
19650@end smallexample
19651
19652@noindent
19653The function should be passed the height of the graph, and then should
19654construct and insert the appropriate numbers and marks.
19655
19656@menu
19657* print-Y-axis in Detail::
19658* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
19659* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
19660* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
19661* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
19662* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
19663@end menu
19664
8cda6f8f 19665@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19666@node print-Y-axis in Detail
8cda6f8f
GM
19667@unnumberedsubsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function in Detail
19668@end ifnottex
19669
19670It is easy enough to see in the figure what the Y axis label should
19671look like; but to say in words, and then to write a function
19672definition to do the job is another matter. It is not quite true to
19673say that we want a number and a tic every five lines: there are only
19674three lines between the @samp{1} and the @samp{5} (lines 2, 3, and 4),
19675but four lines between the @samp{5} and the @samp{10} (lines 6, 7, 8,
19676and 9). It is better to say that we want a number and a tic mark on
19677the base line (number 1) and then that we want a number and a tic on
19678the fifth line from the bottom and on every line that is a multiple of
19679five.
19680
8cda6f8f 19681@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19682@node Height of label
8cda6f8f
GM
19683@unnumberedsubsec What height should the label be?
19684@end ifnottex
19685
19686The next issue is what height the label should be? Suppose the maximum
19687height of tallest column of the graph is seven. Should the highest
19688label on the Y axis be @samp{5 -}, and should the graph stick up above
19689the label? Or should the highest label be @samp{7 -}, and mark the peak
19690of the graph? Or should the highest label be @code{10 -}, which is a
19691multiple of five, and be higher than the topmost value of the graph?
19692
19693The latter form is preferred. Most graphs are drawn within rectangles
19694whose sides are an integral number of steps long---5, 10, 15, and so
19695on for a step distance of five. But as soon as we decide to use a
19696step height for the vertical axis, we discover that the simple
19697expression in the varlist for computing the height is wrong. The
19698expression is @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)}. This returns the
19699precise height, not the maximum height plus whatever is necessary to
19700round up to the nearest multiple of five. A more complex expression
19701is required.
19702
19703As usual in cases like this, a complex problem becomes simpler if it is
19704divided into several smaller problems.
19705
19706First, consider the case when the highest value of the graph is an
19707integral multiple of five---when it is 5, 10, 15, or some higher
19708multiple of five. We can use this value as the Y axis height.
19709
19710A fairly simply way to determine whether a number is a multiple of
19711five is to divide it by five and see if the division results in a
19712remainder. If there is no remainder, the number is a multiple of
19713five. Thus, seven divided by five has a remainder of two, and seven
19714is not an integral multiple of five. Put in slightly different
19715language, more reminiscent of the classroom, five goes into seven
19716once, with a remainder of two. However, five goes into ten twice,
19717with no remainder: ten is an integral multiple of five.
19718
d6adf7e7 19719@node Compute a Remainder
8cda6f8f
GM
19720@appendixsubsec Side Trip: Compute a Remainder
19721
19722@findex % @r{(remainder function)}
19723@cindex Remainder function, @code{%}
19724In Lisp, the function for computing a remainder is @code{%}. The
19725function returns the remainder of its first argument divided by its
19726second argument. As it happens, @code{%} is a function in Emacs Lisp
19727that you cannot discover using @code{apropos}: you find nothing if you
19728type @kbd{M-x apropos @key{RET} remainder @key{RET}}. The only way to
19729learn of the existence of @code{%} is to read about it in a book such
19730as this or in the Emacs Lisp sources.
19731
19732You can try the @code{%} function by evaluating the following two
19733expressions:
19734
19735@smallexample
19736@group
19737(% 7 5)
19738
19739(% 10 5)
19740@end group
19741@end smallexample
19742
19743@noindent
19744The first expression returns 2 and the second expression returns 0.
19745
19746To test whether the returned value is zero or some other number, we
19747can use the @code{zerop} function. This function returns @code{t} if
19748its argument, which must be a number, is zero.
19749
19750@smallexample
19751@group
19752(zerop (% 7 5))
19753 @result{} nil
19754
19755(zerop (% 10 5))
19756 @result{} t
19757@end group
19758@end smallexample
19759
19760Thus, the following expression will return @code{t} if the height
19761of the graph is evenly divisible by five:
19762
19763@smallexample
19764(zerop (% height 5))
19765@end smallexample
19766
19767@noindent
19768(The value of @code{height}, of course, can be found from @code{(apply
19769'max numbers-list)}.)
19770
19771On the other hand, if the value of @code{height} is not a multiple of
19772five, we want to reset the value to the next higher multiple of five.
19773This is straightforward arithmetic using functions with which we are
19774already familiar. First, we divide the value of @code{height} by five
19775to determine how many times five goes into the number. Thus, five
19776goes into twelve twice. If we add one to this quotient and multiply by
19777five, we will obtain the value of the next multiple of five that is
19778larger than the height. Five goes into twelve twice. Add one to two,
19779and multiply by five; the result is fifteen, which is the next multiple
19780of five that is higher than twelve. The Lisp expression for this is:
19781
19782@smallexample
19783(* (1+ (/ height 5)) 5)
19784@end smallexample
19785
19786@noindent
19787For example, if you evaluate the following, the result is 15:
19788
19789@smallexample
19790(* (1+ (/ 12 5)) 5)
19791@end smallexample
19792
19793All through this discussion, we have been using `five' as the value
19794for spacing labels on the Y axis; but we may want to use some other
19795value. For generality, we should replace `five' with a variable to
19796which we can assign a value. The best name I can think of for this
19797variable is @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
19798
19799@need 1250
19800Using this term, and an @code{if} expression, we produce the
19801following:
19802
19803@smallexample
19804@group
19805(if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19806 height
19807 ;; @r{else}
19808 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19809 Y-axis-label-spacing))
19810@end group
19811@end smallexample
19812
19813@noindent
19814This expression returns the value of @code{height} itself if the height
19815is an even multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing} or
19816else it computes and returns a value of @code{height} that is equal to
19817the next higher multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
19818
19819We can now include this expression in the @code{let} expression of the
19820@code{print-graph} function (after first setting the value of
19821@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}):
19822@vindex Y-axis-label-spacing
19823
19824@smallexample
19825@group
19826(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
19827 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
19828@end group
19829
19830@group
19831@dots{}
19832(let* ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
19833 (height-of-top-line
19834 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19835 height
19836@end group
19837@group
19838 ;; @r{else}
19839 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19840 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
19841 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))))
19842@dots{}
19843@end group
19844@end smallexample
19845
19846@noindent
19847(Note use of the @code{let*} function: the initial value of height is
19848computed once by the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression and
19849then the resulting value of @code{height} is used to compute its
19850final value. @xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}, for
19851more about @code{let*}.)
19852
d6adf7e7 19853@node Y Axis Element
8cda6f8f
GM
19854@appendixsubsec Construct a Y Axis Element
19855
19856When we print the vertical axis, we want to insert strings such as
19857@w{@samp{5 -}} and @w{@samp{10 - }} every five lines.
19858Moreover, we want the numbers and dashes to line up, so shorter
19859numbers must be padded with leading spaces. If some of the strings
19860use two digit numbers, the strings with single digit numbers must
19861include a leading blank space before the number.
19862
19863@findex number-to-string
19864To figure out the length of the number, the @code{length} function is
19865used. But the @code{length} function works only with a string, not with
19866a number. So the number has to be converted from being a number to
19867being a string. This is done with the @code{number-to-string} function.
19868For example,
19869
19870@smallexample
19871@group
19872(length (number-to-string 35))
19873 @result{} 2
19874
19875(length (number-to-string 100))
19876 @result{} 3
19877@end group
19878@end smallexample
19879
19880@noindent
19881(@code{number-to-string} is also called @code{int-to-string}; you will
19882see this alternative name in various sources.)
19883
19884In addition, in each label, each number is followed by a string such
19885as @w{@samp{ - }}, which we will call the @code{Y-axis-tic} marker.
19886This variable is defined with @code{defvar}:
19887
19888@vindex Y-axis-tic
19889@smallexample
19890@group
19891(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
19892 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
19893@end group
19894@end smallexample
19895
19896The length of the Y label is the sum of the length of the Y axis tic
19897mark and the length of the number of the top of the graph.
19898
19899@smallexample
19900(length (concat (number-to-string height) Y-axis-tic)))
19901@end smallexample
19902
19903This value will be calculated by the @code{print-graph} function in
19904its varlist as @code{full-Y-label-width} and passed on. (Note that we
19905did not think to include this in the varlist when we first proposed it.)
19906
19907To make a complete vertical axis label, a tic mark is concatenated
19908with a number; and the two together may be preceded by one or more
19909spaces depending on how long the number is. The label consists of
19910three parts: the (optional) leading spaces, the number, and the tic
19911mark. The function is passed the value of the number for the specific
19912row, and the value of the width of the top line, which is calculated
19913(just once) by @code{print-graph}.
19914
19915@smallexample
19916@group
19917(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
19918 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
19919A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
19920and is padded as needed so all line up with
19921the element for the largest number."
19922@end group
19923@group
19924 (let* ((leading-spaces
19925 (- full-Y-label-width
19926 (length
19927 (concat (number-to-string number)
19928 Y-axis-tic)))))
19929@end group
19930@group
19931 (concat
19932 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
19933 (number-to-string number)
19934 Y-axis-tic)))
19935@end group
19936@end smallexample
19937
19938The @code{Y-axis-element} function concatenates together the leading
19939spaces, if any; the number, as a string; and the tic mark.
19940
19941To figure out how many leading spaces the label will need, the
19942function subtracts the actual length of the label---the length of the
19943number plus the length of the tic mark---from the desired label width.
19944
19945@findex make-string
19946Blank spaces are inserted using the @code{make-string} function. This
19947function takes two arguments: the first tells it how long the string
19948will be and the second is a symbol for the character to insert, in a
19949special format. The format is a question mark followed by a blank
19950space, like this, @samp{? }. @xref{Character Type, , Character Type,
19951elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a description of the
19952syntax for characters. (Of course, you might want to replace the
19953blank space by some other character @dots{} You know what to do.)
19954
19955The @code{number-to-string} function is used in the concatenation
19956expression, to convert the number to a string that is concatenated
19957with the leading spaces and the tic mark.
19958
d6adf7e7 19959@node Y-axis-column
8cda6f8f
GM
19960@appendixsubsec Create a Y Axis Column
19961
19962The preceding functions provide all the tools needed to construct a
19963function that generates a list of numbered and blank strings to insert
19964as the label for the vertical axis:
19965
19966@findex Y-axis-column
19967@smallexample
19968@group
19969(defun Y-axis-column (height width-of-label)
19970 "Construct list of Y axis labels and blank strings.
19971For HEIGHT of line above base and WIDTH-OF-LABEL."
19972 (let (Y-axis)
19973@group
19974@end group
19975 (while (> height 1)
19976 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19977 ;; @r{Insert label.}
19978 (setq Y-axis
19979 (cons
19980 (Y-axis-element height width-of-label)
19981 Y-axis))
19982@group
19983@end group
19984 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
19985 (setq Y-axis
19986 (cons
19987 (make-string width-of-label ? )
19988 Y-axis)))
19989 (setq height (1- height)))
19990 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
19991 (setq Y-axis
19992 (cons (Y-axis-element 1 width-of-label) Y-axis))
19993 (nreverse Y-axis)))
19994@end group
19995@end smallexample
19996
19997In this function, we start with the value of @code{height} and
19998repetitively subtract one from its value. After each subtraction, we
19999test to see whether the value is an integral multiple of the
20000@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}. If it is, we construct a numbered label
20001using the @code{Y-axis-element} function; if not, we construct a
20002blank label using the @code{make-string} function. The base line
20003consists of the number one followed by a tic mark.
20004
20005@need 2000
d6adf7e7 20006@node print-Y-axis Penultimate
8cda6f8f
GM
20007@appendixsubsec The Not Quite Final Version of @code{print-Y-axis}
20008
20009The list constructed by the @code{Y-axis-column} function is passed to
20010the @code{print-Y-axis} function, which inserts the list as a column.
20011
20012@findex print-Y-axis
20013@smallexample
20014@group
20015(defun print-Y-axis (height full-Y-label-width)
20016 "Insert Y axis using HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
20017Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
20018Full width is the width of the highest label element."
20019;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
20020;; are passed by `print-graph'.
20021@end group
20022@group
20023 (let ((start (point)))
20024 (insert-rectangle
20025 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width))
20026 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
20027 (goto-char start)
20028 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
20029 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
20030@end group
20031@end smallexample
20032
20033The @code{print-Y-axis} uses the @code{insert-rectangle} function to
20034insert the Y axis labels created by the @code{Y-axis-column} function.
20035In addition, it places point at the correct position for printing the body of
20036the graph.
20037
20038You can test @code{print-Y-axis}:
20039
20040@enumerate
20041@item
20042Install
20043
20044@smallexample
20045@group
20046Y-axis-label-spacing
20047Y-axis-tic
20048Y-axis-element
20049Y-axis-column
20050print-Y-axis
20051@end group
20052@end smallexample
20053
20054@item
20055Copy the following expression:
20056
20057@smallexample
20058(print-Y-axis 12 5)
20059@end smallexample
20060
20061@item
20062Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20063want the axis labels to start.
20064
20065@item
20066Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20067
20068@item
20069Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
20070with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20071
20072@item
20073Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20074@end enumerate
20075
20076Emacs will print labels vertically, the top one being @w{@samp{10 -@w{
20077}}}. (The @code{print-graph} function will pass the value of
20078@code{height-of-top-line}, which in this case will end up as 15,
20079thereby getting rid of what might appear as a bug.)
20080
20081@need 2000
d6adf7e7 20082@node print-X-axis
8cda6f8f
GM
20083@appendixsec The @code{print-X-axis} Function
20084@cindex Axis, print horizontal
20085@cindex X axis printing
20086@cindex Print horizontal axis
20087@cindex Horizontal axis printing
20088
20089X axis labels are much like Y axis labels, except that the ticks are on a
20090line above the numbers. Labels should look like this:
20091
20092@smallexample
20093@group
20094 | | | |
20095 1 5 10 15
20096@end group
20097@end smallexample
20098
20099The first tic is under the first column of the graph and is preceded by
20100several blank spaces. These spaces provide room in rows above for the Y
20101axis labels. The second, third, fourth, and subsequent ticks are all
20102spaced equally, according to the value of @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20103
20104The second row of the X axis consists of numbers, preceded by several
20105blank spaces and also separated according to the value of the variable
20106@code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20107
20108The value of the variable @code{X-axis-label-spacing} should itself be
20109measured in units of @code{symbol-width}, since you may want to change
20110the width of the symbols that you are using to print the body of the
09e80d9f 20111graph without changing the ways the graph is labeled.
8cda6f8f
GM
20112
20113@menu
20114* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
20115* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
20116@end menu
20117
8cda6f8f 20118@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 20119@node Similarities differences
8cda6f8f
GM
20120@unnumberedsubsec Similarities and differences
20121@end ifnottex
20122
20123The @code{print-X-axis} function is constructed in more or less the
20124same fashion as the @code{print-Y-axis} function except that it has
20125two lines: the line of tic marks and the numbers. We will write a
20126separate function to print each line and then combine them within the
20127@code{print-X-axis} function.
20128
20129This is a three step process:
20130
20131@enumerate
20132@item
20133Write a function to print the X axis tic marks, @code{print-X-axis-tic-line}.
20134
20135@item
20136Write a function to print the X numbers, @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20137
20138@item
20139Write a function to print both lines, the @code{print-X-axis} function,
20140using @code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20141@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20142@end enumerate
20143
d6adf7e7 20144@node X Axis Tic Marks
8cda6f8f
GM
20145@appendixsubsec X Axis Tic Marks
20146
20147The first function should print the X axis tic marks. We must specify
20148the tic marks themselves and their spacing:
20149
20150@smallexample
20151@group
20152(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
20153 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
20154 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
20155 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
20156@end group
20157@end smallexample
20158
20159@noindent
20160(Note that the value of @code{graph-blank} is set by another
20161@code{defvar}. The @code{boundp} predicate checks whether it has
20162already been set; @code{boundp} returns @code{nil} if it has not. If
20163@code{graph-blank} were unbound and we did not use this conditional
20164construction, in a recent GNU Emacs, we would enter the debugger and
20165see an error message saying @samp{@w{Debugger entered--Lisp error:}
20166@w{(void-variable graph-blank)}}.)
20167
20168@need 1200
20169Here is the @code{defvar} for @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}:
20170
20171@smallexample
20172@group
20173(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
20174 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
20175@end group
20176@end smallexample
20177
20178@need 1250
20179The goal is to make a line that looks like this:
20180
20181@smallexample
20182 | | | |
20183@end smallexample
20184
20185The first tic is indented so that it is under the first column, which is
20186indented to provide space for the Y axis labels.
20187
20188A tic element consists of the blank spaces that stretch from one tic to
20189the next plus a tic symbol. The number of blanks is determined by the
20190width of the tic symbol and the @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20191
20192@need 1250
20193The code looks like this:
20194
20195@smallexample
20196@group
20197;;; X-axis-tic-element
20198@dots{}
20199(concat
20200 (make-string
20201 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20202 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20203 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20204 ? )
20205 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20206 X-axis-tic-symbol)
20207@dots{}
20208@end group
20209@end smallexample
20210
20211Next, we determine how many blanks are needed to indent the first tic
20212mark to the first column of the graph. This uses the value of
20213@code{full-Y-label-width} passed it by the @code{print-graph} function.
20214
20215@need 1250
20216The code to make @code{X-axis-leading-spaces}
20217looks like this:
20218
20219@smallexample
20220@group
20221;; X-axis-leading-spaces
20222@dots{}
20223(make-string full-Y-label-width ? )
20224@dots{}
20225@end group
20226@end smallexample
20227
20228We also need to determine the length of the horizontal axis, which is
20229the length of the numbers list, and the number of ticks in the horizontal
20230axis:
20231
20232@smallexample
20233@group
20234;; X-length
20235@dots{}
20236(length numbers-list)
20237@end group
20238
20239@group
20240;; tic-width
20241@dots{}
20242(* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20243@end group
20244
20245@group
20246;; number-of-X-ticks
20247(if (zerop (% (X-length tic-width)))
20248 (/ (X-length tic-width))
20249 (1+ (/ (X-length tic-width))))
20250@end group
20251@end smallexample
20252
20253@need 1250
20254All this leads us directly to the function for printing the X axis tic line:
20255
20256@findex print-X-axis-tic-line
20257@smallexample
20258@group
20259(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
20260 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
20261 "Print ticks for X axis."
20262 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20263 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
20264@end group
20265@group
20266 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
20267 (insert (concat
20268 (make-string
20269 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20270 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
20271 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
20272 ? )
20273 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20274@end group
20275@group
20276 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
20277 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20278 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
20279 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
20280@end group
20281@end smallexample
20282
20283The line of numbers is equally straightforward:
20284
20285@need 1250
20286First, we create a numbered element with blank spaces before each number:
20287
20288@findex X-axis-element
20289@smallexample
20290@group
20291(defun X-axis-element (number)
20292 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
20293 (let ((leading-spaces
20294 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20295 (length (number-to-string number)))))
20296 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
20297 (number-to-string number))))
20298@end group
20299@end smallexample
20300
20301Next, we create the function to print the numbered line, starting with
20302the number ``1'' under the first column:
20303
20304@findex print-X-axis-numbered-line
20305@smallexample
20306@group
20307(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
20308 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces)
20309 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
20310 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing))
20311 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20312 (insert "1")
20313@end group
20314@group
20315 (insert (concat
20316 (make-string
20317 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
20318 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) 2)
20319 ? )
20320 (number-to-string number)))
20321@end group
20322@group
20323 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
20324 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20325 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20326 (insert (X-axis-element number))
20327 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20328 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
20329@end group
20330@end smallexample
20331
20332Finally, we need to write the @code{print-X-axis} that uses
20333@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20334@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20335
20336The function must determine the local values of the variables used by both
20337@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and
20338then it must call them. Also, it must print the carriage return that
20339separates the two lines.
20340
20341The function consists of a varlist that specifies five local variables,
20342and calls to each of the two line printing functions:
20343
20344@findex print-X-axis
20345@smallexample
20346@group
20347(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list)
20348 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST."
20349 (let* ((leading-spaces
20350 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
20351@end group
20352@group
20353 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
20354 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
20355 (X-length (length numbers-list))
20356@end group
20357@group
20358 (X-tic
20359 (concat
20360 (make-string
20361@end group
20362@group
20363 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20364 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20365 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20366 ? )
20367@end group
20368@group
20369 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20370 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20371@end group
20372@group
20373 (tic-number
20374 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
20375 (/ X-length tic-width)
20376 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
20377@end group
20378@group
20379 (print-X-axis-tic-line tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
20380 (insert "\n")
20381 (print-X-axis-numbered-line tic-number leading-spaces)))
20382@end group
20383@end smallexample
20384
20385@need 1250
20386You can test @code{print-X-axis}:
20387
20388@enumerate
20389@item
20390Install @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}, @code{X-axis-label-spacing},
20391@code{print-X-axis-tic-line}, as well as @code{X-axis-element},
20392@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and @code{print-X-axis}.
20393
20394@item
20395Copy the following expression:
20396
20397@smallexample
20398@group
20399(progn
20400 (let ((full-Y-label-width 5)
20401 (symbol-width 1))
20402 (print-X-axis
20403 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16))))
20404@end group
20405@end smallexample
20406
20407@item
20408Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20409want the axis labels to start.
20410
20411@item
20412Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20413
20414@item
20415Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20416with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20417
20418@item
20419Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20420@end enumerate
20421
20422@need 1250
20423Emacs will print the horizontal axis like this:
20424@sp 1
20425
20426@smallexample
20427@group
20428 | | | | |
20429 1 5 10 15 20
20430@end group
20431@end smallexample
20432
d6adf7e7 20433@node Print Whole Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
20434@appendixsec Printing the Whole Graph
20435@cindex Printing the whole graph
20436@cindex Whole graph printing
20437@cindex Graph, printing all
20438
20439Now we are nearly ready to print the whole graph.
20440
20441The function to print the graph with the proper labels follows the
09e80d9f 20442outline we created earlier (@pxref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
20443Axes}), but with additions.
20444
20445@need 1250
20446Here is the outline:
20447
20448@smallexample
20449@group
20450(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
20451 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
20452 (let ((height @dots{}
20453 @dots{}))
20454@end group
20455@group
20456 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
20457 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
20458 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
20459@end group
20460@end smallexample
20461
20462@menu
20463* The final version:: A few changes.
20464* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
20465* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
20466* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
20467* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
20468* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
20469* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
20470@end menu
20471
8cda6f8f 20472@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 20473@node The final version
8cda6f8f
GM
20474@unnumberedsubsec Changes for the Final Version
20475@end ifnottex
20476
20477The final version is different from what we planned in two ways:
20478first, it contains additional values calculated once in the varlist;
20479second, it carries an option to specify the labels' increment per row.
20480This latter feature turns out to be essential; otherwise, a graph may
20481have more rows than fit on a display or on a sheet of paper.
20482
20483@need 1500
20484This new feature requires a change to the @code{Y-axis-column}
20485function, to add @code{vertical-step} to it. The function looks like
20486this:
20487
20488@findex Y-axis-column @r{Final version.}
20489@smallexample
20490@group
20491;;; @r{Final version.}
20492(defun Y-axis-column
20493 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
20494 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
20495HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20496WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
20497VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
20498that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
20499for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
20500that each line is five units of the graph."
20501@end group
20502@group
20503 (let (Y-axis
20504 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
20505 (while (> height 1)
20506 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20507@end group
20508@group
20509 ;; @r{Insert label.}
20510 (setq Y-axis
20511 (cons
20512 (Y-axis-element
20513 (* height number-per-line)
20514 width-of-label)
20515 Y-axis))
20516@end group
20517@group
20518 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
20519 (setq Y-axis
20520 (cons
20521 (make-string width-of-label ? )
20522 Y-axis)))
20523 (setq height (1- height)))
20524@end group
20525@group
20526 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
20527 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
20528 (or vertical-step 1)
20529 width-of-label)
20530 Y-axis))
20531 (nreverse Y-axis)))
20532@end group
20533@end smallexample
20534
20535The values for the maximum height of graph and the width of a symbol
20536are computed by @code{print-graph} in its @code{let} expression; so
20537@code{graph-body-print} must be changed to accept them.
20538
20539@findex graph-body-print @r{Final version.}
20540@smallexample
20541@group
20542;;; @r{Final version.}
20543(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
20544 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
20545The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20546HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20547SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
20548@end group
20549@group
20550 (let (from-position)
20551 (while numbers-list
20552 (setq from-position (point))
20553 (insert-rectangle
20554 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
20555 (goto-char from-position)
20556 (forward-char symbol-width)
20557@end group
20558@group
20559 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
20560 (sit-for 0)
20561 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
20562 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
20563 (forward-line height)
20564 (insert "\n")))
20565@end group
20566@end smallexample
20567
20568@need 1250
20569Finally, the code for the @code{print-graph} function:
20570
20571@findex print-graph @r{Final version.}
20572@smallexample
20573@group
20574;;; @r{Final version.}
20575(defun print-graph
20576 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step)
09e80d9f 20577 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
20578The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20579@end group
20580
20581@group
20582Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
20583specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
20584each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
20585each row is five units."
20586@end group
20587@group
20588 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
20589 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
20590 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
20591 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
20592@end group
20593@group
20594 (height-of-top-line
20595 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20596 height
20597 ;; @r{else}
20598 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20599 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
20600@end group
20601@group
20602 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
20603 (full-Y-label-width
20604 (length
20605@end group
20606@group
20607 (concat
20608 (number-to-string
20609 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
20610 Y-axis-tic))))
20611@end group
20612
20613@group
20614 (print-Y-axis
20615 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
20616@end group
20617@group
20618 (graph-body-print
20619 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
20620 (print-X-axis numbers-list)))
20621@end group
20622@end smallexample
20623
d6adf7e7 20624@node Test print-graph
8cda6f8f
GM
20625@appendixsubsec Testing @code{print-graph}
20626
20627@need 1250
20628We can test the @code{print-graph} function with a short list of numbers:
20629
20630@enumerate
20631@item
20632Install the final versions of @code{Y-axis-column},
20633@code{graph-body-print}, and @code{print-graph} (in addition to the
20634rest of the code.)
20635
20636@item
20637Copy the following expression:
20638
20639@smallexample
20640(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
20641@end smallexample
20642
20643@item
20644Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20645want the axis labels to start.
20646
20647@item
20648Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20649
20650@item
20651Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20652with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20653
20654@item
20655Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20656@end enumerate
20657
20658@need 1250
20659Emacs will print a graph that looks like this:
20660
20661@smallexample
20662@group
2066310 -
20664
20665
20666 *
20667 ** *
20668 5 - **** *
20669 **** ***
20670 * *********
20671 ************
20672 1 - *************
20673
20674 | | | |
20675 1 5 10 15
20676@end group
20677@end smallexample
20678
20679@need 1200
20680On the other hand, if you pass @code{print-graph} a
20681@code{vertical-step} value of 2, by evaluating this expression:
20682
20683@smallexample
20684(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1) 2)
20685@end smallexample
20686
20687@need 1250
20688@noindent
20689The graph looks like this:
20690
20691@smallexample
20692@group
2069320 -
20694
20695
20696 *
20697 ** *
2069810 - **** *
20699 **** ***
20700 * *********
20701 ************
20702 2 - *************
20703
20704 | | | |
20705 1 5 10 15
20706@end group
20707@end smallexample
20708
20709@noindent
20710(A question: is the `2' on the bottom of the vertical axis a bug or a
20711feature? If you think it is a bug, and should be a `1' instead, (or
20712even a `0'), you can modify the sources.)
20713
d6adf7e7 20714@node Graphing words in defuns
8cda6f8f
GM
20715@appendixsubsec Graphing Numbers of Words and Symbols
20716
20717Now for the graph for which all this code was written: a graph that
20718shows how many function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and
20719symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
20720many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
20721
20722This is a multi-step process. First make sure you have loaded all the
20723requisite code.
20724
20725@need 1500
20726It is a good idea to reset the value of @code{top-of-ranges} in case
20727you have set it to some different value. You can evaluate the
20728following:
20729
20730@smallexample
20731@group
20732(setq top-of-ranges
20733 '(10 20 30 40 50
20734 60 70 80 90 100
20735 110 120 130 140 150
20736 160 170 180 190 200
20737 210 220 230 240 250
20738 260 270 280 290 300)
20739@end group
20740@end smallexample
20741
20742@noindent
20743Next create a list of the number of words and symbols in each range.
20744
20745@need 1500
20746@noindent
20747Evaluate the following:
20748
20749@smallexample
20750@group
20751(setq list-for-graph
20752 (defuns-per-range
20753 (sort
20754 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
20755 (directory-files "/usr/local/emacs/lisp"
20756 t ".+el$"))
20757 '<)
20758 top-of-ranges))
20759@end group
20760@end smallexample
20761
20762@noindent
20763On my old machine, this took about an hour. It looked though 303 Lisp
20764files in my copy of Emacs version 19.23. After all that computing,
20765the @code{list-for-graph} had this value:
20766
20767@smallexample
20768@group
20769(537 1027 955 785 594 483 349 292 224 199 166 120 116 99
2077090 80 67 48 52 45 41 33 28 26 25 20 12 28 11 13 220)
20771@end group
20772@end smallexample
20773
20774@noindent
20775This means that my copy of Emacs had 537 function definitions with
20776fewer than 10 words or symbols in them, 1,027 function definitions
20777with 10 to 19 words or symbols in them, 955 function definitions with
2077820 to 29 words or symbols in them, and so on.
20779
20780Clearly, just by looking at this list we can see that most function
20781definitions contain ten to thirty words and symbols.
20782
20783Now for printing. We do @emph{not} want to print a graph that is
207841,030 lines high @dots{} Instead, we should print a graph that is
20785fewer than twenty-five lines high. A graph that height can be
20786displayed on almost any monitor, and easily printed on a sheet of paper.
20787
20788This means that each value in @code{list-for-graph} must be reduced to
20789one-fiftieth its present value.
20790
20791Here is a short function to do just that, using two functions we have
20792not yet seen, @code{mapcar} and @code{lambda}.
20793
20794@smallexample
20795@group
20796(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
20797 "Return list, each number one-fiftieth of previous."
d1069532 20798 (mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
8cda6f8f
GM
20799@end group
20800@end smallexample
20801
d6adf7e7 20802@node lambda
8cda6f8f
GM
20803@appendixsubsec A @code{lambda} Expression: Useful Anonymity
20804@cindex Anonymous function
20805@findex lambda
20806
20807@code{lambda} is the symbol for an anonymous function, a function
20808without a name. Every time you use an anonymous function, you need to
20809include its whole body.
20810
20811@need 1250
20812@noindent
20813Thus,
20814
20815@smallexample
20816(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
20817@end smallexample
20818
20819@noindent
20820is a function definition that says `return the value resulting from
20821dividing whatever is passed to me as @code{arg} by 50'.
20822
20823@need 1200
20824Earlier, for example, we had a function @code{multiply-by-seven}; it
20825multiplied its argument by 7. This function is similar, except it
20826divides its argument by 50; and, it has no name. The anonymous
20827equivalent of @code{multiply-by-seven} is:
20828
20829@smallexample
20830(lambda (number) (* 7 number))
20831@end smallexample
20832
20833@noindent
edbf4569 20834(@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
8cda6f8f
GM
20835
20836@need 1250
20837@noindent
20838If we want to multiply 3 by 7, we can write:
20839
8cda6f8f 20840@c clear print-postscript-figures
8cda6f8f
GM
20841@c lambda example diagram #1
20842@ifnottex
20843@smallexample
20844@group
20845(multiply-by-seven 3)
20846 \_______________/ ^
20847 | |
20848 function argument
20849@end group
20850@end smallexample
20851@end ifnottex
20852@ifset print-postscript-figures
20853@sp 1
20854@tex
20855@center @image{lambda-1}
8cda6f8f
GM
20856@end tex
20857@sp 1
20858@end ifset
20859@ifclear print-postscript-figures
20860@iftex
20861@smallexample
20862@group
20863(multiply-by-seven 3)
20864 \_______________/ ^
20865 | |
20866 function argument
20867@end group
20868@end smallexample
20869@end iftex
20870@end ifclear
20871
20872@noindent
20873This expression returns 21.
20874
20875@need 1250
20876@noindent
20877Similarly, we can write:
20878
20879@c lambda example diagram #2
20880@ifnottex
20881@smallexample
20882@group
20883((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
20884 \____________________________/ ^
20885 | |
20886 anonymous function argument
20887@end group
20888@end smallexample
20889@end ifnottex
20890@ifset print-postscript-figures
20891@sp 1
20892@tex
20893@center @image{lambda-2}
8cda6f8f
GM
20894@end tex
20895@sp 1
20896@end ifset
20897@ifclear print-postscript-figures
20898@iftex
20899@smallexample
20900@group
20901((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
20902 \____________________________/ ^
20903 | |
20904 anonymous function argument
20905@end group
20906@end smallexample
20907@end iftex
20908@end ifclear
20909
20910@need 1250
20911@noindent
20912If we want to divide 100 by 50, we can write:
20913
20914@c lambda example diagram #3
20915@ifnottex
20916@smallexample
20917@group
20918((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
20919 \______________________/ \_/
20920 | |
20921 anonymous function argument
20922@end group
20923@end smallexample
20924@end ifnottex
20925@ifset print-postscript-figures
20926@sp 1
20927@tex
20928@center @image{lambda-3}
8cda6f8f
GM
20929@end tex
20930@sp 1
20931@end ifset
20932@ifclear print-postscript-figures
20933@iftex
20934@smallexample
20935@group
20936((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
20937 \______________________/ \_/
20938 | |
20939 anonymous function argument
20940@end group
20941@end smallexample
20942@end iftex
20943@end ifclear
20944
20945@noindent
20946This expression returns 2. The 100 is passed to the function, which
20947divides that number by 50.
20948
20949@xref{Lambda Expressions, , Lambda Expressions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
20950Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{lambda}. Lisp and lambda
20951expressions derive from the Lambda Calculus.
20952
d6adf7e7 20953@node mapcar
8cda6f8f
GM
20954@appendixsubsec The @code{mapcar} Function
20955@findex mapcar
20956
20957@code{mapcar} is a function that calls its first argument with each
20958element of its second argument, in turn. The second argument must be
20959a sequence.
20960
20961The @samp{map} part of the name comes from the mathematical phrase,
20962`mapping over a domain', meaning to apply a function to each of the
20963elements in a domain. The mathematical phrase is based on the
20964metaphor of a surveyor walking, one step at a time, over an area he is
20965mapping. And @samp{car}, of course, comes from the Lisp notion of the
20966first of a list.
20967
20968@need 1250
20969@noindent
20970For example,
20971
20972@smallexample
20973@group
20974(mapcar '1+ '(2 4 6))
20975 @result{} (3 5 7)
20976@end group
20977@end smallexample
20978
20979@noindent
20980The function @code{1+} which adds one to its argument, is executed on
20981@emph{each} element of the list, and a new list is returned.
20982
20983Contrast this with @code{apply}, which applies its first argument to
20984all the remaining.
20985(@xref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}, for a explanation of
20986@code{apply}.)
20987
20988@need 1250
20989In the definition of @code{one-fiftieth}, the first argument is the
20990anonymous function:
20991
20992@smallexample
20993(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
20994@end smallexample
20995
20996@noindent
20997and the second argument is @code{full-range}, which will be bound to
20998@code{list-for-graph}.
20999
21000@need 1250
21001The whole expression looks like this:
21002
21003@smallexample
d1069532 21004(mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
8cda6f8f
GM
21005@end smallexample
21006
21007@xref{Mapping Functions, , Mapping Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
21008Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{mapcar}.
21009
21010Using the @code{one-fiftieth} function, we can generate a list in
21011which each element is one-fiftieth the size of the corresponding
21012element in @code{list-for-graph}.
21013
21014@smallexample
21015@group
21016(setq fiftieth-list-for-graph
21017 (one-fiftieth list-for-graph))
21018@end group
21019@end smallexample
21020
21021@need 1250
21022The resulting list looks like this:
21023
21024@smallexample
21025@group
21026(10 20 19 15 11 9 6 5 4 3 3 2 2
210271 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4)
21028@end group
21029@end smallexample
21030
21031@noindent
21032This, we are almost ready to print! (We also notice the loss of
21033information: many of the higher ranges are 0, meaning that fewer than
2103450 defuns had that many words or symbols---but not necessarily meaning
21035that none had that many words or symbols.)
21036
d6adf7e7 21037@node Another Bug
8cda6f8f
GM
21038@appendixsubsec Another Bug @dots{} Most Insidious
21039@cindex Bug, most insidious type
21040@cindex Insidious type of bug
21041
21042I said `almost ready to print'! Of course, there is a bug in the
21043@code{print-graph} function @dots{} It has a @code{vertical-step}
21044option, but not a @code{horizontal-step} option. The
21045@code{top-of-range} scale goes from 10 to 300 by tens. But the
21046@code{print-graph} function will print only by ones.
21047
21048This is a classic example of what some consider the most insidious
21049type of bug, the bug of omission. This is not the kind of bug you can
21050find by studying the code, for it is not in the code; it is an omitted
21051feature. Your best actions are to try your program early and often;
21052and try to arrange, as much as you can, to write code that is easy to
21053understand and easy to change. Try to be aware, whenever you can,
21054that whatever you have written, @emph{will} be rewritten, if not soon,
21055eventually. A hard maxim to follow.
21056
21057It is the @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line} function that needs the
21058work; and then the @code{print-X-axis} and the @code{print-graph}
21059functions need to be adapted. Not much needs to be done; there is one
21060nicety: the numbers ought to line up under the tic marks. This takes
21061a little thought.
21062
21063@need 1250
21064Here is the corrected @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}:
21065
21066@smallexample
21067@group
21068(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21069 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21070 &optional horizontal-step)
21071 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21072 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21073 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21074@end group
21075@group
21076 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21077 ;; @r{Delete extra leading spaces.}
21078 (delete-char
21079 (- (1-
21080 (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21081 (insert (concat
21082 (make-string
21083@end group
21084@group
21085 ;; @r{Insert white space.}
21086 (- (* symbol-width
21087 X-axis-label-spacing)
21088 (1-
21089 (length
21090 (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21091 2)
21092 ? )
21093 (number-to-string
21094 (* number horizontal-step))))
21095@end group
21096@group
21097 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21098 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21099 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21100 (insert (X-axis-element
21101 (* number horizontal-step)))
21102 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21103 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21104@end group
21105@end smallexample
21106
21107@need 1500
21108If you are reading this in Info, you can see the new versions of
21109@code{print-X-axis} @code{print-graph} and evaluate them. If you are
21110reading this in a printed book, you can see the changed lines here
21111(the full text is too much to print).
21112
21113@iftex
21114@smallexample
21115@group
21116(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21117 @dots{}
21118 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21119 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step))
21120@end group
21121@end smallexample
21122
21123@smallexample
21124@group
21125(defun print-graph
21126 (numbers-list
21127 &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
21128 @dots{}
21129 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step))
21130@end group
21131@end smallexample
21132@end iftex
21133
21134@ifnottex
21135@smallexample
21136@group
21137(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21138 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21139Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21140specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21141each column."
21142@end group
21143@group
21144;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21145;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21146 (let* ((leading-spaces
21147 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21148 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21149 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21150 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21151@end group
21152@group
21153 (X-tic
21154 (concat
21155 (make-string
21156 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21157 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21158 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21159 ? )
21160@end group
21161@group
21162 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21163 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21164 (tic-number
21165 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21166 (/ X-length tic-width)
21167 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21168@end group
21169
21170@group
21171 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21172 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21173 (insert "\n")
21174 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21175 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21176@end group
21177@end smallexample
21178
21179@smallexample
21180@group
21181(defun print-graph
21182 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21183 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21184The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21185@end group
21186
21187@group
21188Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21189specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21190each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21191each row is five units.
21192@end group
21193
21194@group
21195Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21196specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21197each column."
21198 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21199 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21200 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21201 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21202@end group
21203@group
21204 (height-of-top-line
21205 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21206 height
21207 ;; @r{else}
21208 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21209 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21210@end group
21211@group
21212 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21213 (full-Y-label-width
21214 (length
21215 (concat
21216 (number-to-string
21217 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21218 Y-axis-tic))))
21219@end group
21220@group
21221 (print-Y-axis
21222 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21223 (graph-body-print
21224 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21225 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21226@end group
21227@end smallexample
21228@end ifnottex
21229
21230@c qqq
21231@ignore
21232Graphing Definitions Re-listed
21233
21234@need 1250
21235Here are all the graphing definitions in their final form:
21236
21237@smallexample
21238@group
21239(defvar top-of-ranges
21240 '(10 20 30 40 50
21241 60 70 80 90 100
21242 110 120 130 140 150
21243 160 170 180 190 200
21244 210 220 230 240 250)
21245 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
21246@end group
21247
21248@group
21249(defvar graph-symbol "*"
21250 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
21251@end group
21252
21253@group
21254(defvar graph-blank " "
21255 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
21256graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
21257as graph-symbol.")
21258@end group
21259
21260@group
21261(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
21262 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
21263@end group
21264
21265@group
21266(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
21267 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
21268@end group
21269
21270@group
21271(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
21272 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
21273@end group
21274
21275@group
21276(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
21277 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
21278 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
21279 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
21280@end group
21281@end smallexample
21282
21283@smallexample
21284@group
21285(defun count-words-in-defun ()
21286 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
21287 (beginning-of-defun)
21288 (let ((count 0)
21289 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
21290@end group
21291
21292@group
21293 (while
21294 (and (< (point) end)
21295 (re-search-forward
21296 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
21297 end t))
21298 (setq count (1+ count)))
21299 count))
21300@end group
21301@end smallexample
21302
21303@smallexample
21304@group
21305(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
21306 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
21307The returned list is a list of numbers.
21308Each number is the number of words or
21309symbols in one function definition."
21310@end group
21311
21312@group
21313 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
21314 (save-excursion
21315 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
21316 (lengths-list))
21317 (set-buffer buffer)
21318 (setq buffer-read-only t)
21319 (widen)
21320 (goto-char (point-min))
21321@end group
21322
21323@group
21324 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
21325 (setq lengths-list
21326 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
21327 (kill-buffer buffer)
21328 lengths-list)))
21329@end group
21330@end smallexample
21331
21332@smallexample
21333@group
21334(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
21335 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
21336 (let (lengths-list)
21337;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
21338 (while list-of-files
21339 (setq lengths-list
21340 (append
21341 lengths-list
21342@end group
21343@group
21344;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
21345 (lengths-list-file
21346 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
21347;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
21348 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
21349;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
21350 lengths-list))
21351@end group
21352@end smallexample
21353
21354@smallexample
21355@group
21356(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
21357 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
21358 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
21359 (number-within-range 0)
21360 defuns-per-range-list)
21361@end group
21362
21363@group
21364 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
21365 (while top-of-ranges
21366
21367 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
21368 (while (and
21369 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
21370 (car sorted-lengths)
21371 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
21372
21373 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
21374 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
21375 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
21376@end group
21377
21378@group
21379 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
21380
21381 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21382 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
21383 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
21384
21385 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
21386 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
21387 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
21388 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
21389@end group
21390
21391@group
21392 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
21393 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
21394 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21395 (cons
21396 (length sorted-lengths)
21397 defuns-per-range-list))
21398
21399 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
21400 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
21401 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
21402@end group
21403@end smallexample
21404
21405@smallexample
21406@group
21407(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
21408 "Return list of MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings;
21409ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
21410The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
21411of the list.
21412The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
21413The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
21414@end group
21415
21416@group
21417 (let ((insert-list nil)
21418 (number-of-top-blanks
21419 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
21420
21421 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
21422 (while (> actual-height 0)
21423 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
21424 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
21425@end group
21426
21427@group
21428 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
21429 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
21430 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
21431 (setq number-of-top-blanks
21432 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
21433
21434 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
21435 insert-list))
21436@end group
21437@end smallexample
21438
21439@smallexample
21440@group
21441(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
21442 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
21443A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
21444and is padded as needed so all line up with
21445the element for the largest number."
21446@end group
21447@group
21448 (let* ((leading-spaces
21449 (- full-Y-label-width
21450 (length
21451 (concat (number-to-string number)
21452 Y-axis-tic)))))
21453@end group
21454@group
21455 (concat
21456 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21457 (number-to-string number)
21458 Y-axis-tic)))
21459@end group
21460@end smallexample
21461
21462@smallexample
21463@group
21464(defun print-Y-axis
21465 (height full-Y-label-width &optional vertical-step)
21466 "Insert Y axis by HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
21467Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
21468Full width is the width of the highest label element.
21469Optionally, print according to VERTICAL-STEP."
21470@end group
21471@group
21472;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
21473;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21474 (let ((start (point)))
21475 (insert-rectangle
21476 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width vertical-step))
21477@end group
21478@group
21479 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
21480 (goto-char start)
21481 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
21482 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
21483@end group
21484@end smallexample
21485
21486@smallexample
21487@group
21488(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
21489 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
21490 "Print ticks for X axis."
21491 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21492 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
21493@end group
21494@group
21495 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
21496 (insert (concat
21497 (make-string
21498 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21499 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
21500 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
21501 ? )
21502 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21503@end group
21504@group
21505 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
21506 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21507 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
21508 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
21509@end group
21510@end smallexample
21511
21512@smallexample
21513@group
21514(defun X-axis-element (number)
21515 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
21516 (let ((leading-spaces
21517 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21518 (length (number-to-string number)))))
21519 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21520 (number-to-string number))))
21521@end group
21522@end smallexample
21523
21524@smallexample
21525@group
21526(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
21527 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
21528The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21529HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21530SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
21531@end group
21532@group
21533 (let (from-position)
21534 (while numbers-list
21535 (setq from-position (point))
21536 (insert-rectangle
21537 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
21538 (goto-char from-position)
21539 (forward-char symbol-width)
21540@end group
21541@group
21542 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
21543 (sit-for 0)
21544 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
21545 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
21546 (forward-line height)
21547 (insert "\n")))
21548@end group
21549@end smallexample
21550
21551@smallexample
21552@group
21553(defun Y-axis-column
21554 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
21555 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
21556HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21557WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
21558@end group
21559@group
21560VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
21561that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
21562for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
21563that each line is five units of the graph."
21564 (let (Y-axis
21565 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
21566@end group
21567@group
21568 (while (> height 1)
21569 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21570 ;; @r{Insert label.}
21571 (setq Y-axis
21572 (cons
21573 (Y-axis-element
21574 (* height number-per-line)
21575 width-of-label)
21576 Y-axis))
21577@end group
21578@group
21579 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
21580 (setq Y-axis
21581 (cons
21582 (make-string width-of-label ? )
21583 Y-axis)))
21584 (setq height (1- height)))
21585@end group
21586@group
21587 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
21588 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
21589 (or vertical-step 1)
21590 width-of-label)
21591 Y-axis))
21592 (nreverse Y-axis)))
21593@end group
21594@end smallexample
21595
21596@smallexample
21597@group
21598(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21599 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21600 &optional horizontal-step)
21601 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21602 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21603 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21604@end group
21605@group
21606 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21607 ;; line up number
21608 (delete-char (- (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21609 (insert (concat
21610 (make-string
21611 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
21612 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21613 (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21614 2)
21615 ? )
21616 (number-to-string (* number horizontal-step))))
21617@end group
21618@group
21619 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21620 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21621 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21622 (insert (X-axis-element (* number horizontal-step)))
21623 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21624 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21625@end group
21626@end smallexample
21627
21628@smallexample
21629@group
21630(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21631 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21632Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21633specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21634each column."
21635@end group
21636@group
21637;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21638;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21639 (let* ((leading-spaces
21640 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21641 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21642 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21643 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21644@end group
21645@group
21646 (X-tic
21647 (concat
21648 (make-string
21649 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21650 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21651 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21652 ? )
21653@end group
21654@group
21655 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21656 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21657 (tic-number
21658 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21659 (/ X-length tic-width)
21660 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21661@end group
21662
21663@group
21664 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21665 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21666 (insert "\n")
21667 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21668 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21669@end group
21670@end smallexample
21671
21672@smallexample
21673@group
21674(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
21675 "Return list, each number of which is 1/50th previous."
d1069532 21676 (mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
8cda6f8f
GM
21677@end group
21678@end smallexample
21679
21680@smallexample
21681@group
21682(defun print-graph
21683 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21684 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21685The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21686@end group
21687
21688@group
21689Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21690specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21691each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21692each row is five units.
21693@end group
21694
21695@group
21696Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21697specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21698each column."
21699 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21700 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21701 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21702 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21703@end group
21704@group
21705 (height-of-top-line
21706 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21707 height
21708 ;; @r{else}
21709 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21710 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21711@end group
21712@group
21713 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21714 (full-Y-label-width
21715 (length
21716 (concat
21717 (number-to-string
21718 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21719 Y-axis-tic))))
21720@end group
21721@group
21722
21723 (print-Y-axis
21724 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21725 (graph-body-print
21726 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21727 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21728@end group
21729@end smallexample
21730@c qqq
21731@end ignore
21732
21733@page
d6adf7e7 21734@node Final printed graph
8cda6f8f
GM
21735@appendixsubsec The Printed Graph
21736
21737When made and installed, you can call the @code{print-graph} command
21738like this:
21739@sp 1
21740
21741@smallexample
21742@group
21743(print-graph fiftieth-list-for-graph 50 10)
21744@end group
21745@end smallexample
21746@sp 1
21747
21748@noindent
21749Here is the graph:
21750@sp 2
21751
21752@smallexample
21753@group
217541000 - *
21755 **
21756 **
21757 **
21758 **
21759 750 - ***
21760 ***
21761 ***
21762 ***
21763 ****
21764 500 - *****
21765 ******
21766 ******
21767 ******
21768 *******
21769 250 - ********
21770 ********* *
21771 *********** *
21772 ************* *
21773 50 - ***************** * *
21774 | | | | | | | |
21775 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
21776@end group
21777@end smallexample
21778
21779@sp 2
21780
21781@noindent
f99f1641 21782The largest group of functions contain 10--19 words and symbols each.
8cda6f8f 21783
d6adf7e7 21784@node Free Software and Free Manuals
8cda6f8f
GM
21785@appendix Free Software and Free Manuals
21786
21787@strong{by Richard M. Stallman}
21788@sp 1
21789
21790The biggest deficiency in free operating systems is not in the
21791software---it is the lack of good free manuals that we can include in
21792these systems. Many of our most important programs do not come with
21793full manuals. Documentation is an essential part of any software
21794package; when an important free software package does not come with a
21795free manual, that is a major gap. We have many such gaps today.
21796
21797Once upon a time, many years ago, I thought I would learn Perl. I got
21798a copy of a free manual, but I found it hard to read. When I asked
21799Perl users about alternatives, they told me that there were better
21800introductory manuals---but those were not free.
21801
21802Why was this? The authors of the good manuals had written them for
21803O'Reilly Associates, which published them with restrictive terms---no
21804copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude
21805them from the free software community.
21806
21807That wasn't the first time this sort of thing has happened, and (to
21808our community's great loss) it was far from the last. Proprietary
21809manual publishers have enticed a great many authors to restrict their
21810manuals since then. Many times I have heard a GNU user eagerly tell me
21811about a manual that he is writing, with which he expects to help the
21812GNU project---and then had my hopes dashed, as he proceeded to explain
21813that he had signed a contract with a publisher that would restrict it
21814so that we cannot use it.
21815
21816Given that writing good English is a rare skill among programmers, we
21817can ill afford to lose manuals this way.
21818
8cda6f8f
GM
21819Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
21820price. The problem with these manuals was not that O'Reilly Associates
31b62755
GM
21821charged a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine. The Free
21822Software Foundation @uref{http://shop.fsf.org, sells printed copies} of
21823free @uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/doc.html, GNU manuals}, too.
8cda6f8f
GM
21824But GNU manuals are available in source code form, while these manuals
21825are available only on paper. GNU manuals come with permission to copy
21826and modify; the Perl manuals do not. These restrictions are the
21827problems.
21828
21829The criterion for a free manual is pretty much the same as for free
21830software: it is a matter of giving all users certain
21831freedoms. Redistribution (including commercial redistribution) must be
21832permitted, so that the manual can accompany every copy of the program,
21833on-line or on paper. Permission for modification is crucial too.
21834
21835As a general rule, I don't believe that it is essential for people to
21836have permission to modify all sorts of articles and books. The issues
21837for writings are not necessarily the same as those for software. For
21838example, I don't think you or I are obliged to give permission to
21839modify articles like this one, which describe our actions and our
21840views.
21841
21842But there is a particular reason why the freedom to modify is crucial
21843for documentation for free software. When people exercise their right
21844to modify the software, and add or change its features, if they are
21845conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can provide
21846accurate and usable documentation with the modified program. A manual
21847which forbids programmers to be conscientious and finish the job, or
21848more precisely requires them to write a new manual from scratch if
21849they change the program, does not fill our community's needs.
21850
21851While a blanket prohibition on modification is unacceptable, some
21852kinds of limits on the method of modification pose no problem. For
21853example, requirements to preserve the original author's copyright
21854notice, the distribution terms, or the list of authors, are ok. It is
21855also no problem to require modified versions to include notice that
21856they were modified, even to have entire sections that may not be
21857deleted or changed, as long as these sections deal with nontechnical
21858topics. (Some GNU manuals have them.)
21859
21860These kinds of restrictions are not a problem because, as a practical
21861matter, they don't stop the conscientious programmer from adapting the
21862manual to fit the modified program. In other words, they don't block
21863the free software community from making full use of the manual.
21864
21865However, it must be possible to modify all the technical content of
21866the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media,
21867through all the usual channels; otherwise, the restrictions do block
21868the community, the manual is not free, and so we need another manual.
21869
21870Unfortunately, it is often hard to find someone to write another
21871manual when a proprietary manual exists. The obstacle is that many
21872users think that a proprietary manual is good enough---so they don't
21873see the need to write a free manual. They do not see that the free
21874operating system has a gap that needs filling.
21875
21876Why do users think that proprietary manuals are good enough? Some have
21877not considered the issue. I hope this article will do something to
21878change that.
21879
21880Other users consider proprietary manuals acceptable for the same
21881reason so many people consider proprietary software acceptable: they
21882judge in purely practical terms, not using freedom as a
21883criterion. These people are entitled to their opinions, but since
21884those opinions spring from values which do not include freedom, they
21885are no guide for those of us who do value freedom.
21886
21887Please spread the word about this issue. We continue to lose manuals
21888to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that proprietary
21889manuals are not sufficient, perhaps the next person who wants to help
21890GNU by writing documentation will realize, before it is too late, that
21891he must above all make it free.
21892
21893We can also encourage commercial publishers to sell free, copylefted
21894manuals instead of proprietary ones. One way you can help this is to
21895check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and prefer
21896copylefted manuals to non-copylefted ones.
21897
21898@sp 2
21899@noindent
21900Note: The Free Software Foundation maintains a page on its Web site
21901that lists free books available from other publishers:@*
21902@uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/other-free-books.html}
21903
d6adf7e7 21904@node GNU Free Documentation License
8cda6f8f
GM
21905@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
21906
21907@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
e41dfb1e 21908@include doclicense.texi
8cda6f8f 21909
d6adf7e7 21910@node Index
8cda6f8f
GM
21911@unnumbered Index
21912
21913@ignore
21914MENU ENTRY: NODE NAME.
21915@end ignore
21916
21917@printindex cp
21918
21919@iftex
21920@c Place biographical information on right-hand (verso) page
21921
21922@tex
a9097c6d 21923\par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f 21924\ifodd\pageno
8cda6f8f
GM
21925 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
21926 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d 21927 %\page\hbox{}\page
8cda6f8f 21928\else
a9097c6d 21929% \par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f
GM
21930 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
21931 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d
KB
21932 %\page\hbox{}%\page
21933 %\page\hbox{}%\page
8cda6f8f
GM
21934\fi
21935@end tex
21936
a9097c6d 21937@c page
8cda6f8f
GM
21938@w{ }
21939
21940@c ================ Biographical information ================
21941
21942@w{ }
21943@sp 8
21944@center About the Author
21945@sp 1
21946@end iftex
21947
21948@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 21949@node About the Author
8cda6f8f
GM
21950@unnumbered About the Author
21951@end ifnottex
21952
21953@quotation
21954Robert J. Chassell has worked with GNU Emacs since 1985. He writes
21955and edits, teaches Emacs and Emacs Lisp, and speaks throughout the
21956world on software freedom. Chassell was a founding Director and
21957Treasurer of the Free Software Foundation, Inc. He is co-author of
21958the @cite{Texinfo} manual, and has edited more than a dozen other
21959books. He graduated from Cambridge University, in England. He has an
21960abiding interest in social and economic history and flies his own
21961airplane.
21962@end quotation
21963
a9097c6d
KB
21964@c @page
21965@c @w{ }
21966@c
21967@c @c Prevent page number on blank verso, so eject it first.
21968@c @tex
21969@c \par\vfill\supereject
21970@c @end tex
21971
21972@c @iftex
21973@c @headings off
21974@c @evenheading @thispage @| @| @thistitle
21975@c @oddheading @| @| @thispage
21976@c @end iftex
8cda6f8f
GM
21977
21978@bye